Catalog 1981-1982; 1982-1983 v.62 no.5 Aug 1981-82 by Pacific Lutheran University Archives

The information contained herein reflects an accurate picture of However, the university reserves the right to make necessary changes in

Pacific Lu theran University at the time of publication.

procedures, policies, calendar, cu rriculum, and costs.

Listed in this catalog are course descriptions and summaries of degree requirements for majors, minors, and o ther programs in the College of Arts and Sciences and the Schools of the Arts, Business Administration, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education . Detailed degree requirements, often including supplementary sample programs, are available in the offices of the individual schools and departments.

Volume LXII No. 5 Pacific Lutheran University Bulletin (USPS 41 7-660) August 1981

Published six times annually by Pacific Lutheran University, P . O . Box 2068, Tacoma, Washington 98447-0003. Second Class postage paid at Tacoma, Washington . Postmaster: Send address changes to Development Data Center, PLU, Tacoma, WA 98447-0003.

Pacific Lutheran U niversity does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, creed, color, national origin, age, or handicap ped condition in the educational programs or activities which it operates, and i s required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1 972 and the regulations adopted p ursuant thereto, by Title VI and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and by Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act of 1973 not to discriminate in such manner. The requirement not to discriminate in educational programs and activities extends to employment therein and to admission thereto . Inquiries concerning the app ication of said acts and p ublished regulations to this u niversity may be referred to: 1 . The Director of Personnel, Room A-107 Administration Building, Pacific Luthera n University, telephone 535-7185, for matters relating to employment policies and practices, promotions, fringe benefits, training, and grievance procedures for personnel employed by the u niversity . 2. The Executive Assistant to the Provost, Room A1 00 Administration Building, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7125, for ma tters relating to student admissions, curricu lum, and financial aid. 3. The Assistant Dea n for Student Life, Room A-l13 Administration Building, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7191, for matters regarding administrative policies relating to students, student services, and the student administrative grievance procedure. 4 . The Registrar, Room A-107 Administration Building, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-71 31, for matters relating to the application of Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act. 5. The Director of the Academic Advising and Assistance Center, Mortvedt Library, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7519, for matters relating to the academic grievance procedure. 6. Or the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U . s . Department of Education, Switzer Building, 330 C Street S . W . , Washington, D . C . 20202. Pacific Lutheran University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.

Design and lIIustration- Paul Porter Photography- Ken Dunmire Type Composition and Production足 Word Masters Incorporated Printing - Craftsman Press

DIRECTORY

Contents Art

Correspondence Directory

Biology

Academic Calendars Objectives

Admission

Business

Chemistry

Communication Arts

Financial Aid

Mathematics)

Student Life

Cooperative Education

Earth Sciences

Academic Structure

Academic Procedures

Economics Education

Majors/Minors

General University Requirements Core Curriculum

51 54

Engineering (see Physics) English

Sciences

Environmental Studies

Anthropology (see Sociology)

History

Humanities

CONTENTS

Integrated Studies Legal Studies

College of Arts and

The Arts

Computer Science (see

Advising

Administration

Current Information

Costs

Graduate Studies

Mathematics and Computer Science

Modern and Classical Languages

Classics, French, German, , , Norwegian, Scandinavlan, Spamsh

Music

Nursing

Programs

Physical Education

106

Physics and

110

Political Science

116

Public Affairs

141

143

Foreign Area Studies , Intensive English Language InstItute Scandinavian Area Studies Study Abroad Office of International Education

Board of Regents

146

Administrative Offices

Psychology

120

The Faculty

123

Lay Church Staff Worker Program

Social Sciences Social Work

127

129

Sociology and Anthropology Statistics

Pre-Professional

International

102

Engineering

140

CHOICE WSCEE KPLU-FM Center for the Study of Public Policy

Health Sciences Pre-Law Theological Studies Air Force ROTC

Philosophy

Religion

Affiliate Resources

Programs

Natural Sciences

139

137

132

148

150

Faculty Associates Professors Emeriti Committees Part-time Lecturers

The Collegium

158

Campus Guide

160

Index

161

Application Form

163

CONTENTS

Academ路c Calendar 1981路1982 SUMMER SE S S ION 1981 Monday, June 22 Classesbegin, 8:00a.m. Friday, July 3 .. .. .. .. . ....... Independence Day holiday Friday, August 21 .................. Summer session doses Friday, August 21 . . . . . .. Commencement .

FALL SEMESTER 1981

Sunday, September 6 to Tuesday, September 8 . . . . . Orientation and registration Wednesday, Septemb r 9 . . Classesbegin, 8:00a.m. Frjday, October 23 . . ... Mid-semester break Wednesday, Novemb r 25 Thanksgiving recessbegins, .

. . .

12:50p.m. Monday, November 30 . .. . Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. December 11 . ... . . Classes end, 6:00p.m. Frida y , Monday, December 14 to Friday, December 18 . . .. ... Finalexaminations Friday, December 18 .. .. .... . Semester ends after last exam .

Monday, January 4 Friday, January 29

. . .

INTERIM 1982 .

. . . .

.. . .

. .

Tuesday, February 2 ...... . . . Wednesday, F bruary 3 .. Monday, February 15 .. . . . . . Friday, April 2 .. . . ... ....... M nday, April 12 .. .. .. .... .. Friday, May 14 ...................... Monday, May 17 to Friday, May 21 ..... . . . .... . Friday, May 21 . . . . . . . . Sunday, May 23 ... .. .. .. .. . .

. . .

. .

. . . . . .

. .

CALENDAR 1981-82

Begins Ends

SPRING SEME STER 1982 Registration Classesbegin, 8:00a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recessbegins, 6:00p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00p.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement

Academic Calendar

1982·1983 SUMMER SESSION 1982 Monday, June 21 ................... M�nday, July 5 . .. . . . . .. Fnday, August 20 .................. Friday, August 20 .. .. .. . . . . .

. . .

. . . . .

. . .

Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Independenc� Day holiday Summer sessIOn closes Commencement

FALL SEMESTER 1982 Sunday, Sept mber 5 to Tuesday, September 7 .... .... Wednesday, September 8 . .. . . Friday, October 22 .. . . . . Wedn sday, November 24 ......

Orientation and registration Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Mid-semester break Thanksgiving recess begins, 12:50p.m. Monday, November 29 .... .... Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. Friday, December 10 ...... . .. .. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Monday, December 13 to Friday, December 17 .......... . Final examinations Friday, December 17 .. . ....... Semester ends after last exam . . . .

. . . .

. .

. . .

INTERIM 1983 Monday, January 3 .... . ... Begins Friday, January 28 .. .. ... . . . Ends .

. .

. . . . . .

SPRING SEMESTER 1983 Tuesday, F bruary 1 .. ...... Wedn sday, February 2 ......... Monday, February 21 . . . .... . .. .. . . Frida y , Marc J:: 25 .. Monday, Apnl 4 .... . .. .. . . Friday , May 13 ..... ....... .... Monday, May 16 to Friday, May 20 .. . . .. .. . . ... Friday, May 20 .. . ....... .... .. Sunday, May 22 . ... . . .. .. . .

. . . .

. .

. . .

. .

. . . . .

. .

Registration Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recess begins, 6:00 p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00 p.m. Classes end, 6:00 p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement

CALENDAR 1982-83

Objectives of the University

OBJECTIVES

Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, maintains the privilege of l'xploration and learning in all ilreas of the arts, sciences, and religion. The basic concern of Martin Luther was religious, but nis rejection of church tradition as primary authority, and his own free search for religious truth, served in effect to liberate the modern mind in its quest for all truth. The total impact of Luther's stand has permanently shaped the modern world and helped provide the modern university with its basic methodology. . Pacific Lutheran University is a community ot p rC>fcssing Christian scholars dedicated to a philosophy of liberal education. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a respect for Il'arning and truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organi7e the powers of clear thought and expression, to preserve and extend knowledge, to help men and women achieve professional com petence , and to establish lifelong habits ot study, reflection, and learning . Through an e m phasis on the libera ting arts, the University seeks to dev elop creative, reflective, and responsible persons. At the same ti me, the acquisition of spe cialized information and technical skill is recognized as a con d ition of successful involvement in the modern world. The University se�'ks to develop the evaluative and spiritu a l capacities of the students and to acquaint the.m hone.stl y with rival claims to the true and the good. It encourages the pursuit of rich and ennobling experiences and the development of si!?nificant personhood through an appreciation of humanity s intellectual, artistic, cultural, and natural surroundings. The University affirms its fundamental obli g·ation to confront liberally educated men and women with tlw challenges of Christian faith and to instill in them a true sense of vocation. Bv providing a ric h variety of social experiences, Pacific Lutheran University seeks to develop in the student a joy in abundant livin g , a feel ing for the welfare and personal integrity of others, good taste, ilna a sense of social p ro p riety and adequacy. Distinguishing bet ...veen personal Christian ethics and normal social controls, the University adopts onl y such rules as seem necessary for t he welfare of the educational community. The physical develo p ment of students is regarded as an integral pMt of their liberal education. Hence the University encourages participation in phYSical activities and respect for health and fitness. Professing a concern for human nature in its entirety, the faculty of the University encQurages wholesome d�'velopment of Christian faith and life by providlllg opportunities for worship and meditation, offering systematic studies of religion, and encouraging free investIgation and discussion of basic religious questions. The University believes the essence of Christianity to be personal faith in God as Crea tor and Redeemer, and it believes that such faith born of the Holy Spirit generates integrative power capable of guiding human bell1gs to illuminilting perspectives and worthy purposes. The University community confesses the faith that the ultimate meaning and purposes of human life arc to be discovered in the person and work of Jesus Christ. As an educational arm of the Church, Pacific Lutheran University provides a locus for the huitful interplay of Christian faith and an of human learning and culture, and as such holds it a responsibility to discover, explore, nnd develop new frontiers. BE'lieving that all truth is God's truth, the University, in achieving its cducat·ional and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of faculty and students to engage in an unbiased searc.h Tor truth in all realms.

Current Informatio n mSTORY

Pacific Lutheran University was founded in 1890 by men and women of the Lutheran Church in th' Northwest, and by the Reverend Bjug Harstad in p arti cular . Their purpose was to establish an institution in which their people could be ed uca te d . Education was a venerated part of the Scandinavian and German traditions from which these p io n eers came. . The institution opened as Pacific Lutheran Acad emy. GroWIng in sta ture , PLA became a ju ni or col le ge in 1921. T e n years l a ter, It was organized into a t hree -yea r normal school which became a college of education in 1939. After 1941, it e xp an ded as Pacific Lutheran College until it was reo rgani z e d as a university in 1960, reflectrng the growth of bo t h I ts pro fessi on al schools and liberal arts core.

ACCREDITATION

Pacific Lutheran University is fully accredited by the orthwest Association of Schools and Colle ges as a f our-year institution of higher education and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparatron ot lementa r), and second a ry t ea c h ers, p r incipals , and gu i danc(' counselors with the master's degree as the highest degree approved. The ul1lv ers l ty IS. also approved by the American Ch emical Society . Th School ot Nursing i s accredited by the National Lea g ue tor ur Ing. The School of Busine ss Administration is accr ed it e d by the American Assembly of C ollegiate Schools of Business. The Social Wor k Program is accred ited by the Council on SOCIal Wor k EducatIOn at the baccalaurea·te level. The Dep ar tm nt of Music is a ccred i te d by the National A ss ocia tio n of Sc hool s of Mus ic .

INSTITUTIO NAL MEMBERSHIPS The University is a member of:

American Association of H i g her Education American Council on Educati on A socia tion of American C ol leges lnrlependent Co l l eges of Wa s h i ngton, Incorp orated Lutheran Educational Conference of North A meric a

National Association of Summer Schools Washington Friend s of H ig h er Ed ucil ti on We stern Associ ation o f Gra duate Schools Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education

GROUNDS

Located in suburban Parkland, PLU has a p i cture s que 126- acr e campus, t ruly rep re sentat iv e of ("he natural gr andeur of the Pacific Northwest.

ENROLLMENT

2,653 full-time students 823 part-time stud e n ts

FACULTY

204 full-time facu lty 65 p art-ti..rn e (acuity

STUDENT/FACULTY RATIO 15:1

ACADEMIC PROGRAM

In 1969 Paci fi c Lutheran University ad op ted the 4-1-4-c<1lend, r which consist of two fourteen-week se me s ters bridg d by a four weekinterim p riod. Cour se cred i t is com pute d by h ou rs . The majority of courses are o ffer� d for 4 h ours. ach u nd ergradua te degree candidate is e)( c!cted to complete 128 ho ur s with <1n ove ral l grade point average of _.00. Degree requirements arc ··pecifically stat(;d in thi� catalog. Each stud e nt should become familiar with the e requirements and prepare to meet them.

�

LmRARY SERVICES

The Rubert A. L M ort ·ved t Librarv is the c e n t r.1 1 mul ti- lHediil learnin g resource center serving the l�'n lir .l uni\'l)r'Jity comtllll'�ity. Its collections arc house d .1I1d servi ces provided in a modern func tional build i ng which 11.15 study spaces for 700 students ilnd shelv ing for more tli an one-quilrter million books. periodl ., Is, microfilm, and iludio-visuill miltcriab. The lib ra rv receives over 1,300 current magaLincs. journals, and new spap 'rs. in addition to it s ge nerill collection of books and other ma te rials .

the l ib rarv ha s 1.1 speciaf col lection dL'voted to the Scandinavian Im migra nt Cxpe rie nce and on tains the uniwrsityand Tl'g ion .ll. Luthe ran church archivL'S. OtllL'r s peCi al collections II1cl ud c the Curricu lum Collection of t h e Sehoul of telu -atil)n, th," minufichc wlle'ction of college catalogs, maps, pamphlets, and national and trade bib-

liographic,. . . The libr a ry is open for service. 110 hours durin g a t y p i ca l. wl'l'k 111 ,1 r"g'uiar tc'rm. A stan of twenty-s(,ven rull.1nd pilrt -tr ml.' Ilbr,mans and assistants offeI· e xp ert reference, information, and medi.l ser vi ces . The reference st.1ff pruvide,; beg innin g and dthranced lib mry instruction for il ll students. In a d d itio n to standMd reference ser vice, the IibrMV st a ff also offers computerized bibliographic in for mation service: As the resul t of the library's exte nsive collection of bibliographic tools, computer access to oiher collections, i1nd el e c tronic mail service, students and fa c ul tv have ra pid access to mate riills which can be b orro w 'd from other (ibrari,"::;.

I NTERIM

The interim pro vides time dur ing the month o f J a nua ry for foc use d, creati ve st udy in a non-tradition al nvironment. It allows both facul ty and students to i n quire into areas out�ide the regul ar curriculum, to d e ve lo p new methods of teachi n g and learning, and to e nhan ce their imaginative and creative talents. The study op t ions are vario u s, i nc lud ing fore ign study, intcrd'partllle ntal study, numerous other o n -campus programs, and exchang e program s with other institutions. S pecial pub licatio ns h igh ligh t the interim p rogram .

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES

T o provi de for the professional growth and cultural enrichment of persons unable to take a ful l-t ime college course, t he university conducts late-afternoon and evening classes. In additi n to a wid e variety of o ffe rings in the arl'l and sc iences , ther are -p cialized and "raduate c()urse� for te ach ers , administrators, and p rso ns in g lIsinessand ind ust ry.

CURRENT INFORMAnON

SUMMER SESSION

An e x te ns iv e 'ummer school curriculum, of the same q uality as t h at o ffered du ring the regular academic year, is available to all qualified pe rsons . In addition, summC'r session typically is a time when the fa Ity offers innovative, exp erimen ta l courses which cover a b road range of contemporary issues and perspectiv in manv H Ids. The summer session consists of two four-week terms, a o lle- w eck p re - 'e ssion , and a one-week interim session, and begins in the middle of Jun . DeD ig ned for u ndergr a duates and graduat students alike, the program serve, teachers and a dmin i s tra tors see kin g credentials and special courses, treshmen de sirin g to i ni tia te co l l ege s t udy, and othe r des iring speGal studies offered by the sc h oo l s and dep a rtments. Transient students who enrol l for the summer session need only su bm it a lett e r of academic standing or give otlwrevidence of being prepa red for college study. A c m p le te SlImlller Ses,iol1 Catalog, outlining the currkulum as well as srecial institutes, workshops and � 'mi n a rs , is print ed each sp ring and is av ailab l<'from the dean of the su mmer session at the unive.rsity.

MIDDLE COLLEGE P L U offe rs a

s pecial six-week summer progTam for high s�hoo l J�mlors and seI11lJrs and for flrst-yc<u college students. Called Middle ol l ege , th program is des igned to ease the transition from high sch ool to co ll e g e by sharpen ing le.arning s ki lls that are essenti al t o s uee ss fu l ompl crion of a (nlleg(' or university program. Middle College h.15 both an aca d e m i c progrnm an'd a cou nselin g nd testin� co mpon ent . A ll studen t s ar e tho roughly tested and eva l uat e d In pri vilte sessions with regard to their rCilding , writing, erbal, and mathematical skill.s. In addition, career counseling is provi d d. The aim of Midd le Colleg counseling is to assess each student's talents and interests in order to p rovid e direction and goa lli for the college expe rience. Th, acad mic program offers a chance to i mprov e specific lea rnin g skills essential to college s uccess . The classes, offered at s v er al levels in several d i 'ci p lines, ar forMiddle Co ll ege students only, t he reb y allo ing s mall clas s size and close contact between students an d f acult y . Students may se l ec t 8 to to cr ed it hours from among th classes offered, and each student's p ro gra m is individualLZed to promot e maximum growth. .

PROJECT ADVANCE

Each semester PL U offer. Proj e c t Advance, 11 s pecial emic h m ent program for high school j unior s and seniors. Designed to comp lement high school stu dies, Proj ec t Advance allows students to carn one hour of uni ve rsity credit and to cxperil!ncc college life and study . The topic of the course is different each scme ter, and fall t opics are chosen to coincide with th e h igh school National D bate Topic Pwj' t A dVa nce classes m et on 'a w k for six weeks in the lateaftc.moon,

CURRENT INFORMATION

ARETE SOCIETY

Election to the Areh� Society is a specia l recogni tion of a student's commi tmen t to the liberal arts togeth er with a record of high achievement in relevant course work. This academic honors society was org� ni �ed in 1969 by Phi Beta K a ppa members of the faculty. The sOCiety 5 fundament al purpose IS to enc o ura ge and recognize excellent scholarship in the liberal arts. Elections for the socie ty take p lace each sp rin g . Both juniors and seniors are eligibl e for c.lection, a lt h ough the qualifications for election as a junior are more s t,ringe nt. The fa culty fellows of the society conduct the election atter careful review of academic transcripts according to the following c ri te r i a. Stu dents must: • attain a high grade point average (fOT seniors, norma ll y above 3,70; for jUI11ors, no rma lly above3.90); • c ompl e te 110 credit hours in libeTa l stu dies ; • de mo nst ra te the equ i valen t of two years of coll e ge work in foreign lang ua ge ; a nd • comp l e t e one year of co llege mathematics (including statistics or computer science) or have taken an equivalent amount of high school math and college scie nce. To be eligible for election, students must have completed a minimum ot three semesters in residence at the university.

RETENTION OF FRESHMEN

Th, retention of studen ts entering as freshmen has been monitored since 1972. Those da ta arc presen ted in the foll owing table:

Retention of Entering Freshmen

1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979

To So phomor e Y ear

T o Ju n ior

To Senior Year

70,1% 74.7% 74.0% 71.2'1<, 69.3'?( 74.7% 74.2'70 74.8%

51.9% 54.3% 54.0% 52.9% 52.8% 57.2% 58.6%

46.1% 48.7% 49.8% 50.8% 47.5% 52.4%

Y ear

Admission Pacific Lutheran University we l co mes applications from students who have demonstrated capacities for succes s at the bacc ala ureat e level. Ap p licants who present academic records and personnl qualities which our e x perience indicates will enable them to succeed at the university and benefit £rom t he environment will be offered admission. Sefection criteria include grade poin t average (usual minimum 2.5), clas s rank (top half), transcript pattern, test scores, and recommendations. Applicants for admis sion arc evaluated without regard to sex, race, creed, color, age, national origin, or

handicapped condition. It is strongly recommended that a ppl ica nt s complete a program in high school which includes: English, 4 years; mathematics, 2 years (preferably algebra and geometry); social sciences, 2 years; one foreign lang uage, 2 years; laboratory sciences, 2 years; electives , 3 years sel ected from above areas but also such courses as speech, debate, typing, and music. An additional two yea rs 01 both mathematics and foreign language are advisable for certain areas in the arts and sciences and in some professional programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will fin d most curricular offerings of the university open to them and may also qualify for advanced placement in some areas. Students are admitted to either the fall or spring semester. Acceptance to the fall term carries permission to attend the previous summer sessions. Sp ring acceptance approves enrollment in the The following application deadlines are January interim. sugge s ted : Fall Semester- Jlllle 1; Spring Semester-January 1.

APPLICA TION PROCEDURE:

£ r£I�/NC FRESHMEN Stu ?ents planning to enter as freshmen may submit appLication miltenals anytime after completton of the )ul1lor ye a r of high school. Admission decisions are made beginning December 1 unless a .request for Early Decision is receiv ed . Candidates arc notified of t h ei r status as soon as their completed application has been received and evaluated. Credentials required arc: l. Formal Application: S ubm it the Uniform Ulldergmdllate Application

[or Admission to FOllr-Year CoIleges and Lflliv('Ysities ill the Slate of Washillgton. A vail a ble frtJm high school counselors or the PLU Office of Admissions.

2. S25.00 ApplicationlRecords Fee: A $25 fcc lllUst a cc o m p any your appl i catio n or be mailed separately. This non-refundable service fee doc s not apply to vour a cc ount. Make checks or money orders p a ya ble to Pacific Lutheran University and mail to the PLU Office of Admissions. 3. Transcript: The transcript you s u b mit must include all credits completed through your junior yeilr of high schooL If admission is oftered, an ac cep ta ble final transcript which indic ate s satistactory completion of the senior year and attainment of a diplonla must be presented.

4. RecommeztdallOns: Two recommendations must be prepared by p rin cipals , counselors, pastors, or other qualified persons. The P LU Office of dmis ions will supply the forms. 5. Test Requiremenl: AU e n te rin g freshmen must submit scorcs from

either the College BOclfd, Scholasti.c Aptitudc Tcst (SAT), or the American College Test Assessment (ACT) or, for Washington Stilte residents, the Wilshi ngto!1 P re- C ollege Test (WptT). Registration procedures and forms are av ail ab le at high school counseling offices.

EARLY DECISION

High school s t ud en ts w h o have decided u pon PLU a s the i r first ch oICe rnay be oftercd a d m i s s io n as eOldy a s Oc tobe r 1 of their ser�ior yea r. �rly Dectsl n a p p l i c a t I o n s must be m a d e by Novcl�lber 1::, o t sco res fwm the prevIous May t he se n I o r year . SAT, A CT, or wr or J Ldy a re acccptabl . F�1 rly Dedsion stu de n t ar e giv n preferentia l tr � a t m e n t in ca mp us hl) u � i ng a � d f i nanc i a l a i d . An , Ea rly D� ' hl(Jr1 f orm I ' il v a t l a b fc from the O£flce of Ad m l SlOns. I f a n Ear ly ecisiol1 is u n fa v o rable , a stu d !" n t may s ti l l b considered for regu la r a d m i s sion.

EARLY ADMISSION Qualifit!d

�tudent s

i n ter sted

acceleril ting

th ir

formal

�ducation m ay begin w ork towiTrd a egree after co m p l e t io n of t h e

Jll ll lor year or first sem�ster ot th e semor year of h Igh school . Excep h unal s tu.dents who w.l· s· h to e n roll beiore completin g a ll reqUir d u m ts In h I gh . s chool must have a l ett er submitted by a recogn ized s ch ool offICIal whICh approves earlv college admission a n d gives assurance t 1� a t a hi g h school d i plo m a will be issued after comp i c h o n o f fipe I lled college work . On ly s tu d e n ts hi g h l y recommended for Ea rl)1 Ad m i ssion will be consi dere d . G neral l y these tudents ran a mong t h e top stud e n ts in their class a n d present h i g h aptitude te.st ·corc ' .

HONORS A T ENTRANCE

PL confers Hono� at Entra nce t o the most highly q ua li fied freshmen w h o af' ottered < d mi ss io n . Certificate. are mailed in earl May to h igh sd100ls for presenta tion to r 'eipi nts at an hon ors

c m voca tion or an assem bly or

during th e i r grad u a tion ceremony Entrance I."t!Cog-ni2cs o u tsta n di ng high c h ool ach ievemen t a n d an l'id p a tes � up e n () r performanc a t the univcr!;ity I e e l . Th e. awards h a v e no mon e t a ry value. (See Honors Pro !Tams u nder Academ ic Procedures . )

Itself. The gra n ting o f l l o non; t

AOVANCED PLACEMENT OPPORTUNITIES

J. ColI�' e Board EX{/I/1!1m t f tms: S t ud e nts in terest>d in seeking adva r; ccd pIne m e n t or c re di t towa rd graduatIon t h rou g h the e x a rn t nabon pro& ra m o f the C o l l e g e Board sh o u l d d i rect mqumcs for s p eCl bc mfonnatlOn to t1�e de partment or school whlCh o ffe r s the cademIC s u bJ c ct ot theIr chOlce. General

inqui ries a bou t th' Col lege Boa rd program may be addre 'sed to the Office llt Admissions. 2. Departmental Examil1atiollS: A n u m be r o f de pa rt me n ts and scho I o ff ' r p la c m n t exam inations in orde.r t h t stu lents may be ad vised as t } the level a t which t hey may most adva n ta$l'0usly pu rsu a giv n s u bject . Credit toward g radu tlOn may be giv n in ce r ta in cases, depending on the examination score d nd whether the 'ubj t matter wa . 110t pa rt of th lUr ' work by which the high school d i p lo ma WilS ' earned. Again, inqlliri for spedfic i n fo r ma tion should be d Ire. ted to the department or chool offe ring the particu l a r subject.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE:

TRA NSFER STUDENTS Stud ts who beg-.m th ir h igh er education a t other accredited college r univ rsilies arc C'nc )unlged to apply for a d mission with advanc d s t a n d i n g . Cand idate must have good academic and pe onal st a nd in g a t th ' i nsti tu tion last attended full-time. Although it does not g uaran tee d m is s i o n, a grade point averae;e o f 2.25 11l a l l col lege wo rk a tt emp t ed is re q u ired for reg ll l � r a d m i ssIOn. Test scores //lay be req u i re d for a p p l tca n t , who have itmlted college exp cr i en c. Credentials r ' qu i red a re : 1 . Fa nllll[ Applimtioll: Submit a U n i for m Undergraduate Applica tion . h $25.00 non-refu ndable a pplica tio n/record s fee. WIt Official tra nscripts from all p revious c o l l egio te 2. 10 'tl tuho n. attended mLl�l be se nt by t hos . II1stitlltions directly to the PLU Offlc of Ad mISSIO ns. O ffia a l hIgh , chool tran s c rIp t s of credits a re ne ess.ary if they arc not l i s ted on college tron ·c ri p ts. 3 . C[canmer Forll1: The office of the dean o f students a t your m ost recently a t tended ( full-time) institution must complete a dea ra nc e form ( p ro v I ded by the PL U Office of d m issions). 4. Recommelldatiolls: Two reco m mendations m ust be prepared by Il1structo rs , counselors, p ast o rs , or o the r q u al i ii d p rso n s. The PL Offi ce o i Adrni.�sion, provides the forms.

!rm1s,-:r�pls:

ADMISSION

EV ALU AnON OF CRE DITS

1. The reg i s trar evaluates all tra n s fe r records and creates an

a d vi s i n g booklet (Gold Book) i nd icati ng c om p l e tion of a ny core .' and requ i re ments an d total h o u rs ac c ep te a. I ndI v idual s c hools whicn comses satisfy major departments determine requirements. 2 . Generally, college-level cou rses carry grade "cn or above apply toward g ra d u a tio n . "0" g raded courses will be withheld u n til a stu d e n t has sllccessfully completed one semester's work at the u ni ve rs i ty . 3. A com m u n i ty college student Olav transfer a maxi m u m of 64 se m e st e r (96 q ua r te r) hOUTS o f ' credit from the two-year institutio n . 4. T o q uali fy a s a degree cand idate , a student must take t h e final 28 seme s t c r hours i n residence.

U NACCREDITED EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES

1. C red it s earned i n unacc red i ted schools a re not tra nsferab l e a t the time of a d m iss i o n . Evaluation and d ec i s ion o n such courses will be made after the student hos been i n attendance o t the univ'crsity one semester. 2. The university allows u p to 20 s e m e s te r hours o f USAFI credit a nd u p to 20 s e m est e r h o u rs fo r m i li ta ry cre di t, provid i ng the total o f th e two d oe s not exceed 30 semester hour s , 3 . T h e u n i versity does n o t grant cr e d i t for college level G E O tests. 4. For i n fo r m a tion o n the College Level Examination Prog ram (CLEP), re fe r to the section on C re d i t by Exa m i na tion under Aca d e m ic P ro c e du r es .

APPLICA nON PROCEDURE:

FOIUvlER STUDENTS F u ll -time students who h a ve not been in o ttendance for one se m es te r or morc may seek rea d l11 iss ion by obtaining a n app l ica tion for rc-entrance from the Of ft ce ot AdmISSIOns unless t h ey have been a pp roved , at the time of la s t enrollment, for a leave of a bse nce . Students who have been d roppe d for academic or disciplinary reasons mLlst id enti fy a faculty member willing to act a s a spon so r a n d a d vllier i f r e-a d m i t te d . Re-entering students who have attended nother col l ege in th e meantime mllst re quest that a transcript be sent from the institution d i rectly to the dean of a d m i s si c) n . .

APPLICAnONS PROCEDURE: FOI�F.IGN STUDENTS F orei g n students who are quolifi e d ocademically, financially, and in Engli.s h proficiency a r e e n c o u ra g e d to join tJ1e u niversity com m u nity. Information and o p plication p rocedures may be obtained from the d e a n of admissions.

FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION

1 . Medical Reqlliremel1t: Be fo re final matriculation, each n e w full

time u ndergraduate student (ten sem.ester hours or more) must s u b m i t a Medicol His tory Record acceptable to the PLU Health Service . 2. Advallce Payme n t : A $100.00 a d va nce payment is necessa 9' follllwing an o ffe r of a d m i ss i o n . This payment is the student s acknowledgement of acceptance and both guarantees a place in the stude � t body an d re sc rv e � housing on campus if req u es te d . It IS credited to the student s acco u n t o nd I S a p p l t e d toword expenses of the first semester. Fall applicants offered admissioll before May 1 mll,t Sllblmt tile rayment by May 7 . It CJrcumstances nece ss ita te concellation ot e n rol l m e n t and the dean o f ad m issions is no ti fi ed in w rit i ng before May 1, the $100.00 will be refu n d e d . The refund date for in t erim is December 15, and for sp rin g semester, J a n u ary 15. 3. New S tudent illforlllation Form: This form in cl udes the a p plica ti o n for h OUSin g ond m u s t be completed by all students and returned witil th advance payment.

Financial Aid Recognizing that many students who want to attend Pacific Lutheran U n iv ersity would be u n a bl e to meet al l expenses of enro l l ment from personal or family sources, the university attempts to provide financial assistance to all eligible students. Any student ap proved tor enrollment or currently enrolled may request financial ald. Approximately half of the u niversity's students receive help in the form of gi ft assistance (that is, scholarships, talent awards, or grants), low Interest deferred loans, or employment. In many cases a finanCIal aid award will be a combina tio n of these iorms of assis tance. The quantity and composition of an award is based upon demon strated finanCIal need, ac a d e m ic achievement, test scores, and othe r persC!nal talents and interests. Need is determined from ana lysis of the FinancIal AId Form (FAF), whICh is a statement of financial con dition provided by the College Scholarship Service. (CSS). Analysis of th e FinanCIal AId Form d eterm ine s a n expected contribution for college expenses from the stu d ent and parents or g uard ia n . " Financial Need" is defined as the difference between tota l student expenses for a n academic year and the expected student/family contnbutlOn and IS a pnmary factor In determining eligibility for most available aid . Financial assistance is available to all qualified students re gard l ess of thetr sex, race, creed, color, age, national origin, or handIcapped condItion.

APPLICA TION PROCEDURE :

FRESHMEN AND TRANSFERS

DEADLINE: All mate rials must be in the Financial Aid Office by March 1 . 2. Mail a Fina nc ia l Aid Form (FAF) to the College SchOlarship Service (CSS) by Februarv 1 . 3. Be offered admission by March 1 . 4. Submit a white PLU A pplica tion (transfers only). 5. Submit a F in a n cial Ai cf Transcript (transfers only). 1.

CONTINUING STUDENTS

DEADLINE: All m a teria ls must be i n the Financial Aid Office by April 1 . 2 . Mail a Fi na ncial Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Ser vice (CSS) by March 1 . 3 . Complete a wh.ite PLU Application. Application for iinancial aid is encouraged at all times, but failure to meet the preceding application dates may result in a denial oi aid even thou gh need IS demonstrated. The Financial Aid Office will consider an app licants for any award for which they might be c.ligi ble. AId awards are for one year and most are renewable, provided re -a pp h ca t l on IS co m pl ete d on time, fmanclal need continues, and satisfactory academIC progress is maintained. Aid is not automati cally renewed each year. 1.

NOTIFICATION OF A WARD DECISIONS

1. Award d e cis ions for freshmen and transfe.r stude.nts who meet the March 1 completion date will be made in March, and actual

notification will be mailed April ! . Financial aid decisions for continuing PLU st udents are made in April and not ifi ca tions are sent out beginning in M a y.

VALIDATING THE AID OFFER

Aid offers mu s t be va li d a ted b y returning the signed Financial Aid Award NotlCe and su bmlttm g the $100 a dvance pay m e n t req Uired by th e universIty. ThIS should be done as soon as p05sible but must be completed by May 1. Applicants not returning their acce p tance ot an award by the rep ly date s pecified will have their awards can celled. If an ap p licant later d ecides to reapp ly, th e ap pl ica tion w i ll be revie �ed with the g �oup currently being processecf. AId, WIth the excep tion of College Work-Stu d y , is credited to the student's account when all paperwork has been completed. One half of the award IS dIsbursed each semester. Parents and students are re sp onsi b l e for the charges in excess of the award. I n some cascs aid is awarded in excess of direct university charges to help WIth hvmg exp e nses . This money will remain on the stu dent's account unless requested by the student th ro ugh the Busi ness O ffic e after classes have begun. Under federa ! regulations, adjustments to an award package must be made It a student re.celves addItIonal awards of aid tram sou rce s external to thL u niversity. I n every case, h o wever, the : Fina n C I a l Ald OffIce w!ll attempt to allow the student to kee p a s much of the award package as p O SS Ib le . By t rea ti n g aI d receIved from external sources In t h I S way, addItion" I a w a rds from the uni versity's resources can be made to other qualjfied needy st u d ents .

RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The basic responsibilitv for financing an education at P L U rests WIth students and theIr (alnilies. In a dd iti on to expected contribu hons fro�, parents or guardlans, students are expected to assist by contnbutmg from thelr savmgs and summer earnings. Financial as sIstance from the universIty IS therefore supplement<1fY to the ef forts ot a student , s family. It IS provlded for students who demon strate need. . Additional rights and responsibilities of financial aid recipients Include: 1. Signing and re turning each financial aid notice rece ived. 2. Declining at any time any portion of an award. 3. Notifying the F i n an cia l Aid Office in case of a ch ang e in credit hours attempted; a change in res idence (off-campus or at home); or receIpt of add l t l ona l o u tS I d e scho larsh ip s . 4. Signin !$ add i tio na l documents in the F in a ncia l Aid O ffi ce at the beginmng of each se m e ster .

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS/SATISFACTORY PROGRESS The policy of the Financial Aid Offi ce is to allow students to con tinue receiving fin � ncial assistance as long as they are in goud stand Ing at the unlverslty. To do otherwise would cause a severe hard shIp on students who must devote their efforts to achieving satisfac tory grades. However, no institutional grants will be awarded to students with cU�'lIl a ti ve grade point averages below 2.00. T o be glven pnonty for most ty p es of financial aid, an applicant must be enrolled as a full-time stud ent. For fe d era l financial aid p ro grams, a full - tim e student l5 d e fi ned as any person enrolled for a ml mmu m of tw�lve credit hours or more per s em e s te r . Most finan CIal aId at PLU lS based on an a v era g e of 32 credit hours for the a ca d e mic year. This inc l u d es the p o ss ibi l ity of four hours d u ring the ll1 tenm. Adjustments In an award may be made during the year i f an aI d re clplent has not enrolled for the number of c re d it hours shown on th e fro nt of the award notice. In every case, full-time stu dents will be given priority for financial a id .

FINANCIAL AID

TYPES OF AID

llNlVERSITY GIFT ASSISTAlvCE

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS are granted on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. To be considered, a freshmml applican t m u s t have a 3.30 secondary school grade point average. Scholastic abilit;,:: must also be reflected in test scores from the SCholastic Aptitude fest (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT), or the Washington Pre-College Test (WPCT). Tra nsfer and continu ill g students must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point average to be qualified for first-time or renewal awards. PLU is a sponsor of National Merit Scholarships. Students who earn semifinalist standing are encou raged to contact the Financial Aid Office for information concerning a PLU Merit Award. PRESIDENT'S SCHOLARSHIPS of $750 are awarded to enter ing freshmen in recognition of outstanding academic achievement in high school and in anticipation of superior performance at PLU . To be a candidate, a student must have a h i g h school $.p.a. of 3.75 or higher, present high test scores, and be offered admIssion by March 1. FillanciaL need is lIot a determill illg factor and no application is re quired. Only a limited number of students who meet the above re quirements arc selected. The awards, made in March, are renewable if a 3.3 grade point average is maintained. ALUMNI MERIT AWARDS o f $1,C)OO arc available to exceptional students. Preference will be given to sons and daughters of PLU alumni. To be eligible, enterin g freshmen must have a cumulative hiSh school g.p . a . of 3 . 5 o r higher. Non-freshmen and renewal ap p licants must have a minimum colle g iate g. p.a. of 3.3 to be eligibfe. Financial need is not a determining factor and a s pecial application is required. Merit award applicants must be offered admission to the university and must submit applications by March 1 of the year pre ceding their enroll me n t. FACU LTY MERIT AWARDS (24 awards) are available to those students who have completed a minimum o f 4 5 semester hours at PLU. The $750 stipend is not based o n need. A recipient cannot be receiving any other merit awards of $500 or more. A taculty commit tee will evaluate recipients on the basis of their scholastic achieve ment, s p ecific talents, and unusual service to the community or the universIty. PROVOST'S MERIT AWARDS of $750 are granted to transfer students with a cumulative col lege grade point average of 3.6 or above. Preference is given to eligible students who will complete an associate degree at an accredited co mmunity college (or a compara ble academic experience at an accredited four- year institution) be fore their enrollment at PLU. Only students who have received an offer of admission by March 1 will be considered. Other criteria which may be considered include: high school record; test scores; involvement and leadership in school, college, community, and church. Financial need is not a determining factor. AIR FORCE ROTC SCHOLARSHIP recipients ( 4-year, 3-year, or 2-year) may attend Pacific Lutheran University. AFROTC classes are held at the Aerospace Studies Department on the University of Puget Sound campus, about 20 minutes driving time from the PLU cam p us. TALENT AWARDS are granted to students with fi nancial need who have exceptional ability in the fields of forensics, drama, art, music, or athletics. The candidate must make arrangements with the school or de p artment concerned for an audition and/or a per sonal interview. 1n some cases a tape or film will be satisfactory. A recommendation from a facul ty member must be on file before a stu dent is considered fora Talent Award. UNIVERSITY G RANTS are awarded in combination with loans and em p loyment to students with financial need who do not qualify for scholarship assistance. Minority Grants are available for q ualified minority stucfents i n addition to all other types of financial aid de scribed. Foreign St udent Grants are restricted to those foreign stu dents who have provided their own resources for at least one y ear of attendance. Grants usually amount to less than one-third of the cost of attendance.

M I NISTER'S DEPENDENT GRANTS arc available to unmar ried, dependent children of a regularllf ordailled, active minister or missionary of a Christian church. The 'minister's p rincip al emplo y ment and primary source of income must be a result of church work. The minimum annual grant is $200 but this may be increased to $700 if the eligible student has a demon�trated financial need as deter mined from the Financial Aid Form. If a tAF is submitted no special MDG application is required. June 1 is the deadline for requesting this grant. Requests received thereafter will be honored only as bud g eted funds permit . ALU MNI DEPENDENT G RANTS of 5200 are given to full-time students whose p'arent(s) attended PLU (PLC) for two semesters or more. To be eli g ible the alumni dependent must be a full-time stu dent (12 credit hours per semester) and complete an application in the Financial Aid Office. GRANTS in the amoun t of 5SO per semester shall be given to each of two. or more full-time s t� dents from the ?ame family attending PLU SImultaneously, proVIded that the mai n support for both is from parents and p rovided they have not received any other univer sity grant or a ward. Married students are also eli �ible when both are fun-time students. An app lication must be filed In the Financial Aid Office at registration or Immediately thereafter. The grant will be credited after eligibility is esta blished. In addition to its own scholarship funds, the university has at its disposal the followin g restricted funds, genera lly awarded to those students who complete the regular application and who have finished their freshman year: Aid Associiltion for Luth('rans Scholarships Allenmorc roundation Scholarsh ip Alumni Scholarship Fund American Lutheran Church - North Pacific District SChl1lJrship �merici.)n L � theran Church SchulMship and G ran t Program for Minority Students , Floren� Spanner I\ndl.'rbon Memonal Schoh.1fShi p Ruth Anenson Schol,lrship Associated Grocers Scholarship B . E.R.G. Minurily Schol• .-.h ip Binder Memorial Scholarship lorunn Breiland Scholars hip Fund Dr. clnd Mrs. W.B. Burns Fund Burzlclff Memorial Scholarship Henrietta Outton Nursin1l: Schol .... lr.'.;i1ip Fund Carl Dal� Momorial Schotarship Fund Cheney Foundation Educ�tionCll Scholdrships Chevron Ml:'rit i\wMds Comerco Sthularship Jrenc O. Creso Merit A \v<lrJ Ida J\. Davis Fund Doolittle Memori�l l Scholarship Lcif Erikson 5cholilrship I:a�ulty M�morial Schor.:m ;hi p Fund pailh Lutheran Church of Portland Scholarship Fund Henry Foss Schol3rs hi p (for Nor....egian students) L.c. Foss Memorial Scholarship Olaf f (alvursen Schol�lrohip W.H. J- IardtkcSem inJ.rv Student Scholarship I:l.lnd SU7..zan Tngram M,emorl�1 Scholarship pund T�rry Ir.vin Scholarship

�c:��rtund

�� ;�\(i�� William Kilworth Found(ltion Schol.\rship rund Melvin Kleweno Mt'morial ScholJrship Ebb,l Larson Nursing Scholarship Ludvig and CI<lra Lclrson SchOlarship Louise and Guy L�'Csman Memorial Scho(,lr.ship Mr. and Mrs . W . I< hlding Lindb{'rgEndow�'d Scholarship luther.Jn Hrotherhood Cegal Reserve Life I n�u ran ('(.' Co. Scholarship Joe M..trchinck Memori,li Sch o larshi p Fund Mathematics Schol.1rship Lila Mo�Schol.lrship Fred O. Mucnsch(' r rm Associates - Shake y 's Pi.(at PMlorsScholarship Mr. and Mr�. Gus. Ii. �jcman M c mori " I Scholars hip Margan.:.· t Nist.Jd Memorial Schol<lrship Olympia Brewing Com p any Scholarship Rogl!rl>actcl �ternari;)i Sehola �hip Blanchp Pflaum Schola rship 1 ��I�d��:�1�� I�l��i Drs. Richdrd and WalterSchwindt Scholarship Si 9udand Youth Scholarship (North P.lcific Di.strict Luther League) SkInner foundation Scholarship Smith Endowment Schol.Jrship Fund Edvin and Ida Tin g clstad Mernori<Ji Scholar:;hip Evelyn S . Torv�nd S<-hnl�1rship Ellen Valle Me.mori,, 1 Scholarship

k�Cfr�E�k��'nl()ri'll r ��r� :�:��;�IOrial Mark Salz.nl.1.n Memori<l! J. P. Carlstrom 5choJan;h i p Louis and Leona Lamp Scholarship Gordon Pt'.Jr;,;on MemQrial Wadc/l linderlieScholarship Fund Washington Stolte Automobile Dealers Scholarship Washingt'on Congress of Paren ts, Teacher,.>, and 5tudcnt.s

��:� �

FINANCIAL AID

GOVEl< N!INTAL GRAI S THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM i s a fede ra l pr og r a m d es i gne d to provi d e the "foundation" £ r a fi n a nci <l l <lid p<l ckag e I t is i n t end ed for s t u dents with high financial need. When co m ple ti ng t he F m an ·a l Aid Form ( AF) applic<lnts should i n dica t e that the mformahon is to be u ed fo r determining their eligibility for the Pe l l G ra nt by chec k in g the appropriate box. if the Student E l igi b li ty Report (SER) yo u receive i n d ica t es e l i gi bi l i ty, aU t hree co r. ies sh ould be sen t to the Financial Aid Office. Pell G r a n t s arc <wa d a b l e 111 a mo u n t s up to $1 , 7 0 p e r year. SUP P L EMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY G RANTS (SEO ' ) are available tu s tu de n t s who ha v e 'C p ti o na l tif!an · al need. Gr a n ts range from $200 to 52,000 p r yea r . The S E OG n; u s t b e m a t ch ed w i t h at least an eq u i vale nt amo unt of other k m d s ot aId (grant, loa n , or employment) . E l i g ib i l i ty is de t 'rmined by federal g uide L i n s. WASflTNGTON STATE NEED GR NTS are available to eligible re s i d en t of the Sta te o f Wa s hi ns ton who attend PLU . Thes � g ra n t s are intend d fo r students with hIgh need. On the baSIS of gU l d eh ne s stablished by the Council on Pos t- Se co nd a ry Education, tudents wi th s peci fi a need as co m p u ted from the FmanClal AId Form a re submitted to the State forcon sid era t io n . Pr se n t procedure dt1e no t re u i re a s epa ra t e ap pl ic a t i o n NU RSI NG GRANTS to a maximum of 52,500 per year a re ava i l abl , d � pe n d e n t on fedeml fu. nd i ng . A wa r ds us u a l ly avera gt' $500 pe r aca demic year. Students arc el i gIb le I f ace p t e d b y or enr lied m the School of NUTsing (not pre-nu rsing pro g ra m s) Fmancial need must be demonstrated. LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROG R AM (LEEP) rant il nd Loan - LEEr is a fed e ra l p rogram f? r fu ll-time i n -se �ice law enforcement personne l . No Fmal!C1al A l d Form IS required. G ra n t range u to 5400 p r emester tor tllltIon and boo ks . Loa n s cover th c os t 0 tuition and mand atory fees to a maximum of$2,200 per yea r . .

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT There a re e mpl o y m e n t o ppor t u ni ties on campus a nd in the com munity that can help students meet ·o l le ge ex p e n:, s. Pri o r i t y fo r pl a ceme n t is g iv e n to thos e student who ha e d e mo ns t rn t e d finan cial need <lnd ha ve been a wa rded a work-study l ig i b l i t y . Over 900 st u d e n t s work on c a m p u s e<l ch yea r . Th e u n ive r S I t y' s annual stu dent payroll excee d s 5 1 , 000,000. The a v e r a ge on-ca mpus job ap proxima tes te n hours per wee k , and pr o d u ce s around 51 ,050 d u ri ng a n a ca de m ic yea r All -Iudellt placemellts far oll-camplIs and off-cal1lpus jobs are IWlldlcd by the Career Planning and Placel1lent Office. A ct u al a si g nm e n t s for n e w students arc mad e at the be g in n m of t he ·chool year a n d at other ti me s as vacancies occur. The iederal College Work-Study Program o ffe r s off-ca m p u s em p l oy m e n t with no n p rofi t e mployers. To p a rt ici pa te , students m ust be eli gi Ie for wo rk-study . Th state Wo rk-Study P r o g T a m offers only o ff- ca m p u s work op p ort u n i t i e s with profi t-making and non-profit emp l o y e r s . Posi tions must b related to students' a ca dem ic interests. To participate, st u dents must be el i gib l e for work-study. .

LOANS

Many st u d e n t · invest i n their fu t u re by borrowing ed u ca t i o na l funds. low in tere t, d e fe rred loans make it po ss i b l e to pay s ome of the cost of education at a l a t e r time. Loans arc o fte n i n c lu d e d w it h gi ft as 'i lance a n d worl< to fo rm financial aid package. Ther a rc three major s o u rces of l oa n s at PLO:

NATIO AL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN (NDSL) - Eligibility is d ete rm in e d by the PLU Financial Aid Office [rom the Financial Aid Form a n d is ba sed on l lee d M ost loans averag e 5900 a nn u al l y , b u t cannot l"ecd 53,000 for th first t w o yea rs o fschool, n o r a n a gg re gate of $6,000 fo r a n und e rg ra d u a t e de g ree . 0 in terest a cc rues and no payments on principal arc necess<lry u n ti l nine m on t h s after a recipient cea."cs to be a half-time student enrolled in an e l igible i n s t i tu ti o n Si m ple interest is on 4% d u ri n g the re p a y me n t pe ri o d . Up to 1 00% ca ncell a t i o n is available for te a ch i ng the h a nd icap p e d or in. certam l o w I n co m e a re a s Re p a y me n t may be d e tc r red because ot fu rt h er full-time study or service in th e armed torces, VISTA, or the Peace Corp . Exit i n terv i e ws are requ i red by the B u si ne s s Office upon leaving PLU or t ra nscrip ts , grades, a nd diploma arc withheld. NURSING STUDENT L O A N" (NSL) - A fe d e ra l Imn p rog ra m L i m ited to s t u d en ts with need who a re accepted fo r enrollment or arc enrolled i n the S c h oo l of Nursing (usually not before t h e soph o m rc y ea r) . The . L h a s p ro v i s ion s similar to t h e the NDSL. U p to 52, 500 is a va il a bl e , dependent on fed 'ral funding. Loans average 5500. Re pay :nent be g i n s one yea � after I1 ra d u a ti o n Partial or fu ll cancella tIOn IS p O S S I b l e underccrta.In co nditIOns. GUARANTE ED INSURED STUDENT LOAN (GSL) - Under this p rog ra m , tudents may borrow [rom banks, credit u n ions, and s av i ngs and loan a ssocia tions. A separate a p p l i ca t ion p ro ce d ure IS requ i red and forms are a v a i l ab l e from the PLU F i n an c ia l A i d Office. The maxi m u m s which a stu den t may borrow arc: Unde rg raduate - de p ende n t $2,500 - I n d e p e ndent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,000 .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Graduate . .

.............

..... ................

. . . . . . . . 55,000

Re paym e nt of p r i n ci pa l is deferred until nine m o n t h � after a re cipient ceas . to be a half-time st u d e nt en rolled I n a n e l I gIb l e IllslItu tion. Th interest rate is 9%; i n terest is pai d by t h e federal g overnment whil e the recipie n t is attending school. Short t rm loa n s are a va i lab le from varIOUS fu nd . which include:

restrIcted PLU loan .

A l u m n i I\soori;,tion ' .oan Fund American Lut r l Church Wum�n Lo.J1l Fund t\ nton I\.nd('r'Son LO<l1l Fund John S , B.Jkt'r Loan Fund ilrlstrnlll Ml'morial Loan I:und Studt:.'nt LOiln I;und i�I,I'l P Mdnc I llIlh 1.0.111 Fund Gl:'ri l.lrd Kirkl'bo M e morial l . n.:}n Fund

lll' J I

j.r.

�(kf.;�,9;�r::da

�I!Jnl·ttc Oho� - Oi�lna Ptlul - rvliriam Sto') Ml'm oriill Student I.o..�n Fund . I . P. rOuq:;t' r S t udent to., n Fund

O.J. Stllt..' n A l u mn i Loon hmd

a,A Ti ngll.':-t.ld Loan Fund Won\cn's ClubofT�coma Revolving L(l.,n I:1.tnd

Vem� Graham Loon Fund

VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCATIONAL REHABI LITA nON Pilcific Luthera n U n ivers i ty has bee n a p p ro v e d by the State . Ap prov ing Agency a s o n e of the quahfled I Il s lI t u t lO n s Wh ICh vc t 'rans milY attend and rc'ceive bem'flts. Veterans, WIdows, and child ren el f deceased wtera n s w h o wish to i nqu i re about their �' I i g i b l i t .. for ben dit s should contact the Regional O ffi ce of th e Vekra n s d m i n i s t ration, FCllL'ral Buil d i n g, 9 1 5 51' 'ond A v en u e ,

Seattle, Washin gtun '18 1 74. Students shou l d ga i n a d mi ss i o n to the un ive r si t y before m a k i n g a p p l i cation fo r benefi b . S t u dent s � re e n co ur aged to reg I s ter at the universitv's V e te r a ns Affairs O ftic e betore each term to Illsure nIll ti n u ll u , r �'c e i p t of benC'fits.

FINANCIAL AID

Costs TUITION

PAYMENTS

Students a t Pacific Lutheran U ni v ersity pay only for those courses in which they arc enrolled. Tuition charges are determined by the number of c re dit hours for which students regist r. The 1981 -82 rate for une semester hour is $ 1 46.00. M o s t courses carry a vahlc of four semes ter hours. A few specialized courses, e.g., physica l c d u cati o n, art, and private music l e ss ons , max require extra costs which are listed with each semester's c o u rse o tfe ri n gs .

Mail or deliver pavments to the FLU Business Office. Ch ec ks shuu Id be made p ayab le to l'acific Lutheran U ni ve rs i ty and the stu , dent s na m e and Idenhf,catlOn num ber should be s11 0wn on the check. Bank credit cards are accep ted.

SPECIAL FEES (1981-82 RATES)

La te reg i stra t i o n clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00 Audit p e r cou rse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% o f tuition

Cred i t bv examination: De pa rtmen t al exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% of course tuition Student Parking: Year Permi t . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No charge Penalty for non-reglstrahon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 0 . 00 Stude n t health and accident insurance (estimated · fcc; actual fee may be higher)(24 hou rs, 12 month coverage, optional) . 586.00 Private music lessons (per credit hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $72.50

ROOM AND BOARD (1981-82 RATES )

Room and board, per semester, is as follows: all Semester Room & Board: Board Room 551 7. 50 $535 . 00 Double Occupancy Room Interim Room & Board: ontinuing" Fall Semester Students, $85.00 $0 Double Occupancy New S tudents, $85.00 S80.00 Double Occupancy *( ont i n u.ing students must be t ak ins clas ses or file a Plan of Action i n o rde r to remain on campus during lllteri m . ) S pri n g Semester Room & Board: D ouble Occupancy Room $4 1 7. 50 $535.00 An ap pro pria te fee will be assessed for rOoms occupied du ri ng Qui tmas break and spring break. nly a very small number of sin g le rooms a r e available. They arc limited to students with medicaUp nysical handicaps which necessi ta te a s i n gle room, and to upp erclas s stude n ts. Stu'dents new to PLU nnrmally do not receive stngle room assignments. An additional $65.00 fee per semester is a sessed for single rooms. A n add itio n a l ' 100.00 fee i s assessed for double rooms used as singles (spring semester only). The above room and board rates include three meals per day, Monday through Saturday, and brunch and dinner on Sunday . 1eals are n ot provided d u ring Thanksgiving , Christmas, and Ea s ter v acat i o n s, nor a ny other day when the reSIdence halls are closed. On-campus s tu d e n ts a rc required to cat in the university dining halls. Students living o ff-campus are encouraged to eat m ea ls on cam pus . Two plans are offered: all meals, seven days, or l u nch only M{ l I1d ay th ro u g h Friday. Fall and Sprillg (each semester) Off-campus full $535 .00 $195 . 00 Off-campus lunch 5 days Interim O ff-ca mpus full $85.00 Off-campus lunch 5 days $45.00

FAMIL Y STUDE NT HOUSING

un its), per m o n t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $91 . 00 Three-bedroom (4 units), per month . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 09.00 Evergreen ourt (6 u n its ) , two-bedroom, includes all utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $161 . 00 A deposit of $80 .00 must accompany a reservation for f a m ily stu de n t hous.ing. This deposit will be held by the univel sity until the occupant vacates the apartm nt or cancels the reserva tion. One month's rent for ap ar tm ents is req ui re d in a d v a n ce . Rates are sub ject to change.

Two-bedroom ( 1 0

COSTS

PAYMENT OPTIONS

1. Payment by semester. I f this op tion is selected, the total costs of each semester must be paid before the beginning of classes. 2. T he PLU Budget P l a n a l lows fo r pay ing certain selected educa tional expenses on a monthly installment basis without interest or service charges. Qualifying costs (excludes books, fines, etc . ) are estimated for the entire academic year a n d pa id in tw el v e in stallments beginning May 10, w i th the last installment due April 10. For st ude n ts attending only one semester (excluding su mm e r session a n d i n terim) the estim ated cost is paid in six installments. Fall semester payments begin M a y 10 a nd spring semester pay ments begin N ove m be r 10. A Budg et Plan Agreement may be ob ta i ne d from the Business Office . The agree ment is not valid u n til it is completed, signed, returned, and approved by the Business Office. NOTE: E n r oll me n t is no t complete u nti l payment is made in ac cordance with one of the a bo ve payment options. Late payments may be assessed a 1 % monthly interest charge on any outstanding ba lan ce .

ADVANCE PA YMENTS

New students are req u i r ed to make a S 1 00.00 advance payment in order to finalize t he ir offer of admission. For fall acce p tance this is not refundable after May 1 (Decem ber 15 for interim; J anuary 1 5 for spring seme ster) . An returning students who wish to reserve a room in one of the university's residence halls for the next academic year must make a $75 .00 adva nce p a y m e n t . This ad va nce payment is not r efu n dable after July 1 5 . Students will not be perm itted t o finalize registration a s long as any bill remain s u npai d .

RESTRICTIONS

The university reserves the right to withold statements of honora ble dismissal, grade reports, transcript of records, or diplomas, until all u niversity bills have been paid. Under certain circumstances stu dent pay checks may be applied to unpaid balances.

REFUNDS

A full tuition refund (less $25.00 wi thdrawal fee) w i l l be made for fall and spring semeste.rs when iI student withdraws from the uni versity before the end of the second week; 25% tuition refunds will be made for withdrawals d u rin g the third and fourth weeks; no re funds arc allowed aiter the fourth week. When a student withdraws before the end of the first'week during the interim, a fuLl tuition refund (le ss 525.00 w i t hd m wa l fcc) will be made. No refu nds are al l owed after the first week. Residence hall refunds will a dh e re to the terms of the Re s identi al Life Contract. A pro-rata board refund will be ma de for necessary wi thdrawal from the un iverSity . Board refunds will not be made for any univer sity trips, such as choir, band, orchestra, athletics, and so forth. R e funds on room will not be made. Notice of withdrawal must be made i n w ri ting to the reg i s t r ar of Pacific Lutheran U n iversity, a n d r eceive d before the de a d lines given above. Oral requests are not accep table. Requests f or consideration of exception to these pol icies should be addressed to the assistant dean for student li fe .

Student Life --

The quality ' of l i fe cu l ti v a ted and fostered within the u n i v e r- i t ¥ i s a n e ssential . component of the aca d e m ic com m u n ity. The environment produced is onducive to a l i fe o f vigorous a n d . , creative scholarship. I t al so recogmzes t h a t !tberal educa tion Is for the total person and that a co m p lem entary re l a t t o n s h , p eXists between s tudents' intellectual de velopment and the satistactlOn o t their other i n d ividual needs. Interaction w i t h persons o f differing l i fe styles, application o f classroom knowledge to personal goals and aspirations, and n o n -academIC expenences arC a l l lllva luable a n d vital components of educatIOn at PLU . In a tlme whc.n ther I S a need for meani ngful com m u lllty,. the ca m p u s fao !ttates gen u l lle relationships a m o n g members ot the ulllversity from , diverse reli gi ou . , raci a l , a n d cultura l backgro u n d s . A l l of the servtces a nd f,lcili t ies provided are i n tended to com plement the acadelJ1lc prog ra m . The services. provided reflect c h a nglng stud n t n eed s , and the opportunitie tor student p a rtiCIpatio n Inclu0e vlftually a l l aspects of t h e ulllversity. I ndiVidual attentl�:m IS gIven to every student concern including a vanety of specifiC servICe outl ined below.

CAM PU S MINISTRY

Pacifi Lut heran University b y its very nature i s a place for the interaction between studies and the Ch ristia n faith. Opportu nities for the mutual celebration of that faith on ca mpus a re rich and d i v <' r s e . Chapel worship i s h e l d Monday, Wednesday, and Friday morning ' d u rlng each semester for all who wish to partlClpClte. The University Congregation meets in regular worship and cel,e brat s the Lord's S u p p e r each Sunday. Pa st o ra l services o t t h e ulllversity pastors are a vailable to all students who desire t h e m . , . Several denominations and religious groups have orgalllzatlOns on c a mpus, and there a rc n u m e rous student-tllltla ted Bible study and f el fow sh i p groups. The Cam p u s Min istry Council, an elected . student and tac u l ty committee, co o rd llla t e s these a cttvl t l e s III a spirit of openness a n d m u tu a l respe t .

RESPONSmI LlTIES OF COMMUN ITY LIFE

In th lose l i ving situation i n the camp us c o m m u nity certa i n regulations a re necessary, and the ulllversity a d lTIl ts students Wi t h the u nderstanding t ha t th e y Will comply With t h e m . A l l stud � nts are expected to respect the ng h ts a n d llltegnty o f others. Conduct which i s detrimental to students, their col lea gu e s , or the ulllverslty, or which violate s civil law, may be grounds for diSCiplinary sanctions or dism issal from the university. Specific re g ula tions a n d guidelines a r e outlined i n t h e Student Halldbook, wh ich i s ava i l a bl e t h rough the Student Llte Office for all students at the beglll nmg o f e a c h yea r.

ACTIVITIES

The P L U Student i fandbook e n u merates over 50 a c a d e m i c a n d non academic organizations, clubs, socidies, and i n terest groups, which testifies to the diversity of campus extra-currtcular !tfe. SOCl'lI action, religious, and political organizations; i n terest a n d sporting clubs; . and s e rv i c e , profeSSional, a n d academIC SOCIeties arc among the options irom w h ich to choose. . . . . . . The arts are l1() u nshlllg at PaCIfic L u t heran University . The C hu l r o f t h e West, the Concert B a n d , t he U n i versity Symphony Orchestra, a jazz e n se m bl e , a renowned collegiate stage, two art galleries, a nd a l i turgical dance e.nsemble p roVIde ge n ero u s opportuni ties for the performing student. Personal expression IS emphasized in debate, student gove rn ment, ca m pus radiO KPLU FM, the ulllversit y ve a rbo o k , and the weekly s t u dent newspaper. Organized a n d i n d ividual physical activities are t o r everyone. Recreational and comp e tI l tv e proz ra m s lllcludc football, cross country, basketball, s W l m m lll g, lllklllg , cltmblllg, volleyball, tennis, gol f, wrestling, paddlcbafl, bowling, squash, handb<:l l l , plllg p on g , baseball, softball, badm mton, field hockey,. track a n d field, I·va ter polo, skiing, and rowing. AthletICS emphaSize developme n t o f t h e individual rather than t h e s ea rch f o r n thletlc glory, y e t the u n iversity is pro u d o f its varsity championships i n many spurts.

RESIDENTIAL LIFE

Residential l iving is an i n tegral part of the educational process at PLU and the residence halls were constructed with that in m i n d . University policy reflects the commitment t o t h e residential concept . All students not !tVlllg at h o m J W i th p a rents, .guard , a n , or spouse are reqUired to ! tv e III a reSidence hall unttl achlevlllg sentor status o r the age of 21 years. . . . . As a residential campus, PaCIfiC L u t h er a n Ulllversity offers students a valuable experie nce in group l i v i n g . The u ni versit y recognizes the importance of non-cla ssroom a c t i v i ti e s i n. p ro viding an education for the whole perso n . The a i m of resldentlill !tvl ll g IS to help students grow personally, soci a lly, c u lt u ra l ly, a n d . religiously. . . Ca mpus re si d e n ce halls are small. They arc orgalllzed L Ilto C'O m m u n i ties i n which eilch i n d ividual co unts as a perso n . New knowledge shared with friends in the residence h a l l s takes o n a very pe.rsonal meaning. Men and women of many b ac kg rou n d s and cultures live on campus; thcretorl', students III reSidence h a ve a u n iqUE> opport u n i ty to broaden their c u ltural hor!zo n s . The ull lversity cares a b o u t the quallty o t !ttl' on campus. The attractive and comfortable re s i de nce halls enrich the q uali ty of life and en ha nc e the learnlllg p roce s s . The ull lversity offers students high-quality ho w ; i n g opportunities includin g studc.nt leadership experiences, formal and i n tormal programs, a n d peer aSSOCI a tion s . The student governing bodies arc s tro n g and actively partiCIpate III i m p roving the progra m . . . . A selection of modern, attractive halls, each With Its ow n trad itio n s and u n ique advantages, offers students the o p portunity to establish a c o m fortable I i \'ing pa t t e rn . All halls Illcludt' I n tormal lo u nge s , study rooms, recreation areas, and com mon kitchen and l aundry faci l i ties. . Most of the halls a re co-ed ucatto n a l . A l thou g h th,'y , rc housed . III separate W lll g S , m e n and womCJl In co-cd halls share l oun ge and recreation facilities and common re.sidence government, and participate j oi n t l y i n aU h a l l activities. AIl-mm's and a ll - wo m en ' s halls ilre rese rved for those w h o desire this type of living experience. Further i n formation regarding residence halls can be obtained from the Residential Life Office. I n a d d i tion to housing for single students, the u n i ve �s i ty mai n ta i ns 20 apartments on campus for family student houslll g . Two and three-be d roo m u n i ts are available. Ap p l icat io n for these apartments can be made through the Wce of General S 'rv ices.

STUDENT LIFE

PROGRAM FOR COMMUTING STU DENTS

Every effort i s made to assure com m u ting stu ents enjoy the same wcll-rounded u n iversity l'x perien c a s thos in residence. Fi r ' t-y.ear tudents who will be a t home a re invited to participate i n a speclul pro gram which �ieals With ennchIng college for them. O£t ca�pus s tu dents are I nVited and encou raged to p a r tIcIpate 111 the vaned a n d freq uent activIties pwgra m s planned for a l l students.

ENVIRONS

The university's geographical setting affords the stu dent a wtd vanety of both recrea tlOna[ and cultural e n tertain me n t options. Rccrcatlonally, th e �randeur of the Pacific N orthwest country . encourages participation 111 hikI ng, campIng, climbing, �kiing, boatmg, a nd sWimmIng. The most con.spicuous natura l m o n u m en t i n the area is M t . Rainier. I n. a d d ition t o Ra i nier, the distinctive realms o f the Cilscade and OlympiC m o u n t a i n ra nge s and forests of Douglas Fir compkll.: one of the most naturally . tranquil environm ents i n the United States. tud nts car'. also enjoy the aesthetic offerings of nearby Seattle and T�com a . 1 hese City centers host a variety of perfo r m i n g and record1l1g arts and prOVide dozens of ga l l e rIes a nd m use u ms as well as ul11que shop p i n g and d i n ing experiences.

STUDENT SERVICES The St u d ent Health Center

re t a i n s the services o f a fu ll-time medex and part- lime n u rse practitioner with a bnckup phYSician and n u rses for bnslc medical care or reterra l . All students an? entitled to the services o f the center. Health an � A ccident Lnsura !'ce is offered by the u n i versity on a v Iilntary baSIS. The grou ACCid e n t a n d Sickness Medical Expens' Pinn proVides coverage 2 h o u rs a day, 12 month. a year, anywh r m the world. ThiS plan IS available at fall, i nt rim, or spring registratIon o n l y . A broc.hure ol! t l I n l l1g t h e program is a v ailable from the Student Life O f tI c e . All torelgn s t u d e n ts mllst take o u t the school i n s u rance. .The Counseling and 1'e ling Center assists students i n coping With norma 1 d 'v Iopmen�al problems. Trained and ex pe rienced . counselors, mdu dmg a $tatf psychw tn st , offer group and i n d ividual co unse ling. A vanety of psychological tests and in terest i nve n to r i es arc avaIlabl e to assist students with care(>r p l a n n i ng, educational adju stment, and personal proble ms . The Mi no rity Affairs O Hice coordinates a ·pecial p ro s rilm which seeks to proVide co ntmually for the academic and SOCIal n ds of minority s tudents. Supportive services inclu d(> admissions a si ·tance , scholarship a n d financial a id a ssistance, co unsel ing, book fund, and convocation p rogra m s . The .fo ei gn Student Office provides for the various needs of for I g ;1 students. Su pp �)rt se ices include .orientation to the U . S . r;v a n.d r L U , th Host Fam Il y I rllgram, a liaIson W i t h Imm igratIOn othces� counselIng, and ad Vi si ng the I n ternational Student rg I11za tl0n. .owned and opera ted by Pacific Lu theran od UmvcrSlty, IS <.lvaililblc to a l l stude nts, faculty, staff, and their sues ts. Students liVIng o n ca m p us a re requi.red to take their meab 111 one of two cafeterias. 0 deductions are made for stude nts eating fewer t h a n thr I' meals per day u n less a conflict · ists d ue to work. In case of a conflict, il student must obtain ap proval for a deduction at the Food Service Office in the U nivers i ty Center. Students with special diets, a p p roved in writin g from a doctor, can In m o st cases be accommodated by contacting the dicliti, n . This service is provided a t n o e x t a cost. Students living off-campus ar ' <· ncou raged to select one of the two meal plans offere d . O n e plan provides 20 mea l s per week, 3 meals per day Monda y t h rough Saturd a y and 2 meals on Sunday. rh e other plan proV ides l u nc h only M onday through Friday . Students mil)' sign up for either plan at the Food S e rvi c e Of£ice. The Food Service operates two co ffee shops. ne is klCated o n l o w e r campus I n Columbia e n te r a nd the o t h e r is located in t h · enter. A discounted meal card is a ailablc at the University Business OUice and is designed to be used i n either coffee shop by students.

�o

. Ser:vice,

STUDENT LIFE

Vistors m a y eat i n any of the fa cilities. O nly the coffeeshop in Columbia Center is open d u ri n g vacation penods . Sche�uling Se rvices a r e mainta i n e d i n the U niversity Center. A l l . Ul1 1verSlty activi ties m u st be scheduled through this office . Sched uling studen t activities is a joint responsibility o f the � l11 v e r� l t y �' nter dIrector a nd the U n iverSity Sche d u l i ng Com mittee. Student Gov� mment is a n i n tegral part o f stu d e n t activities at PLU . Tbe aSsClda ted students elect a senate to govern their a ffairs and oversee an extensive com m i ttee program that involves h u n dreds of s t u de n ts i n actively planni· ng p rograms and rcpresentmg stu dent opinio n o n various u n iversity boa rd s a n d

comm ittees. �lU Bookstore

is owned a n d operated by Pacific Lutheran Ulllversity tor the benefit o f stude nts, faculty, staff, a nd their guests. The bookstore sells !he textbooks a nd s u p p l ies that are re qUire d or suggested by tacul ty members for th eir courses. Add itional reading matter, supplies, gift i tems, greeting cards, . dothmg, fIlm processmg, tOlletnes, and other convenient items are a lso available. The Career P l a n ni.ng and Placement Office seeks to fulfill the PLU com m itment to a developing program of career a n d life plannmg. Stud e n ts arc assisted d u ri ng their education in making meaningful and realishc decisions abo u t their l i fe and work after grad uation through conferences and p rofessional sta ff, workShops and gem mars, classroom and dorm prese n tations, and materials housed i n the Careers Resource Center.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

The Career Planning a n d Placement Office coord inates a l l student part-time empll!,ym e n t ( includi ng College Work-Stud y and off ca m u s Work-Study Jobs), a nd lIsts pa rt-tim e a n d full-time e m p oyment opportunities, both o n a n d o ff ca mpus. The office also lists summer Jobs, local a n d na tion-wide. The office staff assists students and a l u m n i in developing job search techniques (also fac u l ty a n d staff by special arrangement). The office coo rdi nates a n off-campus i n terviewing schedule of recruiters f r o m i n d u stry, busmess, government, and graduate schools.

�

GRIEV ANCE PROCEDURES

Policies ilnd procedures at t h e u n i v e r S i ty arc i n tended to m a� i n ta i n orderly edu , tional environment condu�ive to student Ic:arning and develop men t . I n order t o fulfIll mstItu honal respollslbllIty a n d , t t h e same time follow proce d u res that a r e fa ir, consistent, and p rotective of each person's rights , appropriate grievance procedures have been established. Ifa student h a s reason t o be.lieve that an academic or a d m i n strative action is unjust, capricious, or dlscnm matory, these procedures arc available for the student to seek redress. In situ ations involving a l leged grievances against fac u l ty o r . academiC a d m l ll lstrators, the' proced u res of the "Academic Grievance Procedure" shall be fol l o wed . The grievance officer to contact IS the director of the academic advising and assistance il n

cente.r.

I n situations i n v o l ving a l l eged grievances aga i n s t admin istrative staff or any oth r non-faculty u n iversity employees, the procedures of the "Student A d m i n i s trahve Grievance Proced u re" shall be followed . The grievance o fficer to contact is the assistant dean for student l i fe. Copies of each grievance proced u re arc available for review at the office of the respective grievance office.rs.

Advising The u n iversity expects that all students, at one tim r another, will need assistance i n pla nn ing acad mit p rogram . consistent ' : i t h theIr needs and goals. T o h e l p students make theIr II1lttal adjustment to the academic load at PLU and to p rov ide occasional counsel throughout their academIC careers, th e um verslty has eďż˝tablished a network of faculty advisers and an Academic Advising and Assista nce Center.

FACULTY ADVISERS

A l l students in degree pro g ram s have fa culty advisers whose overa ll respo nsibility is to g uide academic progress. I n their work with individual students, advisers have the assi 'l<lnce of personnel 111 a number of student services offices: the Acad mic Advising and Assistance Center, the Career Pla nning and Placement Office, Counselin& and I-Iealth Services, the Minority A ffairs Office, t he Campus Mimstry, the Foreign Student Ad VIser, ilnd Residence Hall Directors and Resident Assistants. General Advi ers: At the time of en try, each s tudent is assigned a general adviser on the basis of matchin g student a n d adviser Interests. Students who WIsh to explore the general curricu lum belore deciding on an interest a rea arc assigned to explorntory advisers. Thos who have definite i n terest areas are assigned to in terest advisers. During the first semester, an advising file for each student is sen t to the adviser, and a Cold Book, the student's official record of academic proďż˝ ress, i s issued to the student. Major AdVISors: Upon formal declaration of a major, students are assigned ma j or advisers to replace their general advisers. Major advisers guide students' progress toward tneir chosen degree goals. Since their acad mic needs and in terests ma y shift or change during four years of college, students arc a l lowed to change advisers a s may be appropriate or necessarY, using a simple adviser change form. Studen.ts and advisers are ex p ected to meet reg ularly, thOu g h the ac tual numbe r of meetIngs WLII vary accordtng to indiVIdual needs. M i n imally, three meetings are re quired d u ring the Ere 'hman year and one each year therea fter, thou gh all students are encouraged to meet with their ad visers as often as seems necessary or U5efUI.

ďż˝. \

ACADEMIC ADVISING AND ASSISTANCE CENTER The Academic Advising and Assistance Center is located on the second floor of the Mortvedt Library, and is open Monday through Thursday from 9 a . m . to 10 p . m . , Friday from 9 a . m . to 5 p . m . , and Sunday trom 2 to 1 0 p . m . The AdviSing Center h a s up-to-date i n formation o n P L U policies, procedures, and programs. Because of its hours, the center often serves as an III formatIon and trouble-shoottng resource for evelllng and weekend studen ts. The Academic Advising and Assistance Center also provides a n u mber of academic assistance resources for students: L academic cOllnseling by trai.ned upper-division skills assistance counselors assures responsive a nd personal assistance with academic problems; 2. tll toring is available for most lower-divison courses; 3. st udy skills are ta ught in a series of non-credit skills minicourses offered each semester; 4. reading arId quallt itative skills are taught in no n-credit reading classes a nd math help sessions; speed reading /studv ' 5. writ illg alld Ell g lish usnge arc taught through assistance with term papers, or a non-credit English works hop.

Ac demic St cture COLLEG E OF ARTS AND S CIENCE S Division of Humanities English Modern and Classical Languages Philosophy Religion Division of Natural Sciences Biology Chemistry Earth Sciences Mathema tics and Computer Science Physics and Engineering Division of Social Sciences Ecunomics History Political Science Psycholog y Social Work Sociology and An thropology â&#x20AC;˘

SCHOOL OF THE ARTS

Art Communication Arts Music

SCHOOL OF BUSINE SS ADMINISTRATION SCHOOL OF E DUCATION SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION DIVISION OF G RADUATE STUDIE S

ACADEMIC STRUCTURE

DEGREES OFFERED Bachelors Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Business A d ministration Bachelor of Arts in Education Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor of Music Bachelor of Science in Nursing Masters Master of A rts in Education Master of Arts in Social Sciences Master of Business Administration Master of M u sic Master of Public Adminstration

MAJORS AVAILABLE BACHELOR OF ARTS ( B . A . ) Anthropology Art Biology Chemistry Classics Communication Arts (Broadcast/Journalism, Journalism, Com m unication, Theater) Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics English French German Histo ry Legal S tudies Matnematics Music Norwegian Philosop hy Phxsical Education (Concentrations: Recreation, Therapeutics) Physics Pol itical Science Psychology R el igion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Work Sociology Spanisli

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ( B . S . ) Biology hemJstry Compu ter Science Earth Sciences (Geology Specialty) Engineering-Physics Engineering-Science (3-2) Mathema tics Ph ys ics BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAnON (B.A. E.) Concentrations in: Art Biology Business Education Chemistry Commu nication Arts Ea rth Sciences Economics English French General Science German History lang uage Arts Math ematics Music Physical Education Physics Po litical Science Social Science Sociology Spanish Special Education BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRA nON (B. B . A . ) Concentrations in: Accounting Finance Marketing Operations Mana g ement Personnel and I n d ustrial Relations BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.AJ Art Communication Arts ( BroadcastlJournalism, Communication, Theater)

MINORS AVAILABLE Anthropology Biology Business Administration Chemistry Classics (Greek and latin) Communication Arts B roadcas t/} ou rn a l ism Communication Theory & Research Theater Dance Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics Education Reading Learnin g Resource Specialist S pecial Education Engl ish Literature Publishing and Printing Arts Writing French Foreign A rea Studies In ternational Affairs German H isto ry Legal S tudies Mathematics Norwegian Philoso p hy Ph sical Education oaching Dance I I alth P hy sics Po litica l Science Psychology Public A ffairs Religion Sociology Spanish Sta tistics

BACHELOR OF MUSIC ( B . M . ) Piano Performa nce Organ Performance Vocal Pcrtormance Instrumental Performance Theory and Composition Commercial Music Church Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING (B. S.N.)

Nursing

ACADEMIC STRUCTURE

Academic Proced res REGISTRA TION

The normal course load for full-time students is 13 to 17 hours per semester, including physical education. A normal student load dur ing the interim is four hours with a maximum of five hours. The minimum semester load for a full-time student is ten hours. Only a student with a " 13" (3.00) average o r higher may register for more t h a n 1 7 hours per sem es ter without the consent of the pro vost. A tudent engaged in much outside work for sel f-support m ay be res t ricte d to a reduced acade mic l oa d . I n the spring semester, students who plan to return i n the fall may p re regist e r . Students must register for ea c h new semester on the de sig na te d days and are not officially enrolled until their reg istra tion h a s been cleared bv the 'B usin 55 O ffi ce and their P i a e of Resi de nce form has been pr�lCessed.

COURSE NUMBERINGS 100-200

Lower Division Course s:

mofCs' unless o therwise restricted.

Open t o fresh men a n d sopho

300-320 I n ter im Courses 321 -499 Upper Division Courses: Generally open to juniors and seniors unless otherwise specified . Also open to graduate students, and may be considered pMt of a graduate program provided they are not specific requirements in preparation for grad ua te study. 500-599 Graduate Courses: Normally o pe n to grad uate students only. Upper d.ivision students may be permitted to enroll with the pe rmissi on of the chair, director, o r dean of the academic unit offering the course if aU prerequisites have been met and the stude n t has an a bove -avera ge academic rec or d. 'Upon a pprova l of their adviser a nd course instructors, lower di vision 5hldents m ay be assigned to upper division courses if pre

EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR FRES HMEN Well i n advance of arrival o n campus for the fi rs t semester, all ac cepted freshmen are sent reg i stra tio n m a terials. Most stude nts have the oppor tu nity to work pers o nally with a n adviser as they plan their schedules. A limited number of students register by mail, and their course selections a rc verified by a counse lor. Early regis t ra ti on for new freshmen occurs during June or Janu ary, de pe n di n g on whether students begin in the fall or s pr ing se meste r. Ea r l y reg i stra ti on is coordinated by the Office of Admis s io ns .

COURSE SELECTIONS FOR FRESHMEN tude nts should be thoroughly acquainted with all re g istration m terials, inc l uding the current catalog and special information sent by the Admissions Office. It is important also to study the require ments of all academic programs in which one may eventually de clare a major. First semester freshmen are advised to plan a class schedu le that doe not exceed 16 credit hours. A normal first semester schedule will include three courses of 4 credit hours each, plus one or two of the fo l l ow ing : physical education ac tiv i ty course (1 credit hour), music ensemble (1 credit hour), or a c hoice from among se vera l 2 credi t hour courses. (NOTE: U nless otherwise stated in the catal og or class sche dule, most courses are valued at 4 credit h ours . ) In order to insure app ropria te academic progress, freshmen should plan to take an inte(im course i n Ja nuary, and to complete 30 semester hours during their first year. The fol lowing will illus trate seve ra l typical first-year credit hour loads:

req uisi tes have been met.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

COURSE OFFERINGS Most listed courses are offered every ye a r.

upper division courses i s practiced

A s yste m of alternating

some

departments, thereby The unive rs ity reserv s the right to modify spec i fi c course requirements, to discontinue classes in which the registration is regarded as insufficient, and to withdraw courses. a ssuri ng

a broader curriculum .

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS Most courses have the valu of 4 semester hours. Parenthetical numbers immediately after the course descriptions i ndicate the semester hour credit given. Other sy mbols are e xplain ed as follows: 1 - Cours o ffered first sem es te r II - Course offered second cmester I, II - Course offered first and seco nd semester in sequence I n - Course offered e ither semester

5 - Course offered i n the summer a/y - Course offered in alternate years a/s - Course offered in al ternate summers G - Course may be used on graduate programs as a major

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

Fall

Interim

Spring

13 13 14 13

4 5 5 4

13 13 16

TOTAL

30 31 32 33

The number of credit hours taken may vary from year to year, usually within a range of 30 to 34. However, in order to co m ple te the 128 hou.rs required for graduation within four y ea rs, an average of32 credit hours a year is necessary. 1 . PLU does 110t have particular courses which are required of all freshmen. General uni verS ity requireme n ts , including a core curriculum (Core I or Core II), must be completed before gra duation. The E ng Li s h writing requi re me n t must be ful filled before the senior vcar.

�

2. Stlidellts are respollsible for sclectillg their courses. Counselors faculty advisers are always available to assist with planning to m ake suggestions.

and

3. Students who are Slire of theh" major should be careful to illclude those courses which

illsure completioll of thai major withill four years.

depaTtments or scho ol s

Some

have pre req uisi te courses which must b e taken before en te ri n g upon the major program itself.

4. Students who are u ndecided about their major course ofstudy s/wuld lake the opportunity to explore optiolls. A good way to begin is to take some courses that meet general university or core requirements while selecting several others for exploration of special interests.

CHANGES IN REGr STRATlON

Students may add or drop a class with full refund during the first

two weeks after a class has beg u n . Necessary forms are avaiIable at

the Registrar's Office. During the first week there i s a grace pe.riod harged. After that a fee o f 55 . 00 is charged when no drop/add fcc i for any registration change that involves the dropping of a cla s s . Stude n t - may officiil l ly w i thdraw from a class after t h e first hvo weeks by obtaining the instructor's signature on the change form .

Ttle g ra de of W will a p p

crip!.

r on a student's gra,de report and tran

tudents may also completely withdraw for mew a l reasons, Written evidence from a physician must support a medical with

drawal. The grade nd transcript.

f WM will appear on a stude n t's grade report

An u nofficial withdrawa l from a course will be recorded as E. No student may withdraw during final examination wcek. In COUTse ' that are completed before the normal ending dale of a term, no stu dent may withdraw afte'r the final examination has been adminis tered . '

WITHD RAWAL FROM THE TERM

Students wish ing tl' withdraw from t h e t ' r m m u s t obtain a with form from the Office of the Registra r . IT IS ALWAYS TO THE STUDENTS ADVANTAGE TO WITHDRAW FFI I A lLY. Students withdrawing for a specified period of time (for e, ample, one semester to one year) may obtain a leave of absence form. Stu dents a rc entitled to honorable dismissal from the u n iven'ity if their

drawal

rec rd of conduct is satisfactory and if a ll financial obligations been satisfied.

have

THE G RADING SYSTEM Students are graded according to the fol lowing designations: A 1A A B+ B

Ct C Ol D D-

4.00 grade points per hour, credit given 4 . 00 gra de points per hour, credit 3! ven 3 . 67 grade points per hour, cred� t gwcn 3 . 33 grade points per hour, cred � t g ive n 3 . 00 grade points per hour, credit g� ven 2 . 67 grade points per hour, credit g i ven 2 . 33 grade points per hour, credit gwen 2.00 grade points per hour, credit given 1 . 67 grade points per hOUT, credit g wen 1 . 33 grade points per hour, cre � l t gIVen 1 .00 grade point per hour, cred � t given 0.67 grade point per hour, cred l t glv ' no 0.00 grade points per hour, no credit given.

The grtldes l i s ted below are not use d i n calculatins grade point average s. 0 grade points are earned under these deSignations. H - crcdit given (Honors) used only for courses unique to i n terim P - credi t give n (Passi n g ) F - n o credi t given (Failure) , 1 - no credit given ( I ncomplete) I P - no credit given (In Progress; applicable only t rlain courses whosc work extends beyond a regular term) AU - no cred i t /S iven (Audit) W - nu cred i t gwen (Withd rawal) WM - 0 credit given ( Wi th drawal/Medica l ) 'A failure in a 300-320 i n t rim course is not recorded on the tran script nor is th· registration recorded. I ncomplete (I) grades indicate that students have been unable to complete their work because of circumstances beyond their contro l . T o receive credit an Inco mp le te must be con verted to a passin g g rade WITHIN THE FI R ST SI X WEEKS OF TH E FO L LOWI NG S EMESTER . I ncomplete grades which are n o t converted by removal are changed to the grade in dicated by the instructor when the I n complete is subm i t ted . Medical Wi thdrawal (WM) is given when a course is not ((Ym pleted due to me i al cause. The WM docs not affect the grade poi n t average. In Progress (IP) signifies progre " in a c u rse which normally ru n s more tha n one semester t o completion. In Progre ss carries no credit u n ti l rcplae d b y a perrnan e n t grade.

Any cour-c may be repealed b a n u n de rgrad uate student. The higher o f the two grad '5 r n d IS U ed in computing the cumula tive grade point average, but credit toward graduahon IS a llowed only on . Reg is trar's notations: NG N o grade submitted by instructor EW = Uno fficial withdrawal, recorded by the regis trar (equivalent to a n E i n calculation o f the grade point average)

INTERIM G RADING SYSTEM

'he instru tor of a 300-320 i n terim cou rse will indicate in the catalog descri p tion which of two gradin systems "','ill be used: s; l . Honors (H) - for exceptIOnal work; I ass (P); Fad , no credit - the registration will not be recorded. (H a nd P do not at tect the grade p oi n t average.) 2 . The regular letter grades: A , B, , D , E . (Such grades contribute to the grade point avera g e ) S t u dent s in a "regubr letter-grade" cour 'e may u s one of tncl f fom pass-fad optIOns.

PASS-FAIL OPTION FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUD ENTS

The pas --fail option permits stud nts to expl ore subject areas outside l h e ir known abili ties and to add a broader rang of cours . without being forced to compete with majors who are specializing i n those a reas of study. 1. The pass-fail option is limited to a toral of fo ur courses (16 hours) a nd to no more than two courses (8 hours) per academic yea r . 2 . A student m a y exercise t h e pass-fail option in n o more t h a n t w o cou rses (8 hours) til ke n to fulfill general u n iversity or core re q u irements and the foreign language requif(�ment of the College o f Arts and Sciences. Other cou rses required for graduation in a degree program may not be laken u nd r this optIon excep t for a Irst course that has been taken bcfore a declaration of a maJor. 3, I n cou rses taken u nder the pass-f'lil of' tion, only A -l through C grades shall be re g a rd ed as " pass, , whereas D + through grades sha l l be regarded as "fall . " Pass-fail grades do not alter th grade poi n t a verage; b u t credits earn d count toward gra d u a t i o n . 4. The pass-fa d o p t i o n agreement MUST be fIled With t h e lI1structor NO lATER , than eight ceks after the beginning of the semester. 5. p, 55-fail students a re responsible tor all course work a nd exami n a tions.

EXCLUSIVE PASS-FAIL COURSES

Departments or schools m a y offer courses i n which o n ly pass-fail grad 's a rc g iven. These courses should p u rsue goals p n man l y con cerned with apprec ia 'ons, va lue commitme n ts, creative achieve m e n ts, or the [iKe. Decisions to offer exclusive pass-fail course.s are reported to the provost a n d this fact is made known to studen be fore they register for these cou rses. clusive pass-fail courses may not be used to meet major o r u n i versi!}' requirem nts u nless they have been a p proved as such by the faculty. Taking exclusive pass-fail cou rses in no w a y affects t h e stu dent' · p rsonal pass-fail option,

CLASS ATTENDANCE

T h e university assumes t h a t every s t u d e n t admitted t o its courses of instruction has freely accepted personal responsibility for regular ell! attendance. While a ttendance i c l f is no mea' ur ' of s u cessful lea r ni ng, a n d course g ra des arc issued not on the basis of tt�n dance but of academic performan e, such performance normally in cludes regular particip a tion in the total class experience and i s evalua ted acordll1 g ly . 1 n the eve n t of unaVOIdable absence the stu dent is e nc.ou raged a s a matter of courtl'SY to i n form the instructor. A n y arrangements for remedial work are d iscr tiona!,)' between stu dent and instructor.

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

ACADEMIC PROBATION

Warning slips may be g iven to any students who are doing 0 or "E" work at the end of the sixth week. Students shall receive an academic warning if they fail to keep their current grad.e point average (immediately preceding semester) at or above 2 . 00. Students are placed on academic probation with transcript nota tion if they fail to keep their grade point average (cumulatively) at or above 2 . 00. Students receive official notice of such action. Pro bationary students may be advised to reduce their academic or extra-curricular activities or both. The enrollment of a student on probation who fails to cam a cumulative average of 2.00 by the end of a probationary semester is terminated. A termina ted student may appl y for reinstatement by submitting a letter of petition to the Registrar s Office and securing a faculty s ponsor. The petition and sponsorship letters are submit ted to the raculty Committee on Admission and Retention of Stu dents for action. A student whose petition for reinstatement has been denied may apply for readmission after the expiration of one semester unless in formed otherwise. "

ELIGIBLITY FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Any regularly enrol led, full-time student (ten hours) is eligible for participation in university activities. Limitations on a student's ac tivities based upon academic performance ma y be set by individual schools, departments, or organizations. A student on academic pro bation is not eligible for interscholastic competition and may also be advised to curtail participation in extra-currIcular activities.

CLASSIFICATIO N OF STUDENTS

Freshmen: students who have met en trance requi.rements. Sophomores: students who have satisfactonly completed 30

hours.

Juniors: r�gular students who have fulfilled lower division re quirements and have satisfactorily completed 60 hours. Seniors: regular students who have sattsfactonly completed 90 hours. Graduates: students who have met entrance requirements and have been accepted into the Division of Graduate Studies. Non-Degree Undergraduates: undergraduate students who are attending part-time but are not officially admitted to a degree pro gra m . Non-Degree Graduates: graduate students w h o a r e attending part-time but are not officially admitted to a degree progra m .

HONORS PROGRAMS

Honors COUTses are offered by certain departments for students of superior academic ability. Registration is by invitation only. The SPECIAL HONORS PROGRAM for Juniors and seniors ot fers students an op p ortunity to develop a total academic p rogram to reflect their speCial interests and capabilities. The student will propose a total plan of study for the time remaining until the gra nt109 of a de g ree ; it may include any amount of the standard degree progra m . With the approval of a faculty s f onsor and the Honors Council (in that order), the plan itself shal become the degree re quirement of the university in the case of this honor student. The essentials of any plan of study are a clear top ical ratIOnale and s� g nificant work beyond regular courses - comprehenSive exams, m dependent study projects, interdisciplinary bachelor's degree thesis, etc. I n terested students should inquire at the Provost's Office for further information. _

GRADUATION HONORS

Degrees with honors of c u m laude, maglla Will laude, and summa laude are granted. A student must com lete at least 60 semester hours in residence and cam an average 0 3.40 for cum laude, 3 . 70 for ma� l1q � Iml illude, an d 3 . 90 for summll cum !Ilude. Physical educa hon activities are not .mcluded m the determ m mg of honors .

ClI IIl

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

Students are permitted, within limits, to obtain cred it by examina tion in lieu of regular enrollment and class attendance. No more than 30 semester hours (71/2 courses) may be counted toward gradu ation, whether it be College Level Examination Program or any other examination. Exceptions to this rule for certain groups of stu dents or pro gra ms may be made, subject to recommendation by the Educatio.n . al Policies Committee and ap p roval by the faculty. Credit by examination is open to forma l l y ad mitted, regular status stu . dents only and does not count toward the residency requirement for graduation. Arrangements for departmental credit examinations must be made by students with respective de p artmental chairs, deans, or di rectors. Evidence of approval and of payment of the fee should be presented by a student to the instructor who administers the exami nation . The various schools, divisions, and departments shall determine the specific CLEP examina tions which. may fu�fill requirements for majors, programs, or general u nive s i ty requrrements m their re spective academic areas. These examinations arc subject to recom mendations by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the faculty. The mmimum passing level for CLEP examina tions taken a t Pacific Lutheran University shall b e t h e fiftieth percentile. CLEP cre d its g ranted by other universities, colleges, and commu nity colleges, which are earned before entrance, shall be honored by Pacific Lutheran U niversity. The app lication of those credits to ward majors, programs, and general university requirements shall be consistent with school, divisional, and department poliCIes and standards. The university does not grant credit for college level GED tests.

INFORMAL STUDY

To encourage liberal learning of all kinds, over and beyond enrol l ment in courses leading toward formal degrees, the university of fers a variety of opportunities for informal study: Guest of UniverSIty Status: Teachers and officials of other institu tions, visiting scholars and artists, and other profeSSional persons who wish to usc university facilities for independent study may apply to the provost for cards designating them as Guests of the Universi ty. Such persons, in their usc of facilities, will defer to the needs of students and faculty members. A llditing Courses: To audit a course is to enroll, with the permis sion of the instructor, on a non-credit basis. A n auditor is encour aged to participate fully in class activities but is not held accountable for examinations or other written work and does not receive a grade. I f the instructor approves, the course may be en tered upon the transcript as Audit. " With the approval of the ins tructor or the de partment, the student may gain credit for an audited course bv pass mg an exa mination set bv the instructor or the de p artment. the fee for such examination is the difference between the auditing tee and the tuition the student would pav for the course. Visiting Classes: Members of the academic com munity are e ncour aged to visit classes which interest them. No fee is charge d for �he . privilege. Because regularly enrolled students must be given first consideration, persons desiring to visit classes arc required to ask permission of the instructor. Visitors are guests of the classes and must conduct themselves accordingly. U

GRADUATION

Students expectins to fulfill degree requirements WITHIN THE ACADEMIC YEAR (mcluding August) are required to file applica tion for graduation with the Office of the Registrar bv October 1 . There are four degree-completion dates (end of tall semester, in terim, spring semester, and second summer session). Degrees are formally conferred at May and August commencements. Sta te ments of completion are issued up on request to students who qual ify for g raduation at the end of fa n semester and interim. The actua l date ofgraduation will be recorded on the permanent records . Students who are within 4 hours o f meeti ng all re q uirements may participate in May commencement provided a specific plan for earn109 remaining credit within ten weeks has been a pproved by the provost. Their status wi l l be desig nated on the commencement pro gram and their diplomas will be dated in Au g ust. Students who plan to transfer back to Paci fic Lutheran U niversity for a degreee (math, physics, e ngineering programs) must apply for graduation before or during the first semester of their JU nior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave ca mpus. Attendance at commencement exercises is expected unless the candidate is excused by the provost.

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQU IREMENTS Requirements for All Baccalaureate Degrees CORE CURRlCULUM A core curriculum must be com pleted by all baccalaureate candi dates. Students have the o p tion of com p ie tin s either Core I (the Dis trirutive Cure) or Core I I ( t h e I n tegrate d StudIes Program).

CORE I (D ISTRIB UTIVE CORE) ARTS/LITERATURE (8 hours) - 4 hours from each line:

1 . Art, Music, or Communication Arts - Any course from Art or Music except those in teaching methods; any o f the following in Communication Arts: 151, 1 62, 241 , 250, 363, 364, 458, 459. 2. Literature - Any literature course from English or Modern a nd Cia 'ical Languages. (English cou rses in writing, language, and publi hing do not fulfill this requirement.)

NATURAL SCIENCES/MATHEMATICS (8 hou rs)

- 4 hours from each of two l i nes: 1 . Chemistry, Physics, Engineering, and Natural Sciences. 2, Biology, Earth Sciences (exce p t 101), and Natural SCle,nces, 3, Mathema tics (except 101) and Computer Science,

PH1l.0S0PHY (4 hours) - Any Philosophy course except 1 2 1 and 233, (However, 226, 325, 326, 328, and 385 coun t toward tulfi l l m e n t o f t h i s requirement only when paired with 225 , ) RELIGIOUS STUDIES (8 hours) - 4 hours from each o f two lines: 1, Biblical Studies - Any of the following: 241 , 341 , 342, 343, 2, Christian Thought, History, and Experience - Any of the follow mg: 1 3 1 , 25 1 , 35 1 , 371 , 372, 373, 375, 381 , 382, 383, 391 , 392, 393, 451 , a n d 485, 3, Integrative and Com arative Religious Studies - Any o f the fol lowing: 261 , 262, 36 , 362, 363, 367, 490, and 493, (Additional

courses that relate religion to other topics or disciplines and are approved to meet this requirement will be listed i n the time schedule , ) J u nior and senior transfer students need to complete o n l y 4 hours (one course from lines 1 or 2),

SOCIAL SCIENCES (8 hours) -4 hours from each line: 1 , An thropology (excep t 221 ), His tory, and Political Science. 2, Economics, Psychology (except 1 1 0), Social Work, and Sociol ogy,

TOTAL: 36 hours, 9 courses,

OTHE R REQUIREMENTS

1. WRITING (4 hour�): Eng lish 101 o r a n equivalent p rose writing course. Students should tulfill this requirement early, preferably in their first or second semester. 2. PHYSLCAL EDUCATION (4 hours): Four I - hour activity courses., includin g PE 1 00, One hour of credit may be earned through a p p roved sports p articipation. All activities arc graded on the basis of A, Pass, or Fa il. 3. INTER IM (8 hours): Only courses nu mbered 300-320 satisfy this requirem.:c n t . J u nior and senior transfer students need to com· p lete onlv 4 hours from 300 -320 interim courses, 4. The com p letion of a minimum of 1 28 semester hours with a g rade point average of 2,00 (2,50 in the Sc.hool of Bus.Iness AdmInIstra tion; 2 . 25 in the School of Education), 5. The completion of a m i n i m u m of 40 semester hours from courses numbered 321 or above. 6, The completion of 28 semester hours in residence during the senior yea r . (Special programs such as 3-1, 3-2, a n d MedIcal Techn ology a re exduded . ) 7 . The completion o f a major a s detailed b y each school or depart ment. At lea st 8 semester hours must be taken in residence, 8. The com p letion of a l l courses counted toward a major or a minor with grades ofC or higher.

CORE II (INTEG RATED STUD IES PROGRAM)

A coherent program of interdisci p l inary courses that explores a cen tral. theme - THE DYNAMICS OF CHANGE - from a variety of per spectives, 1. One required �eq uence ( 2 courses, 8 hours): Sequence I : The ldea of Progress IS 1 1 1 , Nature and Su p ernature IS 1 1 2, From Finite to Infinite 2, Two elective sequences (4 courses, 16 hours) Sequence II: Human Responsibility IS 22 1 , The Developing I ndividual I S 222, The Burden of H u m an Responsibility OR Sequence 01 : Word and World I S 23 1 , Symbol, Lang uage, and Myth IS 232, Model and Metaphor OR Sequence IV: Limits to Growth I S 241 , Technological Society: Thrust for Growth IS 242, Technological Society: Limits to Growth 3, A required seminar (IS 351 , 4 hours) TOTAL:J8 hours. 7 [{)urscS For course de scrip tions and further details, see the Integrated Studies Program section of this catalo g , A brochure is available from the OffIce at Ad mISSIons, the OffIce of the RegIstrar, or the program coordinator (Provosts's Office). Core I req uiremellts may be met by certain Core II cou rses : Arts/Literature, line 2: IS 1 1 2, L22, or both 231 and 232, Natural Sciences/Mathematics, lines 1 or 3: IS 231 and 232 (both). Philosop hy : IS 1 1 1 , 221 , Religious Studies, lines 2 or 3: IS 1 1 1 , 241 , Social Sciences, line I : IS 1 1 2, 222, Social Sciences, line 2: IS 221, 241

7 LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

1. Not more than 40 hours earned i n one department rna be ap p lied to the B . A , or B . S . degree. I n terim courses arc ·",epled , 2 . Non-music majors may cou n t toward graduation requirements not more than 8 semester hours in music ensembles. 3 , A maxim u m of 24 hours i n accredited correspondence or exten sion studies may be credited toward degree requirements, contingent on approval by the re g istrar. . 4. A max imum of 64 hours will be accepted by transfe r trom an accredited community college.

SECOND BACCALAU REATE DEGREE

A student may be awa rded two different bachelor's degrees simul taneously, provided that at least 28 additiollal hours are earned for the second degree, A total of 1 56 acceptable hours arc required for two simultaneous baccalaureate degrees,

FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQU IREMENT

All candidates for B , A, or B . 5 . degrees must com p lete one of three options involving a foreign language or specified a l ternative. See under College of Arts and Sciences.

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES

COLLEGE OF

Arts and Sc · nces Division of Humanities English Modern a nd Classical La nguages Philosophy Religion Division of Natural Sciences Biology Chemistry Earth Sciences Mathematics and Computer Science Physics and Engineering D ivision of Social Sciences Economics History Political Science Psychology Social Work Sociology and Anthropology Degrees Offered Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science MAJOR REQUIREMENT A major i s a sequence of courses in one area, usually i n one depart ment. A major shou.ld be selected by the end of the sophomore year. The choice must be approved by the department cha i r (or in the case of special academic programs, the program coordinator). Major re quirements are specified i n this catalog. The quality of work must be 2.00 or better. D grades may be counted toward graduation but not toward a major. Recognized majors a re: Legal Studies Anthropology Art Mathematics Biology Music Chemistry Norwegian Classics Philoso p h y Communication Arts Phvsical Education Ph y sics Computer Science Political Scie nce Earth Sciences Psychology Economics Engineering Religion English Scandinavian Area Studies French Social Work German Sociology His tory Spanish Not more than 40 semester hours earned in one department may be applied toward the bachelor's degree in the College.

FOREIGN LANGUAGE/ALTERNATIVE REQUIREMENTS I n addition to meeting general university re q uirements, candida tes in the. College must meet the requirements ofOp tion I, II, or III: I . 16 seme.ster hours in one foreign language U. 8 semester hours in one foreign language' 4 semester hours in logic, mat h/co mputer science, or statistics 4 e.mester hours in history, literature , or language Ill. 4 semester hours in history, lite.rature, or language 4 semester hours in social science, which mav include geographv 4 semester flours in natu ral science, excluding math 4 semester hours in logic, ma thlcom puter science, or statistics 'Op tion I may be satisfied by four years of high schuol study i n one forei g n language. I f students have less than four years, p lace ment and credit should be determined by examination. Freshmen planning to continue in a foreig n langua i;jc be gun in h iS h school should take the College Board rrace ment 1 est offered dunng orien tation. (This test is required o f thuse freshmen who plan to study German, French, or Spanish. ) Continuation of a foreign language should not be deferred. Students with 2-3 years of high school language who wish to con tinue should register for the second year course. Students may re ceive credit for any language course in which they are placed with out regard to high school credit. Final decison of placement is made by the De.partment of Modern and Classical Languages. Stu dents may not receive credit if they voluntarily selcct a course level lower than that in which the department places them. The foreign la nguage requirement in Option II may be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination or by more than two years o f high school work in a sin g le langua g e . Two years are sufficient if the grade pOint average for the total units in that lan guage is 3 . 00 Candidates for the B . A . in English, or for the B . A . in Education with concentration i n English, must meet Option I . o course will b e allowed to meet both general university require ments and College of Arts and Sciences req uirements. Where p ossi ble, courses taken to fu lfill such requirements shall be in differen t areas.

COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES

SCHOOL

FThe Arts

The School of the Arts of Pacific Lutheran University is a community of artists dedica ted: to provide energies and facilities for the focused refi nement of creative activity; to operate in the vanguard of artistic understanding and to assume an additive rather than imitative position relative to that understandi ng; to pursue study of both the historical and theoretical aspects of our creative legacy; to recognize change in artistic criteria without devaluing the traditional concepts of discipline, craftsmanship, and academic professionalism; to foster activity free from the caprice of the marketplace but, by virtue of its substance, not aloof from nor incompa tible with practical concerns; to animate and " humanize" the academic climate of Pacific Lutheran University via the crea tive presence by sponsoring a rich and varied program of events in the arts; and to provide the students of Pacific Lutheran University a n opportunity to experience first hand the u nique "chemistry" of the creative process.

FACU LTY Moe, Deal/; facuI ty members of the Departments of Art, Communication Arts, and Music. Degrees offered by the School of the Arts include the B . F . A . (Bachelor o f Fine Arts) i n art or in com munication arts, the B . M . (Bachelor of Music), a n d the M . M . (Master o f Music). Students may also earn the B . A . (Bachelor of Arts), but this degree is awarded through the College of Arts and Scien.ces. Candidates for the B . F . A . and B . M . as well as the B . A . in art, communication arts, or music must meet general univerďż˝ity requirements and the specific requirements of the Departments of Art, Com munication Arts, or Music. For details about the B . A . E . (Bachelor of Arts in Education) in art, communication a rts, or mu sic, see the School of Education. For course offerings, degree requirements, and programs in the School of the Arts, see: ART COMMUNICATION ARTS M USIC

Art In this time of rapidly changing concepts and an almost daily emergence of new media, emphasis mu t be placed on a variety of experiences and creative flexibility for the artist and the designer. Students with professional concerns must be prepared to meet the modern world with both technical skills and capacity for in nova tion. The department's program therefore stresses individualized development in the dexterous use of mind and hand. A highly professional faculty, well足 equipped studios, and a comprehensive curriculum offer variegated opportunities for study in the visual arts. Students may choose among a generalized program leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree; a more specialized program for th Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each candidate develops some area of

competence; or a degree program in art education for teaching on several levels. Recent graduates may be found i n a variety of fields. Several have become established as painters, printmakers, or sculptors; some are successful studio potters; others have gone in.to commercial photography or fil m animation - even the production of feature films. The television industry employs still others. A n umber are working in the design field as graphic designers, illu strators, package designers, or art directors in firms around the country, in New York, Chicago, Los A ngeles, and Seattle. Alumni have been involved in museum work and in serving on the faculties of various educational institutions, from elementary through high schools as well as community co'II eges a nd universities. Some students go directly from the university into their field of interest. Others find it desirable and appropriate to attend a graduate school and have been accepted into prestigious graduate programs, both in this country and abroa d .

The various fields of art a re competitive and demanding in terms of commitment and effort. Nonetheless, there is always a place for those who are extremely skill ful or highly imaginative or, ideally, both. The departmen t's program stresses both, attempting to help each student reach that ideal. I nstructional resources, when coupled with dedicated and energetic students, have resulted in an unusually high percentage of graduates being able to satisfy thei r vocational objectives. FACULTY Schwidder, Chair; Cox, Elwell, Keyes, Kittleson, Roskos, Tomsic. Artist-in-Residence: Torrens. The department has sought to minimize prereq uisites, enabling students to elect courses relating to their interests as early as possible. It is recommended that students interested in majoring in art declare their major early to insure J? roper advising. Transfer students' starus shall be determIned at their time o f entrance. The department reserves the right to re tain, exhibit, and reproduce student work submitted for credit in any of its courses or programs. A use or ma terials fee is required in certain courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 32 semester hours, including 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, and the art history sequence (1 80, 280, 380) . A maximum of 40 hours may be applied toward the degree. Candidates are registered in the College of Arts and Sciences and must satisfy general u niversity require ments, including a core curriculum (Core 1 or Core U), and the foreign language/alternative requirement. BACHELOR OF FINE A RTS MAJOR: A minimum of 56 semester hours, including 1 60 and 250; the art history sequence (180, 280, 380); 8 hours in p ictoria l media, 8 hours in materials media, and 4 hours in art history or theory (381, 386, 388, or as approved by the department faculty); requirements and electives in area of emphasis; and 499 ( B . F . A . candidacy exhibition). 1 1 0 or courses i n teachin g methods may not be included. Candidates are registered in the School of the Arts and must satisfy general university requirements, including a core curriculum (Core 1 or Core II).

B.F.A. in Pictorial Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area Drawing/Painting: 1 60 Drawing 360 Life Drawing (R) 365 Painting I 465 Painting II (R) Printmaking: 370 Printmaking I 470 Printmaking 11 (R) Film Arts: 326 Photography I 328 Film Making 426 Photography II (R) Independent Study (may be applied to any area): 492 Studio Projects (R) (R) - may be repeated for credit B.F.A. in Materials Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area Ceramics: 230 Ceramics I 330 Ceramics I I 430 Ceramics III (R) Sculpture: 250 Sculpture I 350 Sculpture I I 450 Sculpture 1 I I (R) Crafts: 215 Crafts (R) 2 1 6 Jewelry (R) 3 1 5 Stained Glass (offered periodically) 335 Fibers (R) Independent Study (may be applied to any area): 492 Studio Projects (R) (R) - may be repea ted for credit B . F . A . in Design Required basic seqence: 196 Design I: Fundamentals 296 Design ll: Concepts 381 Twentieth Centur y Design and Architecture 396 Design: Graphics I 491 Design: Workshop Elective courses: 395 Design: Environments 398 Design: Illustration 496 Design: Graphics 1 I Su pp orting courses in art may be chosen in accord with ind iVidual interests. Supporting courses from other departments and schools may also be elected (for example, Business Admin istration 370 or 472 and Commun ication Arts 374 or 380). Applicable courses will be recommended by advisers. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Education. The Publishing and Printing Arts minor is cross-referenced with the Department of English. See the description of that minor under English.

ART

COURSE OFFERINGS STUD IO

215

160

DRAWING

230

CERAMICS I

296

DESIGN II: CONCEPTS

196 DESIGN I: FUNDAMENTALS 215 CRAFTS 2 16 J EWELRY

250 SCULPTURE I

326 PHOTOGRAPHY I 328 FnM MAKING

330 33 341

CERAMICS II FIBERS ELEM ENTARY ART EDUCATION 350 SCULPTURE 360 LIFE DRAWING 365 PAINTING I 370 PRINTMAKING I 395 DESIGN: ENVmONMENTS 396 DESIGN: G RAPHICS I 398 DESIGN: ILLUSTRATION 426 PHOTOGRAPHY II 430 CERAMICS ill 450 SCULPTURE m 465 PAlNTING II 470 PRINTMAKING II 491 D ESIGN: WORKSHOP 492 STUDIO PROJ ECTS 496 DESIGN: GRAPHICS II 499 B.F.A CANDIDACY EXffiBITION

HISTORY AND THEORY 1 1 0 INTRODUCTION TO ART 1 80 TRADITIONS OF WESTERN ART 280 MODERN ART

380 CONTEMPORARY ART 381 TWENTlETH CENTURY DESIGN 386

388 440 490 497

AND ARCHITECTURE IMAGERY AND SYMBOLISM AM ERICAN ART SEMINAR IN ART E DUCATION SEMINAR RESEARCH IN ART HISTORY - THEORY

110 INTRODUCTION TO ART Art in the m dem world seen in relation to history; a search for meaning in an a �e of science, industrializa tion, and nationalism. Not mt nded for m jars . (4) 160

DRAWING

A course dealing with the basic techniques and media of d ra wing. (4) .

180 TRADmONS OF WESTERN ART A surve y traCi ng the development o f Western art am pr history to the beginning of the modern epoch in the 18th ce n tury. (4)

ART

196 DESIGN I: FUNDAMENTALS

An introduction to des i g n through the study of basic techniques of technica I drawing, col or the ry and composition, and professional procedures. (4) CRAFTS

A stud io survey of contemporary cra ft techniques. As signed probl . ms in a variety of m ed i a including fus ed and leaded g la s , enamel on metal, a n d textiles. May be repreat d for crectit. (4) 216 J EWELRY A study of form a nd techn i q ue in the design and executi n of jewelry objects. I ncludes stone setting, fabrication, and casting. M ay be repeated for cre d i t (4) 230 CERAMICS I Ceramic materi a l s a n d tec hni ques in c l u di n g hand built and whe I-thrown metho d s, clay and gra ze for mation. Includes a sUl'vey of ceramic art. (4) 250 SCULPTURE I Va riolls te hniques and materials of scu l pt ure and their influence on thr e-dime nsional form. (4) 280 MODERN ART A survey of modern art from its ori g ins i n the 1 8th cen tury through ma j o r mov m en ts at the 1 9th and 20th c nturies up to the Second World War. (4) 296 DESIGN ll: CONCEPTS An in estigation of the process of creative problem solving in a methodical a n d organized ma nner In cludes projects in a variety of design areas. Prereq uis ite: 196 r co nse n t of i n struct or (4) 326, 426 PHOTOGRAPHY 1, II A studio course in photography as an art form . Pri mary concentration on camera techni q ues a n d use of darkroom. Student production of s l ide and print port folios, with an emphasis on creative and expres sive experimentation. 326 must be taken before 426; 426 may be taken twice. (4,4) 328 FILM MAKING A studio course in fi lm making as a n a rt form. A study of th materials and techniques of film making and the prod uction of st uden t 8 mm. and 16 mm. films. Classic a nd experimental film will be surveyed . (4) 330, 430 CERAMICS II, m Techniques in cer mk construction and experiments in glaze formation. 330 must b taken before 430; 430 may be take n twice . Prerequisite: 230 . (4,4) .

335

FIBERS

Ex p lora ti n and developm nt f fiber structures a n d so ft art form s with non-Io m and loom techniques. May be repealed for credit. (4) 34 1 ELEMENTARY ART ED UCATION Various projects and media suilabl fo r the instruction of art in clem nta ry chool; mphasis on developmen tal theory. (2)

350, 450 SCULPTURE II, III Con entration on a particular medium o f scu Jpture in cluding metals, wood, or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as op p rtunity for mold making and casti ng. 350 must De taken befor 450; 450 may be taken twice. Prerequisite: 250. (4,4)

426

360 LIFE ORA WING A n exploration of human form in drawing media . May be r peated for credit. Prerequisite: 160 or consent of instructor. (4) 365, 465 PAINTING I, II M dia and technique of painting in oil or acrylics. 365 must be ta en before 465; 465 may be taken twice. Pre requisite: 160. (4,4) 370, 470 PRINTMAKING I, II Methods and media of fine art prin tmaking; both hand a nd p h oto pr cesse invol ving lithogra phic, intaglio and screen printing. 370 must De taken b fore 470; 470 may be taken twic . Prerequisite: 160 or consent of in structor. (4,4) 380 CONTEMPORARY ART The development of art from 1945 to the present, with a brief look at European and American a ntecedents as they apply to contemporary d irections. Includes a substantial section on aesthetics and art theory. (4) 381 TWENTIETH CENTURY DESIGN AND ARCIDTECTURE A study of twenti e th century developm nts in ar chitecture and related fields as well as certain design areas. (4) 386 IMAGERY AND SYMBOLISM A survey of symbolic, pictorial, and plastic expres sions in Western tradition from the perspective of their philosophical and theological implicahons, with particular emphasis on the development of the Chris tian cultus. (4) 388 AMERICAN ART A study of the traditions and developing characteris tics of American style from early settlements to the present. (4)

450

SCU LPTU RE III (see 350)

465

PAINTING II (see 365) PRINTMAKING II (see 370)

395 DESIGN: ENVlRONMENTS Projects in various environme nts, such as residentia l, institutional, or coml ercial. Em p hasis on plannin g procedures as well as technical drawing and mode1 building . Prerequisite: 196 or consent of instructor. (2)

PHOTOGRAPHY II (see 326) 430 CERAMICS III (see 330) 440 SEMINAR IN ART ED UCATION A study of instruction in the secondary school includ ing a ppropriate media and curricu lum development. a/y (2)

470

490 SEMINAR Selected topics considering some aspects of the visual arts. May be re p eated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4) 491 DESIGN: WORKSHOP A tutorial course which may deal with any of several aspects of the design field with pa rticular emphasis on practical experienLe and building a portfolio. (2) 492 STUDIO PROJECTS A tutorial course with individual investigation of a particular medium, for major students only. May be repeated for cred it . P rerequisites: senior status, con sent of instructor, and p rogra m approva l by depart ment facul ty . I II (4) 496

DESIGN: GRAPHICS II (see 396)

497 RESE ARCH IN ART HISTORY-THEORY A tutorial cou rse for major students with research into a particular aspect of art history or theory. May be re peated for cred i t. Prerequisites: senior status, consent of in 'tructor, and program approval by department faculty. (2 or 4) 499 B.F.A. CANDIDACY EXHIBITION Exhibition of undergraduate work by B . F . A . candi dates. Students are responsible for all arrangements in consultation with their major advisers. (no credit)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 315 317 319 386

Stained Glass Workshop Art and Travel Sl ide Photo graphy: Individual Projects Imagery an d Symbolism

396, 496 DESIGN: GRAPHICS I, II Design and execu tion o f printed materials; emphasis on technical procedu res a nd problems in mass com munication. 496 explores advanced techniques with mu ltiple color, typogra phy, and other complex prob lems. 396 must b, taken before 496. Prerequisite: 160 and 296 or consent of ins tructor. (4,4)

398 DESIGN: ILL USTRATION Proj cts in various tYI?es of illustration from story to advertising. Prerequisites: 160 and 1 96 . (4)

ART

Biology The Depa rtment o f Biology i s dedicated t o a teaching process, not just a delivery of facts . Facts form the foundation of science but approach infinity in n umber. Therefore, the biology faculty s tresses th gathering, processing, retrieving, and interpreting of these fa cts. The biology faculty beljeves in the notion that one of the mo t profound requirements in science is I aming to ask the right questions and to recognize th answers. The department is therefore dedicated to permitting students to learn science in the only way that it can be effectively made a part of their thinking: to independently question it, probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it. In addition to diverse faculty and balanced curriculum, the department provides numerous facilities for its students, including: herbarium, invertebrate and vertebrate museums, greenhouse, viva rium and surgery room, climate control rooms, growth chambers, vertebrate physiology and cell physiology laborato ries, a field station located on

State of Washington Parks land, and a boat equipped for studies of Puget Sound. Qualified students are invited to use these facilities i n independent study or participation in ongoing faculty research. FACULTY Main, Chair; Alexander, J. Carlson, Crayton, Gee, Hansen, J. Jensen, Knudsen, Lerum, D.J. Martin, Matthias, McGinnis.

BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR

COURSE OFFERINGS

The major in biolugy is de3igned to be flexible in meeting the needs and special interests o f students. Several options for major prog rams are available. In each p lan for the major listed below, minimal requirements are de scribed, and students should consult their major advisers on the selection o f electives which will help them adequately meet their pre-professional and educational g oal s. A department adviser must be consulted before compTetion of Biology 253, the final cuurse in the initial three semester core courses required of all biology majors. All biology majors are also required to take the Graauate Record Examination within two semesters before graduation. Interim courses (300-320) cannot be counted towards the major.

Plan I - Bachelor of Arts: 32 semester hours, including 15 5, 1 56, and 253, plus 20 additional hours. 4 hours are permitted in courses numbered below 1 50 and up to 8 hours are permitted in courses num bered between 201 and 206. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 103, 1 04 and Math 133 or equivalent. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 125-126. Plan II - Bachelor of Arts - Comprehensive: 36 semester hours, including 1 55, 1 56, a nd 253, plus 24 additional hours in courses numbered over 200. Up to 8 hours are ermitted in courses numbered between 201 and 206. Require supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 and Math 133 or equivalent. Recommended

supporting courses: one semester of organic chemis try and Physics

125-126.

Plan n I - Bachelor of Arts - Chemistry Emphasis: 28 semester hours, including 1 55, 156, and 253, plus 16 additionill hours in cuurses numbered over 253. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, 116, 33 1 , 332 with laboratories, plus one of the following - Chemistry 321, 350 or 404 and Math 133 or equivalent. Recom mended suppo rting courses: Physics 125-126. Plan IV - Bachelor of Science: 40 semester hou rs, includin g 1 55, 1 56, and 253, plus 28 additional hours in courses numbered over 200. Up to 8 hours are permitted in cou.rses nu mbered between 201 and 206 , Requ ired su p porting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331 ,vi th laboratories; Math 1 51 ; PhysiCS 1 25-126 o r 1 53-154. Plan V - Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis: 40 semester hours, includi.ng 1 55, 1 56, 253, and 495, plus 26 additional hours in courses numbered over 253. Required s upportin g courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 16, 331 , 332 with laboratories; Math 151; Physics 125-126 or 153-154, BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of

Education,

MINOR: At least 20 semester hours selected from anv biology courses except those numbered 300-320 (interim), in which a graae of C or higher is earned. Pass-fail courses mav not be counted . Prerequisites must bc met unless a written waiver is obtained in advance from both the instructor and the department chair. Applicability of non-PLU biology credits will be determined by the department chair. Consult the chair for assignment of a minor adviser.

1 1 1 BIOLOGY AND THE MODERN WORLD A liberal arts course primarily for non-biology majors; selected topics which relate to the history and future of humanity and to h uman art and well-being; the envi ronment, reproduction and birth control, population, heredity, evolution and biolo gical controls. Lectures, laboratories, and d iscussion. In (4) 1 1 2 HUMANISTIC BOTANY An introduction to the basic principles of biology with an emphasis on plants and their im p act on people. The major topics will include: useful plan ts; poisonous p lants; medicinal plants, including narcotic and hal lucinogenic plants; food plants and organic garden ing; plant propagation; and basic plant identification . Includes laboratory a nd field trip s . Satisfies general university core requirements. II (4) 155

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY I: POPULATION BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF LIFE Introduction to science and levels of organization in biology; Mendelian gene tics and population biology; history and diversity of life. Required of all biology majors . Includes laboratory. Co-registration i n chemistry is strongly recommended. 1 (4) 156 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II: THE CELL AND BIO-ENE RGETICS Cellular and molecular levels of biological or g aniza tion; cell ultra-structure and physiology, molecular genetics, energy tra nsduction; energy flow and nutri ent cycles in ecosy stems. Required of all biology majors. Includes laboratory. Assumes completion of one semester of college chemistry ( 1 04 or 1 15). Pre requisite: 1 55 . II (4) 201 INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY The growth, control, physiology, isolation, and iden tification of microorganisms, especially those which affect human beings. Includes laboratory. Prerequis ite: Chemistry 1 03 or consent of instructor. 1 (4) 205, 206 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY First semester: matter, cells a nd tissues; nervous, en docrine, skeletal, and muscular systems. Laboratory includes cat dissection and experiments in muscle physiology and reflexes. Second semester: circula tory, respiratory, d i g estive, excreto ry, and reproduc tive systems; meta b olism, temperature regulation, and stress. Laboratory includes cat dissection, phys iology experiments, and stud y of developing or ganisms. 205 (I) prerequisite to 206 (II). (4,4)

BIOLOGY

253

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY III: BIO LOGY OF THE STEADY STATE

The basic problems faced by pla nts a nd animals i n maintaini ng themselves; structural adaptations, homeostasis, i n ternal regulation, water and tempera ture co ntrol, gas exchange, vascular systems, and i n teraction between orga nisms. Required of all biology majors. I ncludes laboratory. Prerequisites: 155, 1 56, and first-yea r chemistry. 1 (4)

254

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY III LABORATORY

A n investigative laboratory designed to i ntroduce stu dents to the scientific rocess. I ncludes familia rization with and methods 0 using scientifi c literature, data reduction a n d ana lysis, experimental design and execution, and scie n ti fic writing. Concurrent re g istra tion in 253 required . Prerequisites: 155, 1 56, and first yea r chemistIy . I ( 1 )

321 O RN ITHOLOGY The study of birds with em phasis on local species; de si gned for students with hobby interests as well as fo r advanced biology students. Field tri p s . Includes labo ratory. Prerequisi te: 253 or consent of instructor. II (2) 322 MI CRO BIOLOGY The structure, physiology, genetics, metabolism, a n d ecology of microorga nisms. I ncludes laboratory. Pre requisite: 253 or consen t of ins tructor; one semest r or ganic chemistry recommended. II (4) 324 NATURAL H I STORY OF VE RTE BRATES Classi fication, natural history, and eco nomic im p or tance of vertebrates with the exce ption of birds. Fiel d trips a nd labo ratory. Prerequisite: 253 a/y 198 1 -82 (4) 326 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR Description, classification, cause, fu nction, a n d de velopment of the behavior of anima l s . Lectures em phasize an ethological approach to the study of be havior focusing on com parisons among species, a s w e l l a s physiological, ecological, a n d evolutionary as pects of behavior. Labora tory i s not rigidl y scheduled and will consist of a behavioral i nvestigation of the students' choosing. Prereq uisite: 253 or consent of i.n structor. aly 1 982-83 II (4) 331 GENETICS Basic concepts including consideration of molecula r basis of gene expression, recombination, genetic var iability, a n d consideration of cytoge netics a n d popula tion genetics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 253 . 1

(4)

340

PLANT DIVERSITY AND D I STRIB UTION

A systematic i ntrod uction to plant diversity. I n terac tion between pla nts, theories of vegetational d istribu tio n. Emphasis on higher plant taxonomy. I ncludes laboratory and field trips. Prerequisite: 253. I I (4)

BIOLOGY

346 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY Deal s with how ce lls are o rga nized to stay al ive; en zyme kinetics and regulatory mecha nisms; structure and synthesis of p roteins and nucleic acids; energy metabolism; membrane structure, permeability a n d transport phenomena; functio nal ul trastructure. Pre requisites: 253 and orga nic chemistIy . 1 (4) 347 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY Accompa n ies Cellular Physiology; experience in tech niques and ty p es of i nstrumentation i ncluding cell fractionation, determinatio n of metabolic sequ nces, use o f radio tracers, prote i n assay, membrane p he nomena, u ltracentrifu gation, spectrophotometIy, Wa rburg respirometry. May be elected only by stu dents with a serious inte rest and need for this type of training. Corequi site: 346 and consent of instructor. I (1) 359 PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Higher plant structure and function from germination to senescense, i ncluding basic a natomy, seed germi nation, water relations, respiration, m i neral nutrition, p hotosynthesis, growth r gulators, a nd reproduc tion. I ncludes laboratory. Prerequisites: 253 a nd or ganic chemi stry. 1 (4) 361

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEB RATES

A n integrated study of the p rinciples of vertebrate structure . Considers how and why living vertebrates attained their prese nt structure by em phasizing phylogenetic, develo mental, and physiological top ics. Prerequisite: 253. (4)

371 INVERTEB RATE ZOOLOGY I ntroduction to the form, function, natural history, a nd phylogeny of the major p h y la of invertebra tes . Labora tory exercises will incl ude dissections, field studies, and collections. Prerequisite: 253 or consent of instructor. aly 1 98 1 -82 II (4) 372 GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY An i ntroduction to i n sect a natomy, p hysiology, on togeny, a nd behavior. LaboratOlY includes gross dis section, field study, a nd the collection a n d classifica tion of i n sects . Prerequisite: 253 . a/y 1982-83 I (4) 375 PARASITOLOGY A study of the behavior, morphology, l i fe histories, and host-parasite relationships of the common vari eties of para Sites that i n fect vertebrates, with special em p l�asls on those of humans. I ncludes laboratory . and fIeld trips. PrereqUIsIte: 253 or conse n t of instruc tor. a(y II (4)

385

IMMUNO LOGY

Im m unology is the tudy of the biological properties which enable an o r ga nis m to respond to cha n ge s with in itself when t h e c h a nges represen t the prese n ce of foreign substa nces, ei t he r fro m lhe external environ ment or sel f i n d u ced Con sideratio n of the biol ogy and ch e mi s try of imm u ne re pons : the s pe cifici ty of the o r ga n ism s immune reacti ns, the types and r les of lympha tic celis, chemical and fu n ct ion a l character istics of imm unoglobu l i n s and complement, geneti c contro l of the im m u n e response, hypersensitivity rea c tion , and imm unodeficiency di e ase s . Practical ra mifi catio ns include meth od s of im m u noc h e m i ca l analysis a nd cl i n i c a l a ppl ic a ti o ns P rere q u isi tes : 322, 46, or O-ffiM 404. aty 1 9 81 -82. n (2) c

403

DEVELOPME NTAL B IOLOGY

Considera tion of the developmen t of multicellular or ga n isms, foc u si n g on lh molecular ba ses for d evel o p m n t . Topi c include morphoge n ic movemen ts, cell determination a nd d i ffere n ti a ti n, patt rn forma tion, cell i n te ra c ti o n s i n developme nt, chemical messen gers i n develo p me n t, a nd genetic regulation of de v lo p ment Labora tory ind u d s xperimental prob I m and descrip ti e e m b ry o logy Prerequi site ; 2 53. IT

(4)

41 1

HISTOLOGY

424

ECOLOGY

Mier sco p ic s tu dy of norma l cells, tissues, and orga n of vertebrates. This study is both s tructura l l y a n d physiologically orien ted . Prerequisite: 253 . I I (4)

Organ isms in relation to their environment, i ncluding organi mal a da p ta tions, p pu Jation growth and in ter actions, an ecosystem sb'ucture a n d function . Pre req u i si te : 253. II (4)

425 BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY The ocean as environment for p l a n t and anim I li fe; an i ntrod uc tion to the stmcture, dynamics, and h istory of marine ecosystems. Lab, fi ld trips, and term p ro ject in a d d i tion to lecture. P re rc q uisit : 253. 11 (4) 426

FI ELD METHODS IN ECOLOGY Sampling techni ues a n d a n a l y s i s of natural

475

EVOLUTION

Evo l u tion as a pro ce s: source of v ari a ti on ; forces overcoming genet i c inertia in p plilations; spe ci a t ion . Ev l u ti on of ge neti c systems and of life in relation to ecological theory and earth h isto ry L cture a nd dis cu ssion . Term p a per and mini-seminar re q u ir d . Pre requi i te : 253. I a/y 1982-83 (4) .

490

SEMINAR

S ect d topics in bi logy based on literature a nd/or o rigi nal researc h . Op n to ju nior a nd sem r biology

majors. (1)

491 , 492 INDEPEN DENT STUDY Investiga tions or research in areas of special in terest not covered by regular co u rses ; op n to qualified j u nio r and senior majors; studen ts should n o t elect in dependent stu dy unless they know i n advance the specific area they wish to inves t i g a te and can demon s tra te a se riou s in terest in pursuing i t . It is suggeste d tha t the student sp e n d one seme s te r r se a rc h in g the l i tera tu re dIld writing a p ro p o sa l ( for 1 sem . hr. of credit ) a nd the nex t semester a ctua ll y ca nyi ng out the p roj e ct (f r ano the r 1 sem . h r . of credit) . S tudents will not be pe r m i tte d to use 491-492 for fil li n g i a d fi ciency in t h e ir program. Prere q uisi te; wri tten proposal for the proje ct appr ved by a faculty sponsor and the departrnent chair. (1 -4) 495 DIRECTE D STUDY O,-iginal experimen ta l or lh o re t i cal research open to upper division students intending to g ra d u a te with a Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis . Requires a written p roposa l a pproved by a faculty sponsor and the department chail:. (2)

COURS ES TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 309 314 371 424

Gene Structure and Function Food Microbiol o g y invertebrate Zoology Ecology

ecosys tems. I n de pe nde nt project required. Prerequisites: 253 and 424 or conse n t of instructor. n (2)

441

MAMMALIAN PHYS]OLOGY

Functions of p ri n c i a l mam malian organ systems emphasizing on t ro mechani sms a nd homeosta tic rela tionships . Hll man-oriented la b ora to ry includes work in circ u lation, cardiography, p s y c h op h y s i o l gy, tem perature re g u l a ti o n a n d other area s . S tudents are required to d es i g n a nd e x e c u te a major e x p eri m e n t of th ei r own. Prerequi ites: 2 53 a n d CH E M 332. Anatomy and b ioc h e mi stry recom mended. I (4) ,

BIOLOGY

Business Adm -nistration SCHOOL OF

In concert w i th general university requirements, the bu iness curriculum pr pares gradua tes for re p n ible positions in business, education, and gove.mmen t. O p tional concen tra tions are offered i n the fields of acco u n tin g , finance, marke ting, operations management, and personnel and i ndus trial

rela tio ns .

FACULTY King, Deall; Bancroft, Barndt, Barnowe, D. Carvey, L. Carvey, Crooks, Cubbage, Hegstad, Lauer, Malan, McNabb, Meehan, N ibler, C. Olson, Purdy, Schafer, Sepic, Turner, Van Wyhe, Zulauf.

ADMISSION The professional Bache.lor of Business Administration degree program is cum posed of an upper divisiun business cu rriculum with a strun g base in l.iberal arts. U n d e rg ra du a te students are admitted to the School o f Business Administration u p o n t h e successful completion o f a t le ,l s t 24 semester hours w i t h a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 ur above, and the declaration o f business administration as the ma jor field of study . Transfer students are required to ha ve maintained the g rad e point average of 2.5 s ep ara tel y in both business and non-business c o u r ses . The stu dent's i nte rest t o acquire a profess i on a l compdence is desired and the assignment of a business fac u l t y adviser is required. Students considering graduate-level study should seek earl y planning advice from the faculty concerning approp ria te undergraduate course selection. Graduate students are admitted to the School of B usi ness Administration wh n the y meet the requ i re me n ts specified in the procedures available from the dean of graduate studies.

APFI LIATIONS

Personnel and Industrial Relations 354 Personnel and Industrial Relations; 454 Organizational Change and Development;

The School of Business Administration of Pacific Lutheran University is <1 member of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. B. B. A. and M. B . A pro g rams are nationally accredited bv the Accreditation Council of the AACSB. Pacific Lutheran Universi ty is accredited regional ly by the Northwest Association of Schools ,md olleses. The School of Business Administration is also a member of the Northwest Universities' Business Administration Conference, the Western Association of Collegiate Schools of Business, and the Nat:onal Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration.

460 Employee Bendit Plans; Psychology 450, Psychological Testing

Students must take Economics 321 , Labor Economics, Labor Relations, and H uman Resources, as an upper division econonucs electlVe to earn a concentration in personnel a nd industrial relations. MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION : Economics 1 50; Math 1 28 (or 1 27 and 1 5 1 ) (or 1 51 and 331 ); Com (J uter Science 1 30, 139, 140, 141; StatIstICs 231; BUSIness AdmInistration 28 1 ,

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

350, 364, 370.

Sixty-four semester hours or one-half of the minimum total degree re q uirements are taken in fields outside the School of Business Administration. A t least 40 semester hours are taken in required and elective business subjects. The Bachelor of Business Administration degree program consists of 1 28 semester hours to be taken over a four-year period, and to be completed with an over-all grade pomt average of 2.5 or above as well as a 2.5 grade point average separately in business courses. D g rades in business administration core courses (including' the two upper division business electives) will not meet the B. B. A . graduation requirements. In practice, the work can be accelerated by taking a heavier than average load and by participating in summer sessions. On the other hand, many students find it useful to exceed the minimum requirements by including related or additional advanced work in their undergraduate studies.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: See Graduate

Catalog.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES

Courses numbered 100-299 are available to all students. Courses numbered 300-499 are op en to students with j unior standing and the required prereqUisites. Courses numbered 500-599 are reserved for students in the M . B . A . and M . P . A . programs and students in other graduate pro g rams who have an approved field in business. The middle digit of the course number ind icates the field of concentration: 3 - law 4 general service 5 p ersonnel and industrial management 6 finance 7 - marketing 8 accounting and information systems 9 specialized and predominantly independent studies -

BACHELOR OF B USINESS ADMINISTRATIO N: 230, 281 , 282, 350, 354, 364, 370, 455, and 8 semester hours of upper division business electives. Required su pp orting courses: Economics 1 50, Math 1 28 (or 1 27 and 1 5 1 ) (or 151 and 331), Com puter Science 1 30, 1 39, 140, 141, Statistics 23 1 , and one up per division economics course. NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF THE

TOTAL HOURS MAY BE BUSIN ESS COURSES. The elective courses are chosen to support students' professional career objectives or graduate study p lans. They may reflect business administration concentration{s) or selections from entirely different field(s). The latter may include work in other profeSSional schools or progra ms.

COURSE OFFERINGS

CONCENTRATIONS; A concentration is noted on the student's

transcript. At least 16 hours of upper division courses in an area of specialization must be completed with a 2 . 5 grade point average. Accounting 381 I n termediate Financial Accounting; 382 Advanced Financial Accounting; 385 Cost Accounting; 387 Managt!ment I n formation Systems; 483 I ncome Taxation; 484 Auditing. Finance 364 Managerial Finance;

367 Financial Markets; FinanciaI Planning and Control; Intermediate Accou nting, or Employ ee Benefit Plans, or Portfofio Management.

464 381 460 461

Students must take Economics 352, I n termediate Micro Economic Analysis, or 361, Money and Banking, as an u p per division economics elective to earn a concentration in fInance. Marketin g 370 Marketing Systems; 470 Marketing Management; 471 Marketing Research and Consumer Behavior; 472 Advertisin g and Sales Ma nagement, or 473 Industrial Marketing and PurchaSing. Operations Management

350 Mana gement; 385 Cost Accounting; 450 Production and Operations Management; 473 Industrial Marketing and Purchasing.

230 LAW AND SOCIETY A study of the legal system in the United States and the regulation of relationships between individual citi zens, groups, and the governmental agencies and branches. Review of the rights and obligations of indi vidual citizens and corporations, administrative law, a nd the procedures and p ractices of the courts in a modern society. 1 n (4) 241 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Development of applied writing skills and tech niques in business communications. fncluded a re letters of inquiry, orders and acknowledgements, sales and promotional communications, claims and adj ust me nts corres p ondence, credit and collections ledgers, briefing and business reports, resumes, and applica tion letters. 1 (4) 243 PERSONAL FINANCE Consumer saving, spendin g and planning tech niques; intelligent buying and budgeting, estate and tax planning, insurance and investment programs, re tirement p lanning; ethical issues in government a nd business from the consumer viewpoint; consumer or ganization a nd influence in finance, marketing, and production . n (4) 281 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING An introduction to accounting concepts and p rinci p les . Preparation a nd a nalysis of financial reports . I II (4)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

282 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING Introduction to ma nagement acco u n t i ng i nformat-ion y t ms. E m p hasis n the na lysis a n d int rprerat ion of acco nti n g a n d economic d a ta a n d their use i n p l a n n i ng, cont rol, and decision m a ki ng . PI' r quisit : 28 ] . I I I (4)

381

350

382 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Concen t ra ted study of qu i ty measu remen t in l u d i ng the acco u n t i ng a s pects ot pa rtners h i p s , corpora tions, a n d con olid a tions . A l ' 0 i n c l ud es fi n a n c i a l s t a tement nalysis a nd a n i n trodu lion t acco u nt i ng problems of not-for-profi t orga nizations. Pre requisites: 281 , 381 . I II (4)

oncentrated study or the concept u a l fr a m ewo r k o f aCCl1u n t ing, v a l ua t i o n theories, Cl S ' t and income mcaSll remen t, <1 nd lil1<1 ll Cial sta te 111(,: 11 t d isclosu res . Prcr�qu isilc: 28 1 . I I I (4)

MANAGEMENT

A cri tical exa m i n a t ion of the principles and p rocesses of a d m i ni stratio n. Ma nage m e n t techniques and the functions of p l a n n i ng, orga n i z i ng, d i rection, and con trol a re discussed from both the classical a n d the be havioral poi n ts of vic\,,' . Stu d y f the con pts a n d cha racteri tics of l h production fun -tion . I n t rod uc tion to ca e a n a l ysi a nd p ro blem-solvi ng te h n iques. Prereq u isites: ECON 1 50, STAT 231 (may b concur re nt), and BA 2 8 1 . JWlior stan d i n g . I I T (4) 354

385 COST ACCOUNTING Basic a nd advanced concepts of costs in developing in forma tion f r managemen t use i n the determ i na t i o n o f i n c me, eva l u ation o f capi tal i nvestment a l ternatives, a nd the measurement of pe rformance. Prerequ i s i te s : 28 1 , 2 8 2 . I II (4)

PERSONN E L AND INDUSTRIAL RE LATIONS

Deta iled examination of behavioral proc sscs of i n d i viduals and gro ups in busin 5S . orga nize ti 1 11 . m phasis on policy issues a n d speci f i c prob le ms in man aging human resources wi th focus on modern pra tices of i n dus trial rela t i o n s a n d personnel ma nage ment in i n du s t rial and other orga niza ti n . Prerequis i t : 350 I I I (4)

387 MANAGEM ENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS A study of the ge neral co ncepts of formal i nformation syst ms in luding the data req u i r ments o f modern organ iza tion s . Emph asis on rep Irting objectives, da ta securi ty, i n te rn a l contr )1, a n d sy st m peTf rma nce a p prai sa l . P rerequ isi tes: 281 , 282, and SCI 1 30, 1 39, 1 40, 1 41 . I 1 1 (4)

364 MANAGERIAL FINANCE Concentra ted study of the t 01 of fi n a ncial a nalysis: Funds and cash flow s, critical ana lysis of fin ncial sta temen ts a nd o th e r na ncial in forma tion, tech niques of fi nancial pla nn i n g a nd budg ting, a n d the co ncep ts related to ca p i ta [ expend iture budgeting, I and t h e cost of capital. An in troducbon to fi nan stra tegies a n d decision ma ki n g for fi nan i ng, ex pan sion, a nd dividend policies. R e q u i re d for bus i n ess majors. Prereq uisit s: CSCI 1 0, 1 39, 1 40, 1 4 1 , CON 150, M ATH 1 28 (or e qu ivalent), STAT 231 , a n d BA 28 1 . Ju nior ta n d i ng. I II (4) -',

367 FINAN CIAL MARKETS A na lysis of the c h a ract· ristics a nd det rmina n ts of a n efficient fi nancial s y stem; pricin g of ca pit I a ssets; s u p ply and dema nd for loanable fu nd ' a n d the leveJ and s tructu re of i n ten:st rates; savings-investm n t process a n d fi nancial i n t rmed ia ries; i n s u ra nc-' a n d rei nsura nce markets; commodi!X markets, and in ter n a tional fi na nce. P re re q u isi t es : ECON 150, M A T H 1 28 (or equ ivalent), T T 23 1 , BA 28 1 , 364. T I (4)

2 INTERN SHIP A progra m of fu ll-time experience closely rel a te d to

t h e student's speci fic care r and academ ic i n tere s t s . T h e student is e x p e c t e d t o develop t h e internsh i p o p port u n i ty 'Ni t h a fi rm or orga niza t i o n , and t h e School wiLl prep rc a n in ternshi p agreem e n t . This agreement iden t i fies the p roblems to be r 'searched, expel-ience to be gained, a n d rclal �d rea d i n s to be acco m p l ished. M o n t h ly progre 's re ports and other measures of achi ve m e n t w i l l b e u s ed to determ ine the gra d e . Not m re tha n 2 h U l' o f cred it will be gra n ted for a t u l l m o n t h f i n t -rn hip, a n d not more t h a n 8 hours of ac c u m u l a ted c re d i t will be gra nted for the i n ternships take n . The i n te m shi p cannot be used to meet the m i n i m u m requirement f or two bu iness a d m i n istration el ctive cou rses, and i t must be comple ted prior to the l as t em t r before g rad ua ti on . Prerequ isites: 281 , 282, 350; ECON 1 50; ST AT 231 ; o n e a d d i tional course i n th student' s a rea of concent ra tion . (2 or 4)

370 MARKETING SYSTEMS The fl ows of good s and servi s i n the economy, eco nomic and beh a v ioral a p p roa ch es t the a na lysi o f dema n d ; the role of t h e mar k eting funch n i n a busi ness fi rm. Del' r m i n a tion of a mall<e ting mix - p rod uct p olicy, pricing, cha nnels f d istrib utions, a n d markelCON 1 50, 1I1 g com m u n ications . Prer qu isites: M A T H 128 (or e q uiva le n t), T AT 231 , a n d BA 28 1 . Ju nior sta n d i ng . I n (4)

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTl G

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

435 BUSINESS LA W Proc d u res, con tracts, agencies, negotiable i n s t ru m e n ts, business rga niz tions, p ro p e rty, trusts a n d wills , tran sporta t i o n , i n s u ra n ce a n d employme n t . I I (4) 4 °

PRODUCTION AND OPERA nONS MANAGEMENT

Critical s tu d , oC key concepts, practices, and qua nti ta tive tech n iques a p pl icabl t o ma nagi ng t h e pro d uction of g<. ods r s rVlc s. I nclu des exa m i n at ion of faci lity de ign; work design nd me s ureme n ts; a n d prod uc tion plan ning, control, a n d sched uling consider a ti ns. Prer quisites: 350, MATH 1 28 (or equiva l e n t) , CSCl 1 30, 1 39, 1 40, 1 4 1 . 1 (4)

454

ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT Exa mination of the need for change i n organizations, using a diagnostic approach and employing appro p ri ate strategies to develop human resources vital to every organization's economic viability. Emphasis on developing the skills of an interna l change agent with knowledge of evaluation methods and interventions that facilitate plan ned change . Prerequisites: 350, 354. 11 (4) 455 BUSINESS POLICY Study of organizational administration from top man agement persp ective. Formulation and execution of strategies and policies to integrate all management and business functions in support of organizational objecti es. Implications of resource availability, tech nology, and the economy; education, religion, ethics, and personal values; social responsibility; public pol icy; and international relations for top management decisions. Includes comprehensive case analyses. Re quired for business administration majors. Prerequis ites: senior standing, 282, 350, 364, 370. I II (4)

456 HONORS SEMINAR 460 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Intensive a nalysis of employee benefit plans; rrofit sharing pla ns, pension plans, group heaHh and life in sura nce; structure and effect of governmental regula tion of various benefit plans. Prerequisites: ECON 1 50, MATH 128 (or equivalent), STAT 231 , BA 281 , 364. I I (4) 461 PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT Discussion of sound portfolio ma nagement tech niques: Security selection and construction of efficient asset p rtfolios; measuring investment performance; capita1 market efficiency; selected recent develop ments in portfolio analysis. Emphasis on risk and re turn relationships of securities and p ortfolios. Pre requisites: ECON 150, MATH 128 (or equivalent), STAT 23 1 , BA 281 , 364 . 1 (4) 464 FINANCIAL PLANNING AND CONTROL Intensive analysis of maj or fi nancial decisions; finan cial {' lanning and budgetary control; mergers and ac q uiS itions; prediction or corporate failure; bond re funding; new equity issues; recent developments in capital structure theory as applied to fi nancial deci sions. Emphasis on decision makin g . Prerequisites: ECON 150, MATH 128 (or equivalent), STAT 2 31, BA 28 1, 364. II (4) 470 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Anal y tical approaches for the solution of marketing problems, developing strategies, planning and ad mini stering comprehensive marketing programs; evaluation and control of marketin g operations. Pre requisite: 370, CSCl 130, 139, 140, 141. 1 (4)

471

MARKETING RESEARCH AND CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Techniques a nd uses of marketing research in the business decision-making process. Empha sis on re search design, various survey methods, research in struments, and sampling p lans as they relate to mar keting consumer products and services in a changing environment. Contemporary behavioral science con cepts to be examined a nd i ncorporated in selected marketing projects. Prerequisites: 370, CSCI 130, 139, 140 141 . I f(4) 472 ADVERTISING AND SALES MANAGEMENT Role of advertisin g and personal selling in the market ing program; a nalysis of market targets; developing market potentials; media selection; designing the promotional message; eval uation and co n trol of the promotional mix. Prerequisite: 370. I II (4) 473

INDUSTRIAL MARKETING AND PURCHASING Analy sis of the industrial buying and selling process; purchasing policies and procedures; selection of sources of supply; contract analysis and negotiation; marketing probJems of manufacturers of industrial goods; developing and implementing industrial mar keting strategies. Prerequisites: 350, 370. II (4) 481 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING Explora tion of curren t issues and trends in the concep tual framework of accounting, the environment m which accounting operates, and the problems of com municating financial information useful to decision makers. Prerequisites: 281 , 381, 382, or consent of in structor. (4)

483 INCOME TAXATION Comprehensive study of income tax concepts, reg ula tions, a n d tax plan ning principles. Emphasis on mdi vidual and business income taxation. Prerequisite: 281 . I II (4) 484 AUDITING Comprehensi.ve stu.d y of auditin g concepts and proce d ures; analYSIS of nsk throug h the study and evalua tion of internal controls, both administrative and ac counting controls, and through the study and evalua tion of account balances; reporting of risk; review of the develo p ment and mea ning of professional respon sibility and ethics; review of operational a uditing. Pre requisites: 281 , 282, 381 , 382 . 1 (4) 490 SEMINAR Seminar on specifically selected topics in business . Of fered on dema nd. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4) 491 DIRECTED STUDY Individual studies; readings on selected topics ap proved and supervised by the instructor. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 -4)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

F U N DA M E NTALS OF ACCO U N T I N G A N D F I N A N CE F u n d a m e n t a l a s s u m p tions, p r i nciples, a nd proce d U n:'s u nd e rly ing accou n ting; tra nsaction a na lysis a n d the fu nda me n tal accou n t i n g model; m a tc h i n g of ex pen ses \,vi t h PV 'nue; m e a s u re m e n t a nd reporting of income sta t e m e n t a nd bala nce s heet accou n ts; consoli dd ted s t a temen ts; a nd u s i n g and i n te r p re t i ng fi n a ncia l s t a t m n t'3 . heordical fra mework for fin a nc i a l deci sion. ; decision t h eory rel a tive to worki n g c< pital m a n agement, s h o rt a n d i n termediate-term fi n a nc i n g, cap ital i nves tm e n t s and val u a tion, c a p i t a l s t r u c t u re a n d divid n pL) l i , a n d long-term fi n a n c i n g . I n (4)

501

F U N D A M E NTALS O F M A N A G EM ENT AND M A R K ET I N G P r i n c i p l e s a n d p rocesses o f a d m i n i s t ra ti o n . Tccil n iljL1 e · ,md fU ll c t i{ Il S of p ·l a n n i ng, orga n iz i ng, d i rect ing, Zlnd c o n t ro l l i n g . The nows of goo d s a nd services in the eco n o m y ; eco n o m i c a n d behavior;) l a pproaches to t h L' a nalysis o f d e m a nd ; the m a rkL' l i n g fu nctions in busill ('sS fii· m s . Ol'te r m i n a t ion of t h L' m a rke t i ng m i x . I II (4)

553

CONTE M P O R A R Y I S S U E S I N MANAGEMENT I nvestiga t i o n o f the rol e s o f m a n a g ers in the modern society. The exploration i ncl udes, o u t i s not l i m i ted to the topics of corporate respo nsibi l i tv, e t h ic a l issues i n m a n a gl:' me n t , a n d the i m pa c t of tech nologica l cha nge on o rga n i za tions a nd socie ty. The workshop " p p ro a c h t o these t o p i c s combines the use o f cases, rea di ngs, d iscussions, a n d s i m u l a ti o n s . P rL' requ i s i tes: 550; ECON 504, or e q u iv a l e n t . (4)

554

PLA N N E D O R G A N IZATIO N A L C H A N G E Detailed e xa m i n a ti o n o f tec h n iques fo r d ia gnosing a d m i n i stra tive p roblems req u iring cha nge, and for p l a n n i n g , i m p l e m e n ti ng, a nd eva l u a ti n g cha nges u n d e r taken t h rough system a t i c p rogra m s of i nd i v i d u a l , group, a nd orga n ization development. E m p ha s i s on the p roblem assess m e n t skills of i n te r n a l cha nge agents a nd o n i n te rventions a i med at structural cha n ges, m a n a g e me n t t r a i n i ng, a nd ca reer develop men t . Prerequ i s i te : 550. II (4)

5112

L E G A L A S PECTS OF T H E M A N A G E M E NT PROCE S S Survey of fed eral a n d state l a w s , r u les, a n d reg u l a t i o n s t h a t d i rectly i m p i n ge o n the m a na g e r s decision making i ll the modern b u s i ne ·:; e n te rp rise . I nc l u des lega l i m p l ic a tio ns for the i n d ividua l ma nager a n d h isl her corpora t i o n t h e t follow from b u s i ness decis ions i n a reas Sll h il S e m p loyee relations, con s u mer p rotec tion, secu r i ty a n d excha nge reg u la tions, righ ts of cor porate s h a reh o l ders a n d credi tors, a nt i t r u s t laws, a n d enviro n m e n t a l p rotection . (4)

535

5 0

O R G AN IZATI O N A L B E H A V I O R A N D E N V I RON MENT TIlL' tudy o f open socio tec h n ical sys tl:' m s w i t h i n w h i h a ma na g er m u s t opera t e . I t encompiJsse.s th ree m jor perspectives: the e x t e rn a l orga ni zat i o n e n v i ro n m e n t , i n c l u d i ng lega l, ethica l , soci a l , e n n o m i c , a n d poli tical i n n uc nces; t h ' o rga niza ti o n i t s e l f a . a n e n t i ty ; and the i n te rn a l orga n i z a t i o n en v i ro n m e n t . Prere q u i s i tE' : 350 (or 5(2 ) . I I I (4)

555

B U S I N E S S STRATE G Y A N D POLICY An i n tegra ted m a nage m e n t a p p roach based o n deci sion-making a n a lysis in c o m p lex cases and com pre h e n s ive fie l d s i t u a t i o n s . A d va nced rea d ings a n d li brary resea rch i n tegrate concepts of ma nageme n t a n d business functions i n c l u d i n g co n s id e ra boll of lega l , soc i a l , a n d i n te r n a t i o n a l a spects of t h e b u s i ness envi ron lll e n t . P rerequ isi tes : 55 1 , 564, a n d 570, a ny one o f w h i c h Illay b e ta ken conc u r ren t l y w i t h 555. (4) S E M I N A R IN F I N A N CI A L M A N A G E M E NT A na l y s i s of o p t i lllil l fi n a n c i a l policies. I n tensive i n ves tigation of the va l u a t ion process and its resu l t i n g im PZlct o n fi rm i nvestment, f i n a ndng, a nd d iv i d e n d p o l i c i e s . D i s c u s s i o n o f t h e modern theo ry of f i ncl llci a I structure a nd p o l i cy, as well a s major case a n a lysis. E m p h a s i s o n t h e a p p l ica t ion of c o n tl:' m p o ra ry fi n a n cia l t heorv il n d a na fy t ica l techn iques t o t he sol u ti o n o f c o m p l e x (i n a ncial p roblems. Prereq u i s i te s : E C O N 504,

564

551

S E M I N A R I N O P E RATI O N S M A N A G E M E NT Ana l y tica l a pp roach es to opera ti o n a l ma nilge m e n t; the rela tionshi p of p rod u c �i o n to o t h e r function s and . externa l factors; case s t u d ies ot modern tcchlllquesl m e t hod logies as il ppLied in selected s i t uiltions a nd i n d u s trie '; qua n t i ta � i �e models, systems design a n d _ s t a t t s l 1cs com p u ters . Pre r eq u I s i te s : 350 (or 502) , 5:)0, a nd EC ON 543 . 1 I I (4)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

543; RA 50 1 . (4) 565

F I N A N CI A L M A R KETS S E M I N A R A na lysis of t h e c h a racteristics a n d d e termi na n ts o f a n efficient fi n a nc i a l system ; d eter m i n a n ts of t h e level illlLi s t r u c t u re o f i n te rest ra tes; impact of i ntla ti o n a n d foreign e xcha nge risk; d e fa u l t risk; ex,l m i n a tion of var ious s peci fi c fi n a ncial i n s t r u m e n ts; hedging a s a form o f risk red uction; other topics d e p e nd i ng on j O i n t i n terest o f fac u l ty a nd s t u d e n t s . E m p h a s i s on the e m p l o y m e n t of assorted fi nancial c l a i ms a n d tec h n i ques to i m p ro ve corpora te performance. Prereq u i S i tes: 501 , 564; ECO N 504, 543. 1 (4)

570

S E M I N A R IN M A R K E T I N G MANAGEMENT M a rk e t i n g manageme n t policies a nd p rogril ms; i n ter rela ted e l e m e n ts of the m a rk e t i n g m i x a n d the re l a t i o n s h i p of m a r ke t i ng to other i n te r n a l functions; c h a n g i ng social and legal e n v i ro n me n t, i n nova tion, and modern ma rketing p h ilosophies. Prere q u i si te s : 370 (or 502) a nd E ON 504 a nd 543 . I I I (4)

SEMINAR IN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING THEORY Advanced accounting concepts and standards; c u r r nt proble ms and tre nd s reflected in acc u nting l ite r a tu re; designed for professio n a l acco u ntants . Pre requisi te: 482 or consent f in s tru c tor (4) 582 ACCOUNTING INFORMAnON AND CONTROL A pplications of ac c ou n ting in formation, services, a nd systems to man age m e n t problems. S t u d e n ts exc used tjom th is cou rse a re expect d to complet 581 or oth r advanced accoun ting s tu d ie s . Prerequisite: 281 (or 501 ) . (4) 587 GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS Management i n formation syste ms; cc o u n ting and econom ic data and their us i n government agencie s. Rece n t tre n d s in fund accoun tin g , nd analysis of a c co unting require.lil.ents a n d tech ni q ues in p rogra m m a na ge m e n f Case studies. PrereqUlsite: E CO�504. 581

(4 )

590

SPEClAL SEM INAR

5 lected ad va need t pics; offered o n deman . (4)

591

INDEPENDENT STUDY

593

THESIS

Individual reading a nd s t udies on s leeted topics; minimu m su p e rvision a ft r initial p lan ning of stu den t' s work. Prerequisite: consent of mstructor. ( 1-4)

Research st udy to meet Thesis Option req u i rement for elective in the M . B.A. deb'T e progra m . (4)

COURSES TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTElUM 301 303 305 307 308 309 456 535

French Business, Culture, and Language Career Development: Employment in the Changing Community Managers at Work Performance Analysis: Business and Socral Planning and Measurement Citizen/Board Member in NonpTofit Organizations Time is Money: Time Management for Everyone Honors Seminar: Management in the Hospitality Industry Legal Aspects of the Management PIocess

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Chemistry Th a dvance of

civi l iza tion

is inseparable

Major

r arch and teach i ng equipment includes: nt/clea r magnet ic reSONance, i l lfra red , u l tra- violet, uisible, a 10111 ic absorpt iOI1 , flame ph 0 toi-t/d ry , em is s io n , and

f ro m lhe

deve l o pme nt of chemishy. Chemistry seeks

the fu nda me n ta l nature of matter, hanges in its composi ti on , a nd the energy ch a n ges acc o m pa n yi ng the e cha nges. Use of this knowledge i n 11 l1 encJs our l ives in many p rofou nd ways . Whether in lc r�s L d in ch m ish'y i tsel f, m o l cu l a r bi logy, Or studying the i nfl uenc ' of s ci nee and understa n d

l'icctnm Spil l rC!'!Ollnl zce spectrollleters; X - ra lf cryst'li!ugrapizic d iffra ctollleter; gas and liql l id

chrom a tographs; precision refractometer; dipo!olllefer; co u nter; zone refi ner; and a complex

scin t illation

lIl icroproce SOT

Fac u lty re search pr j cts involving sL uden t pa rticipation are in progr 55 in man y i m portant uelds Of che mis t ry . Some of the general areas are:

tech no l ogy on the en vironmen t and socie ty,

stu den t will find programs to meet thei r need The cour es , cu rricu l um, fa culty, a n d facili ties are a pproved by the American Ch emjca l Society . .

system .

polymer s l rlKt ll rc and p ropert ies, synthesis of hctcroc1Jclic compo u nds, struct u ral and magnetic s t u d ies ;)f i n o rga n ic complexes, orga n ic kinetics, photochemical reactions, a/ld

D i vers i ty in ca reer pla n n i ng is a key w rd i n the chemi stry cu rricul u m . Prog ra ms a re available which re broadly applica ble to the heal t h, biol ogical , phys i a l , environ men tal and the fundam n ta l che m ica l s icnccs . A s ta ff knowl dgeabJ i n the many a T ( of chemistry u sing modern Equ i p m e n t for t e hing a n d r e arch h i gh light the opportu ni ties

dmg

effects on birth

conlro!'

FACULTY Nesset, Chair; C. Anderson, Giddings, Huestis, Kelly, Swank, Tobiason, Tonn.

ava i lable .

•

�l

• -

O�� ' �

�

a. �

cJ , ._

� �!

t:1' b1��

D�grees in che m i s t ry Me t h e Ba c h e l l1r of Arts <t n d t h e Bachelor of Sc i n c e for s t u de n ts wis h i n g t() �tru ture t h ir undergra l l a te' l'd uCiltion arou n d il fu ll chemi s t TY m, Jor The B . A . progrom i s the m i n i m u m prepara ti o n sui table for furtl1e.r professional s t u d i e s a n d i s o f ten combi ned w i t h e x t c n -ive �tud ' or a second major in an a l l i ed fie ld . ·i ll(' B . S . program in ohre5 a d d i tio n a l c h e mi s try cou rses and se rves bot h st·u d t' n t s goi ng directly i n to l' m.ploym ' n t on gra d u il t-ic)I1 and t h ose goin� i n t o gr,l c i u il t e p rograms. It is offe red w i t h l' m phasis in che m c s t ry, bioc h e m i s try, o r cl1em iGl l p h y s ics . T h.. first "ptlon is a n A merican C hC'nl ica l Socie ty C T t i fi 'd progra m . The. la tter two opt i o ns a rc offe red i n coo p c rn t"ian w i t h thl� b i O l l)gy a n d physi �s depa rl mt'nts for ,;tudents w i s h i n g to \V(lr\';' � t the i n terfacCh be twec' n c h e m i b t ry , nd b i o l ogy or p hysics . Studenb con t e m p l a t i n g a major in c:he rn i&t ry arc i n v i t d to disc:uss t h e i r i n tcrc<;ts and p i , n s with m > m bers o f t he c h e m i s t ry fa cu l ty ilt t h e ea rl iest p o ,� i b le time. S t u den ts dec iding to major i n c.hemis t ry s h o u l d officia l l y d ecla re t h e i r i n t e n t a fter having com pl.· ted C hemi s t ry 33 1 a nd after cons u l ta tion w i t h 11 fac u l tv ad v i5er in the chemistry · depa rtment. Tra n s fe r s t·udc n ts desiring to ma j a r In he ln i s t l-Y' s h ou l d c on tac t a de part men tal adviser no la ter t h a n t he beg i n n. i n g of t he j u n io r yea T . The f( fe ig n l a nglwg requ irem e n t of the Col l e <>e of A rts and Sciences s h o u l d prefera b l y be met i n Germa n or u ssian .

]

BACHElOR OF ARTS MAJOR: C h e m is try 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 341 , 342, 343, 4f,O. Req U i red s u pport i n � . cou rses; PhYSICS 1 47, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 ; Cumpu ! r SC l ' n ce 1 39 or 1 44 o r q u iva ll'n t . BACHELOR O F SOENCE MAJOR (three alternatives): 1. GCIlcral - leads 1 0 American Chrmiml Sociel.y ccrtifl[ at/O�: ,. ChemIstry l 15, 1 16, 321, 33 1 , 332 , 333, 334, 341 , 34_ , 343, J44, 435, 450, 460, 490; P h ys i cs 147, 1 48, 1 53 , 1 54: 1v(ath 1 - 1 . 152; Computer Scien.ce 1 39 or . 1 44 or e 'l u i vil l ' n L 2. BiocilclIlislnj �llll'lm5Is: Che m istry 1 1 5, 1 1 , 321 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 343, 4D4, 435, 460; B iol o gy 1 55, 1 56, 253; twu co urse_ selecled from Bi()logy 2 2, 33 1 , 3-16-347 (co u n ts s one cou rse) , 358, 403, and C h e. m i s try 342; Phy i a; 1 47 , 1 48, 1 53, t 54; M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52; C o m p u t >r S("ien e 139 or 1 44 or equ ivalctl t . 3 . CllCllllml-l'hljsic� �lIIpl/asis: - l cmi s try l I S, t 1 6 , 33 1 , 332. 333, 33 4 , 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 460; Phys ics l47, 1 48, 1 53, 154, 33 1 , 332, 33 ), 356; Ma�h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Co m p u ter Science 1 39 or 1 44 or equivalen t .

Generalized Chemistry Curricu lum for the B . S . Degree FALL sr'Rh G Frcsi1maJl Chern. 1 1 5 Math 1 5 1

omp. Sci. 1 39

Fo r e ign language (or core cou rse) P E l DO or acl'iv i tv ( 14 hours) , Scl p h om or" C hc'm . 33 1 , 333 P h ys ics 147., 153

Foreign la n guag e PE a t i v i ty ore cou rse. ( 1 5- 1 9 hou rs)

J u n ior

Ch c m . 341 , 343 C h e m . 321 C o re cou rse(s) E.lec t ive

Sen i or Che.m. 460 Ch ' m . 490 E l e c t ives

C ht'Jn . 1 1 6 Ma th 1 52 Fareit,'n language ort' cou rse PE IOO or acti vity ( 1 7 hou rs) " 332, 334 Phvsics ] 48 , 1 54. Foreign la nguage rE activity Core' course ( 1 5- 1 9 h o u rs)

C h0m .

Chern . 342, 344 Core coun;e(�) Electives

Chem. 435

£ 1 caves

BACHELOR OF A RTS IN EDUCATION: Students i n terested in t h is degr� d evelo p t h e i r dlemistry progra m through. t h e de p a r tm en t in c o n j u nction w i th the School of Education, Sec _choo l of Ed u ca ti o n s' t i o n . MIN O R : 22 $QIlles tcr hours, i ncl ud i ng 1 L'i, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 331 , 332, 333, and 334, completed wi th grades ()f C or higher.

COURSE OFFERING S 1 03 CHEMISTRY OF LIFE General, org a nic, and biochemistry perti nen t to c h em ical processes in t h e human organism; ui tabl e for llb eral arts studen ts, nur ' ing s tude n ts, and pro s pectiv e " teachers . Student w ho have n o l co m p l e ted h igh school c h e m i stry are e ncouraged to take 1 04 b tore t a k i n g 103. 1 l (4)

104 ENVlRONMENTAL CHEM ISTRY

Basic princi p les of ch e m ic a l s t T u c t u re and reactions, w i t h a ppl i ca tions to h u man activiti e s a n d U1e n a tura l en v i r nmen t . N o p r req u i s i te ; students w i t h ou t h igh sc h o n l chern · 'tr r are enco u ra ged to ta kc 104 before takin g 1 03 or 1 1 5, P h y sica l t h e ra py a n d mi l i ry n u r s i n g p rogra m s re . uiri ng a y ar of c h e m i s try s hou ld in clude 1 04 a n d 103. Also sui ta b le for e n v i ro n menta l t u d i , genera l s ci e nce teachers, B . A . i n earth so e nces, and general u n i ve rs i ty ore req u i re m e n t s or College o f A rt s and Scien cs o p t io n III I C4) L

1 08

MANKIND AND MOLECULES

The rolt:! o f science in s o ci et y and the pa rticular i n tJ u en e of che m istry on o u r civiliza tion . S u c h topics as m ed i cin e , nutrition, food add i tives, petroleu m p rod ucts, a n d c hem ical warfare ar d i scll s s e d . A non-lab ratory liberal arts based c ur e with t o math backgr u n d o M ets g nera! university core requ i re me nts (4)

1 1 5, 1 1 6

GENERAL CHEMISTRY

First semester topiCS include the struct ure of ma t t e r , atomic a n d molecu la r theory, s ta te of m a tte r a n d qua n tita tive r l a tion sh i ps , Se"cond sem es teT to p i cs in cl ude kineti cs, chet ical eq u ilibri u m , therm( c lw m i s try, stu dy of the el em e n t s grouped acco rdi n g to the pf2ri d i c table, rad.i.o-cilemistry, and i no r g an ic qua l i ta tive analy i s . Des i gned p rima rily for stud nt s w h o w a n t to maj r in b i I gy, ch em istry , engi neering, g ology, or physics . I n cl ude a l l pr np d i ca l, preden ta l , pn a rm a cy , medical technology students, a n d stu dents p lan ni ng to rran fer t o so m e LU iversity de n tal hygiene programs. High seh 01 chemistry or p e rm i s sion oi i n c tructo r required . Students w i t h no h igh sc hoo l chemistry or weak math mat icaJ background s hou ld take 1 04 before t h is co urse. Corequisite : MATH 133 . Prere ui -ite: 1 1 5 for 1 16; T for 1 1 5, I I f r

1 16. (4,4)

209

N UTRITlON, DRUGS, AND THE INDIVIDUAL

Basic metaboli:m proc sscs, ba si c e ndocri n o l ogy, use of d rugs to modi fy, s up p l e m e n t , enhance, or b lock biolo gical processes; psychological/be havioral a s p ect s of drug us . The discu sian of nutrition w i l l include topics of " the balanced meal p h ilosophy, " foo pre p a ra tion a nd reten t i o n , development of n utritive value, and n v .iron mentalisocietal infl uence' on di t a n d nu trition . Prerequisit : o n e semester of ch mi. tTy o r one semester f bi 1 gy. 1 (ex perimental course to b of fered 19H1 -82) (4)

CHEMISTRY

32 1

ANAL YTICAL CHEMISTRY

Chemical. method o f qua n ti ta ti ve a nal y i , i n cl u d i n g volume� nc, gravunetnc, a n d se lected instrumental method s . Prereq u isi te : 1 1 6 and MATH 133. 1 (4)

331 , 332 ORGANlC CHEMISTRY A!l in �erpTeta ti on <:f prop e rtie s and reactions of a l I p h a tic and aroma tic compou nds on the basis of CllT rent chem.ical theory. P rere qu isi te : 116. C orequis i te s : 333, 334 . I IJ (4,4) 333, 334

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAHORATORY

Rca c tio � s and co n�entiona l a nd m �de r n techniques of syn the Sl sepa ration, and a n alys I S of orga n i c com pounds . Must accompa ny 331 , 332. In ( 1 , 1 ) ,

336

HONORS ORGANIC CHEM ISTRY LABORATORY A �va �ced m e � od s o f sYrl: t h e s i s and p r ope rty deter mmation a pphed to o rga ru c compounds. �echniques and a p pl i c a ti o ns from the lit raturc t be em phasized. May be taken by departmental invitati n in p lace of 334. II (l) 34 1, 342

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

The rela �onshi p be tw�en structu.r:e, energy content, and p h YS I C ? 1 a rl: d ch mlcal p ro pe : u e s of chem i c al sys te m . TOplCS In the rmo dy n m lCS, statistical ther modynamics, qu an t u m mechanics, ato m ic and m ol ec u l ar structu re, spectroscopy, a nd kin e tics are co ve red M a n y e xa m le s are related to b i o l ogical s s terns. P re req uisi t es : 1 5, MATH 152, PHYS 154. II

(4,4)

343, 344

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY E x perime n t in t he rm o dyna m i cs , sol ution behavior, � d m�Jecular struc;ture design e d to acquain t studen ts w � th mstrumenta tion , data han d lin g , c rrel a tion With theo ry, and data re lia bi li ty . Computer usage is encourag d . Co requ is i te or prerequ i ite: 34 1 , 342. I II

(1, 1 )

350

INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES Course designed to examine in s t ru me n t s from th e stan <l: p � int of how and why t hey w ork app lica tions, . and lumtations. om �f the i nstJ:umentaf techniques ,

to be covered are atomlC a bsorp tion , gas chromatog raphy, u l t ra vi ole t, visible and infrared spectro pn o tome try, a n d flame photometry. Prerequisites:

1 16 , mOL 155 (4) 404

BIOOIEMISTRY

An overview. of th � field u:cl u d ing mi nera l and g n eral me tabo h m, blOchemJCal structure, an d dis us s!on of drug a nd p h a rma col ogy . Laboratory is de s lgn � d to s ti u la te problem -sorVing techniques. Pre reqUlSl te s : 33�, 334. r (4)

�

435

341 , 343 . 1I (4) 450

CHEMISTRY

INORGANIC CHEMI STRY

Tech ni q u e s of s t ruct u ral determination (IR, UV, VIS, NMR, X-ray, EPR), bo n d i n g pri nciples, non-metal �ompow1ds, coord ination ch em i s t ry , o r g an om e ta l li � s, don?ri a c c e p,t or co n ce pt s, rea c ti o n pa th wa y s and blOchenucal app ca tio n s are covered . Labo ra to ry will ll1c1u?e syn the51f' and a n i n -de th exploration of the phy leal p ro p e r ti e s of n n-meta , c ordination a n d or g anometal lic co mp u nds. Pr r qu isites: 33 1 332 342.

�

T (3)

460 SEMINAR P re se n �ati o n by st u de n ts of knowledge ga i n ed by p e r s nal hb �ary or labora tory research, s u p pl e m ented . w1th s .mm ar s by p ra c ti c.in g s.c i enti s � s . P a rti cipa tio n of all sel!lOr c h � mls t ry maj ors 1 5 reqU I red and all o ther c.h � mJstry-OI �en ted s tu d e n t s are en o u rage d to pa r �CIpate . Semmar p r o g ram will be held during the e n ure y ar b u t formal registration w il l be in the s p ri n g seme ter . I n ( 1 ) 490

INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH

491

INDEPENDENT STUDY

A co u rs e designed to i n trod uce the studen t to labora to ry research techniques, use of the che mical l i tera m.re, research pr posal a n d re p ort wri tin g . E mp ha si s Will be o n t� stu d e n t develo p � ng and m a ki n g prog ress on an mdep �dcnt . chemical research p robl em . chosen m c o n s u ft a tio n With a member f the d lc m i s try fac ulty. Pre re qu i s i te : 342. I (2) �ibrary andi � Laboratory s tudy of t op i c s not inc l u d e d m regu l a r l y otfered courses . P rop o sed project must be ap proy�� by d p a rtme n t chair a nd supervisory re sponSibIlity a ccepted by a n in t ru c tor . May be taken m ore than once. I I I (1, 2, or 4)

497

RESEARCH Experimental or theoretical i nvestigation open to up�er division s tudents w i t h consent of department chan: . May be taken m o r tha n one . Generally will consist of a n ex p a nded s tu d y of the research p roject developed in 490 . r II (I, 2, or 4) 597, 598 GRAD UATE RESEARCH 9pen to maste r' s d gr e ca n d id a te s only . Prerequis Ite: consen t f d e pa rt me n t cha ir. I I I (2-4)

COURSES TO B E O FFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 1 5

342

INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS

Theory and p ra ctice of i n s trum e n ta l methods along with ba ? ic electronics. S pecial e m p h a s i s will be placed on radIOchemiCal, mass s p e c t r om e t r i c , chroma to graphiC, a nd 'Iectrometric me thod s . Pr e re q u i s i te s :

General Chemistry Physical Chemistry

Communication Arts In order to explore ful ly their potential as human beings, people must first expand their abilities to com municatc. Communication is the process by which feelings and ideas are shared and is the foundation on which learning rests. Providing a field for both humanistic and scientific research, the communication arts focus on how and why people communicate through language (both spoken and written) and through nonverbal means. The effects of all forms of human communication are also stud ied . Within the Department of Commu nication Arts, four d istinct, yet interrelated areas of human communication may be expl ored : broadcasting, journa lism, speech communication, and theater. Students majoring in any of these areas articulate and test their ideas, develop their individual

abilities, and gain competence in various strategies for i m proving effective comm unica tio n. They acquire knowledge and skills that apply to nearly every aspect of their private and public lives. Career prospects for stud ents trained in commun ication are excellent. A person's career may ultimately turn out to be quite differcnt from what wa originally anticipated, of course, but in a rapidly changing world, certain fundamental skills and resources are necessary for adaptation and success. As the work environment in the coming decades becomes increasingly oriented toward communications, it will be critically im portant for

students to have the ability to communicate clearly and effectively, both orally and in writing. Those who major or minor in one of the communication arts will be far ahead of their contemporaries who neglect to prepare for the world of tomorrow. FACULTY Spicer, Acting Chair; Arndt, Bartanen, Becvar, Doughty, Nordholm, Parker, Preiss, Rowe, Ruidl, Wilson BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At least 32 semester hours (including 1 23 , plus 2 practicums in any of the areas of concentration: 1 . Broadcast/Journalism - Re qu ired courses: 123, 171, 275, 283, 374, 475, plus 1 0 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. 2. Journalism - Required courses: 123, 171, 283, 380, 381, and 384, plus at least 8 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. Required supp orting areas: 4 hours each in economics, history, and political science, plus 8 additional hours in one of those three areas. 3. Communication - Required courses: 123, 233, 326, plus 20 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. 4. Theater - Required courses: 123, 151, 241, 250, 363, and 364, p lus 8 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. fn addition to requirements listed above, candidates for the B.A. degree must meet the foreign language requirement in the College of Arts and Sciences.

)

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: At least 52 semester hours (including 123 , plus 2 practicums in any of the three areas of concentration: BroadcastlJournalism - Required courses: 123, 171, 272, 275, 283, 374, 475, plus 20 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. Communication - Requirements same as Bachelor of Arts plus an additional 40 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser. Theater - Required courses: 123, 151, 241 , 250, 363, and 364, 452 or 454, plus 24 semester hours selected in consultation with adviser.

)

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of

Education.

MINORS

BroadcastlJournalism: 20 semester hours, including 171 , 275, 283, 374, and one course from 378, 384, and 475. Communication Theory and Research: 20 semester hours, including 123, 233, and three courses from 1 28, 326, 435, and

436.

Theater: 20 semester hours, induding 161, 241, 250, 358, and 454. The Dance Minor is cross-referenced with the School of PhYSical Education. See the description of that minor u nder Physical Education. The Publishing and Printing Arts Minor is cross-referenced with the Department of English. See the description of that minor under English. Only the following courses from Communication Arts may be used to meet the core requirement in the arts: 151, 162, 241, 250, 363, 364, 458, 459. All communication arts ma ors should fulfill the core requirement with a course from another department in the School of the Arts.

COMMUNICATION ARTS

COURSE OFFERING S 123

FUNDAMENTALS O F ORAL COMMUNICATION Foundations course dealing with basic theories of oral communication . Em hasis on group activity with some platform work. II S (4) 128 ARGUMENTATION Methods for evidence research, argumentation, proof, and the adaptation and application of argument to comm unication. Various debate models, their prep aration and presentation are used. 1 (4) 151 STAGE TECHNOLOGY Basic theory and procedure of technical as p ects in set building, costume construction, basic drafting, scen ery, the assembling, handling, management of the stage, and extensive shop work. 1 (4) 162 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FILM Concentrates on the development and growth of the motion picture in the United States from 1 895 to the present. Emphasis on the film director, whose im plementation of film technique and theory serves as the formative artistic force i n the cinema. Societal in fluences such as economic factors, public attitudes and mores, and political positions reflected in the United States throughout the past 75 years, which provide the film media with sha p e and thematic focus, will provide parallel points of rderence. (4)

171

MASS MEDIA I N CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY Survey of the mass media, including newspapers, magazines, books, television, and the cinema. His tory, organization, and mechanics of printed a nd elec tronic media . Role of mass communications in de veloping the political, social, and economic fabrics of a democratic society. Analysis of the journalist's audi ence, j ournalistic vocations, and social and legal re sponSibilities of the media . (4) 225, 425

COMMUNICATION ARTS PRACTICUM One semester hour credit may be earned each semes ter, but only 4 semester hours may be used to meet university requirements. Majors are required to take at least two practicums in one or a combmation of the three areas of interest. Instructor's consent required. I II 233 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATION THEORY Contemporary theories on the nature, processes, and effects of individual and mass communication be haviors. (4) 241 ORAL I NTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE The art of communicating the essence of a piece of lit erature to an audience; i nterpreting it ex perientially, logically, and emotionally. Individual and group per formance. I n (4)

250

FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING

An exa mination of t h e work of actor and actre s, their natural and learned skills; ex rcises in memory, imaginati n, and ob ervation; im prOvisations and sc n s from mod rn plays; th ory and practice of stage make-up. 1 (4)

272

THE BROADCASTER AND SOUND

The theory and structure o f sound for the broadcaster; instructi n and p ractice in the use of audio-control equipment in radi o a nd rec rding. 1 (2)

356

STAGE L I GHTING

358

ADVANCED ACTING

363

H ISTORY OF THE THEATER: AESCHYLUS THROUG H TURGENIEV

Stage l i g hting from the basic development of electric ity and fi ghting i nstrum nts to the complete design of lighting a show . II (4) Study of the work of an actor; character analysis and embodim nt, using improvisations and scenes from plays; includes styles o f acting. P rerequisite: 250. II (4)

275

RADIO PRODUCTION

283

NEWS WRITING

Thea ter as it evolved from its p rimi tive origin through representahve SOCIetIes; AnCIent Greece, Rome, Ren aissance, modern E u rop ean and America n . Emphasis on religious, philosop h ical , and political thought as reHected jn the drama of each period. 1 (4)

MEN, WOMEN, AND COMMUNICATION

AnaJysis o f p rogram d sign, w riting, and p roduction tool s a nd te clmiques; lecture and laboratory; extensive u e of KPLU-TV studios. I (4)

El ents of radio production; ru alysis of progTam de sign, writing for radio, and production tools and tech niques. Lecture a nd laboratory. 1 (4) Basic news and f atur writing with s pecial a ttention to clarity, accuracy, and me ting d adhnes. M st writ i n S don in class und r dea lin pressure. Tech niques of mt rviewing and fact-gathering. News staH orga ni zation a nd procedures . Prerequisite: 1 71 or concurrent enrollment. 1 (4)

322

Introd u tion to the means b y whic h appr priate gen d r rol s are commu nica te d by the mass media and the way i n w hich cultural g nder role defi nitions i n fluence how pe pie communicat with each other. Prerequisite: 1 23 or con ent of in stru tor. (2)

323

WORDS, PEOPLE, AND SOCIETY

Exa mination of how language affect one' s i n terpreta tion of the worl d . Focu ' n the use of symbols, par'cu larly in relation to the mass med i a . P rerequisite: 123 or consent of instructor. (2)

HISTORY OF THE THEATER: IBSEN THROUGH TO THE PRESENT (See description for 363 . ) I I (4) 374 TELEVISION PRODUCTION

364

378

RADIO-TELEVISION NEWS REPORTING

Provides students with some o f the basic techni ques and problems of radio a nd television j ou rnalism. T he course provides fundamentals upon which fu rther study in broadcast/j ournalism can build . It is a n ad vanc d j umaLism ourse a ssumin g prior proven abil in news writing and r porting. P rerequisite: 283. II

��

380

NEWSPAPER EDITING, LAYOUT, AND DESIG N

324

Focus on the nonverbal aspects of com municati n wit in the fram work of i nterp rsonal interaction . Prer quisite : 1 23 r onsent o f i nstmctor. (2)

NONVER BAL COMM UNICA nON

Functions of layout. Principles of modern design a n d their practical applica ti n . Selection, sizing, and crop ping of p hotos. Selection and editing of news copy an cf hca d line wri ting. 1 (4)

325

TOPICS IN CONVE RSATION

381

MEDIA LAW AND PRINCIPLES

326

GROUP COMMUNICATION

384

ADVANCED NEWS REPORTING

344

ADVANCED INTERPRETATION OF UTERATURE

406

COMMUNICATION ARTS FOR THE CLASSROOM

Various c ntent, del' ndent on faculty assessment of student needs a n d mterests. Topic ann unc d dur ing the fall semest r prec ding the c urse Hering . Prerequisite: 123 or consent o f in tructor. (2) Survey a nd a nalysis of small group communication theory and research . II (4)

Pr jects a nd exercises directed toward program plan nin . Advanc d skill s in the communication of the ex p cnence of a p iece of literat u re through performance. Prerequi it : 241 . Il (4)

Le g al and thical con sidera tions as a p plied to news ga th e ring and wdtin g . Hist rical tren d s in libel, slan der, and p rivacy. Et h ical p ractices and policy at the corporate, sta ff, and i nd ividual levels. (4) I n-d pth and i nvestigativ reporting and w riting. Re porting of p oli tics and police, courts and other gov ernmental Fu nctio ns . Blen of field tri ps and w riting exercises. Prerequisites: 171 and 283. II (4)

Introduces p tential teachers to a competency-based mod I of com munica tion evelopment a n d i n s truc tion . F cus on the identification of appropriate com m unication skill s for parti ular grade levels and the design of strategies for enhanci ng those skill s . (2)

COMMUNICATION ARTS

410 ADV ANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING Focus on a variety of speaking situations and p resen ta tional methods. Topics vary according to the skill le el of course participants. Poten tial topics include audien e analysis, technical rep orting, using visual aids, and persuasion . Open to both majors and non majors. Prerequisit : 123. (2) 435 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Communication systems and studies within formal organ izati n . Focus on theory and research of infor mational and directive communication as related to channels, structures, status, involvements, morale, and leadershi p . Prerequisite: 233. (4) 436 PERSUASION Analysis and evaluation of the dimensions of persua sion i n ommu nication emphasizing contemporary theoretical models and research . lnvestigation of how research a nd models may be a pplied in contemporary settings. Prerequisite: 233 . (4) 452 SCENIC DESIGN Artistic and technical development of abilities i n dei gni ng scenery, costumes, and make-up for plays of all periods; various styles and p riods as well as prepa ration o f models, renderings, working drawings, and scenic painting. Prerequisite: 251. 1 I (4) 454 PLAY D IRECTION The role of the d irector, historically and critically; a n intensive study that i s both p ractical and theoretical i n its approach t o the a r t o f the pla y d irector. Study of many differen t directing philosop hies. E<lch s tudent is required to direct scenes from p lays representativ of all p riods of theater history. Prerequisites: 250, 251, an d junior status. II (4) 458 CREATIVE DRAMATICS De igned to acquaint the student with ma terials, tech niques, and theories of creative dramatics. Students participate in creative drama tics . Intended for elemen tary and juni r high school teachers or prospective teachers, theater majors, religious leaders, youth and camp counselors, day care workers, social and psychological workers, a nd community theater lead ers in terested in working with children. S (4)

459 SUMMER DRAMA WORKSHOP One session of intensive work in d rama, actin g , stage ma nagement, lighting instruction, and aIr other phases of production . S (4) 474 TE LEVISION AND THE CLASSROOM TEACHER Television as a teachin g tool; g eneral criteria for tech nolo �y in teaching and specific criteria for the use of teleVIsion in the classroom. n (2) 475 DIRECTING FOR BROADCAST MEDIA An a nalysis of the structure, form, and technique of directing for the broadcast media; extensive use of radio and TV s tudio facilities. II (4) 478 SUMMER TELEVISION WORKSHOP Creative and production techniq ues of television programming; extensive use of KPLU-TV stud ios; for the mature student. S (4) 480 IN-DEPTH REPORTING Group reporting in depth on a single issue . Students select the subject to be explored, orga nize the staff, re search and interview, p rovide illustrations, edit copy, and lay out the com p leted work. Submission of stu dents' work to the Mooring Mast for possible publica tion . (4) 490 SEMINAR IN B ROADCAST/JOURNALISM Selected topics i n broadcast/journa lism. Prerequisite: departmental permission. (2) 491 , 492, 493 SPECIAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION ARTS Investigations or research in area of special interest not covered by re g ula r courses; open to qualified junior or senior students . A student should not be s� n registration for independent study until the speCltic a rea for investigation has been approved by a de partmental sponsor. (1-4) 596-598

RESEARCH IN COMM UNICATION ARTS For graduate students only. ( 1 -4)

COUR SES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 302 308 311 316

COMMUNICATION ARTS

Stage Combat The Private Eye: Peeping at Another Side of America Opera Production and Performance The Editorial and the E ditorial Page

Cooperative Education Program A lth ugh the program's career-related advantages are obvious, its main benefits a re educational . Students gain a n a p p reciation of the relationship between theory and application, a nd may lea rn both early a n d first hand - about new developments in a particular fie l d . Cooperative ed ucation provides timely and extended opportunitie for developing communication skills orally and in writing. Rather than training students to take their p lace as mere tech nicia ns in the work force upon graduation, a cooperative education program ca n enable students to become a w a re o f opportunities to contribute creatively to the changing d imensions of work in presen t-day society .

Cuoperative education assumes lhat experiential lea rning can be an a p p ropriate component of any quality ed ucational program . Though i t shares this assumption with other experiential learning strategie such a s internships , fieldwork placements, and practica, it d i ffers i n sev ral respects . Cooperative edu a Âˇ on introduces students to an educational ork experience early in their academic careers and weav s opportunities for work and learning throughout their undergraduate programs, rather than c ncentrating practical cour work a t the e n d . As the n a m e suggests, cooperativ . d ucation represents a systematic cooperation between the university and a variety of employers in the commu n i ty .

\ďż˝

and employers benefit as well . The d velops stronger and more creative con nections w i th its c om m u n i ty . Employers derive a more efficien t d vice for tra i n i n g and r crlliting. M ore i m portan tl y , the partn rship provid es a un i q u e opportunity for employers to pa r ti c i pa t in an i mport a n t ed uca tional service to the com munity. The u n ivers i ty u n i vers ity

TWO MODELS

. '1 hI.' (lOP tative Educa t ion Progra m accommodates both p a r t tm1l' and fu l l-time work modes. Part-time work, wh ich a l lows students th,,' o p ortu n i ty t o ta �e on-campus courses con(!urr�' � tly, p IS labeled the Parallel Mo d e ! . A tu l l -tl me work ex pe ne n c e hts ode! . " In m o s t cases stude.nl. will under t h e " A lte r na ting follow o n e o r the o t her , but some de p a rtm e n t · or schools may d e v elo p equences that combin both pa ra l le l and alternating work modes. Full-time summer work, for example, would be Jassified as a n alternating co ope ril t ive education experience, and many summer j o bs may provide for learning t h a t I' I, te,s wel l to tudents ac,ldemic objectives.

Contact between the taculty co ord i n a to r a n d th stu d e n t m u s t b e sufficient to illlow t h e coord i nator to serve a s a resource a n d t o p ro v i d e s o m e su pervisio n . Typically this can b e acc o m plishe d

during on or two site visits. Students in a " paralle l " cooperative . education p rogra m ma y arra nge to meet wi th tl; e coordinator o n ca mpus a s well . Those IIlvolved In " a l ternatIng' programs some d I s tance trom cam p u s may m a i n tain contact t h ro u g h periodiC phone confere nces, if si te v i s i ts a rc i m p ractica l . E m p l oyers a r e re s po n s ib l e t o p r ovide ongoing, consistent, positive supervision. Work s u p erv i s o rs a re to ( 1 ) provide opportunities for students to ach ieve their lea rn i n g I,Jbjectives w ithin the l im i t s of th e r work s e t ting s; (2) help students develop s kills related to the contextual aspects of the work world (s u ch as re l a tio n s hip s with co- w o r ke rs); and (3) facilitate sutdents' i ntegr<I ti o n into their work setting so tha t their

employment proves valuable and pr ductivl'. I n ord�r to complete the Coopera t i v e E d u ca t i o n P ro g ra m students m u s t have a m i n i m u m o f 4 semester h o u rs of credit in coo pe ra t i v e educa t i o n . The maxi m u m n u mber of semester hours a l lowable i n coop e ra tiv e education is 1 6. ManlleJly, Vinje, Co-Directors.

THE PROCESS FOR STUDENTS

I n order to be e l ig ible for a d m ission i n to the COl>perative Education Program a stu de n t must have complete d 30 . mester hours a nd be i n lS ood s t a n d i n g . To be a d m itted i n to t h e p rogra m a s tude n t m u s t eIther ( 1 ) pa rticipate in il non-credit seminar w h i c h ci, r i fi ' S the o p t on s, adva n tages, a n d responsibilities of p a r ti c i p a t i n g i n c o o pe r J ti v e educil tion ilnd teaches students how to dE' ve l o p m e a su ra b le l e a r n n g o bje ti ve s in preparation for wo r k experience, or (2) tilk Coop erative Education 307, "Work i n the Ei g h t ies: C ha ll e n ge s a n d C h o ice s " (2 sem es t hours

credit). Students who wish job p l,lcements arc referred by the ooperative Education Office to emp loye rs for job i n tervi· ws olli!! a fte r consultation w i th t h ' d epa r t m e n t O r s c h o o l of thei r majors. I n cases where a st u d e n t h a s n o t decided on a m a j o r , th o f fi ce w i l l actively conn ct h im/ her with ,1 n academic a re a of h i s/her choice, and p rovide any special assistanc ' tha t is needed i n th' i n terviewl p lacem e n t process. tude n ts a re r e spo n s b le for their learn i n g i n work exp n e n ce s , hut each student m u st have a tacu l ty coordinator whose p ri m ry res p o nsibili ty i s to i n s u re that t h e work p rovides a p p ro p ri a t e l eil r n i ng op portu n i ti es . earlll n g I S facl h tated t h ro u g h : (1) usc of a "Le a r n i n g Agree m e n t " ; (2) kee p i n g a j ou r m l and w ri tin g a s u m m a rizing paper; (3) periodic contact with the faculty coordinator; (4) a t tenda nce a l three seminars during the work experi e n ce; and (5) an on -s i te supe rvi sor who accepts the re sp o n s ib i l i ty to fu nct i on in a resource role . Th e le a rn i ng agreement, developed by s tu d en t s with the as s i s ta nce of their facu l ty coord i n a tor, L i s ts learning objectives W i t h m e as u r a b l e i n d icators of l ea r n in g , a n d also i nc orpora t es upplementa ry resou rces such as rea di ng materials a n d , partici p a t i o n i n work-related tra i n ing s e s s i o n s . The learning agrecm�nt is s igned by the stude-nt, the facu l ty coordinator, a n d the w ()r k s u pervisor, each o f w h o m receives a copy. Stud e n ts arc e x p ected to kee p a jou rnill a n d write a paper t h a t s u m m a nz cs theIr leil rnmg. The paper s h o u l d be organized under the fol l o w i ng h ea dings : ( 1 ) a brief de sc r i p t i o n of th e work p l ace and work e nvironment; (2) d i sc u s s i o n of the extent to wh ich the learning o bje cti v es were met or ways i n which they W ' re modified; (3) d i sc u ss i o n of unexpected learnings; (4) . IdentIficatIon of arcas for fu ture learning; and (5) a summary evalua tIl)n of t h e benefIts and p ro bl em s of the cooperative educational experience.

eXEerience

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION

COURSE OFFE RING S 276 TERNATIONAL WORK A n intr duction to Eu ropean culture in rela ti n to work ethics. Clarifica tion of con t ra s ts between Ameri can and European work pattems. Stud n ts se1ected to p a rt ic i pa te i n an i n temational c d uc a t io n p rativ work expe ri en ce a re r � i red to take this course before the work ex pe r ience . I I (2)

376 WORK EXPE R IENCE J A s u pe rvised d ucational xperi nce in a work se t ting. Re q ui r e s the completion of a Co p e r a tiv Educa l io n Le a min g Agreement in consultation with a facul ty sponsor. (2-8) 476 WORK EXPERI ENCE n A su p rvi scd ed u ca t i on a l ex peri e n ce i n a work setting provid ing for an a d vanced leve.l of r s p nsibility . Re q uires the co m ple tio n of a C oo p e ra ti ve Ed ucation [ea rni n g Agreemen t i n con u l t a tion w ith a faculty sponsor. (2-8)

COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 307

Work in the E.ighties: Challenges and Choices

Earth Sc · ences Ea rt h Sciences explor

the co m ponents of t h e

p hysical u n ive rse from hu m a n i ty ' s existing habi ta t to t he fo u nd a ti ns o f the

rth, and beyond to the

plan t · a n d the sta rs . A program fields acq u a i n ts students

tu d ies i n these

ith tJ1"ir p h y ical world

and provides p rsp ctive on h u man development i.n time a n d space .

�n

i ro n m e n t a l pr b l ms a l s o a re

ap proached t h ro u g h the earth sci e n ce , which i m p art a rea l istic a p pre cia tion of society's dep ndence n earth's p hysical resource . Tn p rovid ing ' uch per pecti e, the departm n l fu l fi l l t he ne s of a a ri ty of s t u d nt · e king to broa d e n th iT lib ra l a rt s 'd uca tion, a n d Iso provides m re p >dalized knowledge in su pport of seve ra l fields, particu larly for minor or major studie s l e ading tll career. in resou rces a nd environm nta! m, nage m e n t or scie n t i fi c r searc h . c

d between t he Olym pic Mou n tain a n d t h e cade Ra nge , the depa r t m e n t i s idea l ly loca ted to

Situat Ca

xa min

ge logic and

are u ns u rpass d for pu rpo ses.

rine

n ironmen ts, which

l ach ing and l a m in g

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

Grad u a tes i n ea rt h c i ences h o l d plY i tions i n t h

National Pa rk Servi e, t h e U . S. Geological S u rvey, oil a n d mining groups, a n d geotech nical engineeri ng,

a, w II a

�d u ca t i o n .

h e d e m a nd f o r qua l i fied

gr d u a t e in 'n ergy a n d m i n era l deve l o p m e n t has never been h i g h e r . S o m e fi ,lds welcome post-gra d u a te degrees, and to this end, a n u m b e r of

PLU gra d u a tes a rc purs u i n g

master' s il nd doctoral progra ms a t major u n iv r-ities .

FACU LTY Chair; assisted by Huestis.

Lowes,

The d e partment's programs remain flexible, a l l owing fairly easy schedu l ing of courses. However, students should notice t h a t up pe r division co u rses nrc offe re d on a two-year cycl e . Earlv declaration of m a j o rs or minors in e a r t h sciences will facilitate li(>vciopment of indi vidual programs and avoid sched ulin g confl ict s .

BAOJ E lOR OF SCIENCE (G EOLOGY SPECIALTY) MAJOR: 40 semester h u u r" i n g e o lo gy , including n l , 1 32, 323, 324., 325, 327, 328, a n d a t least two cou rses from 326, 360, 365, a n d 49 1 ; also required i s a p p rov ' <.I experience in field study techniq ues. eccssary s u p p ortlll g Cllurses include: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6; re Ollllllcnde d for petrologists are Chemistry 341 , 342; Physics 1 25, 1 26, 1 47, and 1 48 (or Physics 1 53, 154 and labs);

reco m m e n d e d ·

P h y s ics 223; M a t h e ma ti cs 1 5 1 , 1 52; biology

courses a rC' reco m m e n d e d where p a l e o n tology is elec ted m a j o r

i n terest .

BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: 32 - e mcs te r h o u r. s, i ncl u d i ng 1 3 1 , 1 3 2, 1 36 , 202, 324, 327, p l u s , t least two u p p 'r division earth s ci c' n c c C L J u r sc's . A fiel d cou r5e suc.h as 35 1 , 360, O[ 365 IS h e m i s tr)' recon: m e n d c d . Rl:q u i rl'd s u p p m ti n g cou rse" in c l u d e; 1 03, ] 04 or 1 1 5 , 1 1 6; Plwsics ] 25 , 1 16 , 147, 1 48; MCl t h l' m (l tic b l , reco mmended 1.52; ,1 p p rl) 1' r i a t e biol ui0' courses a l so recomme nded .

O p t t o n s reflect ,1 stud e n t s e d r t h sClc n ce w tcrcsts a n d Me! dlscus!;ed w i t h an il d v ise r .

BACHElOR OF A RTS I N EDUCATION: Set' Sd,ool o f Ed uc.a i o n .

MINOR: 20 semester h o u rs o f p , rth i'cicncl' co u r � �, i n terim cou rses , comple ted w i t h g r a d e of C o r h igher.

xduding

324 PETROLOGY The occurre nce and classifica tion o f common rock types; p ro es ses by wh ic h they w e r e fo rmed w i t h ref erence to theoretical prin cip l . Prerequ i s i te s : 1 3 ] or consen t of instruc tor . 1l aly 1981 -82 (4)

325 STRUCTURAL G EOLOGY The form il nd s pa tial rel a ti o n sh ip s of various rock mas es and an in trodu c tion to r o ck defor m a tion; con sideration of ba ic processes to u nderstand mountain

buil d i n g a n d con tinen ta l for m a tion; laboratory e m pha sizes practical techniques w h i c h nable s t u d n t s t o a n a lyze regi on a l structural p a t te r n s . Prerequisite: 1 31 or con se n t o f i n s tru c to r . L I aly 1 981 -82 (4)

326

COURSE OFFERINGS 10J

WORLD GEOGRAPHY

Pa l lerns of physic<ll, cli ma tic, a n d ecologica l fea tures a nd th ir r la tionship to the deve l opment o f h u m a n cul t u re s . 1 0 1 does n o t meet the na tu ral sciences core require m e n t . II (4) 131

EA RTH PROCES SES

A n i n troductory course dec ling with the human geol gic habi ta t, b o t h t present .a n d as i t has d e vel p d thro u g h t ime; m a t e rials ot eart h (and l u na r ) <

c ru sts, th ei r deriva tion L h r o u g h mcl.jo r earth p rocesses and forma.tion of surf ce f a t u re s - w i th emphasis on thei r s igni fi c ance to cu l turaJ develo p me n t a n d ci vil iza tion; I bora tory study of rocks, min e ra ls, and geologic m a p ping; field tri p s a re a rra n ged . 1 (4)

132

mSTORlCAL GEOLOGY

A sequel to 1 3 1 w h ich concentra tes n arth h i tory, pa rticu l rl y the forma ti)n of the North Ameri a n can tin nt: se d i m ntary rocks, fo ssils, and stratigraphic record are related to tectonic u p heaval and growth; fi eld tri p s a re arra n g e d . n (4)

1 36 DESCR I PTIVE ASTRONOMY The m o o n , the solar syste m , the coord i na te systems f r locating stellar objects and characte ristics of ta r s . I n terim (4)

202 GENERAL OCEANOGRAPHY

O cea n o g raph y a n d i ts rel a t ion sh i p to other fields; ph y s i cal, chemical, biological, clima tic, a n d g 'ological aspec t of th e s a; field tri ps . n (4)

222

CONSE RVATION OF NATURAL R ES O UR CES

P ri ncipI s and problems of p u blic a n d p ri va t e stew a rd sh i p of o u r res u rces wi t h special rc te rence to the Pacific Northwest 1 (4)

323 MIN E RALOGY

Crysta llo � ra p h y a n d m ineralogy , both o re- a n d ( ckforrnmg m i n e r a l s . P re requis i te. ; 1 3 1 a n d hi gh school c he m is try o r co nsen t o f in tructOL Available peri odica lly , or a l UPS . Interim 1983 (4)

EARTH SCIENCES

OPTICAL MI NERALOGY

Th ory a n d p ra c tice of mi n e ra l studies u s ing the p e t rogra p h i c m. icroscopc, in l ud i ng i m mersion oil tech niq ues, p ro d u ction of thin sections, a n d d e linmina t i o n of m in e ra l s by means of their o p tical p ro perties. Th i s pr i d s a n i n trod uc tion t() the broa d e. r subject of petrogra p h y . I a/y 1 98 1 -82 (4)

327 STRATIGRAPHY AND SE D I M E NT AnON Form t ional principles o f surface-accumulated rock ,

a n d their incorpora t ion in the s tratigra p h ic record . Th i . s u bj ct is ba ic to fi Id m pping a n d struct ura l in terp re ta ti o n . r /y 1 98] -82 (4)

328

PALEONTOLOGY

351

NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PACIFIC NORTHW EST

syste m a t i c study of the fossil record, combining of evolutionary deve l o p m e n t , pa leo p ri nci p l e h a bi ta t s a n d p reserva tion, w i t h practical experience o f s peci m n id en tifica ti n . These studi s a re funda men tal to the u n d '(sta n d i n g f s t ratigraphy a n d the geo l ogic time sca l e . I aly 1 982-83 (4)

A fi e l d and labora tory courSe exa m i n i n g regi na l n a t u ra l h istory; an outdoor work ' hop designed for sci ence teachers at eleme n ta ry a n d j u nior high leve l s . ot to b e cou n ted toward a m a j o r o r gra d u a te credit i n b i o l o g y . Pr reql1 i s. i te : consent o f i n s tructo r . 5 (6)

360

G EOLOGY OF WESTERN WASHINGTON

The m i nera ls, r cks, a n d gt>o log ical h i story f the re g io n exte nding from the Colu mbia Plateau to the Pac i fi Ocean . Include held tri p s . Prerequisite : one year of college labora to ry scie nc o r consent o f in

stmctoT. 5 (4)

365 GLACIAL GEOLOGY Gla ci a l ic , depos i ts , a n d land forms re ' u lting from the Pleistocenc glaciation in North A merica. Field trips i ncl u ded . Prerequisite: ont' )'l"ar of col lege labora tory science or con sen t o f instructor. 5 (4)

490

( 1 -2)

SEMINAR

49J , 492 (1 -4)

INDEPEN DENT ST UDY

597 G RAD UATE RESEARC H ( 1 -8)

COURSE TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 306

The Energy Community

Bc nomlcs •

" Wa n t is a growing giant whom the coat of Have was never la rge enoug h to cover. "

'Ralph Waldo Emerson

Economics is the study of how people establish social a rrangemen ts for prod ucing and d is tribu ting goods and services to sustain and enha nce human life . Its main objective is to determine a wise llse of limited economic resources so that people receive the maximum possible benefit at the lowest cost.

BACHElOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Mini m u m of 36 semester hours, including 150, 351 , 352, 486, and 8 hours selected from 343, 344, Statistics 231 , Math 334, 341 , Computer Science 1 39, . lstratlon 28 1 , and 12 hours of 1 40, 1 4 1 , 144, and Busi. ness Admlll electives in economics. MINOR: 20 semester hours, i n cluding 1 50, 351 or 352, and 12 addIt Iona l hours of c.lectlves, 4 of which may be i n statistics. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCA nON: Sec School of

Education.

The economics discipline embraces a body of techniques a n d conceptual tools tha t are useful for understanding and a nalyzing our complex economic system . Career avenues for gradua tes are numerous, since their understa nding of the economy and their problem-solving a nd thinking abilities a re ap plicable to a wide range of activities in business and/or government.

FACULTY Vinje, Chair; Ankrim, Brue, R. Jensen, Miller, N. Peterson, Wentworth .

� ,:=O

�

C';J� �

�

COURSE OFFERINGS 150 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Introduction to the scope of econ omics, including Macro and Micro Economics; analysis of U . S . economic system; emphasis Qn current economic pol icy . (4) 290 CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC PROBLEMS Current economic issues; unemplovment, inflation, poverty, and pollu tion; interests o f the class deter mine speciiic topics. Prerequisite: 150 or consent of i n structor. (4) 321 LABOR ECONOMICS, LABOR RELATIONS, AND HUMAN RESOURCES The nature and trea tment of human resource prob lems in the United Sta tes; wage determination, union ism, collective bargaining, unemployment, poverty and discrimination, investment in human ca pital and manpower policies . Prerequisite: 1 50 or consent of in s tructor. (4) 331 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS Regional and international specialization, compara tive costs, international payments and exchange rates; national policies which promote or restrict trade. Pre requisite: 1 50 . (4) 343 OPERATIONS RE SEARCH Quantitative methods for decision problems. Empha sis on linear programming and other deterministic models. Prereq uisite: STAT 231 or equivalent . (2) 344 APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYS IS Simple and mu ltiple regression analysis as investiga tive tools. Cou rse stresses construction of elementary linear models and interpretation of regression results. Prerequisite: STAT 231 or equivalen t. (2) 351

INTERMEDIATE MACRO ECONOMIC ANALYS IS National income determina tion including policy im p lications within the institutiona l framework of the U .S. economy . Prerequisit e: 150 (4) 352 INTERM EDIA TE MICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS Theory of consumer behavior; product and iactor prices under conditions of monopoly, competition, and intermediate markets; welfare economics . Pre requisite: 150. (4)

361 MONEY AND BANKING The nature and role of money; the commercial bank Ing systen:; the Federal Reserve System; theory of credit and mon �y su pply control; Keynesian and � oneta nst theones of monetary impacts on inflation, Interest ra tes, and national income. Prerequisite: 150 . (4) 362 PUBLIC FINANCE Public taxa.tio � and expenditure at all governmental level �; the InCidence ot taxes, the public debt and the . provlsl.on of pubitc goods such as national defense, educatton, pure air, and water. Prerequisite: 150 (4) 371

I NDUSTRIAL ORGANI ZATI ON AND PUBLIC POLICY An analysis of the structure, conduct, and perform ance of American i ndu stry and the public pol icies that foster and alter industri � l structure and be havior. Top ICS mclude the economics of firm size, motivations of the f.irm, . �oncentrati.on, mergers, patents, antitrust, p,ubltc yttitty regu latIOn, public enterprise, and sub sldlzatton. PrerequIsite: 150 or consent of in structor. (4) 381 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS An anal ysis and comparison of major contem porary economic systen� s . . Includes an examination of capital Ism, market sOClaitsm, centrally planned economies, and systems used in selected countries. Prerequisite: 1 50 or consent of instructor. (4) 399 INTERNSHIP A resea;ch and writi�g project in �o.nnection with a stu d �nt s a l? prov ed o.ff-campus a �ttvlty. The p nmary . m to appitcatlOns of the ideas and goal IS to g al � InSight methodofo g les of economics . Prerequisite: sopho more standIng pl us one course in economics, and con sent of the department. ( 1 -6) 432 URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMICS Economic growth process in developing regions of the U . S . ; the interrela tionship of political, economic, cul tural, and in stitu tional factors in the growth process. Prerequisite: 150 . (4) 486 EVOLUTION OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT Economic thought from ancient to modern times; emphasis on the period irom Adam Smith to J . M . Keynes; the classical economists, the socialists, the marginalists, the neoclassical economists, and the Keynesians. (4) 490 SEMINAR Semi .nar in economi c problems and policies with em . the st � dent to integ ra te prob phaSIS 0 1.1 encouragIng lem- solvmg method ology With tools of economic analysis . Topic(s) selected by class participants and in structor. Prerequisite: consen t of i nstructor . (4) 491, 492, 493 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: consent of i nstructor. (1-4)

ECONOMICS

500

APPLIED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

502

SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY

504

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND POLICY DECISIONS

An intensive introduction to statistical methods for graduate s tudents who have not previously taken in troductory statistics. Emphasis on the application of inferential s ta tistics to concrete situations. Topics in clude: measures of location and variation, probability, estima tion , hypothesis tests, and regression . (4) An analysis of social explana tion and the social scien tific frame of reference. (4)

Basic economic concepts applied to policy formation and operating decisions. (4)

505

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS

543

QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Basic research concepts applied to laboratory, field, and bibliographic studies. Topics i nclude formulating research questions, research desi g ns, da ta-gathering techniques, a nalysis of d a ta and theory construction . Emphasis on understa nding and evaluating rather than conducting researc h . (4) The concepts of probability, sampling, statistical deci sion theory, linear p rogramming, and other deter ministic models applied to ma nagerial problems. Pre requisite: STAT 231 or 341 . (4)

591 DIRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595 GRADUATE READINGS

Indep ndent study card required. (4)

597, 598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (1-4)

COURSES TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 1 50 306 316 318

Principles of Economics The Economics of Illegal Activities The Economics of Public Issues - Milton Friedman Style Income Distribution

ECONOMICS

SCHOOL OF

Education

The School of Education offers programs of study leading to certification for elementary and secondary teachers, counselors, n urses, a nd administrators. The curriculum is designed to provide gradu a tes with a blending of the liberal arts and a variety of p ractical exposures to guided field experiences beginning early in the educational sequence. The faculty is committed to the development of educational personnel sensitive to the varied i ndividual needs of learners.

FACULTY Johnston, Dean; B aughman, Brochtrup, Churney, DeBower, Fletcher, Gerlach, M. Hanson, Lawrence, Mathers, M inetti, Moe, Nokleberg, F. Olson, Pederson, Reisberg, Rickabaugh, Wentworth, Williamson.

The School of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges, and the Washington State Board of Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers, princi pals, and guidance counselors, with the Master of Arts the hig h est degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity in twenty-cight states. Programs for the preparation of school librarians, school nurses, school counselors, administrators, superviso ry p ersonnel, and special education teachers are availab le . The S chool offers course work toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of teaching certificates. The School of Education offers graduate de grees in Elementary Education, Secondary Education, R eading, E aucational Administration, and Counseling and Guidance. Information regarding these programs is available through the dean of graduate studies. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES

According to data collected over the last five years, what was predicted in the late sixties to be a teacher surp l us has become a shorta ge. While enrollment in teacher preparation programs has been aecreasing, classroom vacancies have been increasing. Traditionallv, Pacific Lutheran Universitv has had an outstanding placement record. Each year between 80 and 85 per cent of those seeking teaching assignments are emp loyed in education. Graduates have also established educatIOnal careers in day care centers, p rivate schools, drop-out centers, the Peace Corps, ACTION, VISTA, correctional institutions, group homes, industrial education, and the Bureau of Indian Affairs.

Students who have sought employment outside of education have been successhtl in many areas, including publishing, advertising, admini stratiun within . tate agencies related t the humanities, urban planning, sales management training, consumer ad vucacy, customer service, fund drives, personnel departments i n business, hospital admissions, alu mn i iIlisociations, college admissions, editing and publishin g divisions of major corporations, an d public rela tions textbook sales. A D M ISSION REQUIREMENTS In the sophumore year, students with a cu mu lative grad e p oint a ve ra g e of 2 . 1 5 or above may reg i s t e r for Ed ucat io n 251 . Students will ma k e application for admission to the School of Education du ring t he semester i 11 which th ey are enro lled i n Education 25 1 . Before enrolling i n Education 2 5 1 stude nts should mee t the following requ i remen ts : 1 . They m us t h a v e "C" g rad e s or hig her in EngliEh 1 01 a n d i n Psychulogy 101 or oci o l og y 1 0 1 . 2. They must have completea Communication Arts 1 23 . Tra n sfer s hl den ts who ma y h c had educatiun courses i n uther institutions should me e t w i t h a n education adviser fur ev lua t i o n of work comp le ted a nd must arra nge for sc reening into the School of Education. Students who have earned a bachelor's degree a t PLU o r another institution, and who contemplate meetin s certification req u ire ments are expected to meet the same requIrements fur admission a nd cc rt ification . The certification sequence wi l l normally require a summer session an d two o r three semesters. BAE and/or CERTIFICATION REQUffiEMENTS � tudents become candidates for certi fication wh en they have com pleted the following: 1. All cou rse work with a cumulative grad£' poin t avera g e of

2.25. 2. The Professional Ed u c a ti o n Se quence . 3. An ,.pproved tea ch ing ma j or(s) or concentrations (5e reqmrements as L i st ed un d er Academ ic Prepara tio n ) . 4. P h vs i al Ed ucation 295. 5 . AI( courses in educa t ion a nd i n major and minor fields with grades of C or higher. Grades o f D are applica b le tuward a ae g rce b u t not for excess h o u rs toward fifth year programs.

TEACHER CERTlFlCATION G uid el in s for the p repa ration and certifica tion of teache rs have been established by the State BOilrd o f Educano n . The recummend j program pattem includes: b roa d liberal education, 35 per cent; subject matter p re pa ra ti o n , 35 per cent; profes5.ional study, 20 per cent; and electives, 10 per cent. Th ' fo ur- y ea r curriculum leads t o t h e 8achelor of Arts i n Education deg r e and the Provisional Certifi ate, an imtial license to teach, issued for a period o f t hree years. PLU recommends candidates for their first teaching position on the basis of their prepara tion. tudent may earn a baccalaureate degr ee in a n academic fieJd and qualify for a teaching credential upon completion uf te acher certification requirements. Th ese require ments inc.iude a major as d 'cribcd u n der " Acad'mic Pppara tion " (majors and mi nor s) as lis ted in thi s sectiun of the catalog.

ELEMENTA R Y PREPARATION I n addition to th genera l u n iv rsity course rec u ireme n ts in all c ur ricu la , certain spe ific req u i reme nts in g e ne ra ducation must be met: 1 . History 460, re q u ired (I f all elementary teacher candidates. 2. Earth Seiene 5 1 0 1 , World Ge og rap hy, o r Anthropology 1 0 1 , required of all elementary teacher Gll1didatet;. 3 . P ro s pec ti ve elementary teachers u sually meet the science general education requirement by completing 8io lo gy 1 1 1 , o r another l i f e science course, a n d N atura l cienccs 106. A year cou rse in one la b ora tory science may be substi tu ted by th ose who have adequa te hi g h scho I backg roun d in the oth science.

EDUC 25 1 Learner and S ucie ty (2. 1 5 GPA re qu ire d ; sophomore level; prere q uisites: PSY 101 or SOC 1 0 1 , COMA 1 23, and E N G L 1 0 1 ) EDUC 322 G ene ra l Methods ( P rimary Level) (2. 25 GPA; prerequ is ite : EDUC 251 o r 321) or EDU e 323 G n era l Methods (U p per lem e n ta ry Level) ( 2 . 25 GPA; prerequisite: EDUC 251 or 321) ur EDUC 324 Ge nera l ivlethods ( Elementary Educa t i on Model) (2.25 GPA; p re r e qui S i te : EDUC 251 or 321 ) EDUC 430 St ude n t Teaching (primary Level) - 1 0 hours (2.25 GP A; prerequisites: Ge neral M e thods , EDUC 325

and 316)

or C 432 Student Teaching ( U f' per Elemen tary) - 10 huurs (2.25 CPA; pre requiSItes: Ge n e r a l Methods, E DUC 325 and 326) EDUC 435 P ro fe ss iona l Seminar - 2 hours (must be taken concurrently with EDUC 430 or 432)

Professionalized Subject Matter Minor ( Required of all elementary candidates)

Req uired - 12 semester hours EDUC 325 Readin g in the Elemen tary Sc hoo l (4)

EDUC 326 M a th · matics in th e Elementarv School (2) EDUC 408 Language A r ts in the Elementary School (2) EDUC 4 '\0 Scie nce in the Elementary School (2) EDUC 412 So c ial Studies in the Elementary School (2)

Electives - 2 semester hOllrs'

ART 361 Elementary Art Education (2) MUS 341 Music in the Elementa(y School (2) PE 322 Ph 'sica I Edu ca ti o n in the Elementary School (2)

"Two of the three dective courses must b e completed before issuance of the S ta nd ard Teaching Certificate (Fifth Yea r of tud y ) .

S CON D A RY PREPARATION Professional Sequence (minimum of 24 hours) EDUC 25 1 Leamer a n d S oc ie ty (GPA 2 . 1 5 required; sophomure level course; p rerequ isites : PSY 1 0 1 , COMA 1 23 . CO MA 1 2 3 m a y b e taken concurrently . ) (4) EPSY 468 Educational Psychology (prerequisite: EDUC 251) (4) EDUC 425 General Methods - Secondary (prerequisites: EDUC 251 , EP Y 468) (2), a n d GLlSH u s e E D U C 444 , E ngl ish in the Secondary

chool (2);

or S C I E N C E use EDUC 447, Science in the Seconda ry S houl (2); or S lAL STUDIES u sc EDUC 448, So cia l Studies in the Second a ry School (2); o r up to 2 semester h o u r s in special methods m a y be tak e n outside of the School of Ed ucation in those academic majors other than the above ( En g l ish, Science, Social Stud i e s) . EDOC 434 S tu d e n t Tea c h in g - Secondary ( PA 2 . 25 re q u i re d; prerequi s ites : EDUe 251 , EPSY 468, E D U 425, and S pe cia l Methods) ( 1 0) rouc 467 Eva l u a tion (prerequisite: EDUC 425 ()r co ncu rre n t enrol l m e n t in EDUC 425; may be taken concurrently with E U ' 434) (2) Professiunal em ster (Se n io r Year) - Students must contact the School of ducation for application p rocedures. A pplications I1l ust b submitted no later than six weeks before the end of the preced ing semester. SPEGAL PROG RAMS The following specialized minors i n educatio n are available to all students pursuing teacher certification. Students desiring to work toward a specialized minor shouJd co n s u l t an advi se r in the School of Ed uca t io n for assistance in planning their prog mm .

EDUCATION

READING - 14 semester hours

P rerequisite : EDUC325 Reading in the Elemen tary School

Req ui red

E DU 408 L angu a ge Arts i n the Elementary School (2) BDU 483 P ri ma ry Reading (2) ED C 47<) SpecialTech n iqu e s i n Reading (4) 'Electives - minimum of 6 semester hours P E 401 P ercep tual M o tor Skills ( 1) C O MA 406 Com m u n ica tion Arts for the 0 ssr o om (2) EDUC 456 tory telling (4) ENGL 323 Children's Literature (4) ·Other similar courses may be used as electives if a pproved by t he

program adviser before registration is comp! 'ted .

SPEOAL EDUCATION - Teach ing major: 30 semester hou.rs. Teaching minor: 16 semester h o u r s . S ee program description below. LEAR I N C RE OURCE SPECIALIST ( P re pa ra t i on of' School Li brarians\ 16 se meste r hours Students i n terested in p rep a ri ng for th ' responsibility of admi nis tration o f a school l ibrary may me ' t u gg e sted standards through the followin .\5 pr og ram: Select a m i n i m u m o f o n e course from e.ach of t he followtng d i V ISIO n s : 8uok and Media Selcc tiOil

EDUC456 Storytelling (4) 454 Selection or Lea rn i ng Rcsour ENGL 323 Children's Literature (4)

EDU

laterials

(2)

AdministratiOll EDUC 45 1 Administration o f the School Library (2) Ca talo ng ED U 453 Process ing School Library Materia ls (2) l�eferel1ce EOUC 452 Basic Reference Ma� ials (2) Media Utilization al1d Productio11 EDU ' 457 Preparation and Uti lization of Media (3-4)

urriculllll1 EDU 580 Cu rricu l u m Development (2)

ACADEMlC PR EPARATION A major from those listed must be completed . Compl tion of a teac h i ng major/mi n o r in a second academic area is strongly recommended. (Students do no t ma jor i n educatio n . ) Teaching majors a re offered in the fo ll owi n g areas: art, biolugy, business educa tion, chemistry, c o m m unication arts , ea rth a n d general sciences, economi , English, French, Germ, n, h i:;tory, lanquage arts, mathem.1tics, music, phys ica l c d u , tion, physics, p o l i t K a l stience, sotial scien c e s , Sl cioJog)', a n d S pa n i s h .

PREPARATION F O R E L EMENTARY TEACHlNC: A student p re pa rin g for elementa ry school teaching must com p lete 24 semeste r hours i n a major teaching area, and two m i nors consisting of 1 2 semester hours each . One of the m i n. o rs must be in t he profe sional subjects a n d one in a teac h i ng field other than that cov red in the 24 semester hour concen LTa tion . T h ' cour ·es included in the two m inors a re to be determined in consultation with the School or Education. PREPARATION FOR JUNIOR HlGH TEACHlNG: Students preparing for teaching o n the j u n ior high level are required to complete a teac h i n g major of a ppfl)ximately 24-32 semester hours. A teach i n g minor i s a l so required. Students must cons u l t a n education adviser regardi n g teaching major a n d minor combina tions. PREPARATION FOR S E N I O R mCH SCHOOL TEACmNC: Students p rep aring for senior high teaching must complete a p p rox i m a te ly 44-48 semester h o u rs in the academic a rea in which til, y plan to teach. A minor in a se co nd teaching rea is reco mmended. Stu dents may also find it adva n ta geous to the i r career goals to 1 ) de ve l o p skills Il1 on" nr more coaching areas In re ponsc to Title IX legislation, and 2) de ve l op competencies i n special education i n response to federal special edu tion legislation. I n all cases, students must discuss their program with a n advise r from the Scll"ol of ducatio n .

EDU CATION

PREPARATION FOR K-12 TEACH ING: Students preparing for K- 1 2 teaching i n art, m us ic , or phYSical educa t i o n must have student teaching exp 'rience on both the elemen t a ry a nd secondary levels. Detailed information rega rding K- 1 2 ce rtification is a vailable i n the School of Education office. ART Sl'nior H igh Teach ing

Major: 46 semester hours' req u i red: Art 1 60, 180, 230, 250, 280, 365, 370, 380, 440, p l u s electives. Secondary Education Teaching Minor. 16 semester hours r q u i red: Art I GO, 230, 250, 365. Professional methods course Te g u i red : A rt 440. Jun ior H ig h T ea ch ing Major: 30 semester hours req u i red : Art 160, 180, 230, 250, 280, 365, 440, p lu s electives. Teach ing Minor: 20 scmest r hours required: Art 1 1 0, 160, 230, 250, and 365. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semest e r h o u rs required: Art 1 l O, 1 60, 250, 341 , and eig ht s 'mester hours of 230, 365, or 370. Teaching Minor: 12 semester hours as determined by the School of Education. ' U p to three supporting courses may be recommended .

BIOLOCY Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semest e r hours required: Biology 155, 1 56, 253, 322, 340; a choice o f four semester h o u rs from Biologv 324, 371, or 372 a n d fo ur semester hours from Biology 346 : 358, or 441 ; 1 2 semester hours in Ch e mis try (1 15, 33 1 ,

332, 333, 334); Math 1 33 . Recommended: Chemistry 1 1 6, Earth Sciences 1 1, 1 32, M a th 1 5 1 . Elem entary Tea ch i n� Major: 24 se meste r hours required: Biology 155, 1 56, 253; C h e m istry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, p l u s electives. Tea ching Mi nor: 12 semester hours: 155, 1 56 , 253. B U S I N E SS EDUCATION Senior High Te a c h i ng Major: 47 semester hours required: E onomics 1 50; C om pute. r Science 1 30, 1 3<), 1 4(); Business A d m i n i sll<l ti o n 24 1 , 243, 2 8 1 , 350, 435; advanced typing; business machines; E d ucation 341 , 342, 442. Each student is requ i re d to el ct a t least one area of concentration from acco u n t i ng or secreta r ia l . A counti n g : Business A d m i n is t ration 381 , 383. SecrQln r i a l : adv a n ce d sho rthand; records management; machine . transcription; Education 441 . Typin g, business machines, shortha n d , records management, and mach i ne tra nscription are not offered by Pacific Lutheran U niversity. These courses may be. taken at a com m u n i ty coilege to me , t degree re q ll1rcmcnts. Secon dary Education Teaching M i n o r : 16 semester h o u rs rl!.q uired; cours '5 selected in con s u l tat ion w i t h a d v i sers in business education and education. Professional methods course required: Education 441 or 442. CH E MISTRY Senior High Teach ing Major:

4<) semester hours req u i red : Chem istry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 321 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, a n d 343; Physics 147, 1 48, 153, a nd 1 54; Math 1 5 1 , 152. E lementa ry Teaching M a j or: 24 se me ste r h o u rs required: 1 6 hours o f approved chemistry and 8 ho u rs as d e tl'fmined b y the School of Educa t i o n . Teaching M i n o r : 12 h o u rs a s determmed by the School of Education.

COMM1JNlCAnON ARTS S niQr High Teaching Major: 44 semester hours required: 16 seme st"r h o u rs of oml11 u n ication Arts 123, 1 28 or 250, 241 and 406, plus 1 2-29 semester hours chosen i n consu l ta t ion w i t h the major adviser. Supporting classe s : A l ternative of 1 6-20 semester hour i n English or modern or classical languages. Second a. Education Teaching Minor: 1 6 semester hours r�quired: oUl m u n i cation Arts 1 28, 24 1 , 250, 283. Professional methods course required: o m m u n ication A rts 406. J unior Hi g h Teac h i n g Major: 24-28 se m e s te r hours r e q u i re d : 1 2 semester -hou rs of Communication Arts 1 23 , 128 or 25U, 241 a n d 406, plu� a d d itional 8 hours i n c o m m u n ication a rts. A d d i tional 812 . 'mester hours to be determined with department and School of Education. Te a c hi ng Mi nor: 16-20 semester hours required: Commu nication Arl� 1 23 and 24 1 , plus 8-1 2 elective semester hou r · Elementary Teaching M aj or : 24 semester hours required: o m m u nication rts 1 23 and 406, plus 8 semester hours i n com mu n i c ati on ar ts and 8 semester h o u rs i n E n g l i s h. Teach ing Minor: 1 2 semester hours to be determined i n consultation with th ' School of Educa t i o n .

EARTH SClENCES Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 s e m e s te r hours re q u i red, h tlonal including Earth Scicn((� 131, 132, 136, 202; p l u s two ilck courses i n earth s cie n c :!S , \\i i t h one p re te. ra bl y a field co u r se such as 35 1 , 360, or 365. Req u i red s u pporting : C h e m i s t ry 103, 1 04, o r 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25, 1 26 (a n d labs) or 1 53, "154 (a nd labs); Milth 1 33, a p p rop riate biology courses. Addi tionill sup porting courses s hould. be d isc u s se d with adviSN. Junior High Teaching Major. 28 semester h ours req u ired , in luding Eart h Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32, 136, 202, 324 or 325; plus two additional courses in earth sciences. A field course such as 35 1 , 360 or 365 i s reco m mended. Su g g e s t ed suppor ting: Chemistry 104 or 1 [5, 1 1 6; Phvsics 1 25 , 1 26 ( il nd lilbs) or 1 53, 1 54 (and labs); Math 1 33; a p p ropriate biolo gy courses. Additional su pporting co u rs '5 " h o ul d be dlscu ' sed With dVlser. E1emenfa ry Teaching Majo(: 24 sc' m e s tc r hours required: Earth S cie nce s 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 36, a n d 202; Chemistry 104 or 1 [ 5 and one upper division science co u r se . Teac h i n g Minor: 12 semester hours in earth and physical science s .

ECONOMICS Senio( High Teaching Major: 44 s em e s te r hours re q u ired: Economic� 150, 35 [ , 3 52, 486; 1 2 , emester ho ur s from the following: Ec on o m i cs 321 , 33 1 , 36 1 , 362, 371 ; His tory 460 p l u s 1 2 scmester hours distributed over areas o f SOCiology, polI tical science, or an thropology. (Recommended: d uca tion 448 l o m'et professionaJ cd uca tion r equir e m ent . ) Secondary Education Teaching M i nor. 20 semester h o u rs r eq u i red : Economics 1 50, H i s t0l:)' 460� and 1 2 semester hour' . s e le c te d In co nsu l ta h on With advlsers In economics and educahon. P ro f , fi i o n a l methods cour 'c rcquired: Edu CJ tion 448 . Junior High Teaching Maj or: 28 semes ter hours re q u i re d : Economics 1 50 , 371 , 486; 4 h ,l lJ r s from: Economics 321 , 331 , 3 5 1 , 36 1 , 432; H istory 460 p l us 8 semester hours di 'tributed ove r an:as of sociology or political science. Teac h i n g Minor: 1 2 semester h ours requ ire d : Economics 1 50, plus 12 h ou rs of upper d ivison economics. E d uc a ti on 448 to meet profesSIOnal educahon req ulJe ment . El ementa ry Teaching Major: 24 semestcr h o u rs req u i red: Economics 1 50, 371 , 486; 4 semester hours irom: Economics 32 1 , 33 1 , 35 1 , 52, 36 1 , 362, 432; H i s tory 460; 4 s mester h o u rs from the areas of ociology or y o l itical seierie . Teac h i ng M i nor: 1 2 semester hours req u i red: Economics 1 50 a n d 8 h Ol! rs o f up p r division eco no m ic s . Education 41 2 to m e t profeSSional duca t lon requ iremen t . EN G LISH Senior High Teaching Major: A minimur;t of 32 semester h mfS, 1 6 of wh i ch are to be upp r diVISion, IS r qUlred beyond 1 0 1 and with the following distrib u t i o n : (a) one course In A merica n litera ture; (b) two c ou rs es in British l i te.rature (one be fore 1 700 and o n e after); (c) one co u r s e in a d va nced composition, English 328; a n d (d) one course from 382, 400, o r 403. A l l ma j ors m u s t pr " sent two yedfs o f one for�ign languag e at the college l e v el or sh ow CqUlV l e n t prOhClency. E,fucatlon 444 to mee t professional education req u i rement . Recomm ended: ommu nication rts 404 o r Langua g e 445 a nd Education 420. Secondary Ed ucation Teaching Mi n or: 1 6 semester h o u r . required: Englibh 24 1 , 328, 403, an either 2 1 7 or 323. ProfeSSional methods cou r se req u i re d : Ed u c a t i <) n 444. Junior High Tea ching Major. A m i n i m u m of 32 se me ste r hours in English b? y on d 1 0 1 as stat cd in Senior H ig h Teaching Major above, including the di stribu. tion require m e n t s . Ma/ ors must present two y ears of one foreign l a n gu a ge a t the co le g e level or show e quival e n t p rofiCiency a n d must take Ed uc a t ion 444 to m 'et professional education req u ire ment. Elementary Teaching Concentrati on: 24 s emes te r h o u rs; 1 2 hours in English distributed as i n (a) and (b) u nder Selllor [ ltgh Teaching Miljor above, a n d 1 2 additIOnal hours III EnglIsh as . detcrmined by the School of Education. Recommended : Engl t:; h 323. Teach l llg Mlllor: 1 2 hours req U I red , as determllled by the School of Education.

FRENCH Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester hours req u ire d : French 20 1 , 202 (or equ ival e n t) , 321, 35 1 , 352, 445 and 1 2 additio n al h o u rs; 445 will meet p a rt o f the professional education el ective req u i rement. S u p porting co u r ses : 12 hours i n related are<lS se l ected with t he ap p r o va l of the d 'partment. Secondary Education Teaching Minor. 1 6 semester hours required, courses se l e c ted i n consultation with advisers in 'ducal"ion a n d language ' . P rofess ional me tho d s c o u r s e req u i re d :

Language 445.

Junior High Teaching Major: 28 s e m es te r hours required as l i s t d for se nio r h igh prepa ration; s u p porting courses c h os en in consul tati 1n with m aj o r adviser. Secondary Teaching Minor: 16 semester h u r s above 200 level. Elementary Teaching Maj or: 24 semester hours required, i n cl ud ing 20 ho ur s in French and 4 a d d i t io n a l h o u rs 5 lected in consultation with the department and th e School of Education. TeJchi.ng Minor: 1 2 hours re q u i re d , as determined by the department and the ch ool ofEd u ca tion . GENERAL SaFNCE (See adviser.) GER MAN Sen i or High Teach ing Major: 44 seme s t e r hours required: German 20 1 , 202 (or equivalent), 32 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 il nd 1 2 ad d i t ionil l h o u rs ; 445 will meet pa r t o f the professi()nal education lective requirement. Supporting courses: '1 2 semest r hOll(s in re.iJted areas selected w i t h the app roval of the department. Secondary Education Teaching M inor. 1 6 semester h o u rs reqU i red; course. s selected in consultation w i th a dvisers in edu.cation and la ng u ages. Professional methods course req u i red : I il nguagc 445. Junior High Teaching Major: 28 semester hours required as listed fur senior high preparation; supporting courses chosen in cons u l ta tion w i th major ad v i se r . Secondary Teach ing M i nor: 1 6 semester huurs a b ve 200 leve l . Elementary Teac hing Maj or: 24 semc'ster hours requ ired, including 20 hours in Ge r ma n and 4 a d d i ti on a l h o u rs selected in consultation with the department and the School of Education. Teach i n g Minor: 1 2 h o u rs re<] u i r e d, 5 ddermined by the d partmcnt <l nd the 5chu\)1 ot Education.

HISTORY Senior High Teaching M a jor: 44 se mes t e r hours req u ired: H lstorv 107 or 1 09; 108 or 1 1 0; 8 hours of 25 1 , 252, 253; 460 and 1 2 ad di tio n al u pper d i vi sion h o u r s in h istory including a senior scmlllil r. SupportIng courses: 12 additio nal seme s t e r hours selec ted from economic;;, geography, political sc ience ,

psycJlOlogy, a nd sociology. Recommended: Educa tion 420, 448 to meet profe ' 'jonal ed L�c a t i o n re qu iremen t s . S conCiary Education Teach i ng M inor: 16 semester ho urs required: 4 h o u rs from History 2 51 , 252, or 253; 460; and H hours selected In c o ns u l ta t ion with a d vi s ers in education and history. Professio nal methods course required: Ed u ca tio n 448.

LANGUAGE ARTS Secondary Education Teachi n g M inor: I ii s e m es te r hours required . Select minor from Engli. s h , social sc ie nce s, foreign

language'S, o r comm unication a rt s . Junior High Teaching M aj or. 32 se meste r hours required: ng lish 328; 4 hours of EnglIsh 403 or Linguistics 400; 4 hours of upper division l i terature ( i n addition to course taken to meet genera l education requirement); C o mmu ni c a t i on Arts 241 or 326 and m m u n ication Arts 4Dti; Education 444 and 1 2 semester hOllrs from areas o f nglish, journalism, C<lmmunication arts, or foreign la nguage beyond freshman level (at least 8 of the 1 2 hours must be i n the same discipline, a nd 4 ho u r s must be upper division ) . Teaching minor: 16 seme, ler hou r s required, selected f ro m offerings i n E n g l i s h , j ou rna l i sm , communication arts, . or . foreign language beyond freshman level; English 328 is re qU l red . Recommended : Educao oI1 420. E le mentary Teaching Major: 24 semester h ou rs requ i re d : Englis h 321>; one of E n g l i s h 403 or Ling uistics 400; English 323, . Com m un l caho n Arts 406 a nd one o f CommUl1lCatlOn Arts 241 or 326 or 436; one course selected from one of the foll o w ing areas: Engli 'h, c o m m u n ication arts, o r foreign language beyond freshman le vel. Te.Jching Minor: 12 se mester ho u r s req u i red as determined by the Seh 01 of Edu atielIl. ng l i s h 328 is required.

EDUCATI ON

MATHEMATICS Sen i r H igh Teach i ng M a j or: 44 semes tl'r h o u r s rC'qu i re d i n a d d i tion to 1"th 4411 . Prere q u i s i te : \'I " t h 1 3 or equiv� len t . Rl' q u i rcd: Co m p u te r Science 1 3LJ- 1 4() l ) r 1 44, 'vlath 1 5 1 , 1 52, 33 1 . 43 1 , 432, 4411 ; 3 2 1 or 434 O f 4!i5; fou r a d d i tion,,1 u ,pcr d i v i s i o n h u r s i n m'lth/co m p u ter Scil'IKe; l' i g h t hours of c l c rn i s try o r physics; u n d four a d d i t i o n a l science h o u rs. Secondary Education Tea ch i ng M i nor: _0 s('meSlcr hours rcq u i n' d : "\'loth 1 5 1 ; 1 52; 227 or I ; 3 2 1 or 455 or 43 1 -432; ilt least 2 hours of cn m p u ter p ro�"l m m i n , ( Oll 1 p u t r Scie n ce 1 44 or 1 39- 1 40 or e q u l v<l len t ) . r rotc'sS . l o na l 111 , t h o d s -ou rse rCLJ ll lfed: Milth 446, J u ni or Hjgh Teach ing Major: 2'l s 'nwster h o u rs req u ired , r rl' rl'quisitc: M ,) t h 1 33 ur e q u i v a l e n t . R e q u i red : Co m pu ter ciencl' 1 39- 1 40 o r 1 ,14, M a t h I S ! , 1 52, 3J I . 43 1 , 432, 446. Teaching M i n o r : 111 semester h o u r.; f('q u i rl'd i n o d d i t i o n to tvla t h 446. Pre re'q u i s i t,,: M a t h 1 33 or c Ll u i va l e n t . Req u i red : M ,l th 1 5 1 , 1 52; 227 o r 'omputer SCil� l)(l' 1 44 or M a t h 33 1 ; 321 elr 4 J; 446. o m p u t e r , cil'nc ' 1 19 - 1 40 i s rl'comnwndcd i f 1 44 is nol take' n . Elementary Teaching M a j or: 24 se mester hours. R('q u ired : lath 1 J3 o r l'tj u i v a l l' n t; 1 5 1 , 1 "2, 227; 323 or 'L u i alen t . Comp u tl! r , c il'nct.! 1 39- 1 40 or 1 44 is <l iso st n mg y reco m m 'n d l' d , rc.lC h i ng M i n o r: 1 2 seml� l ' r h O (l [s . Req ui red': M a t h ;123 or cqu ivil l e n t . Com p u ter Science 1 39- 1 40 is stro ngly rccOl11ll1endl' d .

MUSK Se onda ry T e a ch i ng Ma j or - Chora l : 'l9 semester b o u rs req uired: M u sic 1 23 , 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, J:'l2, 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 345, Job, · l45 , 453; eight h o u rs from 3bO-363; four h o u rs o f cluss p iano ( m i n i m u m level h)*; six h o u rs of pri v,)[(, i n s t ru c t i o n in voi el'; a n d one h o u r of class gui tcJr; one hOll r of 1l1usic elective; d h,Iif-reci t a l . M u s ic '14 1 d n d 443 ML' req u i red in t h e rrofcssional Education s('tju 'nee for erti fica t i o n . ReCllm mcndecl : 1vrusic 34.3. Secon d a ry Teach i ng Major - Tn t ru menta J: 1 Scnll' s t l' r h o u rs 11ISic 1 23, '124, 1 25, 1 26, 1 32, 271, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , rcq u i rl'd : 326, 345, 44S; six h o u r from 241 /242, 2431244, 245 _46, 247; eig h t hours o f 37()131:10; t w o hours o f class p i a n o ( m i n i m u m I ' v ,I 4).tj seven hou rs of private i n struction on prin,ip,,1 i n � t r u m ' n t; a h a l f-reci t a l . M u s i c 444 is rcq u i n'd in t l1<' Professio n a l d u c Zl t i o n s c q u ' n ce f o r certific.) t i o n , Reco m m e n d ed f o r s t r i n g ma ims: clutiic 454, J un io r High Teach i n g M aj o r: 28 sen1c.ster h o u rs re q u i red : M u sic 1 23, 1 24, 1 25, 1 2 , 1 J2, 223, 2 ') , 226, 227, 23 1 , :H 5 ; lwo hours of 3110-363 o r 370, , 80; two h o u rs o f class pia n o ( m i n i m u m kvel 4)*, T w o to four hou rs of M u s i 443 a n d '].. 14 ,Irc re't] u i n'd in the PrOfL'5�i()nal Educa t i o n segu('nu' fur ccrtifil', lion . Rl' c n m m e n ded : four h o u rs ot p rivatt' i n s t r u c t i o n in "oin' or pri n c i p a l i n st r u m l' n t and c1;Js� ' u i t a r . J u n tor High Teach ing M i nor: Two to f o u r semester ho u r s from Music 34 1 , 44 1 , 44J, <l n d 444 p l u s 20 hours t o be d e t e r m i ned i n consu l tat i o n \" i t h the School of E d u c a t i o n und t h l: D � P J r t m e n t of � u s i c . E leme n tary Music Specia list - Vocal: 44 h o u rs fl'C] u i red: M u sic 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 32, 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 345, 453; CI h t h o u rs of 3110-363; four hllLlr � o f cia 's pii)I)o ( m i n i m u m level � 6) , fo u r h o u rs ot PrJV;'] tl' I n s t ru c t i o n I n vOice; one h o u r ot class g u i ta r . M u sic 34 1 and 4 4 1 arc rCLj u i red in the Pro fessio n a l E d u c a t i o n sequence f )r cc' r t i fic a t i u n . O n e hou r o f m u sic l'lec t i v e . 'Sce D " p a r t m l ' n t of M u sic H a n d bouk f o r d e sc r i p t ions o f c l a s s p i a n o levL' l s . Elementary M u sic Specia l i s t - I nstrume n t a l : S e c l'co n d a ry Teach i n g Major - I nstru ment.) 1 a bo v e . E le me n t a ry Tea h i ng M aj or: Two to four sc m ' � t c r h o u rs from tvt usic 3 4 1 ,m d 44 1 , p l u s 24 h o u rs to be d l' lT' r rn i ncd in consu l tation with t h e School o f Educa tion and th" Dl'pa r t m l: n t o f M u si c Elementa ry Teaching Minor: T w o to four semester h o u rs from rVl u si c 341 and 44 1 , p l u s 12 hours to be d e t e r m i n e d i n con s u l ta tion w i t h t h l? S c h o o l o f EduGltion il n d t h e Departme n t u f M u sic.

EDUCATION

P H Y S I C A L E D U CATION econdary Teachi ng M j or (44 h o u rs): Requ ired (24 hou rs): P hysic.l l Educa t i o n 277, 32X, 471:1, 48 1 , 482, a n d 485; I:lio lo g y 205206; p .u t i c i p a t i o n in a varsity or c l u b sport . Electives: 20 h o u rs from ll mong the followi n g : P hYSica l Educa tion 275, 282, 283, 285, 2XO , 2!l7, 329, 332, 36(l, 3112, 484, and 49 1 . S t u d e n t s lksiring K- 1 2 certifica l' i o n must co m p l ete PhYSical E d u c a t i o n 28J, 286, 322, and 62 i n ,1d d i t i u n to ml?cting requ i remcnts ih set fo r t h by th ' ' "hool of Ed uca t i o n . Second�ry Teaching M i n or (18 h o u rs): Requ i rl� d : P h y sica l Educa tion 277, 334, J n d 485 a n d 1 2 h o u rs of elect ives from a m o n g the fo l l o w i n g : P h ys i c a l Educa t io n 2X3, 285, 286, 287, a n d

328.

Elementary Teaching Major (24 hours): I� cquired P h ysicul Educ<ltion 277 , 283, 2X6, 322, 334, 362, d nd 4 h o u r s of electives i n p h y si ca l ('(illCJtiOl� w i t h a p p m v a l of school d i redl)!'. . . E l e m e nt" ry Teachmg Mmor (12 ho u rs ): P hYSIca l Education 322 il n d 8 hou r� from a m o n g the fo l l o w i n g : 283, 28 6 , �nd J62. K-6 Physical Ed u t ion Spe c i a l i s t and K-6 Classroom each er (32 hours): Rc.qu ired: Physical E d u c a t i o n 277, 283, 286, 322, 48 1 , 482, 485; Biology 205-20G.

Elementary Sch oo l Physi cal Education S p eci a l i st : Req u i red: rhvsic� 1 Educd t i o n 277, 283, 286, 322, 3bil, 48 1 , 482, ..t84, 485; B i oi" 'v 20S-20(i, d n d e ig h t hours o f e l'>c' t i vcs ( Ed uCil t i o n ·+S7 J n d M u s i c ' '1 <lre fl'co m m,,'n ol'd ) .

PHYSICS Senior H igh Tea.ch i ng Major: ·14 s(:l11 estcr hours rL'tj uin'tl : Physics JOG, 1 47, I 'Hi, 1 53, 1 54, 205, 22:1, 355, 421 (2 sClllester hou rs); 't.l t h 1 5 1 , 1 '12; 4 h o u rs o f c h e m i str),. Secondary Education Tea h ing M i no r: I II S01l1l'slL'r h u u r, re'l u ) rl'd : Physics 106, 1 2 5 - 1 2il ( o r I 3 - 1 54) . 1 47, 1 48, <l I 1 d 205. Pro fcssion81 methods c o u rse req u i re d : Fct u c.Jt i o n 447. J u n i or High Teachi ng Major: 28 Se1l1 0stc.r h o u rs n:q u i re d : P h y s i cs 1 06 o r 355, 1 25�, 1 26', 147, 1 41:1, 205, 22.}, 272, 42 1 ( 2 Seml'�tl'r h o u rs ) , ,md 1:1 h o u rs from t lw fo llowing: 1 06, 205 , 223, 272, 'i'i. ' rl1V�ics '1 53 d n d I 4 milV b e t a keI1 i n stl'ad of 1 25 J n d 1 26, w i t h

c o n C U r r e l 1 t o r prior re g i s t r,l tioI1 in M<l t h l S I or 1' ; 2 .

POLITICAL 5 I E C E Senior H i gh each ing Major: '14 Sl' ml'skr h o u rs re, u i red : Pol i t i c,,1 5cil'l1L'l' l t I ] , I 1 , 23 1 . p l u s 1 (\ h o u rs of po l i t ic,) scienu: ('ie'clives; I l i s t ".ry 460; l 2 h o u rs ft"(lI]1 t h l' fol l o w i I 1 G; s up po r t i ng a n, a s : econolTll s , g,'og�rd p h y , Il l s t ory, soul)lohy, a n t h rop ology, or p�yc h l l i og y . EducZl t ion 441:1 to I1H.:et p rofc; ; s i l l ila l l' d u cd t iuI1 requ i rc'1l1 12n t . Seconda ry Ed u c a t i on Teach i ng i nor: 20 scm est ' r h o u rs requ i re d : rol i t icol SciL'IlL'(' 1 0 1 ur 1 5 1 , H istory 4('0, a n d 1 2 h o u rs sclcckd in consu l l'a tiol1 w i t h a d vi sers i n educa t io n a n d poli ticill scie n ce Prufcssi onal m c l h o d s l'ourSe rL'q u i rcti : E d uc<l t i o n 'WH,

PSYC H OLOGY econdary E d u cation T h i .n g M i nor: 16 semestl'r h o u r s rl' q u i re d : l 'syc holooY 1 0 1 , 243, a n d 8 ild d i t io I 1 d l hou rs from u p pcr d i v i sion courses. P'rotL'sssional l11l' l h od s cou rSt' req u i red: Educ,) l ioI1 448.

SCIENCE (GEN E RAL) SCQ a h'iscr SOC I A { 5 TE CE Senior I l igb Teac b i ng Major: 44 semester hours required: 4 h o u rs from I- l istury 25 1 , 252, 253; H i s tury 460; ,� h o u rs from eaeh of the fo l l ow i n g a rl'a s: a n t hropology, ccoI1oOlics, gcography, )olitical scil' n eL;, psychoio!;;y, a n d sociolugy; 12 u ppl'r d i v i s i o n w u r s f r o m two o f t h e fu l l o w l l1 g Med S : econom i CS, pul i l i lal sci" IKe, and sociologv. Ed uea tion 448 t o mecl proft'ssional l'd u c<l tiol1 r 'qu irl'Ol c n t . Secondary d u al io n Major: 1 6 semester h o u rs req u i re d : 4 h o u rs from H i s t ory 25 1 , 252, or 253 ; H i s tory 460; im d R h o u rs sC'/ccted from L'll)f1omics, p ol it i c a l science, a n d geogril p h y ( a t leilst 4 h o u rs from each o t h\'l' depa r t m e n t s ) . P lco kssio na l m e t hods cou rse r 'lj u i rl'd : Ed uca tion 'l48.

Junior High Teaching Majo ,;: 28 semester hours required: 4 hours from History 251, 252, 2::>3; History 460; 4 hours from three of the fol lowing areas: anthropology, economics, geography, political science, psych ology, and sociology; 8 upper division hours trom two of the follOWing areas: economICS, political science, and sociology. Teaching Minor: 16 hours required: 4 hours trom History 25 1 , 252, 253; History 460; and 8 hours from economics, political science, and sociology. Education 448 to meet professional education requirement. Recommended: Education 420. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester hou rs relluired: 4 hours from History 25 1 , 252, 253; History 460; and 16 hours from the following: a. nthropolo g y, economics, political sc:ience, psycholo gy, SOCIOlogy, anc! geography. Teach in g Minor: 1 2 semester hours required, as determined by the School of Education. SOCIOLOGY Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester hours required: Sociology 101 or 331 ; 24 hours of sociology; History 460; 1 2 semester hours distributed over three areas of other social sciences. Education 448 to meet professional education requirement. NOTE: Students may elect one of the specialized areas in sociology. Secondary E ducation Teaching Minor: 16 semester hours required, including 101 or 331 . Additional upper divison courses selected in consultation with advise.rs in education and sociology. Professional methods course required: Education 448. SPANISH Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 semester hours req uired: S p anish 201, 202 (or equivalent), 321, 351, 352, 445 and 1 2 additional hours; 445 will meet part of the professional education elective requirement. Supportin g courses: 12 hours in related areas selected with the approval of the department. Second ary Education Teaching Minor: 16 semester hours required; courses selected in consultation with advisers in education and languages. Professional methods course required: Language 445. . Junior High Teaching Major: 28 semester hours required, as listed for senior high preparation; supporting courses chosen in consultation with major adviser. Secondary Teaching Minor: 1 6 semester hours above 2 0 0 level. Elementary Teachi ng Major: 24 semester hours required, including 20 hours in Spanish and 4 additional hours selected in consultation with the department and the School of Education. SPECIAL EDUCATION This 30 semester hour teaching major must be taken in conjunction with another academic teaching major. The screening process for the teaching major in special education must be completed in addi tion to the screening p rocess . for the regular education p rogram. Students should make up plicahon for admission to tfie special education program while enrolled in Education 1 90 or subsequently. Students completing this major along with the required professional education sequence for elementary or secondary teachers will be eligible to teach in classrooms for the mildly handicapped in the State of Washin g ton and several other states. Application forms may be obtained from the School of Education. Maj or 30 semester hours total. 28 hours required: Education 190, 290, 295, 390, 393, 396, 397, 403, 405 or 406, 438 or 439. 2 hours of practica from 291 , 391 , 394. Minor 16 semester hours tota l . 1 0 hours required: Education 1 90, 290, 396, 405 or 406. 6 hours of electives from 1 9 1 , 291, 295, -

296, 390, 39 1 , 393, 394, 403, 536.

If P L U graduates wish t o undertake t h e fifth year in a n ou t-of state insti tution, PLU will be responsible for recommending them for the Standard Certificate. Students must secure general approval of their plan from the university in advance. There are four provisions governing the fifth-year pattern of work, according to the State Board ofRegulations: 1. The fifth year must include a minimum of 30 semester hours of which at least fifty per cent must be upper divison and/or graduate courses. 2 . No more than three semester hours of correspondence study may be a pp roved as a part of the 30 semester hours in the student's fifth-year pro g ram. 3. PLU g raduates must ta ke 15 semester hours of the fifth year in reSidence a t PLU. A non-PLU student who wishes to be recommended by PLU must take a minimum of 20 semester hours in residence a t PLU. 4. Students may take 15 of the required 30 semester hours before or during the first y eur of teaching experience with prior permission of the School of Education. Following a re requirements and procedures for the approval of fifth-year programs of work at PLU: 1. Sp ecific course requirements are: Ele mentary . a. Required course: EDUC 467, EvaluatIOn (2 hours) b. One required from the following (4 hours): EPSY 535, Foundations of Guidance; EPSY 578, Behavioral Problems of Students; EPSY 575, Mental Health. c. 2 hours from the followin g sugges ted courses: EDUC 473, Parent-Teacher Relationships; EDUC 501, Sex Role Stereotyping in Education; EPSY 537, Reality Discussion Techniques; EPSY 536, Affective Classroom Techmques; 501 Worksho p s, for example, Discipline in the Classroom, Encouraging Process. Secondary a . Required courses (4 hours): EDUC 420, Problems of . Reading in the Secondary School; EDUC 467, EvaIuatlOn. b. Electives (4 hours): Croup A 2 hours courses 111 a theoretical or interpersonal framework - EDUC 473, �arent Teacher Relationshi p s; EDUC 501 , Sex Role Stereotypll1g 111 Education; EPSY 537, Rea lity DISCUSSIOn Techmques; or appropriate substitutions; GrouP. B -2 hours - courses In a methodological or instructIOnal tramework - SimulatIOn, Film, In teraction Anal Y SIS, Pro g ram Ideas 111 the Jumor High School, Plants of the PaCIfiC N? rthwest, etc. 2. Any courses recommended for the mdlvldual student before the grantin g of the bachelor's degree must be completed. These may be recommended by either the undergraduate adviser or the School of Education. 3. Anv course work required by the undergraduate institution and/or the employing schoof di strict must be completed. 4. Courses taken should strengthen areas of concentration and build stronger general education background as. well as fill needs in the professional field. ThiS p rogram ot studIes IS to be selected by students with the gu idance of those who have worked with them dunng thel.r penod of II1 ll1al teaching and the a dvisers a t the recommending institutions. 5. Students secure <1 p proval of the reco mmending institution for work taken elsewhere before the work is begun. Some of the work taken during the fifth year may also ap ply toward a maste.r's degree. Graduate students may u�dertake a program coordinating req uirements for standard cerhftcatwn and the master's degree tipon the approval of their committee chair and the coo rdinator of fifth-year programs. 2.

FIFTH-YEAR AND STANDARD CE RTIFICATION The fifth-year of teacher education is to follow a period of one year of initial teaching experience. Students must complete a minimum of eight semester hours applicable toward the fifth year before the beginning of the fourth year of teachin g. Thirty semester hours In a n a Proved program must be com pleted before the be ginning 0 the seventh year of teachin g . Students may choose the institu tion in which they wish to take adva nced work as follows: 1. If they choose to work at PLU or any other of the teacher . . education mstJtuhons 111 the State of Washmgton, that institution shall be responsible for recommendi n g them for the Standard Certificate upon completion of the fifth-year progra m .

EDUCATION

PRI NCIP L' REDENTlA LS· Cll1did�tcs for the pri nci p,d'� Ge dcn tinls w i l l be guided by the t u l l ow i n g : 1 . They m u s t m e e t gradui1te s t a ndards for t he m a s ter's degrec. 2, TI1l'y m u s t c o m p lete cou rse and in te rn sh i p req u i re m e n t s for t h t' prov IsIOnal p n n C l p a l , S cred en tials at t h e i r c h o s e n leve l . To rcn�ive t h is they m u s t hilVC co m p lc ted work for t h e i r Standard Te;)ch i n g 'crtificate p l u s six semcstcr hours . 3, T h e y m u s t com p lete expl'riC'nce a n d s tudy req u i rcmcnts tor the Standilrd Princi p a l ' s Cred e n t i a l at t hc:i r chosen l e v e l . 0 rCt'eive t h i s they Iwcd to h a ve (I) had a d m i n i s tra tive experi enn!, (2) earned it m i n i m u m D f eight mt)re semcster hours srnee Issua nCl� ,f t h lC Pro v i s i o n a l Certificate, ,1I1d (3) earned the m a s ter'. degree. S t u d e n t s who i n tend to WOrk tuward t h e master's i n t h e field of education must for a d m i ssion to t h Division of rad u a te Studies a nl meet tin: req u i rements ou t l i ned bv that d iv i s i o n . Cmdidates s h o u l d sec t h e c o u rsc rcq u i n.'n1<o' n t s as set forth i n the Gradua te' Catalog " -DC'taiis of thc program an' ava ilable a t the School of Ed ucation u p on ret lIt'st. " A vilila b e ZIt t h e �r" d u a te S t u d il'<; Office u pon request.

aprly

CERTLFlCATION REQ U I R E M E NTS FO R SCHOOL COUNSELORS AND SCHOOL N URSES (Su bject to new cerlification re qu i reme nts as of October 1973) Educa tional Staff Associate c e r t i ficat i o n for school cou nselors or for school nu �,,' s is i n di v i d u Zl lly designed t h ro u g h a . conso r t i u m co nSis t i n g of il school d is t r i c t , related p rofessio na l aSSOCIations, a n d PaCIfIC Lu the ril n U n ivcrsitv. Additill n a l i n f o rmillio[1 on these' p rogram s (il n be obta i'iwd by . con tacting th ' dean v i the Sc hool o( Educa t i o n .

COU RSE OFFERINGS 190

EXCEPTIONAL CHILDRE N AND ADULTS

I n trod uc t io n to the needs and charact ristics of excep

t� onal ch ild ren a nd adults. F deral and state legisla tio n, curf 'nt issues, and practice s of delivering ser ViCes to handica pped i n d ividuals . Designed as a n , overvl W of t h e h e l d f o r undergradua te students i n pecial ed uca tion, general education, nursing, coun sel i n g, and oth r rela ted fie l d s . Prerequisite for aU spe cial ed u a tio n course w ork. (3)

191

O BSERVATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATIO N

Observation u f s p ial "ducation settings i n the local a rea . Ma be taken concu rre ntly with 190. ( 1 )

251

LEA RN ER A N SOCI ETY: G ROWTH AND DEVE LOPM ENT Ori n tation to c ntem porary schools; h u m a n de

velopment i n relation to ind iv iduals and groups i n an ed u ca tional selling. P ubl ic school observation re q u i r d weekly w i t h students responsibl e for their o w n lran s p urta t i n . P rere qui s i te s : PSY 101. or SOC 101, ENCL 1 01 , COMA 1 23, sophomor ' tanding, 2 . 1 5 C PA , (4)

290

INTRO DUCTIO N TO LEARNING D ISA BI LITIES

Ov rvi w o f the field of learning d isabilities, i ncludin g c ncc p ts, research p ra tices, early identification, ana reme d ia ti on, (3) 291

PRACTICUM IN LEARNING DISABILITIES

xf'erience a mong those w i th learning d is abilities. Credit g i en a ft . ' uccessful com p i c hon of 40 I ck hours unde r s u pervision. May b taken concur ren tly with 290, ( 1 )

Fi 'Jd

EDUCATION

295

SPEECH AND LANGUAGE O F EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN

Principles of rece ptive a n d expressive la nguage de velopment, word mea nmg, dIalect, assessment, and remedia tion stra tegies from early childhuod through adolescence. (2) 296

INTRODUCTION TO HE ALTH AND PHYS ICAL IMPAIRMENTS

� tudy of ana tom ical, physiolugica l, social, a n d ed uca

tIOnal problems of those w i th orthopedic di sabilities or hea lth problems. (2) 321 HUMAN DEVELOPM ENT Emotional, social, i n tellectual, a n d phys iological de velopment from infa ncy th rough adolescence, A wee � ly two-h ? u. r observa t ion i n the public school is reqUIred. (IndiVIdually assigne d . ) Students responsi ble for their own transportation. Prerequisites: PSY t 0 1 or SOC 1 01 , ENCL 1 0 1 , COMA 1 23, j unior stand mg, 2 , 1 5 CPA. (4) 322 GENERAL METHODS - PRIMARY Competencie � will be � eveloped for tea ching i n w ades K-3, WIth ob�� rvatlon a nd pa rticipa tion i.n pub fic schools. Prerequ IsItes: 251 or 321 . 2 . 25 C PA (4) 323

GENERAL M ETHODS - U PPER ELEMENTA RY

Competencie � will be develo p ed for teaching i n � rades 4-6, WIth ob �erva tion and participation in pub lic schools . PrerequIsItes: 251 or 3 2 1 . 2 . 25 CPA. (4) 324

GENERAL M ETHODS - ELEMENTARY MODEL

Competencies will be developed for teaching i n grad�s K-6 . Extended exper!ence a n d p a rtiCip a tion i n pubhc school clas srooms WIll be prOVIde d . Prerequi sItes: 251 or 321, MATH 323 , a nd co ncurrent enroll ment i n EEM bluck courses, 325, 326, 408, 4 \0, 412. 2 . 2S CPA . (4) 325 READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Teachjng reading in elementary g rades, i ncl ud ing modern a pp roaches, materials, methods, tech niq ues, p rocedures, .a n d some diagnosis of rea d i ng d i fficul hes . Prerequ tsltes: 2 5 1 or 32 1 . 2 , 25 CPA (4) 326

MATHEMATICS IN THE E LEMENTARY SCHOOL

Basic m a thematical skills and abili ties needed by the elemen tary school . t�achcr; recent developments and matenals. PrerequI s I tes: MATH 323 or 324, or equiva lent. 2,25 C P A, (2) 341

PHILOSOPHY OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

Objectives uf high school bus iness education pro gra m s, the bus mess curnculum, lavout a n d facil i ties planni ng, the eva l u a tion of busin'e ss teachers and � ompete � ce for business occupations. Exa m ination of mformatlOn resources and cu rrent thought i n busi ness ed ucation, cooperative educa tion, a n d d istribu tive education. Prerequisite : EDUC 425 is recom mended . (2)

342

METHODS OF TEACHING TYPING AND BOO KKEEPING A p pl!cation of resear� h findings and psychological pnncl ples to the teachmg of typmg and bookkeeping. Prerequisites: BA 281 and advanced typing; ED UC 425 is recommended. (2)

390

INTRODUCTION TO MENTAL RETARDATION A study of the social, emotional, physical, and mental haracteristics of the mentally retarded child. Methods ?f classifying, diagnosing, � nd teaching re tarded chtldren and aaults trom medical, �sychoIogi cal, social, and educational points of view. (2) 391 PRACTICUM IN MENTAL RETARDATION Field .ex perienc� in a setting for the mentally retarded. Credit glVen atter successful completion of 40 clock hour under supervision. May be taken concurrently with 390. (1) 393

INTRODUCTION TO BEHAVIORAL DISORD ERS Study of current problems and issues as they apply to the educa tion of children whose behavior is consid ered to be disordered. Includes use of behavior mod ification and classroom management techniques. (3)

394

PRACTICUM IN B EHAVIORAL DISORDERS Field experience among those with behavioral disor ders . Credit given after successful completion of 40 clock hours under supervision. May be taken concur rently with 393 . (1)

396 ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING PROBLEMS Study of a range of informal and formal screening and diagnostic procedures . Various tests to determine where a child is functioning academica lly. (2) 397

EDUCATIONAL DIAGNOSTICS FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION PERSONNEL An introduction to the use of formal diagnostic tools to evaluate children' s learning problems. (2)

401 W ORKSHOPS Worksho p s in special fjelds for varying periods of time. ( 1 -6) 403 COUNSELING PARENTS OF HAND ICAPPED CHILDREN Presentation of the techniques for working with par ents of handicapped children. Discussion of the place ment committee process and of the rights of parents . Desig ned for s p ecial education, general education, nursmg, counseling, and other related personnel. (2) CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION FOR THE SPECIAL CHILD Focus on adapting-the general principles and practices of teaching reading, arithmetic, language arts, and so cial studies for children with lea rning impairments. Includes writing individualized educational plans (rEP), behavior obj ectives, task analyses, and learning sequences. (2) 4.05

406

CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL STUDENTS IN THE S ECONDARY SCHOOL Curriculum content and planning, including academic subjects, life adjustments, ana career coun seling for handicapped adolescents and adults. Focus on learning disabifities and other mildly handica pp ing conditions. Includes writing individualized educa tional plans (IEP) and behavior objectives. (2) L ANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The functional teaching of communication skills, grades K-6; areas include oral and written expression, listening, reading, literature, drama tization, spelling, grammar, handwriting, children's language study, vocabulary development, and lexicography. Pre requisite: 2 . 25 CPA (2)

408

410 SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL A huma nistic approach with emphasis on those kinds of materials and "hands on" activities needed to achieve the objectives of science. Prerequisite: 2 . 25 CPA. (2) 412

SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Objectives, materials, and methods of teaching the so cial studies, recommended to student teachers and ex perienced teachers. Prerequisite: 2.25 CP A. (2)

420

PROBLEMS OF READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Teaching secondary reading in content areas; atten tion to aevelopmental reading problems; materials, methods, techniques, procedures, and some observa tion and diagnosis of reading difficulties. Prerequis ite: 25 1 ; taken concurrently with 425 and 434. (2)

425 GEN ERAL M ETHODS - SECONDARY Curriculum, materials, and methods of secondary teaching; observation and discussion. Prerequisites: 251, 468 . 2 . 25 CPA (2) 430 STUDENT TEACHING - PRIMARY Teaching in classrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of the School of Education facul ty and classroom teachers . Prerequisites: 251 or 321 , 322 or 324, 325, 326; 2.25 CPA . Concurrent enrollment in 435. (10) 432

STUDENT TEACHING - U PPER ELEMENTARY Teaching in classrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of the School of Education facul ty and classroom teachers. Prerequisites: 251 or 321 , 323 o r 324, 325, 326; 2.25 CPA. Concurrent enrollment in 435. ( 1 0) 434 STUDENT TEACHING - SECONDARY Teaching in the public schools under the direction and supervision of cla ssroom and university teachers. Pre requisites: 251 , 425, and 468 . 2.25 CPA. May be taken concurrently with 467. (10)

EDUCATION

435

PROFESSIONA L SEMINAR

o p p or t u n i ty fo r , tuLi c n t s to s h Zl re experien ces w i t h a n excha n ge of i d e a s l)n p u p i l beha vil)r, curricu l u m pra tice , Zl n d ways o f i m p r u v i n g teZl c h i ng perform Zl nce. Ud u s t be taken concu rre n t l y \·v i t h 430 or 432 . ) (2) n

436

ALTERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY

A course designed to given some k n owledge, un der s t a n d i ng, and s t u d y at c h i l d re n , ubject ma tteer fi elds, and m a terials in the s t u de n t's a l terna te te a c h i n g level p l us s t u d e n t te a c h i n g o n tha t lev e l . S t u d e n ts who ha v e c o mp l ' ted se o n d a ry pr 'ferred levc1 s t u d e n t teac h i ng s h o u l d e n r o l l i n t' h i s o u r s e . (4) 437

ALTERNA TE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - SECONDARY A cou rse designed to g i v n o rne knowl dgc, u n d e r

s ta n d i ng , a nd ' t u dy of c h i l d r e n , s u bj" t m a t te r fi el ds, and m a terials in t h e s t udent's a l terna t-' teach i n g level p l us st u d e n t te c h i ng o n Lhat l e ve l . S t u d nts w h o h a ve completed elem ' n tary preferred lev 'l student teaching s h o u l d e nr I I in this our se. I n dep ndent s tudy card req u ired . (4) 438

STU D ENT TEACHING I N ELEMENTARY SPECIAL EDUCATI O N

Tea c h i ng i n s pecial e d u ca t i o n cJassr o m s o f p u b l i c schoo l ' u nder the d i rection and s u pe r v i s i o n o f c1ass r om a n d u n iversity t 'ach ers. tl wee k s . P re req u i s i te : nsent f i n s t ruc tor . (6) 439

STUDENT TEACHING IN S ECONDARY SPECIAL E DUCA nON

TeZlch ing i n s p e c i a l e d u ca t io n c l a ss ro o m s o f p ub l ic school u n d e r the d i rection a n d s u pe rv i s i o n ot class room a n d Ll n i versity tea c hers . 8 w e k s . Prereq u is i t e : consent f i n trllctor. (6) -

440-448

SPECIAL METH ODS I N TEACHLNG SECONDARY SCHOOLS SUBJECTS

Curri c u l u m , methods, and m a t c r i Zl ls o f i n s t r u c t i o n in a variely o f subjects; may b tilk ' l1 for gra d u a t e cred i t 440

S E M INAR IN SECONDARY ART EDUCATIO N (2)

441

METH ODS O F TEAC HING SEC RET A I A L SUBJ ECTS

A p pl i c a t i o n o f resea rch fi n d i ngs a n d p sychological pri nci ple, to the tea c h i ng o f s h o r t h a n d , of fice p ract ice, - i m u l a ti on, word p r ocess i n g, a n d rela ted s u bjects . Prer q u i s i tes: a dva nced t y p i n g il nd il dva nced short hand . (2) 442

M ETHODS OF TEACHING G ENERAL BUSINESS SUBJ ECTS

A p p l ication of resea rch fi n d i ngs a n d p sychological p r i nc j p les to the te a c h i ng .o f genera l b u si ness, con sllmer e no mIcs, economICS, bUSllless law, b U SIness m a t h e m a t ics, and busilwss com m LUl i ca l"ions s u bjects. Prerequ i si tes: CO 1 50, BA 28 1 , D U C 34 1 , 342. (2) 443

CHE M I STRY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

E DUCATION

444 ENGLISH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Develop me n t of teac h i n g a i d s a n d m e t h ods; demon strations o f metho ds a n d stra tegy o f master teac hers. (2) 445

METHODS IN TEACHING FOREIGN LA NGUAGES

Theory and tec h n iques o f fore i g n la nguage tea c h i ng; s p ecial problems i n the s t u d e n t' s m a j o r l a nguage, em p ha s i s o n a u diolingua I tech n i q u e s . C (2) 446

MATHEMATICS I N THE S ECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

447

SCIENCE I N THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

448

SOCIAL STU D IE S IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2) ADMI NI STRATIO N OF THE SCHOOL LI BRARY

451

Li brary orga n i za t ion a nd e l emen tilry sch oo l . G (2)

a d m i n i s t ra t i o n

the

452 BASIC REFERENCE MATERIALS Thos e se rvices o f a school librarian rela ted to the p re se rva tion of a l l mil te r i a l s wh ich for m the s o u rces of re ference . C (2) 453

PROCESSING SCHOOL L I B RARY MATERIALS

Cia si iica tion, cataloging, and te c h n i c a l p rocess i n g o f ma t e r i a I s . C (2) 454

SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCE MATERIALS

C r i teria, p rofessionil l l i te ra t u re, a n d tec h n iques of e v a l u a t i o n of l i b ra ry m a ter i a l s (pri n t a n d n o n- p r i n t) ; t h e l ib rarian's re s pons i b i l i ty to facLl l ty , s t u d e n ts, a n d t h e general p u b l i c . C ( 2 ) 455 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS A u d io a n d v i s u a l materiills a nd a i d s , their use, o rg a n i za t i o n , a n d a d m i n i s t ra t io n . C (2) 456 STORYTE LLING A combina tion o f d i scovery and p racticum in the a r t o f s toryte l l i n g . I nvestigates the val u es i' lI1d backgro u n d o f s t o r yte l l i n g , the varioLls ty 1eS a n d fo rms of stories, tech n iq ues ot choosing a nd 0 te l l i n g s to ries. Some o tf ca m p us p ractice. De monstrations Zl nd j o i n t storytel l i n g by and w i t h i nstructor. (4)

457

PREPARATION AND UTfLIZATION OF M E D IA

The p r oduction and use of a variety of i n struc tiona l material s, fla t p ictu res, cha rts, ma ps, a n d the 3 5 m m ca mera; p a r t i c i p a n t s p rod uce i tems usefuJ in i n s t ruc t i o n . $1 0.00 lab fee is ch a rged . C ( 3 01' 4) 467 EV ALVA TION Eva l ua t io n of school experie nces; p roblems in connec t i o n w i t h deve l o p m e n t , orga n i z a t i o n , and a d mi n i s t r a tion of tests ( s t a n d a r d ized a n d te a c he r- m a de ) . Re qui red of fi fth-year s t u d e n t s . Prerequ i s i t e : s t u d e n t tea c h i n g or teach i ng experie nce. E D UC 251 - EPSY 468. May be taken concur re n t l y w i t h s t u d e n t tea c h i n g . C (2)

473 PARE T-TEACHER RELATIONSffiPS An examination of the p h ilosophy and im plementa tion of par n t-tea her con ferencin g . Rel ated i ssues such as the parental role i n educatIOn, home visits, and the r I e of the s tud n t in the conferencing process are also considered. Li t ning and com munication skills useful in conferencing are studied and practice d . Provision for the needs o f parents o f t h e handicapped will be studied by stud n ts i n the specia l education program. Prerequi si te: stud nt teaching or teaching exp rience. (2) 479 SPEGAL TECHNIQUES IN READING Individual diagnostic asse sm n t of reading problems usin g both f rmal and informal testing t h niques. Spe a a l i nstructi nal m th ds for remediati for both Till I a nd sp cial education hildre n . Practicum r quired . Prereq uisite: 325 0r equ lvalent. (4)

483

PRIMARY READ ING

Mat rials and method f the primary re ding progr m and it relation to other activities . Pr requisite: teachi n experience. G (2) 485 THE G IFTED CHILD A study of the gi fted child, characteristics and prob lems, a nd cho I procedures d , igned to [urth r de velopment. G (2) 488 READING CENTER WORKSHOP Cli nical study of reading problems and s uggested cor rective m asures; to be taken concurr n t[y with 489. Prerequisite: teaching exp rie nce. S G (2) 489

Dm ECTED TEAClUNG IN READING CENTERS

Directed ob servation and teaching in summer reme dial classes in public schools; to be taken concurrently with 488. Prerequisite: teach ing experience. S G (4)

490 INTRODUCTION TO S PECIAL EDUCATION

Definitions, characteristics, and psychologi al aspects of all categori s of exceptionality. Federal a nd state legislation. Current issues and practices in delivering services to handicapped people . The classroom teacher's role in mainstreami ng. Practicum r quired . Prerequisites: 251 . (4)

491

SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCAnON

494

LEARNING DISA BILITIES: PROGRAMMIN G

SpecifiC topics on lh teaching of han dica ppe dren. Prerequisit : 490 or equivalent. (2)

chil

Diagn tic information is u ed as the basis for writing an IE I' (individualized educa tion plan). Cour e i n cludes behavi ral objectives, task a nalYSiS, leaming equ nces, b havior modification , and evaluation f learning using precision teachi ng techniques. Prac ticum required. Prerequisite: 490 or concurrent en roUment or permission of instructor. (4) 495

LANGUAGE PRO BLEMS OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN

Principles of rece p tive and expressive language de velopm nt includmg speech, word meaning, dial ct, and reading. Assessment a nd remediation strategie for re g ular and special education teachers. Prerequis ite: 251 . (4)

496 LABORATORY WORKSHOP Practical c ur e u ing elemen tary-age children in a classroom situation \ orking out p ci flc pr blem ; provi ion will be made for some active participation of the l ni ersity studen ts. Prerequisite: conference with the instructor or the dean of the chool of Educa ti n . G 497 SPECIAL PROJECT Indi 'duaJ study and re earch on educational prob lems or add itional la boratory xperience in publ ic scho i classrooms. Prere uisite: consent of the dean . G (1 -4) 501 WORKSHOPS Graduate w rksho s i n special fields for varying lengt hs of time. ( 1 -4

525

CURRENT PRACTICES AND ISSUES IN READING

T examine cu rrent practices and issue i the field of reading as described throll h duca tional research . The res arch fi ndings will be applied to cu rrent class room practices . Studen ts will be encouraged to pursue sp 'cmc areas of intere t wil hin the broad area of read ing instruction . Prerequi si te: 325 or equivalent and teaching experience. (2-4) 527 PSYCHOLOGY OF READING Principles of reading, perception, word recognition, concept development, and mea ning in reading will be expl red . Th psyc.hological and p hysiologica faspects of the reading act will be cxa min d in rel ationship to succe sful readi ng achievement. Prerequisit : 325 or equivalen t and teachi ng experi nee. (2) 530

CHARACTERISTICS OF LEARNING DISABI LITIES

Curr nt issues, practices, a nd research in leaming dis abilities. Emphasis on special i nstructional techniques to ac ommodate thi type of child's spe ' a l needs. Practicurn required . Prerequisi te: teachmg cred n tial r consen t of in tructor. (4) 531

LEARNING DISABILITIES: D IAG NOSTIC PROCEDURES

A broad range of screeni ng and diagnostic procedures will be stud ied. Data from other profeSSionals such as lhe school psychologist, communication disord r spe cia lis t, occupational therapist, and me ical doctor to preJ?are a hypo thesis regarding the child's disabil i ties. Va n us edu cational tests, formal and teacher-made, to determine where a child is functioning acaderrti ca lly. Practicum required . P rerequi site: teaching cre dential or consen t of i nstruct r. (4) 532

CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL STUDENTS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL

Curricul um content and planning including acad mic subjects, life adj ustm n ts, and career cou nseling for e 'ceptional adolescents and adults. Focus of the c urs for the learning disabled and o ther m ildly handicap ping con itions. Prerequis ites: 490, 530, or consent of i n tructor. (4)

EDU CATION

533

SEMINAR IN MENTAL RETARDATION

Current issues and probl ms relat d to the education f children w i th menta l reta rda ti on . Pre requi si t : teach ing credential or conse n t of in t r u cto r . (2)

534 SEMINAR IN B EHA VlOR DISORDERS Current ibsu s a n d problems related to th ed uca tio n of children with b havi r clisorders . P re req u i si te : teaching crede n ti a l or consent of ins tructor. (2)

535 ARTS FOR THE HAN DICAPPED f:.. study ot artistic endea vors and leisure time pu rsuits tor the handica p pe d . Acti vi ties for the com m u ni ty , classroom, hom , gro u p home, a n d instituti n will be s tudie d . Each partici pant will complele a project for us with the handica pped . Pr requ i s i te : te ching cre dential or consent of inst ru ctor. (2) 536 TEACHING HANDICAPPED CIDLDREN IN REGULAR CLASSROOMS

ADMINISTRATI ON AND SUPERVISION WORKSHOP Project� de termined by the ass; typical p roj ects in cl ude curricu lum planning a nd ad ' ustm nt, public re la tions p rogram , person nel emp oyment and in-ser vice tram ing; financing building a n educa tional pro grams. Prere qui s i te: one cours i n admini · t ra tion or supervision. (2) 555

SECONDARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL CU RRICULUM A va r i ty of facets of se ondary a nd mi d d l e school progra ms: finance, cu rric{J Jum, di sci p l i ne, eva l u non, classroom ma nagement, the b ic ed uca tion bill, legislative chang s, and sp cial ed uca tion. Develop ment of secondary and m i ddle sch ols from their b ginnings to the p re se n t . Cri ti cal issues in the educa lion scene today. (3) 556

ADMINISTRATIVE INTERNSHIP i n seho 1 administra tion plan11ed w i t h the Education in cooperation with sel cted school ad m inistrc tors. Prer quisite: cou rse work in educational admjni tra tion and adrni 'sion to the

A n exa mination of te aching strategies to include ex ce p tional children in regular cla ssroom settings . r::m phasis on the nee ds of exce ptio nal children, progy:am modifications, a n d classroom management. Pre requisite : teaching credential or on sent of ins truct r.

558

537

SPECIAL EDUCATION: STU DENT TEACHING Teaching in public schools Special Education

571

class rooms under t h direction and s u pervision of class room and universi ty teachers. Prerequisites: 494 and consent of ins tructor. (4)

573

(4)

M ETHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH Seminar in research methods and tech niques

545

in edu ca tion \r.li t h e m phasis on designing a research p r o e ct i n the student s area of interest. Required for M. A . Prerequisite: con s u l ta tion with st udent's adviser and admission to the graduate program . (2)

550

SCHOOL FINANCE

Local, sta te, a n d federal contribu tors to school finance, its p h i l osophy a n d development; the de velopment a nd adm inist ration f a scho I budget. (2)

551

SCHOOL LAW

Study of conte m porary k'dera l, state, e n d local · ta t utes, re gul at ions, a nd case law a nd their application to public and priva te schools (K-1 2) . (2)

PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION Administ ration and supervision f school personnel, plant, and program; the stru cture a nd organization of the school system . Prerequisite: teaching expe r i e n ce or consent of the d a n . (3)

552

SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION The prepa ra tion a n d sharing of s lected p resentations related to needs of i n divid ual p a rticipa n t s . Requir d for continuing certifica tion of princjpals a nd program 554

a d m i nis trators . Regis tra tion must taken pia e in the fa l l semester a n d participation will be con tinuous for the academic yea r . (2)

l n t rnshi School 0

gra d u a te progr m . (2-4)

mSTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF HIGHER EDUCATION HistoricaJ persp eti e a nd current stat us; dey lop ment of functions and structu res; issues in curricul u m ; p hiloso phy f admini tration; case stud ies . (4)

STUDENT PERSONNEL WORK IN HIGHER EDUCATION Student perso n n services i n h igher education; u se of p rsonnel da ta; co- curricu lar activities; student wel fa re; con te m po ra ry trends i n counseling p ro lems re l a ted to s tudent life. (4) DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION IN READING Caus tive factors relati ng to readin g diffi culties; some op por tu ni ty to apply remedia tion t chniques; open to those wilh teaching exp ri nc (2)

579

CURRICULUM D EVELOPMENT Ty p e s of curricul u m organ izations, programs tech niq ues of curricu lum aeve lopment. (2)

580

583

ED UCATIONAL ISSUES AND PROBLEMS

Inell idual r ading, i n ve s ti ga U on r search an or a practicum exper ie n e in schools or agencies. ( 1 -4) ,

585

COMPARATIVE EDUCATION in es tiga tion of certain materials and of ed ucation through ut the world .

Comparison and cultural sy s te m s (2)

586 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION The nature and functionin g of Ih educational syst m will be exa min d from a sociolo gi cal pe rsp ective. Topics in l ude: education, stratificatkm, a n d sociaJ change; the school as a complex org an iza tion ; the school as a sociaJ institution; and the sociology of learning. (4) 587

IllSTORY OF EDUCATION

Great ed uc a tors , educat ion a l th ories and systems from a ntiqui ty to the present. (2)

EDUCATION

and

educational

589 PHILOSOPHY O� EDUCATION Philosophical and theoretical founda tions of ed uca tion. (3) 590 GRADUATE SEMINAR A workshop for �ll Mas �e r of A �ts candidates in the School of EducatIon whICh provides a forum for ex change of research ideas and p roblems; candidates should register for this seminar for assistance in fulfil ling requirement. No credit is given, nor is tuition as sessed. (0)

RESEARCH SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION Review of current research on selected topics in spe cial education . (2) 597 INDEPENDENT STUDY Projects of varyin g length related to e ducational issues or concerns of th e individual participant and ap proved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. (1-4) 598 STUDIES IN EDUCATION A research paper or project of an ed ucational i sue selected jointly by the student and the graduate ad viser. It will be reviewed by the student's G raduate Committee. (2) 599 THESIS For Master of Arts candidates who elect to write a thesis instead of two research pa pers. The thesis prob lem will be chosen from the can d idate's major field of concentration and must be ap p roved by the candi date's Graduate Commi ttee. Ca ndidates expected to defend their thesis in a final o ral examination con ducted by their committee. (3-4) 591

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 461 GROUP PROCESS AND THE INDIVIDUAL A human interaction laboratory to facilitate the explo ration of the self concept through the mechanisms of interpersonal interactions and feedback. Emphasis placed on the acquisition of skill in self-expression, role identification and climate-making. G (2) 468 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Principles and research in human learning and their i mplications for curriculum and instruction . Pre requisite: EOUC 251 . (4) 501 WORKSHOPS Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time. (1 -4) 535 FOUNDATIONS OF GUIDANCE The focus is on developing an understanding of the services and processes available to assist individuals in making plans and decisions according to their own life pattern. G (4)

536 AFFECTIVE CLASSROOM TECHNIQUES This course will explore various h:chniques desig ned to facilitate und rstanding of self and otners; meth ods for working with students. Prerequisite: student teaching or graduate status. Laboratory expe rience as arranged . G (2) 537 REALITY DISCUSSION TECHNIQUES The use of Reality Therapy in a helping relationship seh 015, social agencies, mental health clinics, or uni versity residences. Laboratory experience as ar ranged . G (4) 560A REFLECTIVE SKILLS PRACTICUM A mini-p racticum in the techniques of counseling; en rollment limited to students beginning the master's degree program in Counseling and G uidance, and is a prerequisite to admission on regular status to the Counseling and Guidance master's p rogram . The practicum makes use of counseling sessions with clien ts utilizing v rbal and non-verbal attending be havior. ( 1 )

SOCIAL LEARN ING-MO DELING PRACTICUM A mini-practicum in the theory and techniques of so cial learning and role modeling. Prerequisite: 560A. (1) 560B

560C GESTALT THERAPY PRACTICUM A mini-practicum in counseling using the theory and techniques of Gestalt therapy. Pre requisites: 560B and 561. (1) 5600 REALITY THERAPY PRACTICUM A mini-practicum in counseling using the theorY and techniques of reality therapy. Prerequisites: 56013 and 561 . ( 1 ) 561 BASIC RELATIONSHIPS I N COUNSELING A study of the theory, process, techniques, and char acteristics of the counseling relationship . A basic course for M. A. students in fhe Counseling and Gui dance progra m . (4)

PRACTICUM IN GROUP PROCESS AND LEADERSHIP A human interaction laboratory which explores inter personal operations in groups and facilitates the de velopment of self-insight; emphasis on leadership and development of skill in diagnosing individual, group, and organizational behavior patterns and influences. Students will co-facilitate a laboratory group. Pre requisite: 461 . (2) 565 SEMINAR: NON-TEST APPRAISAL Assessment f personal characteristics and behavioral patterns to better understand the individual; use of nontest data (sociometric scales, case studies, auto biogra p hies, interviews, interaction analysis). Pre requiSites: student teaching, gra d uate status. (4) 569 CAREE R G UIDANCE A study of careers, theories of choice, and guidance techniqu s. (4) 563

EDUCATION

FIELDWORK IN COUNSELING AND G U lDANCE A culmina ting pTacticum of field expeTience in schools o r agenc ies using theory, skills, and tech niques pTe vi足 OU Iy learned. A variety of work experiences with both individuals and gr ups. Students incor p orate consulta tion experience following the Adlerian model. (4) 570

575

MENTAL HEALTH Basic mental health principl es as related to interp er足 sonal relationships. Focus on self understanding. Lab足 ora tory experienc s as arranged. (4)

578

BEHAVIORAL PROBLEMS OF STUDE NTS Adlerian concepts provide basis fOT observation, moti足 vation, modification, and life style assessment. Skills for assisting students in develo p ing responsibility for their own behavior is focu sed. L aboratory experience as arranged . (4)

EDUCATION

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 304 305 312 319 501

Face to Face: Interpersonal Styles and Skills Leadersh ip: A Guide to Being a Star . . . or . . . Theory and Practice of Leadership and Group Behavior Hyperactive Children School Practicum Special Education Individual ized Research Problem Solving

Engli h As a di cipline English assists students in achieving excel lence in writing, d iscernmen t in reading, appreciatio n of human experience and aesthetic values, and u nderstandin g of the processes of critical and creative expression . Special programs include concentrati ons in li terature, writing, and publishing . The E nglish Departmen t also supports the London Program and often offers an i n terim study tour to the British Isles .

FACULTY Benton, Chair; Bergman, Eyler, Jansen-Jaech, L. Johnson, Jones, Klopsch, D . M . Martin, Rahn, Reigstad, Seal. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 28 to 40 semester h o u rs of Eoglish beyond English 1 01 , i n c l u d i n g : 4 h o u rs in A merica n l i terature, 4 h o u rs in British literature b e fo r e 1 700, a n d 4 h o u rs in Br i ti sh litera t u re <1 fter 1 700. At l ea s t 1 6 h o u rs should be upper d i v i s iu n .

1 �1d :v� d u a l p r o g ra m s " rl' designed b y s t u d e nts , n d lI1l'i r a (1 \ I S e rs, W I t h a p p ruval ,Dy the fu l l depil rtm t'n t J r I , r('vlew . d u n n g t h e JUnIur yea r. Advan('d cuurse5 i n w r i ti n g or gramm<Ir may be re q u i red.

M l NOR ( EM PHASIS ON UTERATU RE ): 1 6 semester h o u r s , bey o n d 1 0 1 , e x c l u d I n g courses for i n terim credit, of wh ich a t least 8 hours s h o u l d b e LIpper di v i s io n . T h ese cou rses s h o u l d Include 4 h o u rs U1 A m erican l i teratu re , 4 h o u r s in British l i te ra t u f before 1700, a n d 4 h o u rs i n British l i tl'r'a tu rl� a ft e r 1 700. 1\11 OR ( EMPHASIS ON W R mNG)� Hi semester h o u rs ' ' bcvond 1 0 1 , exc l u d i n g courses for i n teLim credit, of w h i c h ,� t least S ho u rs s h u u l d be u ppc r d i v i s i o n . These co u rses :;h o u l d 'nclude 4 hours in B r i t i s h li lerutu rl' befnrc 1 700, 4 h ou r:; i n A m e rica n or B ritish l i te r a t u r e a flt'r 1700, <Inc! 8 h ou rs in w ri t i n g cours ' d r a w n from 2 0 1 , 227, 327, 328, 341 , ,1I 1 d 40J.

MINOR (EMPHASIS ON PUBli SHING AND PRl NTING ARTS): E n gl i s h 121 and lro semes tl ' r h u u rs from the' fol lowing hst of co u r scs (at least ,'! h o u rs m u s t be taken from each g ro u p ) : I ; Wntrn g ilnd J o u rn a h s m E ng l i sh 20 1 , 227, 327, 328, 34 1 ; C o m m u mcatlon A r t s 283, 378, 384, 4S0. 2. Lay o u t a n d Prod�rclion - Engli sh 3 2 1 , 329 ( 2 hours), 399; Art 196, 29 6, 32h, 396; C omm ul1lca l r o n A r t s 380. 3 , P ri n ti n g - English 3 1 2; Art 370, 470. Except where noted, all dass(�s a rE' 4 S l' n1 l' s t e r hou rs; somc •.

courscs requ ire prereq u i s i tes .

FOREIGN tANGUAGE REQUrREM ENT: I I E ng l is h majurs least two y ,HS , a l l E n g li s h mi.nors ilt lea s t onc language al thc u n iversity . levcl, or t h e

m u s t c u m p l e t . Jt year, of 11 furergn eqUIvalent.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: Sc'c

Education .

. .

School of

COURSE OFFERINGS AMERlCAN LITE ATU RE 241 441 442 443

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATURE AMERICAN ROMANTIC LITERATURE 1820-1880 AM ERICAN REALI SM AND NATURALIS M, 1880-1915 AMERICAN LITERATU RE SINCE 1915

BRlTI SH LITERATURE 251 252 382 383 384 388 389 390 3 1 392

INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATU RE: BEGIN INGS TO 1750 I TRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: AFTER 1750 CHAUCE R AND HJS AGE SHAKESPEARE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE LITERATURE MILTON AND HIS AGE ENG LISH SATIRE AND SENSIBI LITY, 1 6601800 THE ENGLISH ROMANT I C MOVEMENT LITE RATURE OF VICTORIAN EN GLAND TWEI I ETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE

GENRE A D SPECIAL STUDIES 216 217 22 1 230 231 23 .25 349

35 1

5 491 , 597

INTRODUCTION TO POETRY SHORT STORY LITERARY FORMS AND ANALYSIS INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATU RE MASTERPIECES OF EUROPEAN LITERATURE CHI LDREN'S LITERATURE FANTASY AND FAIRY TA LES MODERN POETRY MOD ERN D AMA THE BRITISH NOVEL 492 INDEPENDENT READING AND RESEARCH GRADUATE RESEARCH

WRITING, LANGUAGE AND PUBLISHI NG

1 01

201 227 321 327

328 329 341 400 403

COLLEGE ENGLISH INTE .. MEDIATE WRITIN G IMAGINATIVE WRITING I THE WORLD OF THE BOOK IMAG INATIVE WRITING II ADVANCED COMPOSITION COPY-E DITING FREELANCE WRITI N G LINGUISTICS MODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

1 0 1 COLLEGE ENGLISH Develops a student's powers to read, think, a � d write effectively. Emphasis on short papers and gUld.ed re vision. Includes a unit on library research techmques. I IT (4) 201 INTERMEDlA TE WRITING Opportu nities to prac �cc and dev� lop � ri �ins by e xpl oring selected tOpIC � from van �)U s dlsclplIn� s. . Some e m phasis on rew ntIn g - focu mg �he matenal and adju stin g t he tyle for d ifferent audiences. One section may be devoted to aut biogra p h ical writing. (Prerequisite: 101 or its equival nt, A d va nced Place m nt, or consent of instructor.) I n (4) 216 INTRODUCTION TO POETRY A study of poems and conven tions of poe try fr m the reck classic to modern projective verse. Intended to develop the reader's ability to re pond with sensitivity and discrimina tion to J rich vari ty of poetic form s . I (4) 2 1 7 SHORT STORY Exa mines the d veil pment of short fiction, concen trating on themes and t ch niques of the gen re . Ln dudes stories by Ametican, Bri tish, and Con ti nental write r . I T (4) 221

LITERARY FORMS AND ANALYSI S i g ncd t familia rize stud nts with forms f litera ture (poe try, fiction, drama), b sic literary terms, and major ctitical Jpproaches. II (4) 227 lM AGINA TIVE WlUTING I A beginnin g worksho p in writing poetry and short fic tion. Includes a s tu dy of techniques and forms to develop critical standards and an understanding of the writing process. (Prerequ isite: 101 or its equiva lent, Advanced Placement, or consent of instructor.) I (4)

230

INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE Em phasis 011 American fiction since 1950. IT (4) 231 MASTE RPI ECES OF EUROPEAN LITERATURE R presentative works of the literatu re of Western Europe, especially classical, medieval, and R nais sance . I I (4) 241 I TRODUCTIO N TO AMERICAN LITERATURE The continuity of themes and forms in America n p rose, poetry, and fiction from colonization to the F irs l World War. Emphasis on major works of the 19th century . I [ J (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: BEGIN N1 NGS TO 1750 Emphasis on th ontin ui ty and va riety of English lit era ture from l3eowulf through Neoclassicism and the early novel. 1 (4) 252 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERA TURE: AFTER 1750 Engli h litera tu re, esp dally p oetry, from the emergenc of romanticism to the 2 0 th century. 1 1 (4)

321

THE WORLD OF THE BOOK An introdu tion to the organization and vocabulary of the publishin g industry , the history of the book and p resses, a nd the basic skills of copy-editing and design layout - in s.hort, the complex process by which manu script copy IS brought to hmshed pnnt. 1 (4)

384 ENGLISH RENAISSANCE LITERATURE Studies the Golden Age of English literature . Selected poets from Wyatt to Marvell, including Sidney, S p enser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selected playwri ghts from Kyd to Webster; selected prose from More to Bacone and Browne. (4) [Experimen tal]

323

388 MILTON AND HIS AGE A study of Milton's work, es p ecially Paradise Lost, and the work of other major authors (such as Donne and Herbert) of the 1 7th century, the golden age of relig ious poetry in England. II (4)

ClllL DREN'S LITERATURE An introduction to a rich literary tradition to guide reading and book selection in the schools a nd the fam ily. l 1 I (4) 325 FAIRY TALES AND FANTASY Selected fairy tales a re told, and va rious ways to inter pret th m are explored . Fantasy is studied as a genre, with empha is on kinds of fantasies, such as ure fan tasy, sword a nd sorcery, the detective nove , science fiction, and horror fiction . (4) 327 lMAG INATIVE WRITING II An advanced workshop in writing poetry and short fiction . Some att ntion will be given to p rocedures for submitting manuscript for p ubrication . II (4) 328 ADVANCED COMPOSITION A study of rhetorical principles used in writing per suasively and imaginatively . Required for certification by th School of Education. I IT (4)

389

ENGLISH SATIRE AND SENSIBILITY, 16601800

A study of neo-classic writings a nd the develo p ing so cial awareness of the p re-roman tic age: Dryden a nd Pope to Johnson and Blake. 1 (4) 390 THE ENGLISH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT A study of the romantic awakening in England: Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, Byron, and others . 1 (4) 391 LITERATURE OF VICTORIAN ENGLAND Selected authors (including Carlyle, Tennyson, Dickens, and Hardy) and topics from a period of rapid and momentous social change. II (4)

329 COPY-EDITING Emphasis on ma sazine, news, book, and photo edit ing a nd pltblicatlOn makeup. Training a nd practical experience in or g a nizi ng, editi ng, a nd proofing �f . : copy, h n ling of photos, and ll1dexmg. (2) [Expen mental] 341 F REELANCE WRITING A course in writing for I?ublication, with primary em phasis n the fea ture article. Intended to help students d velop re earch and editorial skills; to help them p ro duce writing that is cl a r, infor� ative, and e�presslve; to nhance their sense of audience; and to ll1troduce th m to procedures for submitting for magazine publication . 1 (4)

403 M ODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR A study of three major approaches to grammar: the traditionaL the structural, and the transformational. Includes i ntroduction to the history of the English language. 1 (4) 441 AMERICAN ROMANTIC LITERATURE,

349 MODERN POETRY Empha is on A merica n poetry since 1950. II (4) 351 MODERN DRAMA A study o f mod rn classics from Ibsen to Ionesco: Scandinavian, Germa n, French, Italian , Spanish, Rus sia n, En glish, Irish, a nd American. II (4)

Studies in literary romanticism from Cooper to James, with emphasis on the Age of Emerson. Readings in Thoreau, Whitman, Poe, Melville, and Hawthorne. I (4) 442 AMERICAN REALISM AND NATURALISM,

358

THE BRITISH NOVEL A study of the form from Deioe and Fielding to Law rence, Joyce, and the moderns. II (4) 382 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE A study of Chaucer's major works, especially The Can terbury Tales, in their lively 14th century setting. In cludes a n introduction to the development of the English language. n (4)

TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE Selected playwrights from Shaw to Beckett; poetry of Yeats, Hardy, Thomas, and Auden; fiction of Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence, Greene, Lessing, a nd others. II (4) 400 L INGUISTICS See Modern and Classical Languages. 392

1820-1880

1880-1915

Fiction and criticism in the years of America's urbani zation and emergence as an industrial power: Twain, James, Crane, Norris, Dreiser. II (4) 443 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1915 Introduction to the modern tradition in poetry (Frost, Williams, Pound) and fiction (Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner). 1 (4)

383 SHAKESPEARE Ten to twelve r resen tative plays. Recommended as background: 25 . 1 (4)

ENGLISH

491 , 492

IN DEPENDENT READ ING AND RESEARCH An intensive course i n reading. May i nclude a thesis . Intended fo r upper- divisio n majors. I n (1 -4) 59 7 G RADUATE RESEARCH

( 1 -4)

COURSES TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 1 01 305 307 309 310 315 317 382

ENGLISH

College English Dreams Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman The Creative Personality Modern Poetry and the Language of the Psalms William Carlos Williams, American Original Writing for Children Chaucer: The Community of Saints

Environmental Studies Program Students concerned about or wishing to enter graduate study and career programs in such fields as environmental science, environmental law, or resource management, may enroll in the Environmental Studies Program. A certificate will be awarded students completing requirements listed below, together with a departmental or school major progra m . A committee consisting of representatives from each of the three major subject matter groupings will approve each student's c urse program and integrative experiences. The following specific courses are required: Earth Sciences 222 Economics 1 50 Business Adm inistration 230

4 hours 4 hours 4 hOUIS

As part of graduation re q uirements, all students com p lete either the distributive core or the Integrated Studies Progra m . Students in the Environmental Studies Program should select from among the following courses to meet these requireme nts:

---= =

Distributive Core A rtslLiterature: A rt 381 and one eleclive in literature 8 hours Natural Sciences/Ma thematics: Biology 1 1 1 ; Chemistry 103, 1 04; Com p uter Science 144; Earth Sciences 1 0 1 , 1 3 1 , 202; Mathematics 8 hours 1 27, 1 28; Natural Sciences 106 Philosophy: 1 25; 225 pl u s 226 o r 325 o r 326 4 hours or 328 or 385; 324; 371 ; 381 ; 395; or 427 Religion: 351, 382, or 451 and one elective from Biblical Studies or Inte g rative and Comparative Religious Studies 8 hours Social Sciences : His torv 460; Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 345, 356; Sociology 1 0 1 , 240, 331 (Economics 1 5 0 may al so be counted as fulfilling a core requirement) 8 hours or CORE II (Integrated Studies Program) 28 hours I n tegrated Studies 1 1 1 - 1 1 2, 221 -222, 241-242, 351 I n the areas of Natural Sciences and Mathematics one additional course (4 hours) is required, which should be selected from those listed above under Distribute Core. Integrative Expe rience 4 hours: During the senior year or at another approved time, all students partici p a te in a study-research足 action program desi g ned to draw upon the broad background of the above courses and the expertise oftheir own major fields. Courses may include, but are not limited to, appropriate interim courses; departmental or in terdisciplinary seminars; independent study or research cou rses; field experience and internship programs; employment or vol u n teer service within community . agencies or or ganizations. E nvironmental Studies Committee: Giddings, Chair; Bergman, Churney, Lauer, Lowes, Martinson, McGinnis, Miller, Schwidder, Stivers. ,

History Through the study of history at Pacific Lu theran University students gain an understanding and apprecia tion of the historica l perspective. Opportuni ties for deve loping ana lytical and in terpretative skills are provided through research and writing projects, internships, class presentations, and study tours. The practice of the historical method leads students off campus to their hometowns, to Eu rope or China or the American West, and to c mmunity institu tions, both private and public. The department emphasizes individual advising in rela tion to both self-directed studies and regu lar courses . The university library holdings include significant collections in American, European, and non-Western history. The Nisqually Plains Room of the bbrary specializes in Pacific orthwest commu nity studies. Career outlets for majors and minors are either direct or supportive in business, law, teaching, public service, news media, and other occupations.

/II

FACULTY Martinson, Chair; Browning, Nordquist, Randall, Rozanski BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i n i m u m o f 32 s e mes te r hours, i n c l u d i ng 4 h o u rs - American fi eld , 4 hou rs - European field, a nd 4 h o u rs - non-Western field. Students are eX fJe cte d to work closely with the department's facu lty advisers to I n s u re the most personalized p ro s ra m s and i n s truction possible. Majors are urged to meet the foreIgn language requirement of the Coll ege of Arts and Sciences u n der either Option I or Option I I . Those majors who a rc preparinq for public school teaching ca n meet the state h i s tory certificatIOn requirement b y enrolling in H i story 460. All senior m a jors are required to take fo u r h o u r s o f se minar cre d i t . MINOR: 20 semester hours, 12 hours from cou rses numbered above 300. The minor in h i s tory emphasizes a "program focus" a n d a "p rogram plan , " which is arranged by the student in consultation with a departmental adviser. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCA nON: See School o f Education.

COURSE OFFERINGS Courses in the Depa rtme n t of History are offered in the following areas:

AMERICAN FIELD 251 252

COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY NINETE ENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HIS TORY 253 TWENTIETH CENTURY AM ERICAN HISTORY 356 AMERICAN DIPLOMA TIC H ISTORY 451 AMERICAN LEGAL H ISTORY 460 WEST AND NORTHWEST 471 HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT AND CULTURE 494 SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY EUROPEAN FIELD 1 07, 321 323 324 325 328 329 332 334 341 342 495

1 08 HI STORY OF WESTERN CIVIUZATION CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION THE MID DLE AGES RENAISSANCE REFORMATION N1NETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE ENGLAND: TUDORS AND STUARTS MODERN GE RMANY, 1848-1945 SEVENTEE NTH CENTURY FRANCE THE FRENCH REVOLUTION SEMINAR: EU ROPEAN HISTORY

NON-WESTERN FIELD 109 210 333 335 340

HISTORY OF EA STERN CIVILIZATIO N GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES REVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA LATIN AMERICAN H I STORY MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN

ALL FIELDS 399 401 492 496 501 502 505 591 595 597, 599

INTERN SHIP WORKS HOPS IN DEPEND ENT STUDY SE MINAR: HISTORY AND HISTORIANS WORKSHOPS SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS DIRECTED STU DY GRADUATE READ INGS 598 RESEARCH PROJECT THESIS

107, 108

HI STORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZA TION Analysis of institutions and ideas of selected civiliza tions. Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Christianity, and Medieval Europe in the first semester; Europe from the Rena issance to the present in the second semester. I II (4,4) 109 HISTORY OF EASTERN CIVI LIZATION The h istorical evolution of the civilizations of China, Japan, and India. Focuses on cultural, politica l, and social developments. (4) 210 GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES: THE WORLD IN CHANGE A survey of global issues affecting the human condi tion in a rapidly cha nging and increasingly interde pendent world: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and j ustice; and cultural diversity. These issues are examined in a multi- disciplinar y light using case studies drawn from non-Western an d Western nations . Emp hasis on the development of a g lobal perspective which recognizes human commonafities as well as diversity in percep tions, values, and priorities. (4) 251 COLONIAL AM ERICAN HI STORY American institutions from colonial times to the 1 790's; the grow th of the colonies and their relation ship to the British imperial system. (4) 252

NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY From Jefferson to Theodore Roosevelt; interpretation of eras from socia l, political, economic, and biogra phi cal viewpoints. (4) 253

TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY Trends and events in domestic and foreign a ffairs since 1900; a ffluence, urban growth, and social con trast s . (4) 321 CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION The ancient Mediterranean world with emphasis upon Greek and Roman civilizations. (4) 323 THE MIDDLE AGES Euro pe from the disintegration of the Roman Empire to 13 0 0; reading and research in medieval materials. (4) 324 RENAISSANCE Europe in an age of transition - 1 300 to 1 500. (4) 325 REFORMATION Po litical and religious crisis in the 1 6th century: Lutheranism, Zwinglianism, Anglica nism, A nabap tism, Calvinism, Roman Ca tholic reform; Weber thesis, the begi nnings of Baroque art. (4) 328 NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE The expansion of ElITopean civilization from 1 800 to 1914. (4) 329 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE World War I; revolution and return to " normalcy"; de pression and the rise of fascism; World War ll. (4)

HISTORY

332 ENGLAND : TUDORS AND STUARTS Political, ocia!, economic, lega!, and cultural develop ments . (4) 333 REVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA Post-Peter the Great Russia; the establishment of Czarist au tocracy; the Grea t Reforms of th e 19th cen tury; the rise of the revolutionaries; Bolshevism, L nin, and the Revolutions of 1 9 1 7; the consolidation of the Soviet state . (4) 334 MODERN GERMANY, 1848-1945 The l�evolutions of 1848 and unification of German y; Bismarckian and Wilhemian empires; Weimar Repub lic and the rise of National Socialism; the Third Reic h .

(4)

3 5 LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY A survey of the major as p ects of Latin American his tory hom colonial to modern times. Spanish and Por tuguese institutions, inter-American relations, and case studies of Mexico, A rgentina, Brazil, and Cuba . (4) 340 MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN The modem transformation of East Asia: Western im perialism and dynastic decline; Japan's "miracle" modernization; China's semi-colonialism, nation alism , and Republican revolution; the rise of Mao a nd c m m u nist revolution; Japan's militarism and the road to Pearl Harbor. (4) 341 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY FRANCE Slructu r of society, development of absolutism, pro test of po p ular classes, role of France in international affairs, ongins of the Enlightenment. (2) 42 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION Structm of society, origins and course of the Revolu tion, and its impact on France and Europe. (2) 356 AMERICAN DIPLOMA TIC HISTORY The practice, function, and structure of American for eign policy with particular emphasis on the twentieth century. (4) 99 INTERN SHIP A research and writing project in connection with a student's approved off-cam p us work or travel activ ity. Primary goal is to gain historical perspective on uch activity, or a dimension of it. Prerequisite: sopho more standing plus one course in history, and consent of the department . ( 1 -6)

401 WORKSHOPS Wo rksho p s in specia l fields for varying periods of time. (1-4) 451 A MERICAN LEGAL HISTORY Dimensions of American law as it relates to changing historical period s . (4)

HISTORY

460 WEST AND NORTHWEST The American West in the 19th and 20th centuries. Frontier and regional perspectives . Interp retive, illus trative history, and opportunities for off-campus re search. (4) 471

HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT AND CULTURE Dimensions of American social and intellectual history. (4) 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4) 494 (4)

SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY

495 (4)

SEMINAR: EUROPEAN HISTORY

496 SEMINAR: HI STORY AND HISTORIANS (4) 501 WORKSHOPS Graduate worksho s in special fields for varying periods of time. ( 1 -4 502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY A n a nalysis of social ex planation and the social scien tific frame of reference . (4)

505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic research concepts a pp lied to labora tory, field, and bibliographic studies. Topics include formulating research questions, research desi g ns, da ta-gatheri ng techniques, analysis of data and theory construction. Emphasis on u nderstanding and eva luati ng rather than conducting research. (4) 591 DIRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595 GRADUATE READINGS Independent study card required. (4) 597, 598 RESEARCH PROJECT ( 1 -4) 599 (4)

TH ESIS

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 313 316 318

Chinese Culture and Cuisine Holocaust The Calamitous 14th Century

DIVISION OF

Humanities

The Division o f Humanities, composed of the Departments of English, Modern and Classical Languages, Philosophy, and Religion, offers a wide range of courses, both traditional and innovative . Members of the division are committed to excellent classroom instruction and to the research and service w hich support and draw on that instruction. As preparation for traditional majors, as a course to the professions, and as a means to fi nding and fulfilling the excellence in onesel f, the humanities are as much the heart of a liberal education as they have ever been . Complementing this training in the language, literature, thought, and belief of the past is an increasingly visible involvement of the division with placing its students in internships and related work experiences such as the English Department's Publishing Careers Program . As one member of the division has written, the humanities "call us to become fully human and to act humanely, compassionately, creatively in an ever足 changing society . "

FACULTY D.M. Martin, Divisional Chair; facuJty members of the Departments of English, Modem and Oassical Langu ages , Philosophy, and Religion .

As a d i vision w i t h i n t h e College of Arts a n d Sciences, the D i v i s i o n o f I luma n i til's orf rs progra m s i n e a c h con s t i t u e n t departmen t lea d i ng lu t he B . A . de g r ee . Course offe r i n gs nnd degree req UIrements are h.sted u n d " r: E GLlSH MODERN D CLASSICAL LANGUAGES PHJ LOSQI'HY RELIGION

Integrated Studies Program The Integrated Studies Program (Core fl) is designed as a n alternative mode of satisfying core curriculum requirements. Consisting of a constellation of interd isciplinary courses, the program explores a central theme The Dynam ics of Change from a variety of academic perspectives . Th e program stresses critical thinking and writing. And it encourages the growth of camaraderie as students progress together through its sequences. -

A brochure is available from the Ad missions Office or the program coordinator in the Provost's Office.

FACULTY Selected from Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Commun ication Arts, Economics, English, History, Mathematics, Modern and Oassical Languages, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, and Sociology. ISP Committee: Benton, Chair; Giddings, Huber, McGinnis, Nordquist, Oberholtzer, Rasmussen. ISP Coordinator: Carr.

REQUIREMENTS

1. One required se q uence (2 courses, 8 hours) Sequence I: The Idea of Progress ISP 1 1 1 , Nature and Su p ernature ISP 1 1 2, From Finite to Infinite 2. Two elective sequences (4 courses, 16 hours) Se<juence II: Human Responsibility ISP 221, The Developin g I n d ividual ISP 222, The Burden of Human Responsibility OR Sequence III: Word and World ISP 231, Symbol, Language, and Myth ISP 232, Model and Metaphor OR Sequence IV: Limits tu Growth ISP 241 , Technological Society - Thrust for Growth ISP 242, Technological SOCiety - Limits to Growth 3. A required seminar (ISP 351 , 4 hours) Tota l: 28 hours, 7 courses.

POLICIES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE I I

I . Students ma y begin in any sequence, , I though Sequence I (th ' r >CJ u i re d sequence) is usually taken first. 2. Because the sequences are designed a s consecutive, two course series, students should begin in the first course (fall), i f possible. H o weve r, the second course m a y be taken before the first with the conse nt of the instructors. 3 . Sequences may be taken concurrently and in a ny order. For example, stud nts may take I I I a nd 221 in the same semester, or they may enroll i n 231 or 241 before taking 22 1 . 4. The seminar (351) is taken as the concludin g cou rse in the program , either a fter or concurrently with the la s t course of the student's third sequence. S . Studen e n tering Core 1 1 with appropriate previous coursework at the c l iege leve.l may have c rmin requirements . waIved . Students With certall1 combInatIOns of Core I courses, for example, ma y have I I I or 1 1 2 waived. See the program coord inator for details. 6 . All Core 11 courses (except the seminar) may be taken as electives b y any s tudent. 7. Most Core I I courses may bc talen to fulfill certai n Cor I requirements, as ind ica ted in the cou r se descriptions, subject to the approval o f the faculty. 8 . Stud e t s transferring from C ore 11 to Core I may use their Core II courses to meet ce.rtain Core I requirements after mnsulting with the p rogram coo !,dinator. 9 . 1 he I n tegrated Studies Program IS directed b y a s even - pers o n co mmittee of fa cu lty repr senting the academic areas p ar�icipating in the progra m . The committee elects a chair and IS supported by the pr ogram coordinator in the Provost's Office.

SEQUENCE I: THE IDEA OF PROGRESS ( 1 1 1 - 1 1 2) A survev ' of Western culture from the Renaissance through the 1 9th century, emp asizing the interaction of religi us, ph ilosophical, and political beliefs with t h e emergence of n w arts and sciences. 1 1 1 NATURE AND SUPERNATURE A study of the emergence of modern science, the deelopme nt of democratic political idea , the renewal of the arts, and the reformulations of rel igiO U S belief in the Renaissance, Reformation, and nl igh tcnment. The id as and accom plishments of Luther, Galileo, Newton, Locke, a nd Hame are given special em phasis, together with d velopments in li tera ture, the v' ual arts, and politics. Meets Core I requi rements in philosophy or in religio u s tudies (lines 2 or 3). 1 (4) 1 1 2 FROM FINITE TO INFINITE Develo � ments in l iterature and science, politic and indu tnaliza tion in the 1 8th and 1 9t h centuries. Em phasis is given to the influence of th En iightetUl1ent, the American and Fr nch revolutions, the Romantic movement, the impact of Darwinism and Marxism . Prerequisite: 1 1 1 or permission . Meets Core I require ments in Uterature or in social science (line 1 ) . 1l (4)

SEQUENCE II: HUMAN RESPONSIB ILITY (221222) A study of the various factors - biological, psychologi cal, social, historical - that influence the development of individuals and create the need for responsible hu man a ttitudes and actions. 22 1 THE DEVELOPING IND IVIDUAL The g rowth of identi ty and conscience a re studied from biological, philosophica l, and sociological points of view, with emphasis on s tages of development from dogma tism to responsible choice. Particular at tention is given to contem p orary moral issues such as abortion, sex roles, and cnminal behavior, and to the ethical and social question they raise. Meets C r I re q u irements in phirosophy or in social sciences (line 2) .

1(4)

222

THE BURDEN OF HUMAN RESPONSIBILITY Option 1 : 20th CENTU RY EUROPE A study of European cul ture from the rapid indus trialization of the 1 880's to the d ilemmas presented by National Socialism and World War 11. The course in cludes study of political ideas from the revol utionary Marxism of Lenin and Stalin to the fascism of Hitler, as well as an exploration of the iconocla stic art and lite ra ture of the eriod . Moral issues of the two wars are em p hasize , including pa triotism, collaboration and reSIstance, dictatorship and bureaucratic responsibili ty. Meets Core I requirements in literature or in social sciences (line 1). Prerequ isite: 221 or permission . aly 11

(4)

Option 2: GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES A survey of g lobal issues affecting the human condi tion in a rapidly changing and increasingly interde pendent world: modernization and development; economic change and i nterna tional trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peac a nd jus tice; and cu ltural diversity. These issues are examined in a multidisciplinary light u sing case studies d wn from non-Western and Western nati ns. Em phasis on the development of a global perspective w hich recognizes human commonali ties as well as diverSity in percep tions, values, and priorities . Prerequisite: 221 or per missi n . II (4)

INTE GRATED STUDIE S

SEQ UENCE i l l : WORD AND WORLD (231 -232) An x p l r ti n of human IT ativity and of how words and o th e r s mbol a re used to CTea t and maintain var ious imagina tive worlds in religion, literature, science, ma th em tiC', a n d the arts. 23 1

SYMBOL, LAN GUAG E, AND MYTH

A �tudy f human beings a s symbol-makers who give c herenc and m >aning to their w rld through imagi n ti e sy terns of art and scien e. Special attention i s given t the basic myths of t h e West and the East, a n d t o Lh nature of " language" as the symbol sysLem that vok 5 and li mits u noerstanding. Va rious mathemat ical y t m , fTom Euclid to con temporary statistics, are . tudied to see how they shape our sense of the con crete world a nd enable us to deal with it in science and techn logy [n ombination w i th 232, meets Core I re quirem nt in lit . rature an natura l sci nces (lin s 1 or 3). J (4)

2 2 MODEL AND METAPHOR A co nsideration of how new ways of thinking emerge as on paradigm r model replaces a noth r in science, lit ra tur , art, and other ar as f h uman oncern. The w rId-view of contemporary cience are contrasted wiLh th mecha nical models of old common sense, w i Lh em phasis on indeterm i nacy and probabil i ty. Au Lobi gra ph i S r ' read and written 10 s 'e how words h l p shape our sen s of i n d i v i d u a l i ty I n combination with 231 , meets Core 1 requirements in l i t rature and nal ural sciences (Unes l or 3) . Prerequ isite: 231 or per mi sion . n (4) .

INTEGRATED STUDIES

SEQUENCE IV: LIMITS TO G ROWTH (241-242)

A study of the ori g ins a nd probable consequences o f the drive for modernization based on technological and economic growth, including its ethical, aesthetic, and religious implications.

241

THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY: THRUST FOR G ROWTH

An analysis of the impact of technology on modern so ciety a nd of the emergent concept of secularism is de veloped in an effort to u nderstand contemporary cul ture . Problems of the interface of tech nology with cul ture a re examined from p hiloso {J hical, religious, biological, and economic points of view. Meets Core I requirements in religious studies (lines 2 or 3) or social sciences (line 2). 1 (4)

242

THE TECHN OLOGICAL SOCIETY: LIMITS TO GROWTH

An exploration of creative futures beyond a technolog ical society. Emphasis is given to a study of the limits to growth in connection with population, food pro duction, energy, pollution, and m a terial resources. The moral choices involved in alternative futures are examined together with aesthetic values and their im plications for fu ture social order. Meets Core I require ments in natural sciences (lines 1, 2, or 3) if taken in combination with 1 1 1-112 and 221 . Prerequisite: 241 or permission. I I (4)

351 SEMINAR A recapitulation and integration of themes from the previous sequences, with additional readings and d is cussion. Students investigate a n individual topic from an interdisciplinary perspective, make a formal oral presentation, and complete a substantial paper. Pre requisite : 1 1 1-1 1 2 and two additional sequences. May be taken concurrently with the last cou rse of the final sequence. I II (4)

Legal Studies Program L g a l Studies is a n i n terdisciplinary degree program

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours. 1 . Requ ired COllrses ( 1 2 hOur5) � Introduction to Legal Studies (POLS 20 1 ) J udicial Process (POLS 37 1 ) Legal Studies Research (POLS 374) 2. General eiecf'ive:; (8 hours): Two courses from the following: America.n Legal H istorv (l-llST 45 1 ) Comparative Legal Svstems (POLS 38 1 ) Ph ilosophy o f Law ( 1) 1-111. 328) Sociology o f Law (SOC 456) 3. SpeCial electives ( 1 2 hours): Three courses from the following (also, cou rses in group 2 not taken to fu lfill g eneral e.lective requirements may be used to fulfill special elective requirements in gTO U p 3): B usiness Law (BA 435) ' v il L ibertie.s (POLS 373) onstitutional Law (POLS 372) Court Administration (POLS 5 7 1 ) Indus trial Organization and Pu.blic Policy (ECON 3 7 1 ) International Organization and Law (P O LS (336) Inte rnsh ip in Legal Studies (POLS 47 1 ) Law and EducatI on (EDUC 50 1 ) Law and Society (SA 230) Law and the Human Services (SOCIN 458)

cll sing on the na ture of l a w and j udicial

processes. Consiste n t with the purposes of the American Legal tudies Association, the Legal Studies Program at PLU p rovides a l terna tive a p p roaches to the s t udy of law from the academic fra mework of the social sdences, the h u m a n i ties, b u si n ess, and educa tion . The p rogTam emp hasizes the develop men t of a cr'itical understanding of the fu nctions of law, the mutual i mpacts o f law a n d society, and t h e sources of law . Students in Legal S tudies p u rsue these goals through courses, dire -ted resea rch , and i n ternships in offices a n d agencies involved in litigation a n d l e g a l p rocesses .

FAC ULTY

Atkinson, Director; Brue, DeBower, Farmer, Harris, Lauer, Marsh, P. Menzel, Randall, and Ulbricht.

MINOR: 20 semester hours, including Pol itical Science 20 1 and four additional courses selected in consultation w it h the progTam director.

-� J

�

�I

1 I i1 �1: Ii :

�_

--lL-..J

-.T

at:=:::U:::J ==

Mathematics and Computer S cience The Department of Mathematics and Com p u t r Science offers majors in both mathema tics and comp uter science as well as minors i n ma thema tics, computer sci ence, and statistics. Many of the faculty teach both math ma tics and compu ter science . Th need for persons with qua ntita tive skills is dramatic as the world grows more complex .

Mathematicians and computer scientists have employmcnt opportu nities in business, industry, govern ment, and teaching. Persons planning careers in almost an y field will find their opportunities for interesting and challcnging careers enhanced by the study of mathema tics and computer science. I t i s generally true that those who develop theiT quantita tive skills increase their ability to a ttack the more complcx problems of society. Advances in science, technology, the social sciences, business,

;. ,

..}f/ \ .

indu stry, and govern ment become more and more dependent upon precise analysis and the extraction of information from large quantities of data. Many problems require careful analysis by i ndividuals or teams of people - with skills in mathe matics, statistics, and computer science as well as business, chemistry, engineering, physics, economics, and many other fi elds .

FACULTY N . C . Meyer, Chair; E. Anderson, Batker, Brink, Dollinger, Dorner, Hanna, J. Herzog, M. Herzog, Liebelt, G. Peterson, Spillman, Yiu. BEGINNING CLASSES

Majors in mathematics, com p uter science, and other sciences usually take Math 1 5 1 and 1 52 (calculus) and Computer Science 144 (programming in PASCAL). Those who have had calculus in high school may omit Math 151 and enroll in 152 after consultation with a member of the departmental faculty. Those who have a weak mathematics background may enroll in Math 133 (algebra/tri & onome try) or Math 1 1 2 before taking 1 5 1 . A placement test IS given the first day of Math 151 to determine readiness for calculus. Business majors usually take Math 128 and Com p uter Science 130, 139, 140, 141 . Those wishing a stronger mathematics background should take Math 1 51 and Math 227 in place of Math 1 28. Others choose from Math 1 28, 133, or 1 5 1 or Computer Science 139-140-141 or 144 or an interim class depending on their interests and levels of preparation. Remedial: Math 101 (I ntermediate Algebra) is available for those who are not ready for other classes.

MATHEMATICS

Mathema tics is a ma ny-faceted subject that is extremely useful in its ap lication, but at the same time is fascinatin g and beautifu in the abstract. It is an indispensable tool tor industry, science, government, and the business world, while the elegance of its logIC and beauty of form have intrigued scholars, philosophers, and artists since earliest times. The mathema tics program at Pacific Lu theran University is designed to serve five main objectives: (1) To p rovide backgrou nds for other disciplines, (2) to provide a comprehensive pre-p rofessional pro g ram for those d irectly entering the fields of teaching and applied mathematics, (3) to provide a nucleus of essential courses which will develo p the breadth and maturity of mathematical thought for continued study of mathematics at the graduate level, (4) to develop the mental skills necessary for the creation, analysis, and criti que of mathematical logic within the context of mathematical tOPICS, and (5) to provide a view of mathematics as a part of humanistic behavior.

MATHEMATICS MAJOR

The foundation of the mathematics p rogram for majors is the four semester calcuJus and linear alge5ra sequence, Math 1 5 1 , 152, 253, and 331 . These courses are usuall y taken in sequence the first four semesters. Students with a calculu s background in high school may receive advartced placement into the ap p rop riate course in the sequence. Upper division work includes courses in modern algebra, analysis, statistics, applied mathematics, and topology. Some knowledge of prog ramming (such as that gained in Computer Science 139 or Computer Science 144) is assumed i n all mathematics courses numbered 1 5 2 a n d above with the exception of Math 323 and 324. Students planning to take Math 152 should take Computer Science 139 or 144 before or during the semester of enrollment in Math 152.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum o f 28 semester hours in mathematics courses numbered above 150, including 331 , 431, 432, 455, 486, and either 434 or 456. The choice between 434 or 456 may be replaced by taking 8 semester hours from 321, 341, 345-346, 351 , and 460. 8 semester hours in physics are strongly reco mmended. Students plannin g to do graduate work in mathematics should complete both 434 and 456. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 semester hours, including 331 and 486 and at least 20 semester hours of upper division mathematics or computer science courses. 12 hours of the upper division requirements must come from 431 , 432, 434, 455, and 456. Re q uired supporting: 8 semester hours in physics. Physics 356 may be substituted for one course of upper division mathematics. BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION:

Education.

See School of

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 semester hours of mathematics courses, induding 1 5 1 , 152, 253, and two upper division courses. Interim courses and 323, 324, and 446 may not be counted toward the mathematics minor. MINOR I N STATISTICS:

See Statistics section of this catalog.

Students majoring in mathematics are encouraged to complete work in computer science. Since many careers involve applying mathema tics to other areas, it is a g ood idea to pick one or more subjects outside mathematics for additional study (perhaps leading to a minor). While many subjects are appropriate, some of the more common ones are economics, business, physics, engineering, chemistry, and biology. A typical major program in mathematics is as follows: Freshman vear: Math 1 5 "1 , 152 Computer Science 144 Math 253, 331 Sophomore year: Physics 153, 154 (if not taken earlier) Junior & Senior years: Math 433, 434, 455, 456, 486 and other electives from ma thematics and computer science. �

COURSE OFFERINGS Mathematics

101 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA A thorough review of first year high school algebra and material beyond quadratics . Does not count to ward un iversity core requirements. I II (2) 1 12 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY Radian measure, trigonometric and inverse trigono metric functions, identities, graphing, solution of triangles, and com lex numbers. Prerequisite: two years of high schoo al g ebra . Students with only one year of high school algebra should take 133. I II (2) 128 MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS AND THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Review of algebra, ma trix theory and linear program ming, probability theory, introduction to differential and integral calculus. Concepts are developed intui tively with a p plications. The use of mathematical tools is stressed throughout the course. Prerequisite: high school algebra or 101. I II (4)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIE NCE

1 33

COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRI GONOMETRY Solving quations, functi ns, exponentials, loga rithms, radian measure, tri gonometric iden ti ties, grap hing, and other topics such as comple, numbers. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra or 1 01 or consent. I I I (4) 151 ANAL YTlC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS A nalytic geometry, functions, l imits, derivatives and integrals with applications. Prerequisite: two years of hign sc 0 1 al g ebra and trig nometry (or concurrent registration in 1 12) or 133 or equivalent . 1 11 (4) 1 52 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS lntegrations, ap plica tions, a nd Lechniques of integra tion, transc ndental functions, p lar coordinates, im proper in tegrals, L'Hospital's Rule, infinite series, matrices, application of comp uter to th se and related top ics . Prerequ isite : MATH 1 5 1 ; pre- or corequisi te: CSCI 139 or CSC! 144 or equivalent p rogrammi ng skills. r n (4) 199 DIRECTED READ ING Su pervi ed study f t pics selected to m et the indi vidual' s needs or interests; primarily for students awarded advanced placemen t. Admission only by d parhnental invitatiun. ( 1 -2)

227 FINITE MATHEMATICS Truth table , sets, el m ntary probabilitv, matr'ces, linea r p.rogr mming, Mark v chains . Prerequisite: MATH lSI or consent of i.n5tructor. l ll (4) 253 MULTIVARlABLE CALCULUS AND D IFFERENTIAL EQUAT IONS An intr d ucti n to vectors, multidim siona1 cal cul us, and di ffer ntial egu ti ns. Empha is on u sing these topics as tools for solving physical problems. Prereq ll1site: 152. I II (4) G EOMETRY 321 Foundation of geometry and basic th ory in Euclid e n, projective, and non-Euclidean geometry. re requisite: 152 or consent. aly 1 982-83 (4) 323 MODERN ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS Concepts underlying traditional computational tech n iques; a systematic analysis f arithmetic; an intu i tive a p proach to al g ebra and geom try . Intended for elementary teaching majors. Prerequisite to EDUC 326. Prerequisite: consent o f instructor. I ll S (4) 324 ALGEBRA AND G EOMETRY FOR TH E ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHER Properties of real numbers, line r and qua ratic equa tions nd inequa lities, complex numbers, polyno mials, algebraic tructur s, functions; a study of infor mal geometry &001 a mature viewpoint using mod rn vocabula ry and notation. Geometry topics include congruence, similari ty, sym metry, p roperties of geom try figures such as quad rila tera ls a nd ci rcles, and relationship s among geometrical figure . Pre requisite: 323 0r by platement exam . ll (4) 3 1 LINEAR ALGEBRA Vector ' and vector spa es, matrices, qua ratic forms, linear transformations. Prereq uisite: 152. U (4)

334

ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN Random sam pling, factors which destroy experimen tal design, one-way analysis of variance, two-way analysis of variance, factored design, block and latin square design. Students will also critique published experiments and perform an experimental design pro ject. Prerequisite: STAT 231 or equivalen t. II (2) 341 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS Probability theory, d iscrete and conti !1 uous distribu tion functions, moment generating tunctions, sam pling distribution s and hypothesis-testing, introduc ti n to regression, correlation, and analysis of vari ance. Prerequisite: 152. II aty 1 982-83 (4) 345

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ANALYSIS Numerical the ry and applications in the areas of solu tions of equations, linear systems, interpolation, and approximation. Prereq uisite: 1 52 and (144 or 140) or consent f instructo r. r aly 1981-82 (taught d uring first half of semester) (2)

346 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS Contin uation of 345, i ncluding numerical theo ry and a rplication s i n t h e a reas o f matrix the ry, numerical differentiation and integration, and solution of differ ential equations. Prerequisites : 253 and 345 or consent of in troct r. I a/y 1 981-82 (taught during second half of semester) (2) 351 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS An introduction to differential quations em p hasizin g the applied aspect. First and second order differential quations, boundary-value and eigenvalue problems, power series solutions, nonlinear differential equa tions, numerical methods, the LaPlace transforma tion. Prerequisite: 253. I aly 1 982-83 (4) 43 1 DISCRETE STRUCTURES Basic al �ebrajc s tructure ap plicable to topics in com puter SClence. Topics include groups, lattices, Boolean a lg bra and combinatorics. Prerequisites: 1S2 and either 227 or 33 1 . I (taught during first half o f semester) (2) 432 A BSTRACT ALGEBRA Continuation of topics from 431 , includin g topics from grou ps, ring , modules, fields, and field extensions. Prerequ isi te : 431 . I (taught d uring second half of semester) (2) 434 ABSTRALf ALGEBRA Continuation of topics from 432. Pr requisites: 432 a nd 331 . I I a/y 1981-82. (4) 446

MATHEMATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Methods and materials in secondarv school math teaching. Basic mathematical concep ts; principles of nu mber P Tation, relation, proof, and problem solv ing in the context of a rithmetic, algebra, and geometry . Prerequisite: 253 or 331 or equivalent. 1 (2)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCI ENCE

455, 456 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS Extended treatment of topics introduced i n elemen tary calcu lus. Prerequisite: 253 . 455 offered I each year; 456 offered II a/y 1982-83 (4) 460 ELEMENTARY TOPOLOGY An i ntroduction to point-set topology. Prerequisite: consent o f instructor. II a/y 1981- 8 2 (4) 486 SENIOR SEMINAR Presentation by students of knowledge gained in re search under the direction of an assigned professor. Required of all senior math majors seeking a B . A . or B . s. degree. Prerequisite: senior math major or con sent of department chair. I , Il (1) 490 SEMINAR Prerequisite: consent of department chair. (1-4) 491 , 492 IND EPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: consent of department chair. I II (1-4) 597, 598 GRADUATE RESEARCH Open to master's degree candidates only. Prerequi site: consent of department chair. I II (1-4)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 semester hours includ ing Computer Science 144, 270, 280, 380, 2 h o u rs of a second computer language ( 1 39-140, 240 or 242) and 16 huurs chosen from computer science courses numbered a bove 320 or Math 341 or 346. Required supporting: M a th 1 5 1 , 1 52, 345, 431, a n d either 227 or 331 . I n addition, the foUowing must be taken: Ph ys i cs 153-154 or Ch e m istry 1 1 5-1 16 u r Biology 155- 156, or 8 hours from Earth Sciences 131 , 132 o r upper d-ivision courses in earth sciences. Students are urged t o com p lete a minor in a n area where computers have wide a pphcabiIity s uc h as th e natural sciences, social sciences, or business. In particular, E ng i ne e r i n g 271, 272, and 352 are recommended for stu de nts i n terested in the phySical structure of the computer.

MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE: 16 hours includin g Computer Science 144, 270, 380, and 4 additional hours ot computer science. Required supporting: Math 151 ur 128 . A typical computer science majur program i s as follows:

Freshman year:

Sophomore year: Junior & Seni or years:

COMPUTER SCIENCE Computer science deals with manipulating stored i n format i o n, both textual a n d numerica l . By using the ideas of computer

science along with a computer system people can actually amplify their thought processes. A lrea dy many new ideas in mathematics, physics, engineering, c he mi stry , economics, and other fields were either su gge s te d , verified, or expanded by the use of computer science. Tne exploration of the solar system using space probes would have been impossible without computer science. The list of significant advances i n knowledge aided by cumputer science seems endless. Sp ecifically, computer science concerns itself with the theory and tech ni q ues of i n formati o n processing. Topics included are algorithm deve lopme n t, analysis uf al g orithms, data structures, various comp u ter languages, and ap p lication of these tupics tu other d i sci pli n es. Computer science mvolves both faSCinating the ore tical problems and in teresting techniques of applicatio n .

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR The program is designed to provide sufficient background for advanced study at the graduate level or for e ntering a p rofe ss io nal career. All computer science majors take a core curricu1um consisting of an introduction to pro g ra mming in PASCAL, data structures, design and analysis of algorithm s, di gi tal logic and assembly la ng u ag e and computer orgamzatIOn (Computer Saence 144, 270, 275, 280, and 380). The core courses form a foundation for upper di v isio n work, which may include the stud y of microprocessors, computer architecture, automata, modeling and simulation, and compilers as well as other topics. The p ro g ra m is s u �p or ted by PLU's VAX 111780 computing system, which IS avalfabl e for mter ac t lve use a t a variety of locations on ca mpus. S evera l teminals are available for student use i n the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 24 semester huurs including Computer Science 144, 270, 275, 280, 380, 2 hours of a seco nd computer langua g e ( 1 39-1 40, 240 or. 242) a n d 4 h ou r s of computer sCi ence numbered above 320. Re qU i red supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 152, 431 , a nd either 227 or 331 (14 hours). I t is strongly recommended that students take a minor i n a n area where computers have wid e applicability.

Computer Science 144, 270 Math 1 5 1 , 152 8 hours laboratory sc ien ce (or sophomore year) Computer Science 275, 280, 490, second computer language Math 227 0r 33 1 Comp uter Science 380 plus 4-1 6 nours computer science (Computer Science 490 may be taken several times with different topics) Math 345, 341

Careers in computer science include designing computers ,llld c omp u ter ,,'stems and applying cnmputcrs to areas such a s business administration, economics, a n d t h e sciences, a s well a s t each in g a n d research. Students in terested i n business admi nistration should take cuurses in the School of B usi ness Administration (incl u d ing 281, 282, and 387) as well as CO BOL. Students i n terested in the d e s i g n of com p u te rs should take Engineering 271, 272, and 352 ( along w i t h Ph ys ics 153 and 1 54). For s tu d en ts interested in the more theoretical aspects of computer science, courses i n logic arc recommended (Phi lo s o ph y

233 and 433).

COURSE OFFERINGS Computer Science INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERIZED INFORMATION SYSTE MS Introduction to computers, their systems, data pro cessing, and their uses in education, commerce, in dustry, and government. (Does not apply to computer science major . ) Prerequisite: high school algebra. I II (1)

130

139 BASIC I In troduction to interactive computing, branching, looping, subscripts, and fu nctions in the context of the BASIC language. (Students wishin g proficiency i n BASIC should also take 140) . PrereqUIsite: high school algebra . I II and Interim (1) 140 BASIC II Continuation of 139 i ncluding input/ou tput, character variables, subroutines and simple file tech niques in BASIC. (Students may enroll in 139 and 140 duri ng the same semester or different semesters. ) Prerequisite: 139 or equivalent or consent of instructor. I II and In terim (1)

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

141

COMPUTERIZED INFORMAnON SYSTEM S Compu ter science and extended BASIC, including file manipulations and data storage and retrieva l . Busi ness p roblems in statistics, linear program ming, re gressIOn and other fields using existing software pack ages. Prerequisite: 140. Prerequisite or concurrent reg istration in both M ATH 1 28 and STAT 231 or their equivalent, or consent of instructor. I I I (1) 144 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE An introduction to computer science induding algo rithm design, structured programmin g , numerical/ non-numerical applications and use of data files. The PASCAL programming langua ge will be used. Pre requisites: MATH 133 or MATH 227 or MATH 128 or equivalent. I II (4) 199 DIRECTED READING Sup ervis d study of topics selected to meet the indi vidua l's needs or interests; prima rily for students awarded advanced placement in com p uter science. Admission only by departmental invita tion. (1 -2) 240 FORTRAN An accelerated introducti n to the FORTRA pro gramming language. Study of the rul of statement formation . Topics include input/output, computa tion, branching, looping, data types, and subp rograms. Numeric and non-numeric problems will be solved . Some previous experience with programming is re commended . II (2) 242 COBOL Presenta tion and application of th COBOL program ming language to business problem . Prerequisite: 144 or 1 39-141 or consent of instructor. 1 (2) 270 OATA STRUCTURES Study of basic data structures such as linear lists, Linked lists, stacks, queues, trees, and threaded lists . Application of these forms to problems of search ing, sorting, string processing, graph theory, and data storage . Prerequisite: 144. 1 II (4) 275 DESIG N AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS Basic data structures reviewed and a pplied to the analysis of problems associated with searching, sort ing, strings, and minimal paths. Study of the comp lex ity and storage requirements of the a lgori thms. Use of top-down and structured rogramming. Prerequisit : CSC! 270, M ATH 151 . U (4 280 DIGITAL LOGIC Boolean algebra and combinatorial logic applied to basic logic circuits, digital arithmetic, data conversion, and other components of a computer. Prerequisite: 144. 1 (2) 348 MODELING AND SIMULATION An applications structured programming course solv ing various problems. Statistics, data structures, mathematical modeling, simul tion, documentation, and team programming tech niques will be a p plied . Prerequisites : MATH 1 5 1 , CSCI 270 and either MATH 227 or MATH 331 . aly I I (4)

380

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE AND COMPUTER ORGANIZAnON Computer assembly language a pplied to various prob I ms. Topics include data forms, instruction formats, addressing, linking, macro definition, and computer architecture . Prerequisite: 270 I (4) 480 MICROPROCESSORS Study of microprocessors and their use in microcom puter system . Data representation, instruction for mats, programming, interrupts, I/O interfacing, data communications, availa ble software, a nd p rogram de velopment studied in lecture and laboratory sessions. Prerequisites: 280, 380. aly II (4) 490 SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE Selected topics from the list below. I II (4)

a . ASSEMBLERS AND COMPILERS Rudimen ta ry concepts of assemblers, interpreters and compilers a re developed . Topics include symbol tables, lexical form, syntax analysis and code generation for hi g h level la nguages such as PASCAL and FORTRAN. Prerequisite: 275. b . AUTOMATA Study of the theory of computa tion . Turing machines, formal languages, recursive theory, complexity, NP-completeness, and the halting p roblem may be considered . Prerequisites: 275, MATH 431 . c. SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING Principles of va rious programming systems a re data management, Process introduced. ma nagement, multi progra mming systems, virtua l memory, memory pa rtitioning, and JCL. Topics vary accordin g to interest and instructor. Prerequisite : 380. d. DATA BASE MANAGEMENT Data base management systems are reviewed. Discussion of data structures, storage, insertion, deletion, linkage, and security. Prerequisite: 270. e. COMPUTER GRAPHICS Exploration of techniques used to generate and interpret computer graphics . Transform a tions, restoration, enhancement softwa re, and other topics, depending u pon available equipment and instructor. Prerequisite: 270. 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequi it : consent of depaltment chair. (1-4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 1 39 1 40 308 316

BASIC I BASIC I I Financial Mathematics Computers in Society

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

Modern an C assical Lang ages Foreign la nguage learning provides a n urgently needed element i n our domestic and global comm W1ity: the ability to communicate effectively with and within other cultures. Through the med ium of language, stud nts increase their knowledge of the contributions other peopl have made to civiliza tion, history, literature, and the a rts and sciences. The Department of Modern and Classical Languages in cooperation with several European universities

pro v ides specific students with an opportunity to in France, Spain, Germany, Austria (Vienna), and Scandinavia .

study abroad

FACULTY Toven, Chair; Brown, Faye, Predmore, Rasmussen, Snee, Spangler, Sudermann, R. Swenson, Webster; assisted by DeSherlia, Yagow. There a re no department al prereqlIisites for the study of foreign languages. Potential majors are, however, encouraged to obtain as much high school preparation as p ossible. Students with previous experience may q u a l i ty for p lac e me nt i n to intermediate or adva nced cou [ ' (' s . T det rmine the appropriate level students a re encouraged to take the language placement examination a t the beginning o f the fall 'emester o r to c.on s u l t w i t h a departmental adviser. Tho e q ual i fying f o r a dv anced placement may also rece ive credit toward the major for work c o mp le t e d i n high school, thus enabling them to pursu a , second major.

Major and minor prog ra m s are available in Classics, French, German, Norwe gian, and Spanish. Departmental courses are a primary com p onent i n t he in t e rd i sci p l in ary majors offered in Classics and Scandinavian Area Stu d ies. Minors are also offered in Greek and Latin. BACHELOR OF ARTS: Major in French, German or Spanish - Minimum of 32 semester hours beyond 101 -102, i nc lu d mg 201, 202, 321, 351, 352, plus u pper division electives, i nclud ing at least 4 semester hours of l i te ra tu re. Spanish 322 mav be substituted for Spanish 321 . Major in Norwe g i a n - Mini mum of 32 semester hours, including 101, 102, 201, 20 2, 351 , 352, and a t least one of the 400-level literature courses from Scandinavian Studies. M ajo r in Classics 40 semester hours, includin g 8 semester hours of Greek and 8 sem e s te r hours of Latin and an additional 8 hours of either Greek or Latin. Remaining courses arc selected in consultation with the classics coordinator. Major i n Scandinavian Area Studies - 40 semester hours, including 1 6 semester hours in Danish, Norwe g ian, or Swedish and 4 semester hours each in ScandinavIan literature and Scandinavian hi s to ry. Rem a i nin g courses are selected in consultation with the p rogram coordinator. See the section of this catalog' on International Education for additional information about the interdep a rt m ental major pr og ra m in Scandinavian Area Studies. -

MINOR I N FRENCH, G E RMAN, NORWEGIAN, OR SPANISH - 24 semester hours, induding 101, 102, 201, 202, 351, and one o the r upper division course. MINOR IN CLASSICS ( G REEK OR LA TIN)

hours which may include 101-102.

20 semester

Courses in all minors J? rog rams will be chosen in consultation with a departmental adVIser. Advanced p la ce me nt may be

445

METHODOLOGY OF TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES Theory and techniques of forei�n language teaching; special problems in the student s major language; em phasis on audio-lingual techniques. (2) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4) 507, 598 (2-4)

G RADUATE RESEARCH

Classics The Classics Program is a co o p er a tiv e effort amon g the Depart ments of Modern and Classical Lan g ua ges, His tory, Philosophy, Religion, and Art. Its goal is to unite the "heart of the liberal arts" with the mind, through history and p hil osop hy, and the soul, through religion, and to embe.llish this tnnity of themes with the vis ual experience of art. This interdepartmental major re q uires the comp letion of 10 courses, includm g at least one year o f one of the classIcal lan gua ges and two of the oth er (Greek and Latin). The remainin g courses are selected from the list below in consultation with the prog ram coo rdi nator. ·

Latin 101-102 - Elementary Latin 201-202 - I nte rme di a te Greek 101-102 - Elementary Gree.k 201-202 - Intermediate Greek 421-422 - Masterpieces of Greek Literature

g ranted.

Hebrew 101 - Elementary Biblical

BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Students enrolled in the prog ram are required to take 445. For fur t h e r details, s ee School o f Ed u cati o n .

Art 1 80 - Traditions of Western Art

Art 1 10 - l ntroduction to Art Art 280 - Modern Art Art 380 - Contemporary Art Art 386 - Imag ery and Symbolism

COURSE OFFERING S 1 1 0, 1 1 1 SIGN LANGUAGE An introduction to the structure of American Sign Language and to the world of the hearing-impaired. Basic signing skills and sign language vocabulary; fingerspelling; the particular needs and problems of deaf peo ple. Material p resented through demonstra tions, drills, mime, reCItals, lectures, and discussions. I I I (2,2) 200 STRUCTURAL LINGUISTICS The study of the nature of language; principles and techniques of descriptive language analysis; elemen tary application of linguistic analysis to selected materials . No prerequisites. (4) 271 LITERATURE AND SOCIETY IN MODERN EUROPE Reading and discussion of works in English transla tion by authors like Flaubert, Ibsen, ana Th. Mann, who exem p lify Realism and Naturalism in various European literatures. Emphasis on social themes, in cluding life i n i ndustrial society, the changing status of women, and class conflict. I nstructor assisted by other faculty members specializing in the various national literatures. No prerequisite. Satisfies the general uni versity core requirem�nt in literature. (4)

Art 388 - American Art Art 490 - Seminar H istory 321 - Classical Civilization Philosophy 331 - Ancient Ph i lo so phy

Religion 241 - Biblic<ll Literature Religion 341 - Old Testament Studies Rel i g ion 342 - New Testament S tud ies Re l i g ion 371 - Ancient Church History Independent Study Courses Selected Interim Courses Students are expected to become famili<lr with th e readin g list fo r that part of the pro g ram (art, literature, history, philosophy, or religion) in which thelT interest lie s . The program is designed to be flexible. In consultation with the Classics Committee, a student may elect a c ours e or courses not on the classics course list.

French 101, 1 02 ELEMENTARY FRENCH Essentials of pronunciation, intonation, and structure; basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Laboratory attendance required. I II (4, 4) 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Review of basic grammar; development of vocabulary and emphasis on spontaneous, oral expression. Read ing selections which reflect France's cultural heritage and society. Laboratory attendance required. I II (4, 4)

MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

321 CT VILIZATION AND CULTURE Present-day France as reflected in current li terature, periodicals, television a nd films, written compositions and oral reports; cond ucted in Frenc . Prerequisite: 202 (4) 351 , 352

COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Advanced grammar, stylistics, compo iti n, and con versation on current topics; conducted in French . Pre requisite: 202. I II (4, 4) 421 , 422 MASTERPIECES OF FRENCH . LITERATURE A uthors representative of major periods from the Middle Ages through the nineteenth c ntury; th style and structure and the moral and artistic in tentions of such a uthors as Rabelais, Monta igne, Molier , Corneille, Pascal, Volta ire, Rousseau, 1 ugo, and Baudelaire . Prerequjsite: 202. I I I aly (4, 4) 431 , 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE Selected twentieth century writers from France and other francophone countries. May include Gide, Ca mus, Sartre, Beckett, Aime Cesair , and Anne Hebert. Prerequisite: 202. l ll a/y (4, 4) 442 m STORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES Hi storical development of Romance langu ge with reference to current languages; same as Spanish 442 . D aly (4) 491, 492 INDEPEND ENT STUDY (2-4)

German 101, 102 ELEMENTARY GERMAN In troduc tion to the German la n guage . Basic skills of ora l and written communication 111 cfassroom and lab oratory practice. Use of ma terials reflecting cant mpo rary German life . Meets five hours weekly. 1 II (4, 4) 201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE G ERMAN Continued practic in oral and written com munica tion in classroom and laboratory. Use of materials which reflect con tem p orary life as well as the German cu l tural heritage. Meets four hours weekly. I n (4, 4)

32 1 GERMAN CIVILIZATION German cultural and linguistic history from th ' 1 7th century to the present. A esthetic and historical con sideration of representative works from the En lighten ment, the Age of Goethe, the 1 9th and 20th centuries. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalen t. 11 aly (4) 351 , 352

COMPOSITION AND CONVE RSATION Int nsive review of gra mmar w i th emphasis on id iomatic usage; u se of contem porary authors as models of style . Conversation on topics of student interest . Conducted i n German . Prerequisite: 202 o r equiva len . I II (4, 4)

421

GERMAN LITERATURE: THE AGE OF GOETHE Representative works from the Enlightenment to Goethe's death, circa 1 750-1 832, including Storm and Stress, Classicism and Romanticism . Prerequisite: 202 or equiva len t. I aly (4) 422 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Representative works from the various literary move ments of the nineteenth century, 1820- 1890, including Biedermeier, Young Germa ny, and Realism . Pre requisite: 202 or equiva lent . 1 1 aly (4) 431 G ERMAN LITERATURE: THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Representative works of German literature from Naturalism to Expressionism, 1890-1 925 . Prerequ isite: 202 or equivalent. I aly (4) 432 CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE Representative works from 1925 to the present; authors from East and West Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. n aly (4) 4c42 H ISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE Historical development of German with reference to cont mporary language; conducted in Germa n . Pre r quisite: 202 II aly (4) 49 1 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

Greek

101 , 1 02 ELEMENTA RY GREEK Basic skills in reading classical , kaine, and pa tristic Greek. I IT (4, 4) 201 , 202 INTERMED IATE GREEK Selected kainc readings from Hellenistic Greek Iitera tur with major emphasis on the New Testamen t. 1 I I (4, 4)

42 1, 422

MASTERPIECES OF G REEK LITERATURE AvailabJe through consultation with the department. P rerequisites: 1 01 , 1 02 . I II (4, 4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

Hebrew 101 E LEMENTARY B IBLICAL HEBREW An introduction to the mor p hology and syntax of Bib licallcl assical Hebrew . Em phasis on building basic vo cabulary for reading simp[er prose sections of the Old Testa ment. (4)

Latin 101, 1 02

ELEMENTARY LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD BUILDING Basic skills in reading Latin; excursions into Roman history and mvthology; English vocabulary building from Latin an cf' E n g lisn word con struction from Latin ate prefixes and suffixes are emphasized. I II (4, 4)

MODERN & CLASSI CAL LANGUAGES

201, 202 INTERMEDIATE LATIN Lyric and epic poetry, its translation and adapta tion by Eng lish and American poets; the second semester includes the reading of an Italian author. I II (4, 4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

Norwegian 101, 102 ELEMENT ARY NORWEGIAN lntr�d uces the s .tl!dents to .the pleasure of speaking, readmg, and wnhng a foreIgn language. These skins are developed through a conversational approach, using songs and other cultural materials, a well as aud io-visual media . I II (4, 4) 201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE NORWEG IAN Develops the students' command of the language while further acquain ting them with the Norwegian cultural heritage. Reading selections introduce the stude nts to Norwegian folKlore and daily life. I II (4, 4) 351 CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Develops the students' ability to express themselves well in th language, orally and in writin g . Selected contemporary materials will be used as models of s tyle and usage . Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. (4) 352 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Develops the students' command o f the language by emphasizin § the finer points of structure, style, and good taste. I rerequisite: 351 or equiva lent. (4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

Scandinavian 321 VIKINGS AND EMIGRANTS Highlights of Scand inavian history, from the begin nin g to the p �ese � t. Emphasi� on periods and ways in whIch Scandmavla has contnbuted to world history. Readings in the original for majors; class conducted in English . I a/y (4) 322 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA Neutrality and occupation; the emergence of the wel fare state; social reforms, planned economies, and cul tural policies; Scandinavia and the European commu nity. Readings in the original for majors; class con ducted in English. aly (4) 421 IBSEN, STRINDBERG, AND THEIR CONTEMPORARIES Selected authors from the romantic and realistic periods in Scandinavian literature . Readings in the riginal for majors; class cond ucted in E nglis h . aly (4) 422 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIAN LITERATURE Literature in all genres, reflecting 20th century trends and issues in Scandinavia . Readings in the original for majors; class conducted in English. aly (4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4)

Spanish 1 01 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY SPAN ISH Essentials of pronunciation, intonation, and structure; basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and wri ting. Laboratory attenda nce required . I II (4, 4) 201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A continuation of elementary Spanish; reading selec tions which reflect the Hispanic cultural heritage as well as contemporary materials. . Laboratory attendance required. r II (4, 4) 321 CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Historic and artistic elements which have sha ped Spanish thought and behavior from the beginnin gs to the present; conducted in Spanish . Prerequisite: 202 I (4) 322

LATIN A ME RICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Historic, artistic, literary, sociological, and geographic elements shaping the develop ment of the Spanish speaking New World . Both Hispanic and non-His panic elements will be stud ied . -Prerequisite: 202 or four years of high school Spanish . 11 (4) 351 , 352

COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Topics of current interest as a basis for improved oral and written expression; conducted in Spanish . Pre requisite: 202. I II (4, 4) 421 , 422 MASTERPIECES OF HISPANIC LITERATURE All genres of major literary works from the Poema del Cid, to 1 898; forces which produced the literature; ap preCiation of literah1l'e as a work of art. Prerequisite: 202. I I I aly (4, 4) 431 , 432

TWENTIETH CENTURY HISPANIC LITERATURE The first semester deals with the literature of Spain from the "Generacion de '98" to the present. The sec ond semester deals with the literature of Spanish America from the modernista movement (1888) to the present. Emphasis on period will vary. (4, 4) 442 H ISTORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES Historical development of Romance languages with reference to current languages; same as French 442. II aly (4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERE D I N THE 1982 INTERIM 1 01 304 307 313 315

Elementary Norwegian The Past and the Future as Seen from Cuba The Thought and Cuisine of French Classicism Introduction to Spoken German Scandinavia in the New World

MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES

Music The study o f music is, i n these times of stress and rapid cha nge, a type of inves tme nt that ca n provide enduring satisfaction. The staff and facilities of Pacific Lutheran University are such that students may p ursue studies in many branches of music leading to academic degrees as well as lifelong enjoyment . Degree programs include the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Master of Mu sic, which i s offered with concentration in either cond ucting, composition, education, or performanc . The Bachelor of Arts in Education with a maj or in music is offered for those intending to become teachers in the public school s . Both the undergraduate a n d graduate programs are accredited regionally and nationally. Pacific Lutheran University is an associate member of the National Association of Schools of Music. PLU music graduates find places for themselves as teachers of music i n public and private schools and colleges, as conductors, as private teachers, and as classroom teachers. A considerable number contribute greatly to church worship a organists, choir directors, or fuji-time ministers. Some have found satisfying careers in mu sic merchandisi ng, others in concert management. Sti l l others, with e mphasis on performance, are in o pera and on the concert stage, as well as in popular entertainment, vocally and instrumen tally.

Facilities incl ude space and instruments for individual practice and recita l . Private study in keyboard is available in piano, organ, and harpsichord . Other private study includes voice and all string, wind, and percussion instruments, taught by regularly performing musicians . Professional-quality experience is available to qual i fied performers in band, orchestra, choir, jazz, and chamber ensembles. Exposure to musical literature is to be gained not only through intensive course work i n h istory and literature, but also in attendance at the large number of concerts annually presen ted by the performing organizations as well as by stude n ts, faculty, and guest artists in recital . It must be emphasized that music majors form but a part of the multi-faceted program of music at PLU. All students are eligible to audition for the performing organizations and constitute perhaps half of the membership . Introductory music courses during both the regular semesters and the interim are designed for exploration and self-fulfillment.

FACULTY Skones, Chair; Robb ins, Acting Chair; K. Vaught Farner, R. Farner, Frohnmayer, Gard, G. Gil bertson, Harmic, Hoffman, C. Knapp, Kracht, McTee, L. Meyer, B. Poulshock, Tremaine; assisted by S. Anderson, Bloomingdale, Byrnes, Dean, E ddy, Grainger, Harty, K. Johnson, Kelly, S. Knapp, Kopta, Kruse, Leavens, Lindeman, McCarty, Michel, Moore, Nace, N . Poulshock, Schlafer, Schotten, Schulman, Shapiro, Thompson, Timm erman, Wright-Ritchie, Ziegenfel der.

BACHELOR O F M U SIC - INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE

M usic Music Music 323 326 345 2-/4-'

22 Core 8 Large En semble 2 Linearity Orchestration 2 Basic Conducting 2 Private Instruction 1 6" 201 Oass Piano: M i n . Level 4 2 381 Chambe r Ensemble 4 382 ontemporary Directions Ensemble 2 423 Form I 2 424 Form f l , o r 425 Form m 2 445 Adva nced Conducting 2 Literaturerrheory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 8 74 Total 'Seninr Recital rl'quired "String majors w i l l take an additional 2 semester hours of Music 454, Stri ng Pedagogy. -

For int roductory courses to the field of music, see the descriptions of Music 1 00 and 1 1 1 . Students intending to major in music should begin the major rnusi :; quences i n the first yea r . Failu re t o d o so may mean an extra semester o r year to complete the major program. Music majors should fill out a declaration of major form during their first semester of enrollment in the program and be assigned to a music faculty adviser. Only grades of "C" or better in music COUTses may be cou n ted toward a music major. Courses i.n which the student receives lower than a "C" m u s t be repeated unless substitute course work is a u thorized by the depar tment. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Maximum ()f 40 semester hours includ in g 1 23, 124, 125, 126, 132, 223, 225, 226, 227, 231 , plus 4 hours of ensemble; 6 hours of literat ure/theory electives trom 327-339, 423-438; 8 hours of private instruction, p i an o (minimum class level 2). In a d dition to requirements fisted above, candidates for the B . A . degree must meet the foreign language re.quireme n t i n the College of Arts and Sciences. BACHELOR OF ARTS LN ED U CATION : Consult the School of Education section of this catalog.

The department of music also offers the following degree programs: Bachelor of Music in I n s trumental Performance Bachelor o f Music in Organ Performance Bachelor of Music in Piano Performance Bachelor of Music i n Vocal Performance Bachelor of Music in Theory and Composition Bachelor of Music in Church Music Bachelor of Music i n Commercial Music Master of Music i n Com position, Conducting, Music Education, and Pe. rformance Consult the Graduate Catalog for details of the M a ster of Music program. Following is the program for all entering freshmen who i n tend to major in music: Courses Theory: 123, 124 Mu ic History: 132 Ear Trai ning: 125, 126 Class Piano: 201 Private Instruction Large Ensemble (performance majors in some areas may postpone this) Physical Education General University Requirements

Pall 3

Spring 2 4

1 1 4

MUSIC

7 hours 8 hours 4 hours 3 hours

22 6 2 2 2 16 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 68

'Senior Recital required BACHELOR Music Music Music 323 345 202/402' 218 351 382 383 423 424 425 431 451

OF M U S I C - PIANO PERFORMANCE Core La rge nsemble Linearity Basic Conducting Private Instruction: Piano Private InstTuction: Harpsichord Accompanying Contemporary Directions Ensemble Two Piano Ensemble Form I Form 1 1, or Form HI History of Piano Literature and Perfor mance Piano Pedagogy Literature/Theorv Electives from 327-339, 424-438 Ensemble electives Total ďż˝

22 2 2 2 16

2 1 2 2 2 2 4 6 2 68

'Senior Recital Required

Piano majors may elect to specialize i n soLo piano, accompanying, or piano peda g og y. Piano accom p anying majors and p',l n o pedagogy majors s h an present 112 reCltals i n the j u nior or senior year. Piano accompanying majors shall accompany two full vocal or instrumental recitals. Piano pedagogy majors shall take four additional cred i t hours in piano pedagogy.

The following core is re quired in all music degree programs w i t h t h e exceptIon of Junior High Teaching Minor (non-specialist), Elementary Teaching Major ( non-specialist), and Elementary Teachi n g Minor (non-spďż˝cialist): Theory: 123, 1 24, 223 Music History: 1 32, 231 Ear Training: 1 25, 1 26, 225, 226 20th Century: 227

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - ORGAN PERFORMANCE Core Music Music Ensemble (to include Chamber Ensemble, Contem porary Directions Ensemble) Music323 Linearity 345 Basic Conducting 352 Orga n Improvisation 203/403' Private Instruction: Organ 218 Private Ins truction: Harpsichord 423 Form l 424 Form f I , or 425 Form 11\ 436 History of Organ Building 437 Sacred Music Litera ture 438 Hymnology and Music of the Li tu rgy Literature/ Theory Electives from 327-338, 424-438 Total

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - VOCAL PERFORMANCE

Music Music 360-363 Music 323 345 201 2041404' 353 366 423 424 425 453 Language

Core

Large Ensemble Linearity Basic Conducting Class Piano: Min. Level 8 Private Instruction: Voice Solo Vocal Literature Opera Workshop (2 semesters) Form I Form II, or Form III Vocal Pedagogy Literaturerrheo ry Electives from 327-339, 424-438·' French or German Total

8 2 2 4 12 2 2 2 2 2 6 8 74

Recommended: PE 241 Modern Dance COMA 250 Fundamentals of Acting ·Senior Recital required ·"To include Music 437, Sacred Music Literature BACHELOR OF MUSIC - THEORY AND COMPOSITION

Music Music Music 249 323 326 327 345 2-/4201 382 423 424 425 426 445

Core Large Ensemble Electronic Music Laboratory Linearity Orchestration Composition ( p rivate study) Basic Conducting Private Instruction: Principal Instrument Class Piano: Min. Level 8 Contemporary Directions Ensemble Form I Form II, or Form III Advanced Orchestration Advanced Conducting Literature/Theory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 Total

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - CHURCH MUSIC

Music 360-363 360-382 203/403 or 2041404' 203/403 or 2041404 323 326 331 381 382 423 424 or 425 437 438 445 453 469

22 2 1 2 2 14 2 6 4 2 2 2 2 2 8 73 22 6 1

Principal Instrument (Organ or Voice)

'Senior Recital required

2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Total

449 467

Core Choral Ensemble Large Ensemble

Secondary Instrument (Organ or Voice) Linearity Orchestration Music ofJ.S. Bach Chamber Ensemble Contemp . Dir. Ensemble Form ! Form II or III Sacred Music Literature Hymnolo gy, Music of Liturgy AdvancedCond ucting Vocal Pedagogy Church Music Practicum Literaturerrheo ry Electives from 327-339, 423-438 Religion Elective (Beyond the required courses of the Distributive Core)

BACHELOR OF MUSIC - COMMERCIAL MUSIC

Music 360-363, 370,380 1 27 128 201 2-/4-' 327 328 339 344 345 372 423 442

4 78

Core

Large Ensemble Jazz Theory Jazz Theory IJ Class Piano (minimum level 4) Private Instruction Orchestration Arrangin History 0 Jazz Styles Improvisation Workshop Basic Cond uctin U niversity Jazz nsemble Form I Methods and Materials of Commercial Music Recording Techniques and Technology Commercial Music Field Experience in Performance Electives

22 4 2 2 2 8 2 2 2 4 2 4 2

Efr

2 2

Total

2 8 72

'Senior Recital required

COURSE OFFERINGS 101 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC Introduction to music literature with emphasis on lis tening, structure, period, and style. Designed to en hance the enjoyment a n d understanding of music. Not open to maj ors. (4) 123 THEORY I The study of musical terms, fundamentals, notation, melody writing, and harmonization through a nalysis and writing. (3) 124 THEORY II A continuation of 123. (2) 125 EAR TRAINING I Development of aural skills in simple rhythmic dicta tion, intervals, sig ht-singing using progressive exer cises consisting ofshort melodies. (1) 126 EAR TRAINING II Continued development of aural skills in sight-sing ing, melodic and rhythmic dictation. Elementary har monic dictation. (1) 127 JAZZ THEORY I I n troduction to the theoretical basis of jazz, including melodic, harmonic, and formal aspects as well as ear training. (2) 128 JAZZ THEORY II A continuation of ]27. Prerequisite: 127 or consent of instructor. (2) l32 MUSIC HISTORY I The evolution of Western music from the early Chris tian era through the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Prerequisite: 1 23. (4) 201 CLASS INSTRUCTION PIANO (1)

MUSIC

202 203 204

PRIV ATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4)

205

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: VIOLIN/VIOLA (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/BASS (14)

206 207 208 209 210 2 1 2U 213

PRIVATE INSTRUCfION: ORGAN (1-4) PRIVATE AND CLA SS INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4) PRI VATE INSTRUCTION: OBOEIENGLIS H HORN (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: BASSOON (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CLARINET (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE (14) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FRENCH HORN (1-4)

214

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROMBONEI BARITONE (1-4)

2t5 216

PRIVATE INSTRUCTIO N: TUBA (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSSION (14)

217

PRIVATE A N D CLASS INSTRUCTION: GUITAR (1-4)

218

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARP (1-4)

219

PRI VATE INSTRUCTION: HARPSICHORD ( 1-4)

One h a l f-houf private, r two one-hour�:ass l e ss on s pef week in ad daily outside practice. Stude n ts receiving permission to registef for two semester h urs of cred i t will receive two one-half hour p ri vate lessons per wee k. tudents in piano, voice, and guitar may be a ss i gn ed to class in stTIlction at the discretion of the mu 'ic

diti n t

(a cuity. Special fcc in addition to tuitio n .

223 THEORY ill Systema tic study of ern rgent theoretical cons true from th 1 8th and 19th c n tury as represented in liter ature of that period . (2) 225

EAR TRAINING III

Advanced a ural skills through extended rhythms a nd m lodies. Emphasis on harmonic dictati n. (1)

226 EAR TRAINING IV

Sight-Singing, includin g pan-tonal melodies. Har mornc dicta tion of modulatory chord pro g ressions in volving chromatic alteration. Advanced rh yt hmic dic tation. (1) 227 20TH CENTURY M U SIC The evolution of Western arl music in the 20th century from early developments t current trends, including � udy of emer gent theoretical constructs. PreTequi SIt s: 223, 231 . (3) 231 MUSIC HISTORY II The evol ution of Western music in the Classic and Romantic eras. Prerequisites: 124, 132. (4)

MUSIC

241 -242 STRING LABORATORY Methods and materials of teaching and playing string instruments in the public schools (1, 1)

243-244 WOODWIND LABORATORY Methods and materials of teaching and playing wood wind instruments in the public schools. ( 1 , 1) 245-246 BRASS LABORATORY Methods and materials of teachin g and playing brass instruments in the public schools. (1 , 1 ) 247 PERCU SSION LABORATORY Methods and materials of teachin g and playing per cussion instruments in the public SC110ols. ( 1 ) 249 ELECTRONIC MUSIC LABORATORY A laboratory experience dealing with materials and methods o f elementary electronic music synthesis. Real-time expe rience in the electronic music studio, as well as discussion of various p op ular synthesizers, electronic music aesthetics, a n d t h e use of electronic instruments in secondary education. ( 1 ) 323 LINEARITY Linear-structu ral analysis of literature of the 19th a nd 20th centuries; in troduction to Schenkerian analysis; writing and p erformance ex p erience in the contrapun ta l styles of th ese periods. (2) 326 ORCHESTRATION The range, transposition, sound, and technical char acteristics of instruments. Notation, scoring, and ar ranging for conventional and unique instrument groupings. Prer quisite: 223. a/y (2) 327 COMPOSITION A systema tic approach to contemporary musical com position; students create and notate works for solo, small a nd lar g e ensembles. May be repeated for addi tional credit. S pecial fee in addition to tuition . (1-4) 328 ARRANGING Study of orchestrational techniques applied to com mercial music. Prerequisite: 327 or consent of instruc tor.(2) All m usic literature cou rses numbered fronz 331 to 339 are open to all un iversity enrollment without prereq uisite. 331 MUSIC OF JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH A study of selected works representing each of the pri

mary areas of the creative genius of J . s . Bach. aly (2) 332 ORNAMENTATION AND PERFORMANCE PRACTICES OF THE BAROQUE

t' ractical study of vocal and instrumental ornamen tation as it evolved in the 1 7th and 1 8th centuries. aly (2) 333 MUSIC OF HAYDN AND MOZART Score analysis and study of the historical significance of selected works of Haydn a nd Mozart. aly (2) 334 MUSIC OF BEETHOVEN A general survey with in-depth study of selected wOl:ks. aly (2) 336 CHAMBER MUSIC LITERATURE A general sur ey with in-depth study of selected chamber works for represe nta tive genre . aly (2) A

337 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY ART SONG A study of selected art song literature of Schubert, Schumann, Brahms, Wolf, Strauss, Beethoven, Faure, Debus y, and DuParc. Style analysis and interpreta tion with performance in class. a/y (2) 338 HISTORY OF OPERA A general survey with in-depth study of selected op ra scores. aly (2) 339 HISTORY OF JAZZ STYLES A survey of the evolution of jazz from 1900 to present, including early development a nd trends. aly (2) 341

MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

Methods and procedures for the classroom teacher in developi n g the various mu ic activities in the elemen tary sch 01. Offered in the fall semester for students preparing to become music specialists. £fered in the sprmg semester for tho e students preparing for elementary classroom teaching. (2)

343 VOCAL JAZZ TECHNIQUES

Methods, literature, style, and techniqu for the vocal jazz ensemble. Emphasis on the acquisition of skills nec ssa ry for teaching vocal j azz in the secondary sch 01. ( 1 ) 344

lMPROVISATION WORKSHOP

Small group performance empha sizing individual im p rovisation in a variety of jazz styles. May be repeated for credi t. (1) 345 BASIC CONDUCTING Introduction to basic pa tterns, gestures, and conduct ing techniques; application to appropriate vocal and instrumental scores. (2) 349 ELECTRONIC MUSIC PRACTICUM Applicati n of lectronic techniques to composi tional process. For non- composition majors only. Assigned studi time on a regular basis. Prerequisite: 249. (1) 351 ACCOMPANYING Practice in accompanying representative vocal and in strum n tal solo literature from all periods . Special fee in addition to tuition. (1) 352 ORGAN IMPROVI SATION Basic techniques of improvisation, particularly as re lated to hymn tunes. aly (2) 353 SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE Survey of solo vocal litera ture . (2) 360 CHOI R OF THE WEST A stud of choral literature and technique through re hearsa and performance of both sacred and secular music. Emp haSi s on individual vocal development through choral si nging. Auditions at the beginning of fall seme ter. (1 )

361

UNIVERSITY CHORALE

A tud of choral literature and technique through re hearsa and performa nce of both sacred and secula r music. Empha sis on individ ual vocal development through choral singing. Audition at the beginning of fall semester. ( 1 )

362 CONCERT CHOIR A stud of choral literature and technique through re hearsa and p erformance of both sacred and secular music. Emphasis on individual vocal development through choral singing. Auditions at the beginning of fall semester. (1) 363 UNIVERSITY SINGERS A study of choral li tera ture and technique through re hearsal and p erformance of both sacred and secular music. Emphasi s on individual vocal development through choral singing. Open to all students in the university and interested community musicians re gardl s f previous mu sical experience. (1) 364 M ADRIGAL A study of secular part song through reading and per formance. ( 1 ) 366 OPERA WORKSHOP Stage production of opera, chamber opera, and opera scenes. Participation In all facets of production. Pre requisite: consent of instructor.(1) 370 UNIVERSITY BAND Study of selected wind ensemble literature through re hearsal and performa nce. Membership by audition . (1) 372 UNIVERSITY JAZZ ENSEMBLE Study of selected jazz literature through rehearsal and p erformance. Membership by audition. (1) Section A Instrumental; Section B - Ins trumental; Section C Vocal. 380 UNI VERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA Study of selected orchestral literature through rehear sal and performance. Membership by au dition . ( 1 ) 3 8 1 CHAMBER ENSEM BLE Reading, rehearsal, and performance of selected in strumental chamber music. Prerequisite: consent of chamber music coordinator. (1) Section A - String; Section B - Brass; Section C - Wood wind; Section D- Early Instruments 382 CONTEMPORARY DIRECTIONS

ENSEMBLE

PUbl.ic and laboratory performance of contemporary mUSIc. (1) 383 TWO PIANO ENSEMBLE Techniques and p ractice in the performance of two p-iano and p iano duet literature; includes sight reading a nd program planning. ( 1 ) 401 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: JAZZ (1-4) 402 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4) 403 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: ORGAN (1-4) 404 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4) 405 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: VIOLIN/VIOLA (1-4)

406

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/BASS (14)

407

P-RIVATE INSTRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)

MUSIC

408 409 410 41 1

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HORN (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: 4)

OBOE/ENGLISH B ASSOON (1-4) CLARINET (1-4) SAXOPHONE (1-

412

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET (1-4) 413 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FRENCH HORN (1-4) 414 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROMBO NE/ BARITONE (1-4) 415 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TUBA (1-4) 416 PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSS ION (14) 417 418 419

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: GUITAR (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARP (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARPSICHORD (1-4�

One half-hour lesson per week. Students receiving permission to register for 2-4 semester hours of credit will receive two one-half hou r private lessons per week. Special fcc i n addition to tuition. All 400 series private instruction requires permission from the M u sic Department before registration.

423 FORM I Advanced a nalysis of li terature from Classic, Early and Middle Roma ntic styles in representative genres 'lnd media. a/y (2) 424 FORM II Advanced analysis of literature from late Romantic, I mpressionist, and Na tionalistic styles in rep resenta tive genres and media . Prerequisite: 423. a/y (2) 425 FORM III Advanced a nalysis of litera ture fro m Modern and Contempora ry styles in representative genres and media. Prerequisite: 423. a/y (2) 426 AD VANCED ORCHESTRATION Directed study and scoring of selected piano works for la rge ensemble; indepencfe nt study, may be repeated for additional credit. Offered on demand. (2) 428 ADVANCED ARRANGING A continuation of 328 on an i ndividuali7-ed basis. Pre requisite: 328 or consent of instructor. May be re ?eated for additional credit. ( 1 -2) All music literature courses n umbered from 431 to 438 are open to all u niversity enrollment without prerequ isi te .

431

HISTORY OF PIANO LITERATURE AND PERFORMANCE A study of representa tive piano compositions of all periods. a/y (2)

433 MUSIC OF BELA BARTOK A study of representative works of various periods of Bartok. a/y (2)

MUSIC

435

MUSIC IN THE UNITED STATES : A HI STORICAL INTRODUCTION A survey from the colonial p erio d to the present cover ing both the cultivated and the vernacu lar tra ditions. a/y (2) 436 HISTORY OF ORGAN BUILDING A two-fold study, involving both the technical evolu tion of the pipe organ (key-actions, windchest de signs, pipework varieties and construction, the organ case) as well as the historical evolution of the various concepts of tonal design as these relate to the perform a nce of organ literature . a/y (2) 437 SACRED MUSIC LITERATURE A survey of church music primarily through the study of representative major works. a/y (2) 438

HYMNOLOGY AND THE MUSIC OF THE LITURGY A survey of Christian hymnody, considered from both a musical and poetic viewpoint . Also conside red will be the concept and performance of music for the liturgy, both historic and contemporary, p rimarily from the Roman, A nglica n, and Lutheran traditions. a/y (2) 441 RECENT TECHNIQUES FOR ELEM ENTARY MUSIC The concern of the upper elementary and middle school music teacher, including Orff a nd Kokdaly techniques. (2) 442 METHODS AND MATERIALS OF COMMERCIAL MUSIC Source s and applications of commercial m usic methods and materials, including business and legal consideratio ns. (2) 443 METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR SECONDARY CHORAL MUSIC The organization and administration of the seco ndary school music curriculum with particular attention to the needs of the choral program. Orga nization, man agement, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, and choral litera ture appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 7-12. (2) 444

METHOD S AND MATERIALS FOR SCHOOL INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC The organization and administration of the secondary school music curriculum with particular attention to the needs of the instrumental p ro g ram . Organization, management, teachi ng methods, rehearsal tech niques, and instrumental literature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4-12. 445 ADVANCED CONDUCTING Refinement of p atterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; application to appropriate vocal and in strumental scores. Prerequisite: 345. (2) 449 RECORDING TECHNIQUES AND TECHNOLOGY The theory and practice of audio recording, including laboratory experience w ith various media, recording equipment, locations, and genre. Private or group in struction . Special fee . (2)

451 PlANO PEDAGOGY Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of piano, i�c1l1ding techniques of p � va te an d cl ass p i a n o . mstnIction . Methods and ma tenals trom beginning through advanced levels . (2) Section A - Basic; Section B - Lower Ele me ntary ; Section C Upper Elementary; Section D A dvanced .

514 515 516

452

ORGAN PEDAGOGY AND REPERTOIRE Meth od s and techniques of private organ i n struction, including supervisea practical exp rie n ce A survey of o rg n literature representative of a l l major compo ers a nd style periods. aly (2) 453 VOCAL PE DAGOGY Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of singing. (2) .

454 STruNG PEDAGOGY The phy s iologi ca l and p sycholo gica l a pproach t o string p la yi n g and tea ching. I nclu d es discussion and de m o ns trati o n of i nstrument a n d bow techniqll s, . pnvate lesson approach and mat rials, general a nd specific string proble ms. aly (2) 467 COMMERCIAL MUSIC FIELD EXPE RIENCE IN PERFORMANCE �re p a ratio � for p rofe ssi ona l wo �k th.rough practical field expe nence m pe r fo rma nce Sit uatio n s . Pr requis ites: 44 2 , co nsent of instmctor, and junior or senior st a t u s . (2) 468 PRACfICUM IN COMMERCIAL MUSIC A s u pervised educational experi nc in a work set tinS' Prerequisit es : consen t o f instructor and junior or seUtOr status. May be repeated for additional credit.

(2)

469 CHURCH MUSIC PRACTICUM Plan n i n g, rehearsing, and p roviding weekly music for a local church under the gUIda nce o fa faculty member.

(2)

49 1 , 492 INDEPEN DENT STUDY Pr requisite : consent of i ns tr ucto r . May be repeated for additional credit. (1 -4)

502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 51 0

5U 512 513

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4) PRIVATE PRIVATE PRIVATE (1-4) PRIVATE 4) PRIVATE

INSTRUCTION: ORGAN ( 1 4) IN STRUCTION: VOICE (1-4) INSTRUCTI ON: VIOL IN/VIOLA -

INSTRUCTION: CELLO/BASS (1INSTRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: OBOE/ENG LISH HORN (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: B ASSOON (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CLARINET ( 1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE (1 4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET (1-4)

517

518 519 520

PRI VATE INSTRUCTION : BARITONE (1-4) PRIVATE I STRUCTION: PRIVATE INSTRUCTION : 4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PRTVA TE INSTR UCTION:

TROMBONEI TUBA 0-4) PERCUSSION 0GUITAR (1-4) H A R P (1-4)

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARPSICORD (1-4) PRIVATE INSTRUCTlON: CONDUCTING (1-4)

One h � l f-hour lesson per week. Students receiving permission to re gIster tor 2-4 scm' ·ter hours of credit will receive two one-half hour private lessons per week. Spec ial fee in addition to tuition. AII SOO serie private i nstructi on requ i res permission from the Music De partment befort:' registrati on . ( 1 -4)

527 COMPOSITION A s y stematic ap proach t contem porary music com pOSI tion; stu dents crea te, nota t , and perform works for sol , small and large ensembles. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -4) 532 MUSIC Bm LIOGRAPHY AND RESE ARCH TE CHNIQUES Survey of the main research tools available for a d va n c ed work i n music. Course content can b e adapted to needs of students in music education, theory, or performance. a/y (2) 539 TOPICS IN MUSIC HISTORY Dev�lopment of a research paper on a selected subject relatmg to the departme ntal upper division offerings in music history and literature . (331 -339, 43 1-438). (2) 54� SEMINAR IN ADVANCED COND UCfING Directed study of selected scores for large a n d small ensembles, vocal and i n stru men tal . May be repeated for credi 1 . (2) 549 ELECTRONIC MUSIC SYNTHESIS Directed study of electronic music l i terature, tech ni ques, and composition. May be repeated for credit.

(1 -2)

551 ACCOMPANYING Practice i n accom p anying represen ta tive vocal and i n trun:ten �al solo literature from all periods. Accom pan yIng 111 p rforma nce will be r qui red . Special fee i n addItion to t u i t io n . (1) -

560 CHOm OF THE WEST A study of choral ensembL rehearsal techniques with emphasi o n sc re analYSis. ( 1) 561 UNIVERSITY CHORALE A study of choral ensemble rehearsal t echniques with emphasis on v cal pedagogy in the rehearsal. ( 1 )

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FRENCH HORN (1-4)

MUSIC

566

OPERA WORKSHOP

Stage production of opera, chamber opera, and opera scenes. Participation in all facets of production . Pre足 requisite: consent of instructor. (1)

570

UNIVERSITY BAND

572

UNIVERSITY JAZZ ENSEMBLE

A study of wind ensemble rehearsal techniques with emphasis on score ana lysis. (1)

A study of jazz ensemble rehearsal techniques with emphasis on stylistic considerations. ( 1 )

580

UNIVERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA

A study of orchestra enemble rehearsal techniques with emphasis on score analysis. ( 1 ) 581

CHAMBER E NSEMBLE

Analysis, rehearsal, and performance of selected in足 strumental chamber music. Prerequisite: consent of chamber music coordinator. ( 1 )

MUSIC

582

CONTEMPORARY DIRECTIONS ENSEMBLE

Public and laboratory performance of contemporary music. Emphasis on score a nalysis. (1)

583

TWO-PIANO ENSEMBLE

590

GRA DUATE SEMINAR (1-4)

Performance of two-piano and pia no duet literature, including score analysis. (1)

596 599

RESEARCH IN MUSIC (1-4)

THESIS (2-4)

COUR S E S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 303 305 309 311

Introduction to Piano Beginners Band A Cultural Tour of London Opera Production a n d Performance

DIVISI

" OF

Natural Sciences Science education a t Pacific Lu theran University is directed both toward undergraduate preparation of future science professionals and toward the creation of critical scientific awareness for liberally educated citizens in all walks of life. Science must be taught as fundame.ntal principles, groups of concepts, bodies of knowledge, and means for survival. Holistic solutions to global problems require the ability to interrelate technical knowledge and human values. Concern for how science is used must not obscure the motivation for pursuit of the best scientific work: the joy of trying and succeeding, the joy of discovery and u nderstanding.

As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Natural Sciences offers ro g rams in each constituent de p artment leadin g to the B . A . an B . S . degrees and t o t h e B . S . in Medical Technology. Course offerings and degree requirements are listed under:

BIOLOGY CHEMISTRY EARTH SCIENCES MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE PHYSICS AND ENGINEERING

See also the sections of this catalo g on the Environmental Studies Program and on the Health Sciences ( u nder Pre professional Progra ms). Courses suitable for meeting Core I requirements in Natural SciencesfMathematics may be found within each department or below:

COURSE OFFERING FACULTY Swank, Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of B iology, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Mathematics and Computer Science, and Physics and Engineering.

106 COSMOS, EARTH, AND LIFE Consideration of the beginnings, evolution, and pos sible fates of the universe as revealed by present evi delKe. The formation and development of planet earth, geologic processes through geologic time. The impact of civilization on global resources . The atomic and molecular view of chemical prerequisites for life . The ori gi n and forma tion of the atmosphere and po tential threats of altering i ts constituents. Study of the development and diversification of l ife by focusing on unifying concep ts and control systems. Laboratory ex periences to rem force u nderstanding of how hypoth eses a re built and critically tested . Fulfills Natural Sciences/Mathematics core requirement, line 1 or 2 . (4)

COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 310

Working Women

SCHOOL OF

Nursing

A nursing career offers grea t opportun ity for a rich and rewarding professional life. It affords virtually unlimited choice of location, environment, and type of service . Th physical, mental, social, and spirituaJ health o f people is of universal concern, and those prepared to maintain their good health are i n consta nt dema n d .

The School of N ursing i s a professional school which ombine p rofessional and liberal a rts studies in assisting students to develop a sense of responsi bi lity for acquiring the atti tudes, knowledge, and skill necessary for meeting nursing n eds of Lh community . The generic program is designed for students who h ve had no previous preparation in nursing, and graduates of this program wh successfully comple te the Sta te Board exa minations (Regis tered Nurse) ar prepared for begi nning positions i n professional nursing. T h School also offers a s pecial pr gram to registered nu rses who wish to complete req u irements for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing and prepare for leadership positions. Graduates from i ther program are prepared for continuing their formal education at the graduate level.

Under the direct supervision of its faculty members, the School uses facilities of hospitals, health agencies, and schools in the community to provide optimal clinical learning experience for its students . The School of Nursi ng is accredited by the Washington State Board of Nursing and by the National League for Nursing. It is a charter member of the Western Council on Higher Education for Nursing.

FACULTY Stucke, Director; Aikin, Boots, Carpenter, Carper, Cone, Coombe, Gough, Hagerott, Hansen, Hefty, Kirkpatrick, C. Klein, Mason, E. Meehan, Novak, L. Olson, Page, Rhoades, Shumaker, S tavig, Steege, Stephany, S tiggelbout, Yumibe.

A D M lSSLON AN D ONTlNUAT10N POUCIES tudents seekin g ad m issjon t o either t h e ene ric program or the p rogr a m for registered n u e must maKe furmal application tu both the u n iversity a n d the School of N ursing.

A pp lica tions for a d m i ssi o n to the g eneric p rogr3 m mily be :;ubmi tted dther in Fehruar or in uly. A pplica tion s fo r ad m ission to the p rogram for register d nu rSes must be su bmitted in PebTua r ' Students eekin� dmission to either p rogra m in September m u !O t -; u b m i t theIr a p p l ica ti on by February [ 5; students seeking admi ' sian to the generic p rogram i n Feb ru<lrY mu t s u b m i t t h ir ap p l i , ti.OTIS b y J u ly 15. Ap p l i ca tio n s are co n s i d f re d only if the a p p l icant has been l ffeTed ll missi n to th u n iversity and has provided transcripts Jnd Allied Hea lth P fessions A d m ission Test scores a ' reque�ted by the Admissions Committee. Informa tion a bo u t th AOied Health Professions Ad mission Test may be secured from the School early i n the fa l l . W h n there a r e more q u l ified applicants than Ihe School ca n accept, selection is made on a com peti tive basis. In ma k i ng the se lec tio n, th 5 hool of Nursing Admis 'ions Committee uses grade> as the m a j or m 'a . of evalLl, t io n , but al '0 COrn iders such oth relev a nt factor ' as s Jected scores received on the Allied Health P fessions Admi 'ion T st, priur eleper i nee in n u rsing, previous stud y at PLU , , ignificant co-curricular activities (school, com m u nity, churell , etc . ) and other pe r ti n en t extenu ling o r cXlTaord lnary ci rcumstan - e s . Insofar u . possible, students are a d m i tted for the term l)f their choice, but w hen there arc too many desiring a given term, determination o f which students will be ad mit ted tor the next semester and which will be deferred u n til the fol lo w in g semester is mad e by ran om sele tio n . To c!.1 m pl te the lIn chc lor of , cien e in Nursing prngra m , �ix semesters an! norm a l l y required from the time of enro l l i n g in t h e first nur 'ing course reg a rd l ess of the number of colleg; cred i t s earned p rc viou ly. The School of Nur I Og' res rves the ri!$ht to request withd rawal of a nurs ing student who fails to emonstr te competency Or w h fail s to m, i n tain pr fes s io nal conduct.

Mimmal crit 'ria for admission to o r continua tion in the School o f Nursi n & are as follows: 1. Ad m iSS I o n t o the university. Applicants m ust have been admitted to Pacific Lu theran U n lv rsit y before pril l or October I o f the year in which they WISh to have th ir ap p licM ion p roces ed . However, a d m is siun to the u n i versity does not guarantee admission to the Sch(lol of N u rsing. 2 . Cumpletion of or cUrr n t enro l l me n t in P syc h o l og y �or (lntroduction to Psy cho logy ) , n d three of th fo l fow m g : Bioillgy 20 1 ( I n trocfucto ry Microbiul o gy) , Bi lln!','y 205, 206 ( Hu ma n A n a tomy a n d Physiology), C hem i s t ry 1 03 (Chemistry ociolugy) . (Th' of Life), and Socio l og y 1 0 1 ( I n troduction t rema in i ng co urses will be com pleted aft�r enro lling in th' nursing p rogl<l m . ) . . . 3. Com pl etion of a mllllm u m of 26 semest [ redlt hours. Some u f t hese may b in progress at the ti me of application. 4 . A m i n i m u m grade of 2.00 in < II required n u rsing and p r requisite course . A student rec iVlng a grade of less than 2.00 in , ny course which i.s p rer>quisite for a n u rs ing course may not continue i n thaI nurSing c:ours until th prerequisite pea ted w i t h a sr, d p oi n t of 2.00 or above. course i 5 . A m i n i m u m cu m u la tiv ' sm de poin t a erag ' of 2.00. 6 . Phys ica l h al th a n d stamma neees ary to w ithstan d the demands of n u rsing. 7. Emotional . tability s ufficient to cope with th • tresset; i n here n t in learning and practicing nursing.

Registered nurses are a d m i tte d to begin t h ei.r nursing program in the fall semester. They may choose to be e n rol led fu ll-time tor a total o f six tee n mo n t h s , or to extend their p ro gra m and enroll o n a pa rt-ti me ba s i s . The reg i s t red n u rse stud n t ITl llst have c ompl e t ed a l l n on- n u r si ng course pr requisites and a m i nimum f 24 semesle r credits of [he core requircm· nL� and electi ves for a total of 56 semester credits . Oth r m inimal criteria for a d m issi{1n to or ((mtinuation in th nursing progl<lm r as outlined above for t he ge neriC tudent. The r gistered nurse h is Cl)n id ring maKing application for admis ion to the nursing p rogram i. ad . ed to contact the School of N ursi ng for , d ice aEiou ! prer quisites to b e co mp le ted , other requir ments to b m >1, and the pr 19ram to p u rsue after admission .

HEALTH The nursing student is responsible for maintaining opti mal health a n d is a tea c h e r of health. Physical xa m i nati o n, x-rays,

and i m m u n izations are req u i red before a d m ission to the clinical areas, and period i cal l y thereafter, a nd a re the respo nsibi l i ty of the stu den t . Each student mu st carry perso n al health insurance. ADDITION A t

COSTS

In addition to regulaT u n i ersity costs, students arc to provide their own transp rtation b etw ee n the univ rsity cam p us and the clinical labor, tory a reas beginning with the first nurslOg course. Available publ ic transportation is limited, so provision for privat t ransportation is essential. Students arc required to carry professiOnal liability i n s ura n ce during all pe ri od s o t clinical experience. This i available u nder a gro u p plan at a nomin<ll cost tll the stud 'nt. H 31th exam ina tion fees, s tu d e n t u n ifmms (ap p nlxima tely $1 1 J10) n d 'qu i p m e n t (wristwatch, sc isso rs, st lh o scope) a r a lso th responsibility of the student. CERTIFlCATLON F O R SCHOOL N URSING

I:d ucation a l Sta f ssociate Certification for school n u rses is individua l l y designed through a co n sortiu m conSisting o f a school dist ri t, related professiunal asso c i a tio n , a n d Pacific Lutheran U niversi ty. Additional in for m ati o n nn this program ca n be obtained by c o n t ac t i n g the d�a n of the Schoul of Ed u catioll or the a i rector o f the Sc.hool of N u rsing. RESOURCES AND FACruTlES Good Samaritan HospItal, Puyal lup, W A ( 1 70 beds) David K. Hamry , M. H . A . , 'xecutive ircctor tary J ane Troe h, R . N . , Dir ctor of N u rsing Lakewood General H o s pital, T oma, WA ( I 0� beds) Bru M. Yeats, Admi nistrator Peggy Dawson, R . N . , Dir ctor of N ursin g Ma i� n A rmy Medical e n ter, Tn o m " WA (536 b ds) B ngad i r Gc neral G u t h rie L. Tu.rner, J r . , '1 . 0 . , ommandin Offker oll1nel Be v e rly Glor, B. 5 . N . , 1-,'! . 5 . , D. N . , Chief, Department of ur. i ng Mary Bridge h ild re n' Heil l t h e nter, Tacuma, WA (68 be d s) J. P'tcr J o hnsun, M . H . A . , A d mi n Istrator Karen Lynch, R . N . , B . s . l . , Assis t a n t A d m i nistrator for Pa tient ervi ce s Puget Qu ncl l l o�pital , Tacoma, WA ( 1 45 beds) , M . P . H . , Ad m i n i s t m tor Leo G. m i t h , B . S . 5i "ler J ud i t h Levesque, R. N . , B . N. , l . N . , D irec tor of Nu rSin g St. Jose p h Hospital, Taco ma, WA (250 b 'ds) Dan ll.d Russell, B . S . , M . H . A . , Administrator Hazel I l u rst, R. . , B . S . , 1 . N . , A s sis ta n t d m inistrator for Nursing Service ( 1 50 beds) St. Peter Hnspi tal, Olympia, W David L. Bjornson, MJ· I . A . , dministrntor Ann Ikrtol in , R . N . , B . s . N . , Di rec t o r of N urs i ng Service Ta eomn G neral H o s p ita l , acoma, IN (299 beds) Eugene K. Pre n t ice, 13. 5. , M . S . L-1 . A . , Pr sident Betty Hoffman, R. . , B. S . N . , Dir ctor of u rsi ng e.rvice . Tacoma-r:ierc Cou n t H 'a l t h Depa rt me n t, Tac'lI1� a , W A Charles M. McGd , M . D . , M . P . I I . , A c t i n g m,ctor, Tacoma Pierce Co u n ty Hea l th e p rtment Nancy Cherry, R . N . , M . P . I r . , Di rector of N[ rs i n g T. coma Publi Schuols, Tacoma, WA D o n n a G. Ferguson , R . N . , M . N . , Coordi niltor of II alth & Handicapped, . Division of Health The Doc tors Hospital , Taco m a , WA (70 beds) Mal Blair, M . H . A . , Admi nistrator Harriet H u ffman, R . N . , D i rector of NurSing Veterans A d m i nistration Hospital, Tacoma, W A (904 beds) INilli.1 m E. C l ay pool, A . B . , M . B . A . , Director Joan S to u t , R . Ji.r , B . S . N . , M . N . A . , hief of NurSing Serv ice VII stern Sta t Hospital, Leilacoom, WA (950 beds) Morgan Martin, M.D., S u pe ri te n de n t Robert F u l le n , Ph. D . , Director of ursing

NURSING

BACHElOR OF SCIENCE TN N U RSING The curricul u m plan and its implementation are designed to foster growth and to encourage initiative and self-direction o n t h e p a r t of t h e student. In addition t o nursing requirements, the s tudent is expected to meet u niversity requirements. Nursing courses are sequential in nature and all have prerequisites. A student i n terested in the Bachelor of Scie n ce in Nursing degree should contact the School of NurSing and begin the course sequence upon entrance to the u niversity. For s p ri n g semester enrollment the curriculum generally follows the fall semester format with modifications as necessary to assure completion of all prerequjsite courses by the time they are needed. A schedule of courses is developed individually with each student who begins nur s i n g courses in the spring semester. Nursing courses must be taken concurrently and in sequence as indicated in the sample curricul um, and normally extend over six semesters. FIRST YEAR - Pre-Nursing Fall Semester Biology 205 or 201 (with instructor's consent) Psychology 101 or Sociology 101 CU R/ Co re Physical Education I n terim Elective

4 4 4 1 13 4 4

4 4 4 1 13

___

SECOND YEAR

Fall Semester Biology 201

Biology 205 or C U R/Core Psychology 335 or Education 321 ursin g 1.1 4 Physica1 Education

Interim Elective

___

4 4

TH IRD YEAR Pall Semester m ing 334 ursing 344 C U R/Core I n terim (optional) Spring Semester Nursing 354 Nursing 384 Nursing 394 CU R/Core

1 00

4 4 4 4 1 17

___

prin g Semester Bioro � 206 Nursmg228 CU R/Core or Elective Physical Education

NURSING

Nursing 424 Nursing 434 Nursing 444 CUR/Core

I n terim ( o p tiona l) Spring Semester Nursing 464 Nursing 478 'CUR

4 4 4 4 ___ 16 0-4 4 8 12

___

general university requiremen t

COURSE OFFERING S

___

Spring Semest e r Chemistry 1 03 Sociology 101 or Psychology 1 0 1 UR/Core o r Biology 206 Physical Education

FOURTH YEAR

Fall Semester

4 8 4 1 17

4 4 8 16

___

0-4 4 4 4 4 16

___

NURSING I : SOCIALIZATION TO NURSING Concepts rega rdin & self and society, re la tions, com munications, learmngs, and level s of wellness. In troduces historical mifestones of n ursi ng and trends in nursing educa ti on. Prerequ isites: PSY 101, and prior or concurrent enrollment in SOC 1 0 1 . (4) 214

228 NURSING II: HEALTH ASSESSMENT Assessment of health status of indi viduals, fa m ilies, and communities. A ttention is given to the use of health resources, the in.fluence of the eco- syst m , and the role of the health team in maintaining wellness. In cludes selected clinical experiences with the newborn, well child, a dolescent, and elderly. Emphasis on beginning techniques and assessment as p art of the nursing process. Prerequisi tes: BIOL 20 1 and 205, CHEM 103 and NURS 214, and p rior or concurrent registration in PSY 335 (or EDUC 321 ), and BIOL 206 . (8) 334 NURSING CENTRUM I All. introduction to the less complex medical-surgical situations of children and adults, the pregnant fam ily, and preventive aspects of p sychia tric nursi n g . Drug and diet therapy and th ones of p hysical a n d psy ch osocial development. Prerequisites: BlOL 205 and 206 and NURS 228, a n d concurre n t registra tion in 344. (4) 344 HEALTH PROBLEMS Medical-surgical problems of a less s tressful nature and a p propriate nursing acti ns to facilitate ada pta tion. lncludes experience with a pregnant family through the perinatal period, and app lication of prin ciples of crisis in tervention i n dealing with health probl ms in selected clinical xp eriences . Prerequi sites: BlOL 205 and 206 and NURS 228, and concurrent registration in 334. (4)

354 NURSING CENTRUM II The more complex medical-surgical and psychiatric situations. Em J?ha sis on p athophysiological and psychopathologIcal aspects a nd thei r application to the nursing process in the care of children a nd adults. Prerequisites: 334 and 344, and concurrent registration in 384 and 394. (4) 384 CLINICAL PROBLEMS I Psychiatric and medical-surgical p roblems of a stress ful nature with the appropriate nursing actions to facilitate adaptation or restoration to a higher level of wellness. Prerequisites : Concurrent registration in 354 a nd 394. (4) 394 NURSING PRACTICUM I Clinical appLication of Nursing 354 and 384. The stu dent is expected to a p ly theoretical principles based on patho p hysiologica and p sychopathological con cepts in the clinical setting, using interpersonal and technical skills. Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in 354 and 384. (4) 424 NURSING CENTRUM III I ntroduction to acute deviant behavior patterns and to life threatening medical- surgical p roblems of children and adults. Emphasis o n complex pathophysiological a nd p sychopathological a spects a nd their implications for the nursing process. Prerequisites: 354, 384, a n d 394, and concurrent registration in 434 a n d 444. (4)

464 NURSING CENTRUM IV Preparation for future professional roles of the nurse in the health delivery system. Emphasis o n leadershi p and management skills, p rofessional j udgment, deCI sion making, and the nurse as a change agent. Exami nation of legislation , economic securIty, p rofessional growth, a nd the use of health and welfare resources. Prerequisites: 424, 434, and 444, and concurrent regis tration in 478. (4) 478 SENIOR PRACTICUM Clinical application of professional and technical skills ill primary or secondary nursing settings. Each stu dent is expected to function in a staff n u rse role a n d progress to a leadership role. Prereg uisites: 424, 434, a nd 444, and concurrent registration m 464. (8) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: Permission o f the director. (1-4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 304 311 316

Health Orientation of the Handicapped Child Surgical Intervention Hawaiian Culture and Community: A Family Focus

434 CLINICAL PROBLEMS II Introduction to nursing actions appropriate to stress ful medical, surgical, and psychiatric p roblems and to the newer parameters of nursin g . Examination of is sues in nursing and changes in health care systems. Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in 424 and 444. (4) 444 NURSING PRACTICUM II Clinical a pplication of pathophysiological and psycho pathologICal concepts in critical care nursing, includ ms. use of interpersonal and sophisticated technical skIlls. Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in 424 and 434. (4)

NURSING

101

p i osopby Phil so p h y is th ďż˝ pare n t academic d isci p l i n e which

ga ve birth to t od a ' v a ri ty o f arts and sciences. Tt analyzes basic is u e s in all fi elds a n seek t u n derst, nd the i n terco nnections a m ng the vari us facet of h u ma n l i fe and experi ' n c. A r as o f co n em ind u d e the seop and chara c teJO of human krlOwl dge; mora l , aesth lie, and re ligious val ues; h u m a n na t u re and its p l ace in t he u n iverse; and the u l t i m a t natu re of rea l ity . A cou rse of s tudy i n p h i 1 0 ophy acquaints tudents w i th major r iv a l w rid vi ew s and val ue systems, enc mages th e m in the h bit of analytic a nd yste m a t i c th ught, and helps them to ee l i f critically, appreciatively, a n d w hole .

FACU LTY

P. Me nzel, Chair; Nordby.

Arbaugh, Hube r, Myrho,

USES OF P H l lOSO PHY ou rscs in p hilosophy are designed tu meet the needs uf a variety of stude n ts: ( J ) those who desire some knowledge of ph ilusophy as il basic cleme n t i n a liberal education; (2) those who wish to pu rsue some s pecial i n terest, for eXilm ple, in eth ics, science, religio n , the h istory of though t , o r the ideas of pa rticular men or peoples; (3) those who wish to support their work in other fie l ds , tor eXilmple, literature, his tory, religion, the soences, educa t i o n , or busin ess; (4) those who plan to use a major in phi losuphy as p repara tion for graduate or professional study in il nothcr fie ld, fo r exa mple, theolol?,Y or law; a nd (5) those who plan to do graduate work 111 phtlosophy Itself, u s u a l l y w i th thl' i n ten tion of teaching in the field. U n d e rgraduate study in ph ilosophy does not train one specifical l y for a first job. I t does provide esse ntial perspectives, as well a s basic ski lls in analysis and i n terpretation, thought and problem $olving, reseMch and writing. These - usually coupled with s pecialized tra i ning in other disci plines - fi t one for a great varidy of pusitilll1s of vocational res ponsibility . Persons with the g reatest upward mobi l i ty in fields such as busi ness management, law, education, e n gineering, operatiuns research, data processing, or social work, are genera l l y not those with the most specialized trainin i$ ' but th()se with broad perspecti ves, f1exibiJ.ity . and dep t h , end skills in thought and co mmunica tion.

SUPPORTING PRO G R A M S IN PHlLOSOPHY FOR 0 HER FIELDS Philosophy provides a s o l id ioundation for a variety of st ud i e s a n d ca r eers . Students using it to support primary work in o the r f",lds may elect a m i n o r or m a j o r or som . other ombination o f cour s e s at i n te re s t . Those w i t h d o u ble m a j o rs may request a m od ifi c a t io n or redu c t i o n of the re q uirements for the standard m aj u r. Rew m mendcd programs o f study in p hilo so p hy to s u pp o r t . work In a vandy ot oth e r dlsClp i t ncs a n d fl)r a v a n et v o t ca reers Me d e s � r i b e d in s e p a ra t e h roc h u r es available in the depa r tme n t a l otflCl'. 1 hese Include b U S i ness, educ,l tlon, he.alth profe. si(llls, law, p a ri s h min i s t ry ilnd theo l o g i ca l studies, socia l work, tine ,HtS, h uma ni ties, and s o ci a l and natural sc ie n ces .

A QUA LITY PROGRAM

PLU's department oi p hilosophy off 'rs a d is ti n c ti ve cou rse of philosophical studies. The m embe rs of th . department :'Ill hold the doctorate, have - t tl d l e d at l e a d l ll g IIlslltuhons III thIS countrY a n d abroad, and h a ve pa r t i c i p a te d in professional programs in the U n i t e d S ta tes a nd E u ro p e . fhe e x ce l le n c e of th e department s o f its is evide nced by grants received and by th 0 s u e gra d ua tes a t major grad u a te and p ro fe S S i o n a l schoob t h roughout

the country. The department strongly emph asizes and ha s received recognition tor the q u a l i ty of its t e a c h i n g . A l l s tu d e n t s , b u t especia l l y t h o s e with m a j o r or m i n o r programs, re.ceive substa n t ial i n d i vidual a t ten tion and assistance i n t h e p u r su i t o f thei r ' [udi'"

INTERIM OFFERINGS

Special i n terim course a t P L U explore a variety of topics a n d cultural perspectives. C u ltu ra l ·tud ies hav e b e e n conducted i n foreign countries su h as reece , Italy, S pa i n , and orwav. On ca m us studies have been concerned' with themes of social and lega phIlosophy, game theory, war a n d morality, justice, love,

capita l i .> m and busin 55, and bio-medical ethics. .

UNIVERSITY CORE REQ U I REMENT The general u n iversity core req u i rement o f four h ou rs in p h I l o sophy may b satisfied by any course offered e xcept 1 2 l , Cr�llcal Thtnklllg and Writil1!?, and 233, Log ic, 226, Moral Problems , 32;), Busllless EthiCS, 326, Moral Problems 111 the Socia l Services, 328, P/ll/osopily of UlW, and 385, Flealth Care Ethic;, d o not tisfy this requ ! r� m nl u n l es s 225 Ethical Theory (2 h o u rs) is also take n . � he II I llal co u r se III p h I los o p h y 1 5 cu s to m ar i l y 1 0 1 , 125, o r 225, though none of these c o u rse s is strictly a p rerequisite for a ny ot� er cou r e . 300-1 vel COurseS a re e s p e c i al l y s u i ted for students WIth partl<'Ular Iflterests. Department consent m ay be required

for som Cl)Urses.

MINOR: 16 em es te r hours. A minor in philosophy consists of fou r a p p roved courses. Students considering a minor s h o u ld discuss their p e rs on a l g o a l s with de p a r t m nl<ll facult_ . If th e y elect , minor in the field, they should formil i l y declilre this \vith the registr, r a nd the depil r t m e n t chair. Mino rs may e i th e r

choose for themsel\'e� or b e assigned a n adviser, in consu ltation with whom they �hould plan their program .

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR:

M i n i m u m of 28 se me s t e r

hours. S t u de n t s i n te n d i ng to ma j or in philosophy must fo rmally

declare t h i ' wit h the registrar and the departmcnt cha ir . Thev may ' i t h r choose a departmental adviser or be a SS ig n ed one and hould plan their programs i n con s u l ta tion with t h i s advi se r .

A person majoring in the department wilI: 1. complete a minimum of si regular cou rses i n philosophy, including on . course in l ogi c and any two of the four courses i n the history o f p h i los o p h y sequence (331, Ancienl Philosophy, 3 2, Medi�va) Philosopillj, 333, Modem Philosop/II!, 335, Contemporary Philosophy). Transfer students will n o rm a l ly take t h n,e or more of these six courses at PLU .

2. complete 493, SCIlior lndepc m le n t Study, wh i c h involves writing a research paper u nder the su p e rv sI o n o f one or more fac u l ty members an d taklllg a comprehensive senior exa mination. The eXil mi nation is la r gel y diagnostic in nature , and it is not necessary for a s t u d e n t to achieve a s p ec ifi e d level of pe rfo r ma nce to complete the major or to graduate. P e r fo r m a n c ()n this examination will d e termi n e one t h i rd of the st u d e n t' s gTade in the Senior Independent S tudy . 3. complete the d e p a r t m e n ta l readlllg p rogra m . Quality programs i n the a rts and sciences do not re ly exclusively on le ct u n n g an d gruup study or on secondary wurks, but also on one-to-one t u torial i n struction in primary s o u rc es . Majors in p h t l o so ph y at Pacific Lu the.ran U n iversity are e x p e c te d to read and dISCUSS a n u mbe r of cla SS I ca l works under the pe r s o n a l s u pe rv i s ion of various members of the depa rtmental faculty. Not all works will be additions to cou rse m a t e ria l s ; some will also be covered i n regu l a r courses, and these mav be read a nd d is cu s se d s i m u l t a ne o u s l y with class s tu dy . With -d e p a r tmental a p p roval, the standard I1st may be m od i fi ed i n acc o rda nce with spe c i a l needs or interests, or re d uce d for those with double majors. The list s h ou ld be se c u red at an earlv date irom the d e p a r tm e n ta l o ffice, an d one's rea d in g p ro ra m should be d e ve lop ed in consultation with an adviser. It is best th at the reading program not be concentrated into a single semester but pursued a t a leIsurely p ace over a n extended p e ri o d .

It is r e c o m me nd e d that students familiarize themselves with main themes of the h i s t o ry of western p h i losophy and with major schools o t ph i l o s o p h ic a l thought, for e x amp l e , pragmatism, rea lism, linguistiC ana lysis, positivism, dia letical materia l is m, a nd existentia l i s m . For this p u r p ose s t u d e n t s should m a ke use of major h istories and otheT s e c on d a ry sou rces such as the Encyclopedia of Philosophy. It is also ex p ected that t hey will meet regularly b u t informally with both faculty and other advanced students to d i s c u ss and thereby facilitate and e n rich their work in the field.

COURSE OFFERINGS 101 PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES Perennial philosophical issues, systems, and thinkers; the nature of knowledge, the function of science, values, human na ture and its social implica tions, re ligion and knowled g e of God . Development of critical and systema tic philosophical thinking about all is sues. 1 11 (4) 121 CRITICAL THINKING AND WRITING Develo p ment of the ability to organize and w rite clear, direct English, to evalua te expla nations critically, and to d istinguish acceptable from defective explanations. Examination of accepted explanations of, for example, the JFK assassination, events in the Bermuda Triangle, the Rosenberg spy trial, and other topics of interest. Does not sa tisfy the philosophy core requirement. Does atisfy the E nglish writing requirement. I n (4) 1 25 MORAL PHILOSOPHY Major moral systems of Western civiliza tion; intensive examination of some contemporary moral theories; critical applica tion to selected moral problems. I II (4) 225 ETHICAL THEORY Examination of major moral systems of Western civili zation and some contem p orary ethical theories. Must be taken concurrently WIth or before 325, 326, 328, or 385-1, I I , III, IV i n order to use those courses for the philosophy core requirement. 1 II (2)

PHILOSOPHY

1 03

226

MORAL PROBLEMS

Critical ap lication of major historic and contempo rary ethica theories to a broad range of selected moral p roblem s. Not for philosophy core requirement un less paired with 225 . II (2)

233

LOGIC

Principles of argument and proof; deductive, induc tive, and symbolic logic; the nature and functions of language; problems of semantics. Does not satisfy phi losophy core requirement. 1 (4) 324

PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS

An examina tion of fundamental concepts of social thoug ht; human nature, society, authority, communi ty, liberty, equa lity, justice. Application of these con cepts in a discussion of contemporary social institu tions and their problems: war, racism, poverty, crime. aly (4) 325

B USINESS ETHICS

An examination, in the context of various ethical theories, of the moral va lues im plicit and explici t in the free enterprise system; an assessment of some particu lar moral problems confronted in employer-employee relations, advertising, managerial decisions, and cor porate social responsibilities. Not for ehilosophy core requirement unless paired with 225 . 1 (2) 326

MORAL PROBLEM S IN THE SOCIAL SERVICES

An examina tion of governmental social services in re lation to moral justice, moral rights, and human well being; particular issues such as abortion, suicide, af firmative action, welfare rights, and counseling methods. Not for philosophy core requirement unless paired with 225. II aly (2) 328

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW

The nature and justification of lega l authority and legal obligation; "natu ral law " and legal "positivism"; theories of natural rights and social justice, a nd the re lation of those theories to selected court decisions; the rationale of legal punishmen t. Not for p hilosophy core requirement unless paired with 225. 1 (4) 331

ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY

332

M EDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY

The development of philosophical thought and method from the Presocratic period to the end of the fourth century A . D . Special em p hasis is given to the philosophies of Plato and Ari stotle. I aly (4) The development of philosophy from Augustine to Ockham. Scrutiny of the sou rces a nd nature of the Thomistic synthesis, and the reaction to it in the work of Duns Scotus and William Ockham. I aly (4) 333

MODERN PHILOSOPHY

The development of philosophy from the seventeenth through the early nineteenth centuries; continental rationalism, British empiricism, and German idealism; Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Fiehte, Schopenhauer, and Hegel. II aly (4)

1 04

PHILOSOPHY

335

CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY

365

KIERKEGAARD AND EXISTENTIALISM

371

AESTHETICS

381

THEORY OF VALUE

The development of philosophy from the late nineteenth century to the present; may include prag matism, empiricism, process philosophy, existen tialism and analysis as develo p ed by Mill, James, Dewey, Whitehead, Sartre, Russell, Ayer, and Wittgenstein. II aly (4) Modern existentialism, its main themes, and their re lation to other philosophical traditions; its impact on such fields as l itera ture and psychology; life and thought of two key figures: Soren Kierkegaard and Jean-Paul Sartre; related thinkers including Nietzsche, Heide gger, Jaspers, Berdyaev, Unamuno, and MarceL I aly (4) Analysis of the aesthetic experience and its relation ship to the fine arts, literature, science, and mora lity; the criteria and concep ts employed in artistic expres sion and aesthetic evaluation. I I aly (4)

The nature of human va lues, contemporary discus sion concerning the subj ective or objective, absolute or relative character of such values as the good and the right, the beautiful and the holy; the origin of va lues, their place in a world of fact, human knowledge of them, the character and use of the language of eval ua tion. II aly (4) 385-1

HEALTH CARE ETHICS: INFORMED CONSENT

The u nderlyin g reasons for the legal and moral re quirement to obtain the informed consent of the pa tIent before treating; special considerations in therapeutic settings, inclucfing particular sur�ical con sent forms; the consent requirement in clinical re search settings; the requirement for special groups, e.g. , prisoners and the mentally incompe te nt. Not for philosophy core requirement unless paired with 225. I

(1 ) 385-11

HEALTH CARE ETHICS: CHOO SING DEATH

The kinds of value we place on life; the relation of the informed consent requirement to an alleged right of adult patients to die; the definition of dea th a nd criteria for determining when it occurs; the problem atic notions of a 'natural death,' 'ordinary' and 'ex traordinary' medical mea ns, and active 'killing' and passive 'letting die'; problems in legislating the right to die . Not for hilosophy core requirement un less paired with 225. ( 1 )

385-I I l

HEALTH CARE ETHICS: INFANTS AND CHILD REN

The special problems of consent and va lue of l i fe which arise in treating the young. Treating the fetus; selecting the sex of cnildren; letting defective new borns die; the role of parental consent; the consent re quirement in clinical research on child ren; physicia ns' and nurses' roles regarding child abuse. Not for p hi losophy core requirement u nless paired with 225. Interim or I I ( 1 )

385-IV

HEALTH CARE ETHICS: D ISTRIBUTING SCARCE RESOURCES How health care should be distributed . What we mean by equality when people have widely differin g needs; the meaning and justification of a 'right' to heahh care; conflicts between rights and efficiency; how to deter mine the value of life, and health insurance; dilem mas between preventive and curative care; how to allocate scarce, immediately life-saving resources. Not for p hi losophy core requirement unless paired with 225 . n ( 1 ) 393 PHILOSOPHY O F REUGION Classical and contemporary views of traditional relig ious problems: the existence of God, religious experi ence, revelation, immortality, and others . 11 (4)

395 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The general character, fundamental concepts, meth ods, and significance of modern science: some atten tion to s p ecific areas of science; physical, biological, social; the imp lications of science and scientific methodology for ethical, aesthetic, and religious values. I aly (4) 427 PHILOSOPHY AND CURRENT PROBLEMS A reading a nd discussion course conducted by one or more staff members. Students will read i n topica l areas of current interest in which p hilosophical litera ture has been developed for comparison and a nalysis. Topics envisioned are such as free enterprise, ecology and environment, a ffirmative action and discrimina tion, public and p rivate education, democratic plu ralism and the problem of a uthority . (4)

435 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY Topic to be announced at the time the course is of fered, normally some aspect of contemporary philoso phy. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. aly (4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT READING AND RESEARCH Prerequisite: departmental consent. I II ( 1 -4) 493 SENIOR I NDEPEND ENT STUDY Preparation for a comprehensive senior examina tion and the writin g of a major research paper. Preparation of the research p aper constitutes two-thirds of the course; reading for the comprehensive examination the remaining third. Paper due November 1 or March 1 5; examination to be taken by December 1 or April 20. For philoso p hy majors onl y . Prerequisite: at least 4 courses in philosophy. I I I (4)

COURSE S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTE RIM 101 1 25 310 312 385

Philosophical Issues: Philosophy and Religious Sects Moral Philosophy Science and Religion Morality and War Health Care Ethics III

433 ADVANCED LOGIC Development of a n understanding of the nature of the relationships among formal logic, mathematics, a nd scientific method, and develop ment of more ad vanced problem-solving skill in variolls formal sys tems. Focus on philosophical issues raised by formal semantics for first order and modal logics, the relation ships among logic, set theory a nd mathematics, and the traditional problem o f scientific induction. (4)

PHILOSOPHY

105

ysi cal Educat揃on

SCHO OL OF

The university's p hysical education program seeks to ingrain in each student a fundamental respect for the role of physical activity in living. Instruction is offered in approximately 30 different physical education activities. The activity program is uniquely characterized by a timely response to student interests in recreational opportunities available in the Pacific Northwest. The school's professional programs prepare prospective leaders for careers in physical education, health, recreation, a thletics, a nd therapeutics. Outstanding modern sports facilities include an all足 weather 4.00 meter track, a n Olympic-style swimming pool, six lighted tennis cou rts, a nine足 hole golf cou rse, two gymnasiums, racketball a nd squash courts, weight training facilities, a nd an all足 purpose astro-turf field house.

FACULTY D. Olson, Directur; E. Anderson, R. Carlson, Chase, Hacker, Hemion, Hoseth, Lundgaard, McG i ll, Moore, Officer, Westering; assisted by Adams, Benson, Brumbaugh, Clinton, Coller, A. Dahl, Eastman, Johnson, Kittilsby, Melena, Nicholson, Olstad, Phillips, Peterson, Poppen, Ryan, Sandago, and M. Swenson. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT: Four one-hour cou rses (1 00259), i ndudi n g 1 00, are required for gra du a t ion . Eight one-hour activity cou rses may be c unted toward grad uation. Students are encouraged to select a variety of activities at appropriate skill levels. All. ph ysical education activity courses are graded on the basis of " A , " " Pass , " or "Fail" and arc taught on a coeducational basis .

BACHELOR OF ARTS ( Recreation Concentration); 40 semester h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g Physical Education 277, 330, 399, 483, Ps y chology 335; 4 semester hours of Physical E d u ca t i o n 48 1 , 482, 485, 282-287; 10 hours of A r t 230, 330, or 430, 250 or 350, 326, 341 , 365, 370, M u sic 341 , Physical Education 292, 322; 8 hours of B u s i n e s s A d ministration 230, 28 1 , 350, Political Science 356, 457, Psychology 243, 340, Sociology 240, 260, 336, 342, 344, 365. BACHELOR OF ARTS (Therapeutic Concentration); 48

semes ter hours incl u ding Physical Education 277, 292, 360, 391 , 392, 399, 478, 481 , 482, 484, 485; Biology 205-206; Psychology 1 0 1 , 22 1 , plus 2 hours of a p syc h o l o g y elective.

HEALTH MINOR; (20 s em este r hours) The fo ll o win g cou rses are required: Health Educiltion 292, 295, 324, 326. 8 hou rs from amon� the fo l l owin g or o th ers approved by the hea lth coord l llator: Psyc h ology 221 , 330, 335; Education 32 1 ; Educa tional Psychology 321 ; Business Administration 24 1 ; Sociology 342. COACHING MINOR (Men and Women); 18 semester hour. ,

i ncl u di n g Phy sica l Education 277, 281 . 334, 485, participation i n

a v a r sity or dub sport, and a minimum of 1 0 hours selected from a mon g the following: 1'i1, 370, 371 , 372, 373, 374, and 478. In teri m a n d summer courses ma y b e i n cl ud ed a s e le c ti ves w i t h the a pp roval of the director.

DANCE M INOR; 20 h o u rs req uired: Physical Ed u ca t i o n 282, 362, or 491, 4 h o u rs from the fo l lowing : 240, 242, 243 (may be repea ted ) , 244, a n d 8 hours from the f(l i lowins: 308, 31 0, 360, M u s ic 1 32, Art 1 1 0, 280, and Biology 205-206. fhe dance minor is cro s s-referen ced with Commu nication A r ts . B.A. IN E DUCATION - SECONDARY SCHOOL PRYSlCA EDUCATION TEACH I N G MAJOR (44 hours); Req uired : 24

hours, including P h y sica l fld uca tion 277: 328, 478, 48 1 , 482, a n d . 485, BIOlogy 205 a nd 206, a n d parhopatlOn 111 a vd rsl t ' or club sRort. Electives: 20 h o u rs ffllm a mo n g the followin g : _75, 282, 285, 286, 287, 329, 332, 360, 362, 484, and 49 1 . S tude n ts desiring K-12 certification must 283, 322, 362, and 284 or 288 i n a d d i tion to meeting re q u i re m e n t s as set forth b , the School ( f Educatio n .

B.A. I DUCATION - E LEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL E D UCATION TEACHING MAJOR (24 hours); The fo l lowi n g

courses Me re q u ire d Physical Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 334, 362, and 4 hours o f elective.s in p hy s ical education with the approval of th director.

SECO DARY SCHOOL TEACHrNG MlNOR (18 h ours): The

following co u r ses are required: Physical E d u ca t i o n 277, 48 1 , and 485 and 12 h o u r s of electives from amlll1g ' the following: 282, 283, 286, 287, and 328.

ELE MENTA RY SCHOOL TEACHING M INOR (12 hours); Physical Edu cation 322 a n d 8 hours from among the following: 283, 286, and 362. K-6 PHYSICAL EDUCAnON SPECIALIST AND K-6 CL SSROOM TEACHER (32 hours); The fo ll o wi ng courses are

required: Physical Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 481 , 482, a n d Biology 205-206 .

485,

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIALIST; The fol l o w i ng courses a re required: Phy si c a l

Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 31'i0, 48 1 , 482, 484, 485; Bio logy 205206; and 8 h o u rs of electives (Ed ucation 457 il n d Music 34f a rc recomm > n d e d ) .

COURSE OFFE RING S Courses in the Scho I f Physical Education are of fered in the fol lowing area s:

HEALTH EDUCATION 281

INJURY PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE 292 FIRST AID 295 SCHOOL HEALTH 324 PERSONAL HEALTH 326 COMMUNITY HEALTH RECREATION 330 483

RECREATION PROG RA MMING RECREATION ADMINISTRATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION

275 277 282 283

WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTION FOUNDATION OF PHYS ICAL ED UCATION PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: DANCE PROFESSIONAL ACTTVIT lES: GYMNASTICS 285 PROFE SSIONAL ACTIVITIES: INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL S PORTS 286 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: TEAM SPORTS 287 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES 322 PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 328 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRA nON 329 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 332 OFFIClATING 334 SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR TRAINING 360, 361 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, COACHING PRACTICUM 362 RHYfHM S AND DANCE 370-376 COACHING THEORY 391 , 392 THERAPEUTIC EXEROSE, AMBULATION TECHNIQUES 399 INTERNSHIP 401 WORKSHOP 478 PSYCH OLOG ICAL CONCEPTS OF PHYSICAL ED UCATION AND ATHLETICS 481 EXE RCISE PHYS IOLOGY 482 KINESIOLOGY 484 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 485 BIOMECHANICS 491 IND EPENDENT STUDY 501 G RADUATE WORKSHOPS 597 G RADUATE RESEARCH 1 00 PERSONA LIZED FITNESS PROGRAMS

To s t i m u l ate s tudent interest in functional personally

designed programs f phy ical activity; assessment of physical condi tion and skilJs; recom mendation of s p ecific p ro g rams f r mainta ining and improving pn ysical hearth . Sho u ld be taken as a freshman. f I I ( 1 )

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

107

200-229 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL ACTIVITIES 201 (Beginnin g Golf), 202 (Intermediate and Ad vanced Golf), 203 (Archery), 204 (Bowling), 207 (Be ginning Gymnastics), ?08 (Sk.iing,), 209 (I � ter� ediate Gymnastics), 210W (Shmnashcs), 2 1 1 (Begmmng Bad minton), 212 (Intermediate Badminton), 213 (Personal Defense), 214 (Beginn ing Tennis), 215 (Intermediate Tennis), 216 (Beginning .. lce Skating), 218 (Backpack ing), 21 9 (Canoeing), 221 (Roller Skatin g ), 222 (Squash and Racketball), 225 (Aerobics), 227 (Weight Train ing), 228 (Basic Mountaineering), 229 (Equita tion ) . ( 1 ) 230-239 AQUATICS 230 (Beginning Swimming), 231 (Intermediate Swim min g), 232 (Advanced Swimming), 234 (Advanced Lif Saving), 236 (Synchronized Swimming), 237 (Skin and Scuba Diving) . ( 1 ) 240-249 RHYTHMS 240 (Beginning Modern Dance), 242 (Intermediate Modern Dance), 243 (Advanced Modern Dance), 244 (Folk and Social Dance), 246 (Disco Dance) . ( 1 ) 250-259 TEAM ACTIVITIES 250 (Directed Sports Participation), 251 (Volleyball and Field Hockey), 252 (Basketball a nd Softball), 253 (Soccer a nd VoIleyball) . ( 1 ) 275 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTION The A merican Red Cross Water Safety Instructor's Course . Prerequisite: 234. 11 (2) 277

FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION The relationship of physical ed ucation to ed ucation; the biological, sociological, p sycholo g ical, and me cha nical principles underlying physicaIeducation and athletics. Should be the initial professional course taken in the School of Physical Ed ucation . n (2) 281 INJURY PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE Prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation of all com mon inj u ries sustained in athletics; physical therap y by employment of electricity, massage, exercise, light, ice, and mechanical devices . 1 (2) 282 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: DANCE Plan ning, teaching, a nd evalu.ating �a �� e . Encor� t' as ses specitic movement educahon actIVItIes, condltI (:m ing exercises, a nd the development of modern, sOCIal, and folk dance skill for elementary school age and older. Prerequisite: intermediate skill level or comple tion of a beginning activity course, 277. I I aly (4) 283 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: GYMNASTICS Includes skill development, teaching expe rtise, course plannin p' and safety techni q ues in gymnastics. The course IS designed for botfi. elementary a nd high school ages. Prerequisite: intermediate skill level or completion of a beginning activity course, 277. 1 (4)

1 08

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

285

PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Planning, teaching, and evaluating these activities: tennis, badminton, track and field . Prerequisite: inter mediate skill level or completion of a beginning activ ity course, 277. 1 (4)

286

PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: TEAM SPORTS Plannin g, teaching, and evaluating these team ac tivities: basketball, soccer, volleyball, wrestling, field hockey, softball, touch football, speedball. (4) 287 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES Planning, teaching, a nd evaluating the following: ar chery, bowling, golf, outdoor education, a nd various recreational sports. Prerequisite: 277. II (4) 292 FIRST AID This course meets re q uirements for the American Red Cross Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. II (2) 295 SCHOOL HEALTH Health concepts which relate to the total school health program, including instruction, services, and envi ronment; the relationship between health and all levels of education . Not recommended for freshmen. I II (2) 322 PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Organization and ad ministration of a developmental program for grades K-6; sequential and progressive p rogramming; large repertoire of activities. 277 is re commended. I (2 or 4) 324 PERSONAL HEALTH Practical ap p lication of health knowledge to daily !iv in s; a foundation for understanding health behavior. Pnmarily designed for health minor students. II aly (4) 326 COMMUNITY HEALTH Organizations associated with public health and their implications for community health problem s . Primar ily designed for health minor students . II aly (4) 328

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION Organization and administration of p hysical ed uca tion and athletics (7-12); curriculum d evelopment im plementation. Prerequisite: 277. 1 (4) 329 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION The study of physical education for people with metabolic, neurologic, cardiac, respiratory, and emo tional abnormalities. (2) 330 RECREATION PROGRAMMING Supervising and administering recreational programs for the school or community. 1 (4) 332 OFFICIATING Rules and officiating techniques of volleyball, basket ball; designed to train qualified officials. Recom mended as an elective for majors and minors . I aly (2)

334

SCIENTIFlC BASIS FOR TRAINING

Presents physiologic and kinesiologic applications to physical train ing. T opic include the devel opment of m u scu lar s trength a n d enduranc , and the rela tion ship f nutriti o n , environment, sex, a g e, a n d e r g og enic aids to a th l e tic perfom1ance. Prerequ isi t :

277. I (2)

360, 361

362

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, COACHING PRACTI CU M

cp.

R HYTHMS AND DANCE

Historical background , establishment, and conduct of danc pr gram, teaching techn iques a n d accompani ment, planning and presen ta t i on o f danc s; modern dane tech niques. IT aly (4)

370-376

COACHING TH EORY

T chn iq ue , systems, training methods, strategy, a n d

p s y c ho fo g y of coaching; 370 (Basketball), 371 (Fo t ba l l), 372 ( Track and Field), 373 (Bas ball), 374 (Wres tling), 375 (Swimming), 376 (Volleyba l l ) . I n aly (2)

391 , 392 THE RAPEUTIC EXEROSE, AMBULATION TECHNIQUES

A corrective therapy, clinical training prograI n includ : ing lecture, labora tory experiences, and cliOIcal prac . tices. Prerequisite : departmental approval (maxImum enrol lme nt 5) . I 11

399

INTERNSHIP

Experiences closel y assig ned to student's career and

academic interests. Stu cfen t iden tifies problems to be researched , ex p eriences to be gain d, <l n d rea d i n gs pertainin to t his in terest. An appro ed firm or or ganiz t io n is mutually agreed upon by the student and the coordinal r of this progra m . Monthly prog rc s reports, evalua tions by t:h su pervisor, <l n d o th r measures of achievement a re u sed to dderm i n the grade. Pr requisit s: d eclaration of major, at least sophomor status, and completi n of a l least 1 0 hours i n th maj r. (4-8)

40 1

WORKSHOP

478

PSYCH OLOG ICAL CONCEPTS O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION A N D ATHLETICS

Workshops in special fjelds for varying periods . ( 1-4)

A st udy of the imp rtant p ychological factors

(metho d s of com m unic<l ting, use of teaching <lid s , learning stra te gies, motiva tions, e tc. ) i n the lea rn in g and teaching f gros s motor s ills. Prerequ isite: 277 . 1

(4)

481

KINESIOLOGY

483

RECREATION ADMINISTRATION

Deals with the structural and mech anical function of the musculoskeletal system. The kinesiological a ppli cations of a natomical information are given �rime con sideration . Prerequisite: Biology 205-206. II (2)

The organization, management, and direction of rec

oacl1lng teaching ex p e rie n ces; pla n nin g and conl ucting intercollegiate a th letics and physic education instruction; students work under supervlion of the head coach or physical education instruc to rs . Prerequisite: ne course in professional ac tivities, deparhnental approval. I II (2)

Assi t a n t

482

reational services: legal basis, a d ministrative proce d u res, financial as p ects, personnel management, fa cilities, and i n terna l orga niza tion . II (4) 484

MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The s lection, construction, and in terpretation of evaluation techniques related to the physical ed uca tion progra m . II aly (2)

485

BIOMECHANICS

An a p plication of physical laws to sports activities. PrinCIples of motion, force, and e q uilibrium are stressed . Analyse s of various sports ski l ls are made . I I

(2)

491

INDEPENDENT STUDY

501

WORKSHOPS

597

GRADUATE RESEARCH

Prerequisite: consent of the director. I II 5 ( 1 -4) Graduate workshops i n special fields for varying p riod s . ( 1 -4) Op en to graduate students whose minor is in the field f physica l education . Prerequisite: consent of the in structor. I II 5 (1-4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 100 202 204 208 210 225 292 302 303 306 308 31 0 31 1

31 2 313 316

Personalized Fitness Programs Intermediate and Advanced Golf Bowl ing Skiing Sli mnastics Co-Ed Volleyball First Aid Sport in Society Leadership for Outdoor Ministries Preventive Health Programming and the Wellness Revolution Sports Motivation Dance Workshop Family Centered Childbirth Hyperactive Children Drugs, Ergogenic Aids, and the Athlete Management of sports facilities

EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY

Scientific basis for training and phy iological effect of exercise on the h u ma n Dody. Prerequisite: Biology 205-20 . 1 (2 0r 4)

P HYSICAL EDUCATION

1 09

Physics and Enginee ng •

Physi c s is a b a sic science holding two prominen t positions i n contemporary society. First, physics is an i mportant c rnerstone of other disciplines such as chemistry, geology, and biology; and it is the fo un da tio n for ou r f mi l ia r technologies of co m m u nica t ion , tran sportation, and ene rg y cony rs i on . SeconcUy, through i ts i n q u iri n g pri n ' p les and through the revol u tio nary ba ic concepts of n a ture it in troduces, physics dra m a tically affects the human visio n of n a tu re and critical hilosophica J t hough t . In its engineering program the de p artment is com mi t ted to rovide an d ucation of u f J1cie ntly fu ndamental nature to permil rapid ad ap t a ti on to new technical pro ble m s and opportuni ti s and of su fficiently lib ral scope to prov i d e awareness of the broad social responsibilities implicit in e n gineering. The departmen t seeks to pr omote the in tera lion between h u m a n values and the technical works of humankind and the fundam n tal en gineering

The departme nt offers B.S . level degree work in n i neeTi ng -physi cs and a 3-2 e ngi nee ri ng dual d gree pr gram j oin t ly with the Schools f Engineering a nd ppli d Scie n ce f Col u m bia U ni versity and Sta n ford U niversity. Ad mission to Columbia is a utomatic upon recommenda tion; admission to Sta n ford, however, is competitive . Concen tra tio ns in electrical a n d mechanical ngine ri ng sci n ce s a re available wit h i n each degree p rogram .

FACULTY

Haueisen, Chair; Adams, Heeren, Names, Tang.

Clark,

Greenwood,

sciences.

I ,, ��)r ,

•

The B . S . ph ys i cs major sequ e nce offers a challenging p rogram e m pha s iz l I1 g a low stude nt-teacher ratio with u ndergraduate research p a r t i c i p a t i on . Several student publications res u J tin g from such research have a p pe are d in professional journals o f i n ternational reputatIOn. T wo in troducto r y sequences are o ffered to majors: College Physics and GCIlerai PhYS ICS. Thes e sequences d i ffer i n t h e level of ma t h e m a t i cs used, a s s t a ted in the course descri p tions. They also differ somewhat in empha:ii ', with General Physics involving more comprehen sive ana lyses. The de pa r t m e n t a l so offers a B . A . d eg re e i n p h y si cs for sc.ience-oriented l i bera l art · ·tuden ts, re q uiring only six cou rse s in physics. A s pecia l l y designed cou r e for non-$ 'ence m aj o rs, Tire I'llyslcai UlH vcrc,. a n d one for music majors, MU5icai

AcoustiCS, are also oftered.

Students i n tending to ma j or in the department are advised early to take note of the i n terrelationships between the career fields of science (physics), engineering, and technology (also called engineering-tech nology) . S c i e n tist s are motivated by raw

cU riosity . They ask tne " why" qu es t i ons a nd strive to a nswer them; thei r concern is with the natura l world . Pure science i s dedicated to acquiring new k n ow led ge , which may i n itse l f have no i m me d ia te applica t i o n . Engineering is basically concerned with LL<;ing scie n t i fic knowledge for the benefit a.nd comfort o f people. W h ile sc i e nc e , particularly p h y s i c , deals w i t h the natural w o r l d , e ng l l1 eer ing focuses upon t h e world co nstructed by p eo p l e . Mathema tics is the l a nguage of com m u nication i n lJ oth p hy 'ics a nd engineering. Without scientists, engineers would havc no ,,(c u m u l a te d storehouse of scientific knowledge from which to draw i n crea t i ng e ngi n ee rin g de signs, a n d without engi neers scien tific k n ow l e d ge w o u l d seldom be applied to so!ve practical problems. 19ineers take the i n s. ig h ts, facts, and lormulas d i sco ve red by scientists a n d u se them in inventing deSIgns to solve problems posed III t h e context o t o u r socio econom ic-tech nLcal soc iet y . PLU has deg ree programs in scie n t i fic fields as well as p rogra m s in engine ri n g . However, PLU has no acad mIt p r o gra m III engll1ee n ng-tech nology, a ca ree r field conccmed with hands-on aspects of routine testing, wnstru tion, a nd maintenance of hardware designed by engll1eers.

O UTLINE: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS FRESHMAN

1 53 147 MATH 151 154 S p ri ng : 1 48 MATH 1 52 SOPHOMORE Fall: 223 MATH 253 Fall:

Spring:

JUNIOR Fall:

S p ri n g :

231 336 354 331 356 *35 1 C H E M 341 332 *272

SENIOR

fal l :

Spring:

'*401 421 **406 422

G e ne ral P h ys i cs La b A n a l y ti c Geo metry and Calculus GC'neral Physics Lab Analytic Geometry and Ca lc u lus Ele m e n t ary Modern Physics M u l tivariable Ca kulus a n d Differe n t i a l Equations Sta tics M ec h a nics E n g i n eerin g A n a l y s i s El ec t rom a s n e tic T h eo ry M a th e m a tI ca l P h ys ic s T h e r mod y n a m i c s or P h ysic a l C h em i s t ry E lectroma g netic Waves a nd P h ys i ca r O ptic s Solid St a te Ello' ctronic Devices Qu an tu m Mechanics Advllllced La bo ra to ry A d vanced Modern Ph y s ic s A d vanced La bo ra t o ry

' Op tio na l " O p ti o n a l , r�'ctlmmended for graduate school candidates

O UTLINE: BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICS Fa l l :

Spring: Fal l :

1 53

1 47 MATH [ 5 1 154 1 48 MATH 152 223

General Physics

Lab A n a lytic Geometry an d Calculus General Physics Lab A n a lytic Geo m e t ry a n d Calcu l u s E l e m e n t ar y M o d e r n Physics

PLUS 10 additional semester hours

PHYSI CS PRO G RAM BACHELOR O F SCIENCE MAJOR: 3 2 se m e s ter hours: 147, 148, 1 53 , 1 54, 223, 33 1 , 332, 336, 356, 421 , 422_ 497498 may be t;ubstitu ted for 421 -422 with consent of the d e p a r tm e n t . 8 add i tional sem ester hours may be d e s i ra b le , depending on t h e student's prolessiona l objectives. For e xa mp l e, it is recom mended that pre-Ph. D . students take 401 a nd 406. C ons u l t the dcpa rtm e n t for sp 'cHic r(�commendations. Re q u i r e d s u p p or ti n g co u r 'c : Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Engineering 354; Chem istry 1 1 5; pru - e i ther Chemistry 341 or Engineering 351. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 24 se mcs te r ho urs: 1 47, 1 48, 153, 154, 223, p l u s ten semester h o ur s . Under specia l circ u m s tances 1 25-126 may be su bst i tute d for the 153-154 se q ue nc e . This requ i res th ' conse n t of t h e depart m e n t . Add i tional courses may be desirable, d epe n d ing on the student's professional objectives. Consu l t the departme nt for specific re om m c ndations. Req u j red sup p o r ti n g courses: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 . MINOR: 22 semester h o u r ', i n c l ud i ng 1 47-148 (one-hour l a bs), 153, 1 54 (or 1 25, 1 26); three additional courses, of which a t least two must be u p per d i ision .

COURSE OFFERINGS - Physics 1 06 THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE An examination of the large-scale structure of the uni verse directed toward an understanding of the origin of the universe as well as its eventual fa te. Discussion topics include galaxies, quasars, stellar evolution, black holes, relativity, and nuclear energy. The pre sentation is non-math ematical and high school pny s ics is not a prerequisite . Intended primarily for the lib eral arts student. I (4) 1 25, 1 26 COLLEGE PHYSICS This course provides a n introduction to the funda mental topics of physics_ It is a non-calculus sequence, involving only the use of trig;onometry and college algebra . Concurrent registration in 147, 148 is re quired . I II (4, 4) 1 4.7, 148

INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LABORATORY Basic laboratory experiments are performed in con j u nction with the General and College Physics se quences. Concurrent registration in 1 25, 126 or 153, 1 54 is required . I II ( 1 )

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

111

1 53, 154 G ENERAL PHYSICS A calculus-level survey of the general fields of physics, including classical mechanics, thermodynamics, elec tricity and magnetism and optics . Concurrent registra tion in 147, 1 48 and prior or concurrent registration in MATH 1 51 , 1 52 is required. I II (4, 4) 205 MUSICAL ACOUSTICS A study of m usical sound using physics method s: vi brating systems; simple harmonic motion; wave mo tion; complex waves; wave generation in musical in struments; physiology of hearing; a rchitectural acous tics; electronic recording and reproduction. Laborato ry and group tours. No prerequisite courses in either mathematics or physics a re assumed. 11 (4) 223 ELEMENTARY MODERN PHYSICS This course covers the various phenomena where clas sical methods of ph y sics fail. Contem porary interpre tations of these phenomena a re developed at an el menta ry level . Prerequisite: 1 54 or 126 or consent of instructor. 1 (4) 272 SOLID STATE ELECTRONIC DEVICES See Engineering 272 331 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY Electrostatics, d ipole fields, fields in d ielectric mate Iials, electromagnetic induction, magnetic properties of matter, generation and propagation ot elec tromagnetic waves with an emphasis on the relation ship with p hysical optics. Prerequisite: 1 53, 154; corequisite: 356 or consent of instructor. 1 (4) 332

ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND PHYSICAL OPTICS A study of the generation and propagation of elec tromagnetic waves. The mathematical cfe scription and the physical understanding of electromagnetic radia tion are discussed with an emphasis on its relationship with physical optics . PrereqUisite: 331 . II (4)

336 MECHANICS Fundamental mechanics; mathematical formulation of physical problems; motion of particles in one, two, or three dimensions; motions of systems of pa rticles; dy namics and statics of rigid bodies; movin � coordinate systems; Lagrange's equations and Hamiltonian for mulation of mechanics. Corequisite: 354 or consent of instructor. II (4) 351 THERMODYNAMICS See Engineering 351 354 ENG INEERING ANALYSIS See Engineering 354 355 TEACHING OF PHYSICS New developments i n secondary curriculum, teach ing techniques, and teaching media in the ph y sical sci ences; counted toward a deg ree for only those stu dents receiving certification . Offered only on demand. (4)

112

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

356 MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS Bo undary va lue p roblems, special functions, matrices and tensors, proba bili ty theory, eigenvalue p roblems, complex variables, contour integration, and their ap plica tions to physics . Continuation of EGR 354. 1 (4) 401

INTROD UCTION TO QUANTUM MECHANICS The ideas and techniques of quantum mechanics are developed . Various quantum mechanical systems a nd phenomena are studied in order to demonstrate these ideas and techniques. 1 (4)

406 ADVANCED MODERN PHYSICS Modern theories are used to describe topics of contem porary importance such as a tomic and sub-atomic phenomena, plasmas, solids, and astrophysical events. The application of quantum mechanical tech niques a re emphasized when appropriate . Prerequis ite: 401 . n (4) 421 , 422 ADVANCED LABORATORY

I, lI (l)

49 1 , 492 (1-4)

INDEPENDENT STODY

497, 498 (1 -4)

RESEARCH

ENGINEERlNG PROGRAM A smaller university like PLU js uniquel y suited to foster a student's personal development while makin g a firm but not premature co mm itment to professional and career goals. Such a setting also helps a stude.nnt to clarify the social context in which en g in ee rs function. A major school of engineering like Columbia or Stanford emphasizes advanced studies, research, and interaction with industry. Thus, PLU's 3-2 program gives students the best of two settings - breadth at PLU and dep th in an engineering s pe cialty at Columbia or Stanford. Students have also been Involved 111 3-2 programs at the Umverslty of Washll1gton or other state universities in the Pacific Northwest. During the first three years of this program students must complete 1 ) all general university core requirements, 2) two interims, 3) all oasic science and mathematics requirements, and 4) six courses in engineerin� � Once a clear sense of direction within an e ngineerin g speCialty is gained, a reco mme ndation to Columbia or Stanford may be g ranted . Adm ission to Columbia is automatic upon recom mendation; admission to Stanford, however, i s competitive. Details of transfer admission are made available in the fall of the third year. Normally two additional years are necessa ry to finish engineering specialty courses at Columbia or Sta nford . PLU also offers a four-year program in en g ineerin � -physics. Because the un iversity does not offer a standard engIneering deg ree, students electing to remain at PLU throughout their college career, or for whom the 3-2 engineering program is ina ppropriate though they are drawn to an en g i neering career, find this p rogram attractive. It is more practical than a physics degree while a t the same time more theoretical than the usual engineering degree. The BS degree in engineering-physics prepares students for e mp loymen t in ma ny diverse industries or directly for graduate study in nearly all fields of engineering. Strength may be built in electrical or mechanical engineering sciences by careful selection of upper division courses. Stude n ts are urged to develop a mi nor in either mathema tics or computer science, particularly if aspiration to /? raduate study in engineering is part ot their career plan . A m inor lJ1 business ad ministration is particularly ap propriate for working in industr y im mediately after graduation. For maximum flexibility in upper division courses,

students aspiring to the engineering- physics degree should schedule their first' two years identical ly to those for dual degree 32 engineering. J unior and senior year schedules are determined by upper division requirements and by students' objectives. Particular note should be taken of the prere q uisite for Math 1 52, namely, skill in com p uter pro g ramming in t h e BASIC language. A suggested schedule IS shown b elow. Regardless of eventual sp ecialtv, both Eng ineering 231 Statics and 271 Electrical Circl/its s h ould be taken. Th ese should be followed by 232 Mechal1ics of Solids for students in the mechanical engineering concentration or by 272 Solid State Electronic Devices for those with interest in electrical engineering. The natural sciences core re q uirement is automatically satisfied b y engineering stu d ents as is the second part of option lJ of the foreign lan g uage requirement in the College of Arts and Sciences. Unless they automatically qualify for fulfilling o p tion I of the foreig n lan g uage requirement on the basis of their h igh school wor K , stu aents are encouraged to satisfy this requirement by means of op tion II. Hours freea by satisfaction of the foreign lan g uage reqUIrement on the basis o f high school work may proIitaoly be used for taking another core requireme.nt (e. g . , arts/literature or social sciences), f o r taking mathematics beyond calculus, or for taking additional courses in computer science. Particular attention should be gi v e n to the Integrated Studies Program, known as Core II, and to its applicability for engineers in our technological society. Students with strong pre p aration (A's and B's) in high sch ool mathematics a t least througn trigonometry/functions as well as in science through phvsics and with SAT math scores no lower than 550 should sche dule their classes as indicated below. Those with less adequate preparation in mathematics and sciences, p articularly mathematics, should consider strengthening their backg round with community college work in the summer before enro n ment a t PLU and should post rone the physics sequence until their second year. An ap p ro p nate first year schedule then includes: Fall EGR 151 Visual Thltlkhlg, M ATH 151 Calculus, CHEM 115 Chemistnj, a general university core requirement, and PE 100 or a PE activity course; SPRING - EGR 1 82 Materials, MATH 152 Calculus, C SCI 139 Computer Science, a core re q uirement, and a physical education activity course (or PE 100). -

3-2 DUAL DEGREE: Dual B . S . degrees !Tom PLU and

Columbia, Stanford, or other A BET accredited Engineering School. Three full-time years at PLU p lus 2 additional full-time years at Columbia or Stanford. PLU B . S . in Engineering-Science is granted after first year at Columbia or Stanford; B . S . in Engineering Specialty (E. E . , M . E . , etc.) granted by Columbia or Stanford at the end of fiith year. PHYS: 14 hours, 147, 148, 153, 154, 223. E G R BASICS: 10 hours, 151 , 182, 354. EGR CONCENTRATION (3 selections*): 10 hours - Electrica l: 271 , 272, 352, 441; Mechanical: 231 , 232, (or PHYS 336), 351 , 442. *Courses selected on the basis of the student's career obj ectives. Required supporting courses: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; CSCI 240; CHEM 1 1 5 . B . S . DEGREE IN ENGINEERING-PHYSICS: Similar t o the 3-

pro g ram with additional course work at and pn ysics; 4 years at PLU . 2

PLU

in engineering

PHYS: 24 hours, 147, 148, 1 53, 1 54, 223, 331 ; 336 (optional); 356, 421 , 422. EGR BASICS: 10 hours, 1 5 1 , 1 82, 354. EGR CONCENTRATION (4 selections*): 12 hours Electrical: 271 , 272, 352, 441 ; Mechanical 231 , 232 (or P HYS 336), 351 , 442. *Courses selected on the basis of the student's career objectives. Re quired supporting courses: MATH 1 5 1 , 152, 253; CHEM 1 1 5; C SC1 240. -

OUTLINE: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE in Engineer足 ing-Science (3-2) and Engineering-Physics. HRST YEAR Fa ll: EGR 151 PHYS 153 PHYS 1 47 MATH 151 CORE PE

Visual Thinking General Physics I Laboratory Calculus I

2 4 4 4 16

Spring: EGR 1 82 PHYS 154 PHYS ]48 MATH 152 CORE PE

Intro. Materials General Physics II Laboratory Calculus II

4 4 ] 4 4 18

SECOND YEAR Electrical Engineerinng Concentration Fall: EGR 271 Elee. Circuits PHYS233 Elem. Modern MATH 253 Calculus I I I CORE CORE Spring: GR 272 EGR 354 C SC I 240 CORE

Solid State Eng. Analysis

4 4

FORTRAN

2 4

PE I

Mechanical Engin ee ring Concentration Fal l : EGR 231 Sta tics P HYS 223 Elem. Modern MATH 253 C a lculus CORE CORE Spring: EGR 232 EGR 354 CS0 240 CORE PE

2 4 4 4 4 18

Mech. of Solids Eng, Analysis FORTRAN

2 4 4 4 4 18 4 4 2 4 1 15

Students wishing to major in physics or engineering are encouraged to contact the department early in their college career, preferably before entering as freshmen. Early consultation provides greater flexibility in designing one's program.

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

113

T H l R D Y .A R

3- 2 E n g i n ee r i n g Elcctric�1

ngine 'ring Concen tration

Fall:

EGR 231

Statics

CH M U 5

Gen. C h e rn .

2 4

CO R E

ORE

4 1

Sp r i n g: ORE C RE COR

4 4 4 12

Mechanical Enginecring

o n cc nt ra t i o n

Fall:

EGR 271

El�c.

i rc u i t s

O i EM 1 1 5

Gen.

hemistry

COR

COR ' P I::

15 4 4 4 12

E n g i nc e ri n g - Ph ys i c s Fa l l : PHYS 331

EM !

PHY 356

M a t h . Ph ys .

EGR 35 1 u r

Thermo

E ,R 352

AID Circuits

Spring: PHYS 336* or

Mechani',

PHYS .332*

EM II

CORE

FOURTH COLLEGE Y E A R 3 - 2 E n g i n eri n g

J u n ior engineering standing at Cul umbia, S ta n ford, or

regional state u n iversity. Admission to Colum bia is a u to m a t ic upon recommendation by t h e departm e n t. A d m ission to S ta n fo rd is competiti ve . 28 a d d i tional semester hours in upper d i v i s i o n engi neerin g specialty courses at Columbia or S ta n ford ( e . g . , . E . , M . E . , C . E., et . ) to qualify for the degree of B.s. in Engineering-Science fro m P L U . The d eg ree is awarded a fter pr's nlation of a signed gold book and a tra n scr i p t fmm Co lumbia or Stanford. E n g i n eeri n g - P h y s i c s Fall: Pl lYS 42 1 EGR 44 1 * ur EGR 442'

Adv. Lab. Networks Transport

PHYS 422 COl E

Adv. Lab.

ORE Spring:

COR-

1 14

1 4 4

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

Fl FTI I COLLEGE Y E A R 3-2 Engineeri n g omp J c te engineering sp ecia l ty ( E . E . , M . E . , C . E . , e t c . ) at Colum bia, S t a n ford , or a regi o na l state u niversity the re by earning that school's B . S . de g re e . At Sta n ford it is al so possible to be admitted to a cote rminal M . S. program and earn it mas ter's degree in an en gineering s p ec i a l ty simultaneously with the bachelor's deg re e . ' Op t i ona l

COURSE OFFERING S Engineering Engineering Basics 15 1 VISUAL THINKING Three-dimensional visualization, orthogra phic and isometric perspectives, relationship of visual graphic thinking to the creative process, preliminary aesign; of value to not only engineers but a lso the science major who must be able to think three dimensionally as demanded in mechanics or structural chemistry . Emphasis upon fluent and flexible idea prod uction . I (2) 1 82 INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE undamentals of synthetic materials (dielectrics, semiconductors, magnetics, alloys, polymers), their relationship to chemistry and physics, a nd implica tions f r modern technological society. Discussion of what lIseful properties engineering materials have and how these properties can be altered by adju sting internal micro-structure. A particularly useful en try point for the study of electrical and mecha nical en gineerin g . Background: one course i n high school or college dlemistry . I I (4)

354 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS Introd uction to vector and tensor calculus, functions of a co m p lex variable, Laplace and Fourier transforms, and undetermined multipliers. Comprehensive and iIlustrative examples from the fields of electromag netism, waves, transport, vibrations, and mechanics. May be taken as a package with PHYS 356. Prerequis ite: MATH 253 . II (4)

Electrical Engineering Science

Mechanical Engineering Science

271 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS Fu ndamental concepts of electrical science and its utilization in circuits, components, and devices . Pre requ isite: PHYS 1 54. 1 (2) 272 SOUD STATE ELECTRONIC DEVICES Useful properties of semiconductors as related to elec tronic devices; pn- j unction diodes and tra nsistors; FET and MOS structures; solid state lasers. Pre;equis itc: EGR 271 . I I (4) 352 ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Active solid state circuits. Analo g : AC-DC converters, amplifiers, osciUa tors. Digital: Boolean algebra, se quen tial logic circuits, switching networks. Prerequis ite: EGR 271 or 272. 1 (4)

231 STATICS Fu ndamenta l engin ering tatics u i ng v ct r a Ig bra; conditons for equilibrium, resultant force systems, centroid and cen ter of gra vity, methods of virtual work, friction . Prere q u i i te : PHYS 153. 1 (2) 232 MECHAN ICS Of SOLI DS M chanks of deforma ble lid bodies; deformation, stress, constitu tive equations for c l a stic nlatcrials, thermoel s ticity, tension, flexure, torsion , s tability of equilibri u m . Prerequisite: EGR 231 . II (4) 351 THERMODYNAMICS Concepts and equa tio n s of classical, macroscopic ther modyna mics; thermodynamic cycle s, flo w and non flow systems, propertie and mathematica l rel ations of pure substances, m ix tures and solu tions, phase tran ition and chemical rea tions; an elementary treat ment of statistica l thermodyna mics . Pre requisite: PHYS 154. 1 (4)

441 NETWORK ANALYSIS Analysis o f electrical circuits in tra nsient and steadytate modes; formulation of network equations and theorems, im pedance matching a nd fumbmentals of network topology, transfer functions, development of Laplace tra nsforms and Fourier series, time and fre quency-domain a nalysis. Prerequisite: EGR 271 . 1 1 (4) 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Select d topics of mutual interest to student and in structor. Enrollment is limited and open only to stu dents who have discu ssed a proposed topic or course of study in considerabl depth with instructor. Pre requi i te : mu tual interest ( 1 -4)

442

TRANSPORT: MOMENTU M, ENERGY, AND MASS U ni fying concepts of the tranbport o f momentum, en ergy, a nd mass in planar, cyli:ndrical and spherical geom etri ; ma thema tical aspects of fluid mechanics; Dou ndary I yer ; transport coefficients-visc sity, ther mal conductivity, mass dufL! i ity; an lem n tary trea tment of turbulent flow . Prerequisite: EGR 351 r consent of instructor. II (4) 492 INDEPEN DENT STU DY Selected topic of m u tual int rest to student and in structof. nrollment is limited and open only to stu dents who have discussed a proposed topic r course of study in considerable depth with instructor. Pre requisite: mutual interest. (1-4)

COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 305

The Art of Electronics

PHYSICS & ENGINEERING

1 15

Political Science P litical science addresses one of the most diHicult, yet fundamentally important human endeavors, the governance of people and of societies . The student of politics seeks to understand how governments are organized and structured, how political processes a.re employed, and the relationship of s tructures and processes to societal purposes. Recognizing that g vernment and political activity may embody and reflect the full range of human values, the study of politics must endeavor to understand the realities of politics while at the same time asking how well political systems work, what purposes are and ought to be served, and what effects result from political phenomena . Political science encourages a critical understanding of government a nd politics in the belief that a knowledgeable, interested, a nd aware citizenry is the root strength and necessity of a democratic society.

FACULTY Atkinson, Chair; Farmer, Marsh, Spencer, Ulbricht; assisted by Bricker. The study of political science helps to prepare students for the exercise of their rights, d u ties, an d op p o r tu n i ti e s as ci ti z e n s by giving them a better understancLng of A me r ica n political processes and of a l te rn a t i ve systems. Courses in political science explore various topiCS i n American govern ment and politics, i n ternational relations a nd foreign p olicy, comparative g overn m e n t and area studies, politIcal philosophy and theory, a n d p u blic ol icy and law. The department p rovides pre足 p rofessiona training leading to careers in teaching, law, government, and rel a ted fi C i ds . For the non-major, pol i tica l science courses provide useful study for any student gene ra l l y interested in public affairs and the workings o f government. Moreover, the study of p olit ic s is

supportive of any discipline or profeSSional program whose substance becomes a m a t t e r of p u b l ic policy. A s such, p oliti ca l sci en ce co m p l em en ts such fields as the natu ra l sc i e n ce s, socio lo gy, business, education, and economics. The study of po l itic s touches upon other disci r l i nes which in q u ire i n to h um a n be ha v i or and develop me n t, ra nglllg fro m h i s tory and philosophy to psychology, co mmu nication, a nd c ro s s - cu l t ura l studies.

Students of political science have the op p ortu n i t y tu cum binI' the academic study o f guvernment and pulitics with practical experience by participatiun in one u f the internship p ro g rams sponsored by the department. At present these are a vailable in public administration, public law, and the legislative process. The department of political science is a ffiliated with several organiLations providing for a variety u f s tudent involveme n t . These organizations include t h e Model U n i ted I ations, Center for the Study of Public Policy, and Pulitical Science Student Association. The department further sponsors or otherwise encourases active student participation i n political life through class activities and through such ca mpus organizations as the Young Rep ublicans and Young Democrats. The polItical science faculty at Pacific Lu theran Un iversity share a breadth of experience in teaching and research, in professional associations and conferences in the United States and abroad, and i n g overnment decision making from the local to the international revel. There are no prerel uisites for political science courses, except as noted. Prior consu tation with the instructor of any advanced course is invited. Students wishing to pursue a major o r minor i n political science are requested to declare the major or minor with the department chair as soon as possible.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i nimum of 32 semester

hours, including 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 325. Majllr progra ms are planned in consultation with a departmental ad vi ser .

MINOR: Minimum of 20 semester hours including 101 or 1 5 1 . Minor programs are planned i n consultation with a departmental adviser. MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 24 semester hours, including 345 (required) and 20 hours from political science, economics, sociology, a nd busine.ss administ ration o r statistics. This minor offers an interdisciplinary study designed to support many major programs whose content has implications for public affairs, a nd is particularly useful to students contemplatin g careers i n p ubli service o r graduate study in public admimstration, public affairs, and related programs. The Public Affairs minor includes the following re quirements: 1) Political cience 345, Govern ment and Public Policy; 2 ) at least five additional courses from three of the following groups (courses which are take n as part of a major program may not also count toward the Public Affairs minor): Political Science ( m i n i m u m of 8 hours if this group is selected) 151 352 356 363 364 457

American Government American State Govern ment Urban Government and Policy ' Government, the Media, and Public Policy The Leg islati ve Process Public A dministratio n

Economics ( m inimum of 8 hours if this group is selected) 150 321

362 371 432

Prindples of Economi s Lilbor Economics, Labor Relations, and Human Resources Public Finance Industrial Organization and Public Policy Urban and Regional Economics

Sociology (minimum of 4 hours if this group is selected) 240 - Social Problems 280 - Introduction to Race Relations 340 - Crime a nd De linquency 390 - Sociology of Poverty 460 - Penology a nd Corrections

Business/Statistics (minimum of 4 hours i f this group is selected)

BA 281 - Fina ncial Accounting STAT 231 - I ntroductory Statistics On approval by the Public Affairs advise.r, u p to 8 hours may be earned through participation i n a n inte.rnshlp p rogram as a substitute for courses listed above (except Political Science 345). I nternshi p opportu nities are offered through several departments and proVide stude.nts with actual work experience in state and local legislative and administrative agencies. Students i n terested i n internships are ur g ed to consult with their academic advisers a nd with intern facurty advisers at an early date . Students interested i n t h e Public Affairs m i n o r should declare the minor in the Department o f Poli tical Science a nd consult with the department's Public Affairs adviser.

MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (a thematic module within the Foreign Areas Studies Progra m ) : With the ap proval of the coordinator, 20 to 24 semester hours from th ree differen t diSciplines, including . (required) Political Science 231 Q r 338 and (ophonal) 384; 386; History 340; 356; His tory 335 (or Spal11sh 322 or French 321 or Scandinavian 322 or German 321); Economics 331 or 381 ; and independent studies. MAJOR IN LEGAL STUDIES: 32 semester hours. For additional information, see the section of this catalog on Legal Studies. MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES: 20 semester hours. For additional information, see the section of this catalog on Legal Studies. PRE-LAW: For information, see the section of this catalog on Pre-profeSSional Progra ms. BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: See School of

Education.

COURSE OFFERINGS 101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE An introduction to the major concepts, theories, ideas, and fields of study relating to politics and gov ernmental systems . Ex fores governmental structures and processes, politica power and authority, conflict, decision making, policy, and stability and change. (4)

151 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A survey of the constitutional found ations of the American politica l system and of institutions, proces ses, and practices relating to participation, decision making, and p ublic policy in American national gov ernment . (4) 201 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL STUDfES An examination of the nature of law, judicial process, and partici p a n t roles in the legal system . Particular empnasis gIven to legal culture i ncluding compa ra tive systems, assessme nts of legal needs and legal ser vices, the legal profession, philosophy of law, and judicial decision making. (4) 231 CURRENT INTERNATION A L AFFAIRS A survey course in international relations with em p hasis on current events . Examination of ideology, economic resources and development, national rival ries, military power, revolutionary movements, popu lation pressures, alliance politics, and multilateralism. Relation of these factors to international relations theory. (4) 282 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT Examina tion of political systems from a comparative perspective . Principal focus is on contemporary is sues, the societal setting a nd policy formation in selected countries at various stages of political and eco nomic development . (4) SCOPE AND METHODS OF POLITICAL SCIENCE A n examina tion of analytic frameworks, research methods and techniques, and informa tion sources in political science. (4) 321

POLITICAL S CIENCE

117

325 POLITICAL TIlO UGHT A su rvey of t he origin and evolution of major political concepts in ancient, medieval, and early modern tim s. uch ideas as state, obl iga tion, autholity, com mu ni ty, law, and freedom \v· i11 be studied develop mentally. (4)

364 THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS A study of theory, org anizabon, and procedure of the Congress and other legislative bodies in the United States; special emphasis on the dynamics of conflict and compromise in the legislative arena including citi zen and interest group participation and lobbying. (4)

326

RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT A critical examination of th major id 01 gies of the modem world: democracy, conservatism, capitalism, ocialism, ana rcho-svndicc lism, communism, racial and political e1iti m, nati nalism, liberalism, Christian pOLitical thought, and c ntem porary problems. (4)

368 THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY Study of the nation' s highest political office in terms of the roles and expectations of the office, styles of leadership, Presiden tial decision-making, the powers a nd limitations of the office, and the interaction of per sonality a nd institution. (4)

336

371 JUDICIAL PROCESS An examination of legal processes i n various ad judicatory settings. Primary attention given to judicial processes tocusing on civil and criminal law. I ncludes an examination o f administrative law processes among other quasi- judicial forms of conflict resolu tion. (4) 372 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW The constitutional basis of governmental powers in the United States with special emphasis given to j udi cial review, separation of powers, federalism, and in terstate commerce. Includes a n examination of the political a nd constitu tional restrictions on governmen tal power. (4) 373 CIVIL LIBERTIES Consti tutional rights a nd liberties with special a tten tion given to freedom of expression and a ssociation, religious freedom, rights in criminal procedure, due process and equal protection. (4) 374 LEGAL RESEARCH I ntroduction to various methods of le g al analysis and research. I ncludes a n examination of primary docu ments and research systems. (4) 381 COMPARATIVE LEGAL SYSTEMS A comparative examination of legal systems i ncluding common law, Roman law, a nd non-Western systems . aly (4) 383 THE WESTMINSTER MODEL A n examination of the evolution of the p olitical system of the United Kingdom and its transplantation to the states of the British Commonwealth including Canada, Australia, a nd New Zealand. (4) 384 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS Comparative examination of Marxist political sys te � s, particularly the U . S . S . R . , eastern Europe, Chma, and Cuba . Special attention given to ideology and t the role of the Communist Pa rty . (4)

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION AND LAW Cooperation and conflict in internati nal in titution s. I sues be fore the United Nations and other interna tional organiza tions . The role of international law in interstate relations. (4) 338 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r Ie of the United States in international affairs. An an alysis of the major factors i n the formulation a nd xecution of United States foreign policy and its im pact on other powers. (4) 345 GOVERN MENT AND PUBLIC POLICY An integrated a pproach to the nature of public policy, with m phasis on substantive pr blcms, the develop m nt of policy responses by political institutions, and th impacts of pohcies. Special attention to policy a t the American national or subnational levels, in inter na tional p litics, or from a compa rativ perspective, as a nnounced by the department. (4) 3 2 AMERICAN STATE GOVERNMENT Study of go ernmental structures, processes, prob lems, and p ublic policy at the state level. Special top ics and field study may be an-anged as ap propriate . Par ticular att·nti n to th state of Washington. (4) 3 6 URBAN GOVERNMENT AND POLICY Exarrti na tion of American goverment at the communi ty and metropolitan level, pol:itical structures and pro ce ses, urban problems and policies, and relation shi p s with other levels of government. Special topics a n d field study as appr priate. (4) 361 AMERICAN POLmCAL PARTIES An exami na tion in theory and practice of American political p arties and interest groups; special atte ntion to party leadership and recru ' tm nt, individ ual politi cal socialization and pa rtici p a tion, electoral processes, and to the r Ie of int rest groups in AmeJican politics. (4) 363 GOVERNMENT, THE MEDIA, AND PUBLIC POllCY Inq uiry into the relati nship between public will and public policy in America, concentrating on the pivotal role f electronic and p rint media. Exa mines media in contexts of opinion formation, expression, a nd ef fects. Attention to political cuilure, uses of public opinion polls, and governmental regulation, secrecy, and information management. (4)

1 18

POLITICAL SCIENCE

386 AFRICAN POLITICAL SYSTEMS Comp a ra t iv e exa mination of Lh IiticaI systems of sub-Sa ha ran A frica . Expos i tion 0 pre-colonial, colo nial, and con temp rary intl uences with speciaJ atten tion to problems of decolonization, nation-build ing, and develop me n t . (4)

401 SEMINAR IN POLITICS Select d topics in the study of governmen t and politics as a nnou nced by the d e partme nt . (4) 457 PUBLIC ADMINISTRAn ON Mana gement as ccurs in the a f fa irs of s ta te ; the na ture of human behavior in organizations; administra tive law nd quasi-judicial practices; civil service, b u dget and fiscal con tTol, centralization, coordination in admi nistrative ar as. (4) 458 INT ERNSHI P I N PUB LIC ADMIN1STRAnON An i nternship w ith a departme n t of local or state gov e rn me nt; planned an_d supervised jointly by a sup� � visin s government otflCla f and a member of the p hh cal SClence faculty. By depa r t me nt consent only. (4-12) 464

INTERNSIDP IN THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS An op portun ! ty to s � dy th � p r?cess fl' r.n the inside . by working directly WIth legtslanve p ar ti ci pa nts at the only . (In consent t n state or local L evel . By d pa rtme ternships with the Washington ta t L gislature are open only to ju nior- and seniors with a t lea t one year at PLU wn have taken or tak concurrently 364 . ) (4-12) 471 INTERNS IUP IN LEGAL STUDIES An int mship with a privat or public S ctor agency or office engaged in legal rese a rch, litiga tion, or law en forcement. (4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT READING AND RESEARCH By depa rtment con ent only. ( 1 -4) 502 SOGAL SCIENCE THEORY An analysis o f social ex plana tion and the social scien tific fram f reference. (4) 505 SOGAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic research concepts a ep li e d to labora tory, field, and bibliographic studies. fopics include f rmula ting resea rch que tion , research desi g ns, data-ga thering techniques, a naJy i of data and th ory constrllcti n . Emphasis o n understanding a n d evaluati n g rather than conducting Tesearch . (4)

520 SEMINAR IN PUBLIC POLICY Concep ts, models, and theori's of policy processes. Agenda-building, decision-making, a nd implemen ta tion, policy anarysis, and evaluation studies through selected readings and discussion. (4, 558 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP Practical experience through an internship in a public ag ncy. (4) 567 PUBLIC BUDGETING PROCESSES Analy is of planni ng, processe , and execution of g ov ernmental Dudg ts; includes budgeting, accoun tIng, debt, cash manag ment, financial reporting, gra nts administration, and program evalua tio n . (4) 571 COURT ADMINISTRATION An examination of the field of j udicial administra tio n . Focuses pa rticularly on budgeting, personnel, infor mation systems, court- alendaring, a nd other court management fu nctions . (4) 591 DIRECTED STUDY (1 -4) 595 GRADUATE READINGS Independent study card rcqu ired _ (4) 597 RESEARCH PRACTICUM (4) 598 (4) 599 (4)

RESEARCH PROJECT THESIS

COURSES TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 302 312 315

Politica l Humor and Satire The Role of owts in Theory and Practice Washington W i n terim '82: The Reagan Administration and Congress: One Year Later

POLITICAL SCIENCE

119

Psychology Th rough its cu rricul u m, use of comm u n i ty resources, and res a rch programs, the Department of Psychology p rovides students with a comprehensive a n d bala nced exposure to psychology as a d i scipline, a science, and a profession . The major p repares students for grad u a te work in psychology or for e m p loyme n t a fter g raduation in a variety of settings. I n a d d i tion the psychology major is p u rsued by some students who p l a n to do graduate work in fie.lds ou tside of psycho logy such s social work, law, bu siness a d m i n istration, or theology. The minor in psychology is designed to be a s u p pl e me n t to a nother major in the l ibera l arts o r to a degree p rogram in a professional school, such as business a d m i n istra t i o n . The Dcparhnent o f Psychology a lso offers a broad range o f cou rses w h ich ca n be i n d i v i d u a l l y selected by a tudent once the Introduction to Psychology course has been comp leted . As a s u p p le m e n t to academic learni ng, the department offers opportun ities for students to have ex perie nce of a field-work nature in a wide variety of settings in the greater acoma a rea, such a ': American Lake Veterans Ho pital, We tern State Hos pital ( i n c l u d i n g the C h i l d Study and Trea tment Center), Rainier State Sc hool (devel opmenta l ly

� 'U ij-q � o

C@], @ % � =

,..

disabled), mental hea l th clin ics, special services departments of local school d ist ricts, and so o n . T h e laboratory cla sses offered b y t h e depa rhne n t a re s m a l l i n size w i t h m a x i m u m im portance a ttached to i nd i vid ual ized i nstruction.

FACULTY Nolph, Chair; Adachi, Fiedler, Hansvick, Lejeune, Moritsugu, Severtson. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours, incl uding. 1 0 1 , 243, 340, 460. I n addition, Statistics 231 is required . The

Underg raduate Record Exam is req u i red of a l l graduating m'lJors.

MINOR: 20 semester hours. Statistics 23 .1 mav - be included with departmental con s e n t . 1 1 0 milv not be counted toward the major or minor. Cou rses at the 506 level are p rimari l y for graduate students; however, they may be taken by ad vanced undergraduates who r ece iv e the instructor's consent.

COURSE OFFERINGS 101

399

INTERNSHIP

401

WORKSHOP

STUDY SKILLS

403

THE PSYCH OLOGY OF INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT

Physical, intellectual, emotional, and social develop men t of the individual from the pre-na tal period to adolescence; problems of behavior and adjustment. Prerequisite: 335 . (2)

INTRODUCTION T O PSYCHOLOGY

An introduction to the scien tific study of behavior; sci entific methods for studying the beha vior of l iving or ganisms; topics sllch as motivation, learn ing, emo tion, intelligence, personality, adjustment, and social behavior. I II (4)

110

To assist in the improvemen t of reading skills and other techniques for effective s tudy; class work sup plemented by individual counseling. (May not be counted in the major or m i nor. ) I I I (2)

221

Problems in personal adjustment in everyday living . Prerequisite: 101 . I 1 1 (2)

243

SCIENTIFIC METHODS

Basic research design and theory construction; appli ca tions to both laboratory and field . Special emphasis on perception and cognilio � . Lecture and labora tory . Major must take four credit hour option. PrereqUIs i te : 101 . I II (2 or 4)

A racticum experience i n the community in the clini ca , social, a nd/or experimental a reas . Classroom focus on case conceptualization and prese n ta tion. Pre requiSite: sophomore standing plus one course in psy chology and conse n t of the department. (1-6) Selected topics in psychology as a nnounced .

405

ADOLE SCENT PSYCHOLOGY

420

PERSONALITY THEORIES

421

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

422

COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOGY

450

PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING

460

LEARNING: RESEARCH AND THEORY

490

SYSTE MATIC THOUGHT IN PSYCHOLOGY

Physical development, menta l tra its, social characte.r istics, and in terests of adolescen ts; adjustments m home, school, a nd community . Prerequisite: 335. II (2)

Strategies for the tudy of personal i ty theories. Tech niques of measurement and i mplica tions for counsel ing and/or psychotherapy . Prerequisite: 101 . I II (4)

325

S tudy of the psychological, biologica l , a nd cultural components of human sexual and emotional be havior. Topics includ � sexua l identi ty , typical a � d a ty p ical sexual bl':havlOr, reprodUction, COurtship, and affection . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 (4)

HUMAN SEXUALITY-EMOTIONALITY

Etiology and treatmen t of abnormal behavior . Em p hasis on trea tment in community-based settings and mstitutions. Field placement or equivalent required . Prerequisite : 1 01 . I II (4)

330

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

I n tervention strate g ies which focus p ri ma rily on com munities and socia f sy stems. Particular stress on alter na tives to traditional clinical styles of p romotin g the well-bein � of communities . Field placement required . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4)

Research and theory concerning the i nteraction be hveen groups and the i ndividual. Language, a t titudes, aggressio n, leadershi p , person perception, and relatea topics arc examined and their rela tionship to various types of social change and influence a re dis cussed . Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . 1 (4)

335

DEVELOPMENT: INFANCY TO MATURITY

340

HUMAN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY

Physical, i n tellectUal , social, and emotional . growth from infa ncy through adolescence to matun ty. Pre requisite: 101 . I 1 1 (4) The study of brain-behavior relationships . Topics . in clude neuroa n a tomical and neurophYSiolo g ical mechanisms underlying human behavior; psychologi cal effects of brain damage; p hysiological correlates of languages, sens<? ry a n motor fu nctions, and ��o tion; electrical stllTIulation of the bra m . PrerequIsite:

�

101 . 1 (4) 342 DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND ABUSE

Survey of the l i terature on causes and treatments for alcohol and drug a buse . I mplications of current re search rega rding treatment effectiveness of alcohol and drug problems . Prerequisite: 101 . (2-4)

Su rvey of standardized tests; methods of develop ment, standardization; limi tations and i nterpretations of tests . Prerequisite: 243, a cou rse in sta tistics, or con sen t of instructor . 1 (4) Experimental studies and theories of learnin g . Lecture and labora tory . Prerequisite: a minimum of 12 hours in psychology includjng 243. II (4)

Historical dev lopment, contemporary forms, and basic a ssumptions of the major psychological theories and traditions . Primarily for a dva nced majors and graduate students . r (4)

491 , 492

INDEPENDENT STUDY

A supervised reading, field, or research project of spe cial interest for adva nced undergraduate or graduate students . Prerequisite: departmen ta l consent . I II (1-4)

493

SEMINAR

Selected topics in J? sychology as a nnounced. Pre req uisite: consen t of mstructor.

PSYCHOLOGY

121

SOl

WORKSHOP

50 2

SOGAL SCTENCE THEORY

595

GRADUATE READINGS

Independ nt study card required . (4)

A n a na l y si s of ocial explanation and the social sde n tific frame f refere nce. (4)

597, 598 (4)

05 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEAR CH METHODS Ba ic research concepts pplied to laboratory, field,

599 (4)

and bi b l io g raphica l tudies. Topics include formulat ing resea rch q u esti ons, research d e si g n s , data- gather ing tec h niq u e s , a nalysis of da ta and theory cons truc tion . Em pha sis on understa nding and evaluating rather than conducting r earc h . (4)

515

PSYCHOLOG ICAL ASSESSMENT

lntellectual a nd p rsonality assessm n t . For the fo rmer, the study of such tests a s the Revised Wechsler I n tell igence Scale f r Children, and th Re vi cd Wechsler Adu l t 1nt ilig nce Seal ; for the latter, in terview te chn ique s, sel f-report test such as the MMPI and projective me thods. Prerequisite: 45 0 . II (4)

540

COUNSELING METHODS

550

GROUP COUNSELING

570

PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING AND/OR ASSESSM ENT

Focus on strategies for treatment of individual client s . Emph a sis on cas co ncep tualiza tion , corrununication . kills, a n d instruction in current technique via ral pl ay and videotape fe dback. Pre re q u i site : 420, 421 or consen t of i nstructor. 1 II (4)

Cauns ling theories and methods appl ied to the group conte, t. Prerequisite: 540 . (4)

An op p ortunity to develop co unseling nd/or assess men t skills in a se tl i n g in which these professional er vices are offered . Cfa ssroom focus on case concep tualiza tion and prese ntation . Prerequisite: 515 and/or

540 . I [l (4)

577

ADVANCED PRACTICUM I N COUNSELING AND/OR ASSESSMENT

An op portunity fOT the more adva nced tudent to work in the areas of cou n eling and/or as essm nt in a setting in which these professional services are pro vi ded. Classroom focus on case c nceplualization and prese n ta tion . Prerequisit : 570 . I II (4)

590

GRADUATE SEMINAR

591

DIRECTED STUDY

Selected topics in p sychology a a nnounced. Pre requi site: consent of mstructor. (1-4)

( 1 -4 )

122

PSYCHOLOGY

RESEARCH PROJECT

TH ESIS

COURS E S TO BE O FFE RED IN THE 1982 INTE RIM 305 309 318

Leadership: A Guide to Being a Star . . . Of. . . Theory and Practice of Leadership and Group Behavior Psychology and the Law Involvemen t in a Therapeutic Community

Religion The religious heri tage of humanity, particularly the Judaeo-Christian trad ition, is critically examined for the purposes of preserving and applying its accumu lating wisdom. The department's program examines religious dimensions encou ntered in other disciplines and serves students who eJect religion as their academic or vocational specialty. The PLU Religion Depa rtment shares academic courses and exchanges professors in a series of courses offered and shared by Pacific Lutheran University and St. Martin's College as part of its involvement in the ecumenical movement and the unity of the human family . Lutheran Institute for TheologicaJ Ed ucation (LITE) : The Religion Departme nt also participates in a progra m of continuing theological education for clergy and laity in the Pacific Northwest. Dr. Walter Pilgrim of the Religion Department directs the LITE program. For futher details contact Dr. Pilgri m .

FACULTY Stivers,

Chair; Christopherson, E kl und, Gehrk e,

Govig, I ngram, K n u tson, Pe te rsen , Pilgrim, S uter, Vo isin. UNIVERS ITY CORE REQUIREMENTS: 8 semester hours for students en te r in g as fre s hme n or sophomores. Four lower division hours s h a l l be taken before the end of the sophomore y ear. The second 4 h o u rs may be selected from most of the other offerings in the rel igio n curricul u m . Tra n s fer students entering a s ju niors or sen i o r s a re required to take 4 semester hours of religion u nless p rese n ti ng 8 transfer h ou r s of religion from other accredited coll eges or u n iversities.

The Core I requ irement in Religious Studies (8 hours ) specifics that 4 hours must be tuken from each o f two lines, as follows: 1. Biblical Studies - 241 , 341 , 342, 343. 2 . hristian Thought, History, and Ex e.rience - 1 3 1 , 25 1 , 35 1 ,

3 7 1 , 372, 373, 3 75 , 381 , 382, 383, 39 , 392, 393, 45 1 , 485 . 3. Integrative and Com�ara tiV(' Religious Studies - 2 6 1 , 262, 361 , 362, 363, 367, 490, 4;13 (or other a p proved courses listed i n

the time sched ule). J u nior n d senior tran sfer students need to comp lete only one course (4 hours) from Lines 1 or 2.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 28 semester hours, with 1 2 hours concentra ted i n one o f five areas (Biblical Studies; History

of Christianity; History of Rel i g ions; Theology and Ethics; and Religion, u l t u re, Society, a n a the In divid ual ), and 16 hours distributed tiO that a t lea s t 4 hours are taken in each of two other areas. Trans fc'r maj o rs must take il t least 1 2 hours in residence. tudents may a pply for the contract maj or, without previously pecified requirements, desig nl'd to enco u rage student freedom, initia tiVl', unci res p onsibility. See department chair for details on the five a reas or the contract major. Majors should plan their program early i n consu ltation with departme nta l faculty. Closely related courses taught in other departments may be considered to apply toward the major i n consultation with the staff. MINOR: 16 semester h o u rs, with no more than 8 hours in one of the Ive areas listed above .

LAY CHURCH STAFF WORKER PROGRAM

A student \vho seeks to fu l fill a vocatiun o f service to the church and com m u nity a s a n unordained profesSional may prepare for certification by the a p p ropriate church judicatory as a church staff worker. Positions currently filled by such workers include: Church Business Administrator Church usician Director of Christian Education hristian Da y School Tf.'.)cher Parish Worker Youth Work Director Church Staff Associate (General) A major i n religion is normally required for this progra m , with su p portin g work selected in the appropriate department or school a t PLU ( for exa mple, business administration, m usic, education, social sciences, or physical education). Many certification agencies re q u i re a period of full-time internship. Stude nts cnrlllled i n the program will be advised as to thuse institutions, boards, and agencies within the chu rch that may assist them in planning their educational programs and obtaining p lacement for internship and atter g raduation. TIle d ep artm e nt deSignates one of its memoers as coord inator and a . a d viser to its majors who are in this p ro gram . Other f, culty members for related fields outside ot religion and lrom the depa rtment assist i n adviSing. The

Study Program

The religion ma ' or of a student in the Church Staff Worker Program m ust inc d e courses which wiJi insure basic acquaintance with ( 1 ) the Bible (ordinarily two courses: 241 , the 'eclion on the Old Testament and 24 1 , the ·ection on the New T 's t,lmcn t) and (2) denominational history, doctrine, and worsh ip (for certification in The American Lu theran Church ord ina rily nl' cour 'C: 393, The Lutherall Heritage ) . The student is fr(' e to cFHlO c the re mainder of the seven courses of the major in such a way , s to meet individual i n terests and needs. However, to insure who lesome breadth i n religious studies no more than two of the remaining courses (ordinarily four) ca n be taken in any one of the department's five areas of s tudy (Biblical Studies; Theolo g y and Ethics; History of Rel i g i o n s ; History of Christia n i ty; Relig ion, Culture, Societ y , an d th e Ind ividual). 38 1 , S t lldies ill Cilllrciz Millistry, is h ighly reco m mended but not r quired.

1 24

RELIGION

COURSE OFFERINGS 131

JUD AEO-CHRISTIAN LIFE AND THOUGHT Biblical, historical, and theological foundations with reference to contemporary issues. (4) 241 BIBLICAL LITERATURE Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of the Bible, including perspective on contemporary prob lems. (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Basic CLuestions of the Christian faith approached topi ca lly. Questions such as what does Christia nity mean by "God" will be considered through Biblical, histori cal, and contempora ry resources. Some attention given to challenges to the Christian faith and its inter action with other perspectives. (4) 261 RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD A critical introduction to the study of the religions of the world, emphasizing historical origins a nd cultural developments. Readjngs centered upon primary sources in translation. (4) 262 MYTH, RITUAL, AND SYMBOL An examination of the nature of myth and its expres sion through symbol and ritual. Attention given to pre-literate m y thology, Asian mythology, and Occi dental mythology and the role these mytholo g ical traditions have prayed in the development of modern ethical, social, and religious values . (4) 341 OLD TESTA MENT STUDIES Major a reas of inquiry: the Prophets, Psalms, a nd Wisdom Literature or Mythology and Theology. Pre requisite: one lower divison course or consent of in structor. (4) 342 NEW TESTAMENT STUD IES Major areas of inquiry, such as intertestamental, synoptic, Johannine, or Pauline literature. Prerequis ite: one lower divisjon course or consent of instructor. (4) 343 THE LIFE OF JESUS A study of the life and teachings of Jesus; a h istorical survey of "Life of Jesus" research, form and redaction criticism of the Gospel tradition; the religious dimen sions of Jesus' life and thought. Prerequisite: one lower division course or consent of instructor. (4) 351 CHRISTIAN ETHICS An introduction to the personal and social ethical di mensions of Christian life and thought with attention to primary theological positions and specific problem areas. Prerequisite: one lower division course or con sent of instructor. (4) 361

PHILOSOPHICAL AND RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS OF INDIA Emphasis on Vedic and Upanishadic traditions, BHAGA VAD-GIT A, "six ortnodox schools," Bud dhism, and contem porary I ndian philosophical and religious develop ments . Read ings centered on pri mary sources in tra nslation . (4)

362

Plll L OSOPIfl CAL AND RELIGI OUS TRA DITIONS OF anNA Oassical a nd modern 'p hi losophical and religious traditions of China (the six "classical schools," the neo-Taoist, and neo-Confucian traditions), Chinese Buddhism, and how these schools r lat to contempo rary China's Marxist-communist ideology . Readings centered on primary sources in translation . Prerequis ite: 261 or consent of in structor. (4) 363 IS LAM A tudy of origins, theology, practice, and expansion of Islamic religious fa i th with an emphas.is up�n. the life and teachings of Moham med, the major religious ideas of the Koran, the theological perspe tives of Sun nite, Shi'ite, and Stili Islam, and the problems fac ing modern Muslim thought and pra tice in its en counter with Westernization a nd mod rniza tion. Ad ditional attention given to the possibilities and struc Lure of Muslim-Christian dialog . (4) 367 J UDAISM Faith and commitment, structure and dynamics, as ex pressed in this major Western religio !1, including studies of in terpretation of the Hebrew BIble, theolog ical emphases, religious observances, historical de velopments, modern groups, and Jewish-Christian ialog. (4) 371 ANCI ENT CHURCH HISTORY The origins, thought, and expansi �n o � the Chri tian Church; rise of the Papacy, xpan sl n m E urope and the growth of Christian involvem n t in cultu��; to the end of the Papacy of Gregory I (604). PrereqUIsIte: one low T division course or consent of instructor. I a/y (4)

372 MODERN CHURCH HISTORY

Be!7inning with the Peace of Westphalia ( 1 648), inter action of the Christian faith with m dem poli tics, sci ence, and philosphy; . � pansion in the ,� o: I ? , modern movements . PrerequIsite: one lower d ivI sIon course or cons n t of instructor. I1 (4) 373 AMERICAN CHUR.CHES The development of trends of Christianity in th United States. Prerequisit : one lower division course or cons n t of instructor. (4) 375 CHURCH HISTORY STUDIES A selected a rea of inquiry, such as th· Charisma tic Movement, th Ecu menical Moveme nt, the lutheran Co nfessions, r Am rica n-Scandinavian Church His tory. Prerequisi te : one religion course or conse n t of in structor. (4)

381 STUDIES IN CHURCH MINISTRY Toward a functional viewpoint of the church's minis try: worship and educa tion, programs for the youth and the elderly, cou nseling, and ad ministra tion. First hand observation of selected ministries. Prerequisite: one lower division course or consent of instructor. (4) 382 CHRISTIANITY AND THE SOCIAL CRISIS An intensive, in-depth exploration from the perspec tive of Christian theology and ethics of one or two cur rent social issues. (4) 383

RELI GIOUS EXPERIENCE AMONG AMERICAN MINORITIES Concentrating on the religious experie nces and con tributions of those sectors in Ame rican society that have a minority identity and often are not included in the usual study of A merican churches, this course will in different semester focus on different minorities such as Blacks, Indians, Chicanos. Prerequisite: one lower divi sion course or conse n t of instructor. (4)

391 LUTHER The man and his times, with ma j or emphasis on his writing and creative thelogy , such as the ra dical cen trality of the Gospel and faith, the Word and Scri pture, the sacraments, church and state. Prerequisite: one lower division course or consent of instructor. II a/y (4) 392 CHRISTIAN CLASSICS Christia n literature : devotion, bio s ra p hy , theology, poetry; A ugustine, Tomas a Kempls, Dante, Luther, Calvin, Pascal, Wesley, Kierkegaard, and others; group core plus seminar reports. P rerequisite: one lower division course or consent of instructor. (4) 393 THE LUTHERAN HERITAGE A study of Lutheranism as a movement within the church catholic: its history, doctrine, and worship in the context of today' s pluralistic and secular worl d . (Majors in religion who are in the Church Staff Worker Program will be given enrollment priority . ) (4) 451

CHRISTIAN THOUGHT AND MODERN CONSCIOUSNESS Contempora ry issues and problems in theology with reference to Biblical and historical resources and re cent understandin g of humanity and the world. Read ings from such theolo gi a ns as Barth, Bonhoeffer, Buber, B ultmann, Gutierrez, Mig uez-Bonino, Moltmann, Pannenberg, Teilhard de Chardin, and Tillich. Prerequisite: one lower division course or con sent of instructor. (4) 485 CHRISTIANITY AND THE ARTS Relationships of Christian thought to the forms and contents of various media of a rtistic creativity . I T a/y (4) 490 RELIGION AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES A seminar which considers the theological and ethical dimensions of current issues (such as human sexual itv, politics, death and dying, healing, electronic c11ur h, etc . ). Prerequ isite: one lower division course and consen t ofinstructor. (4)

RELIGION

1 25

491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY dvanced and gra d u a te l n te nd ed for r " ligian m � j o r studen ts; co nsen t of the deparhnent is requir d . ,

493

MAJOR CmUSTIAN AND OTHER RELIGIOUS THINKERS The i n de p t h and in tensive study of one or two maj or figu res in Christian theo logy r other religious thought, e . g . , Au gu s ti n e Bon hoeffer, Buber, Bultma nn , Ni bu hr, Rad h a kris h na n , Tillich. Pre f in r q uisi tc: one I wer divisio n cou rse or con ent st ructor. (4) -

126

REliGION

495 A DVANCED SEMINAR I N RELIGION Selected topics to be announced . For majors, minors, and students with at least three cou rses in religio n . Priority t o majors and minors. (4)

COURSE S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTE RIM 307 314 341 490

Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman The Ch ristian Community: Peace and Justice Old Testament Studies: The Lands of the Bible Seminar: Literature and Theology

DIVISION OF

So c · at Sciences 111 Division of Social Sciences has 41 faculty

memb rs in the Departments of Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Social Work, a nd Sociology a nd Anthropology. Of these, over 90 per cent hold doctoral degre s from major American and Canadian universities. Members of the division are actively engaged i n research a n d writing. Qualified students may assist in such research endeavors as the Community Need Assessment Project, a 1978 survey of 20, 000 families in suburban Pierce Cou n ty . The Center for the Study of Public Policy supports joint faculty student research projects on a wide range of multi disciplinary topics related to public policy. Topics of recent research projects have included problems of the aged, world hunger, affirmative action, historic preservation, and threats to the environmen t. As a unit of the un iversity, the Division of Social Sci nce has been pa rticularly concerned with the relationship of theory and research to actual social practice. Recognizing that no single academic discipline studied in isolation can address the complex challenges faced by twentieth century society, the division has developed and encouraged cooperative endeavors among i ts own departments

'" \

\ \.

=�\\��'( ')

and with other departments of the university . In addition, the Division of Social Sciences has sough t to im prove the acces sibility of higher educa tion to thos seriously eking it - for instance, by offering graduate and undergraduate degree programs in the evenings, and by offering grad uate courses not only at the university's campus in Tacoma but also at off-ca mpus locations (McChord Air Force Base, Fort Lewis, and Olympic College in Bremerton). Special programs supported by the division include the Center for the Study of Public Policy, CHOICE (Center for Human Organization in Changing Environments), Legal Studies, the Child and Family Welfa re Program, and Women's Studies. The Washington State Council on Economic Education, centered at the university, works to raise the level of understanding of economic principles and procedures among teachers and students in the Pacific N rthwest.

Both breadth and depth of knowledge and abiljty are needed to deal with the complexities of today' s social problems. In addition to a variety o f bacca laureate programs, graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts in Social Sciences and Master of Public Administration are offered . Based on an awareness that problem-solving in society does not recognize disciplinary boundaries, these programs emphasize a multi-disdpljnary approach to learning with direct applications to the realities of public and professional life.

FACULTY R. Menzel, Acting Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Social Work, and Sociology and Anthropology. As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division o f Social Sciences offers programs in each constituent department leading to the B . A . degree. Pro grams leading to the M . A . and M . P . A . degrees are also offered. C ourse offerings a n d degree requirements a r e listed u nder

ECONOMICS HISTORY POLITICAL SCfENCE PSYCHOLOGY SOCIAL WORK SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

See also the sections o f this catalog o n Legal Studies a n d I n ternational Educa tion .

128

SOCIAL S CIENCES

Social Work Socia l work is a practice-oriented discipline educa ting students for participation in a va riety of human service progra ms. The major program also provides strong preparation for subsequent graduate education i n social work. Although basically a professional program, the curriculum is firmly based in the liberal arts. Emphasis i s placed On providing stu dents with knowledge and skills in various models of intervention among troubled indi ' dua ls, families, small gro ups, and larger segments of society. In addition, the curriculum stresses mastery of social research skills, human rowth and development, and political a n d economic factors which affect socia l welfare programs wi thin society . A major strength of the cu rriculum is the field experience component. Senior students a re given opportunity over two semesters to participate in the program of an agency, institution, or service d livery clinic of their choice. Placements emphasizing systems and community i n te rvention are also available .

Supervision is provided by professionally tra ined staff social workers. A dditional opportunities for field work, other than the required field experience courses, are available in the Community Services course, which provides an initial exposure to social services for freshmen and sophomores, and in the block placement program, which a llows students to work thirty hours a week in an agency of their choice while receiving academic credit. The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Educatio n .

FACULTY W. Gilbertson, Chair; V. Hanson, McKain, T. Payne, Schiller, York

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 44 semester hours, including 271, 333, 365, 442, 472, 475, 476, and 484, and 12 additional hours chosen from each of the following three areas: (1) a course in political science; (2) a course in economics; (3) either Ps ychology 335 or Sociology 381 . Unless otherwise stated, 271 or conse n t is a prerequisite for all courses in social work.

COURSE OFFERINGS 222 COMMUNITY SERVICES Designed to provide an opportunit y for freshman and sophomore level students to test their interest in the field of social work through a five to ten-hour week participant-observation experience in a local agencv. T he purposes are to provide opportunity for a se(f evaluation of one's a p titute for and interest in the field, and secondly, to mtroduce the idea of evaluating the effectiveness of the agency in terms of achieving its stated goals. No prerequisites. Will not meet general university core requirements. (2-4) 271 INTROD UCTIO N TO SOCIAL WORK Th history, philosophical roots, p ractice methods and "settings" (i . e . , adoptions, public schools, public a sistance, corrections, psychiatric hospitals and clinics) of professional social work; opportunities for observational experiences. No prerequisites. I II (4) 333 INTERVIEWING Concepts, p rinciples, and techniques intrinsic to inter viewing: "helping," problem-solVing, or "clinical" in te rviewing for e rsons in the helping professions: so cial workfsocia welfare, clergy, nursing, physicians, par ish workers, personnel officers . No prerequisites. I IT (4)

342 DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND ABUSE urvey of the literature on causes and treatments for a lcohol and drug abuse. Implications of current re search regarding treatment effectiveness of alcohol and drug programs. (2-4)

365 HUMAN SERVICE SYSTEMS CHANGE heorie and strategies used in maintaining relevance betwe n client needs and community needs and human service delivery systems. (4) 399 INTERNSHIP A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of the agency, in contrast to lea rning specific social work s kills. Intended to provide the opportunity to apply and test out knowledge acquired i n courses previously taken in the social sciences. Can be a useful comple ment to 475 and 476, which are more skill oriented. (14) 442 SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZATION Analysis of how societies have defined social and per sonal needs and developed and orga nized responses to those needs. Special em phasis will be given to the response of American society. (4)

130

SOCIAL WORK

458 LAW AND THE HUMAN SERVICES An examination of the legal fo unda tions of human ser vices with emphasis on domestic relations, correc tions, and j uvenile justice. Special emphasis on the rights of offenders, j uveniles, dependent children, the handicapped, and others served by the social sector. (4) 472 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE The profession of social work examined within the group of helping professions; the knowledge base, principles, methods, and values generic to social work practice; observation of problem-solving structures and processes. Prerequisites: 271 and consent of in structor. I II (4) 475,476 FIELD EXPERIENCE Supervised field work within a n a gency or institution; application/integration of knowledge, theory, and un dersta nding; development of techniques common to the social work field . Prerequisite: 271 and consent of instructor. I II (4, 4) 484 SOCIAL RESEARCH Principles of research design and assessment of vari ous research methods. Evaluation research will be given special attention. Primary emphasis on und er standing and critically examining actual research. (4) 490 SEMINAR Prerequisite: departmental consent. (1-4) 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: departmental consent. (1-4) 501 SEMINAR IN FAMILY GROUP THERAPY Examination of the current family orientation as it re lates to behavioral science theory a nd practice with families throu gh an analysis of the theoretical and practical considera tions that sha pe delivery of services to families. Clarification of the relation between think ing and doing in family therapy. (4) 502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An analysis of soc ial ex planation and the social scien tific frame of reference. �4) 503 FAMILY THERAPY PRACTICUM A seminar to provide students with a meaningful pro cess and structure by w hich to learn family therapy a t the practicum level . Examination of theoretical con cepts in terms of diagnosis and treatment i mp lications in the delivery of services to fa mily systems. (4) 504

ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN MARTIAL AND FAMILY THERAPY A practic um to provide a meaningful process and structure by w hich to learn family therapy. E m p hasis on the development of perceptual, conceptual, a nd executive skills used in evaluating and treating specific marital and family dysfunctions. I II (4)

505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic research concepts a pplie d to laboratory, field, and bibliographic studies. To p ics include fo nnula t i n g research question research desi g ns data-gathering technique , a nalysis of data and tneory construction. Empha is on u ndersta ndi ng and evaluating rather than conducting research. (4) 506 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN MARITAL AND FAMILY THERAPY Theoretical concepts re la ted to d ia g n osis and i m pl ica tions for tre tmen t in the delivery f services to family system I rr (4) 507 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES PRACTICUM IN MARITAL AND FAMILY THERAPY Su pervised practicum which integra tes into cl inical e p ri nc matters concern i n g e th ics, in t rdiscip li 足 na ry relations, prafe sional org an iza tion family raw a n d legislation, a nd ind pend-en t pra tice or ag ncy practi ce . I II (4) f

足

591 DIRECTED STUDY (1-4) 595 GRADUATE READINGS I ndependent study card require d . (4) 597,598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (4)

SOCIAL WORK

131

Sociology and Anthropology The Department of Sociology and Anthropology aims to provide students with knowledge about the structure, requirements, and purposes of lhe disciplines within its domain. Its overall goals a re to produce stude n ts who ca n un derstand themselves, society, and the world, the relationship among them, and th e moral context of that rela tionship. By expa nding their knowledge and developing their skills, students enhance their ability t o make informed decisions, to exercise their capacity for self-criticism and self-evaluation, to function effectively as knowledgeable and responsible citizens, to know and accept themselves a n d their special strengths and limitations, to exhibit interperso nal and intercultural tolerance, a nd to display their acquisition of both basic and sophisticated academic skills.

Th e department's curriculum is flexible and r spo nsive to individual, un iversity, and societal needs and changes. It reflects liberal arts purposes, is planned to develop skills and ach ieve excellence, and seeks integration while sponsoring diversity. Through a distinguished faculty who are willing not only to inform others but also to be informed, the department aims for regional recognition of its efforts and strength s. FACULTY Biblarz, Chair; Dumor, Guldin, Harris, Jobst, L . Klein, McBride, Oberholtzer, O'Connor, Schiller, Thompson.

Sociology BACHELOR OF ARTS: General Major: 36 semester hours, including 1 01 or 331; 4 hours at the 200 level; 8 hours at the 300 level; 8 hours at the 400 level; 399 (2 hours); 410; 470; and Statistics 231 . Major with Specialization in Crime and Society: 36 semester hours, includin g 101 or 331; 336; 8 hours selected from 240, 340, 456, 460, 493; 399 ( 2 hours); 410; and 470; plus 1 2 hours selected from Anthropology 440; History 451; Polit1cal Science 336, 371, 372, 373; Psychology 421 o r Social Work 442. Major with Specialization in Family and Gender Studies: 36 semester hours, includin g 1 01 or 331; 342; 8 hours selected from 260, 381, 406, 493; 399 (211OurS); 410; and 470; plus 12 hours selected from Anthro p ology 334, 430; Psychology 335, 403, 405, 420; or Social Work 442. Major with Specialization in Social Organization: 36 semester hours, including 101 or 331; 345; 8 hours selected from 343, 422, 430, 443, 456, 465, 493; 399 ( 2 hours); 410; and 470; p lus 12 hours selected from Anthro p ology 415, 440; Economics 432, 434; Political Science 345, 361 , or Social Work 442. Major with Specialization in Ethnic and Minority Structures: semester hours, including 101 or 33 1 ; 364; 8 hours selected from 280, 344, 390, 441 , 493; 399 (2 hours); 4 1 0; and 470; plus 1 2 hours selected from Anthro ology 32 1 , 322, 323, 324, 326, 415, 420; Economics 290, 321, 33. , 381 ; History 471; Political Science 386 or Social Work 442. 36

NOTE: 101 or 331 recommended prerequisite to all 300 and

400 level courses.

MINOR: 16 semester hours, including 101 or 331 , one course a t the 300 level, one course a t the 400 level, and one additional course chosen in consultation with the department. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of . Education.

COURSE OFFERINGS - Sociology 101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY An introduction to the principles, concepts, and areas of sociolo gy as well as the analysis tools used in study ing social behavior. (4) 240 SOCIAL PROB LEMS Analysis of various theories and social responses to several current social problems. Topics include: men tal heal th, poverty, crime, family disorganization, and work alienation. (4) 260 INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS AND GROUP BEHAVIOR An examination of processes of interaction that the person experiences in small group settings and the im plications that has for i nterpersonal behavior and self conceptions. (4) 280 INTRODUCTION TO RACE RELAnONS The historY of American race relations. Factors ac counting for chang es in relationships between whites and nonwhites. Critical areas of conflict among the races. (4)

331 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY An advanced introductory course stressing the major concepts and fundamental processes operative in aU areas of social relatio � ships: Not open to students who have taken 101 or Its equiva lent. (4) 336 DEVIANT B EHAVIOR An exploration of nonconformin g behavior such as drug use, homosexuality, cui tic re1igion with particu lar attention to the dialectical process of its grad ual emergence and its social rejection. (4) 340 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY Analysis of ad ult crime and j uvenile delinquency with attention to their social roots, development, and social impact. (4) 342 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Anal y sis of the fa mily as a system of social roles and a social institution. Topics include: courtship, marriage and parenthood, personality development, chan ging family role patterns, and alternate family forms. (4) 343 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND CHANGE An examination of the theories of social change in the understanding of social movements; factors account ing for the emergence and persistence of social move ments; emphasis on political processes and changes. (4) 344 CONFLICT RESOLUTION Factors accounting for interpersonal and intergroup tensions. Interpersonal, inter group, national, and i n ternational methods of resolution. (4) 345 SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS Analysis of structures, processes, and change in bu reaucratic organizations; their effects upon the indi vid ual and toe organization; interrelationships be tween society and organizations. (4) 364 ETHNICITY IN PLURAL SOCIETIES An examination of the nature of ethnic groups (racia l, tribal, cultural, etc.); the structure of ethnic g roups i n plural societies, the manipulation o f symbols by ethnic groups, ethnic division of labor, ethnic politics, and the effects of colonial and post-colonial international systems on ethnic relations. (cross-referenced with ANTII 364) (4) 381 SOCIALIZATION An examination of how individuals learn social roles and role competency through the socialization and re socialization process . Emphasis on adolescent and adult socialization within the context of institutions, organizations, and society. (4) 390 SOCIOLOGY OF POVERTY Sources of inequality; analysis of lifestyles and be havior of groups in society which experience inequal ity . (4)

SO CIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

1 33

399

INTERNSHIP

Demonstration of the implications of sociology, co,? bining on site work with in class learning . The arttul skill of using theory to solve problems a nd of handling the practicalities of working in agencies and bureauc racies . Placements: probation work, courts, pla nning a g encies, social agencies, local a nd state governmen tal agencies, industries, and social action researc h . Prerequisite: departme ntal consent. NOTE: Majors are required to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) and 410, preferably in their j unior year. (1-4) 406

SEX ROLES AND SOCIETY

An examina tion of the roles performed by men and women in society. Treatment of both traditional and nontraditional roles and the cultural variables in fluencing this assignment. Particular attention to cur rent changing sex roles for both men a nd women and h w institutions such as the family, c hurch, and schools are involved in these changes. (4) 410

APPLIED SOCIOLOGY

Introduction to the various methods of sociological analysis and research. Methods considered: social sur veys, participant observation, interviewing, data pre sentation and interpretation. NOTE: Majors are re quired to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) a nd 410, preferaoly in their junior year. (2)

422 SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND PROFESSIONS

An examination of the nature of work in society as a social role and as part of the social structure. A nalysis of job satisfaction, unemployment, use of leisure, and trends in labor force com position. (4)

430 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION

A multi-cultural investigation of religious experience, belief, and ritual in relation to their social settmgs with particular attention to new forms of religion in Ameri ca . (4)

44 1

RACE, REVOLUTION, AND THE DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

An investigation of racism and stratification processes within the developing countries and between the de veloped and developing countries; its consequences and implications; the significance of American non white minorities. (4)

442 SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZAnON

Analysis f how societies have defined social and per sonal needs and developed a n d organized responses to those needs. Special emphasis on the response to American society. (4)

443 SOCIOLOGY OF ED UCATION

The nature and functioning of the educational system will be examined from a sociological perspective. Top ics: education, stratification, a nd social change; tne school as a complex organization; the school as a social i nstitu tion and the sociology of lea rning. (4)

1 34

456

SOCIOLOGY OF LAW

An examination of the social control functions of law and legal institutions; the influence of culture and so cial organization on law, legal change, and the admin istration of justice . (4)

460 PENOLOGY AND CORRECTIONS

An examination of historical and contemporary sys tems of adj udication and institutionalization of offen ders. Consideration of recent alternative non- institu tional and diversionary programs. (4)

465 SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE

An examination of the social processes affecting con ditions of health and disease and of the cluster of social relationships and organizations that comprise the in stitution ofmedic ine. (4)

470

SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT

491

INDEPEND ENT STUDY

493

SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY

502

SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY

Basic sociological concepts and theories. Primary em phasis on contem p orary conce ptual app roaches to so cial behavior and their historical antecedents. (4)

Readings or fieldwork in speciiic areas or issues of sociology under supervision of a faculty member. Pre requisite: departmental consent. (1-4) Student or faculty initiated seminar in one of four fun damental areas in sociology: (a) Contemporary Issues and Problems; (b) Social Process and Change; (c) So cial Structure; and (d) Theory and Method. Prerequi site: departmenta l consent. (1-4)

An a nalysis of social ex planation and the social scien tific frame of reference . (4)

503 GROUP PROCE SS

A human interaction labora tory to facilitate the explor· ation of the self concept through the mechanisms of interpersonal interactions and feedback. (4)

505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS

511 THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM

Sociological a nalvsis of the se �ments of the criminal their interrelatIOnships, and their re ationships to crime prevention, social control, correc tion, and rehabilitation. (4)

{' ustice system, 512

REHABI LITATION MODELS

Study of various models that strive to help offenders return to a productive role in society: institutionaliza tion models, social action models, and community based models. (4)

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

513

SOCIOLOGY O F HUMAN SERVICE SYSTEMS, PLANNING AND CHANGE Analysis of human service systems such as correc tional institutions, proba tion and parole agencies, and social service agencies to understand planning p roces scs and change. (4)

521 SOCIAL SYSTEMS INTERVENTION A survey of the processes of social change, including an examination of social conditions w hich create the need for intervention . (4) 531 MINORITY-MAJORITY RELATIONS The history and culture of minority groups in Ameri can Society, examined within the context of the inter action between minority-majority g roups and popula tion and composition movement of these groups. (4) 541

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN SOCIAL SYSTEMS The economic, social, and p olitical systems in America are explored to gain some basic understa nding of how class, status, and power operate in society . (4) 590 SEMINAR Student or faculty initiated seminar in selected areas. ( 1 -4) 5 9 1 DIRECTED STUDY ( 1-4)

595 GRADUATE READINGS

I ndependent study card requ ired. (4) 597,598 (4) 599

(4)

RESEARCH PROJECT

305 306 307 311

THESI S

The Persistence of Poverty: A Multidiscipli nary View Leadership: A Guide to Being a S tar. . . or . . . Theory and Practice of Leadership and Group Behavior Computer Application in the Behavioral Sciences Other Realities: An Exploration of the Consciousness Movement Introduction to Analysis: Speculation and Model Build ing in Social Science

Anthropology BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours, including and 16 addit ional hours in a n t h ropology chosen

220, 22 ] , 222, 470,

in con su l ta tion with t h e department.

NOTE: 101

l evel

courses .

Anthropology 101

EVOLUTION AND CULTURE: A GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY Survey of the main sub-areas of anthropology (cul tural anthropology, physical anthropology, archaeol ogy , linguistics), using the concepts of physical and cultural evolution. Brief survey of genetics and pri mate evolution, including evolution of proto-humans into modern homo sapiens; early cultural beginnings i n the Paleolithic Era; Neolithic developments; ar chaeological method s and major discoveries; the de velopment and distribution of basic social and cult ural institutions; the evolution of complex social forms from simpler ones. (4) 210

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES: THE WORLD I N CHAN G E A survey o f global issues a ffecting the human condi tion in a rapidly changing and increasingly interde penden t world: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and j ustice; and cul tural diversity . These issues are examined in a mul tidisciplinary light using case studies drawn from non Western and Western nation s. Emphasi s on the de velopment of a global perspective which recognizes human commonalities as well as diversity in percep tions, values, and priorities. (4) 220 WORLD ETHNOLOGY A survey of the major culture areas of the world, a nal ysis and comparison of economic, social, political, and religious systems from a variety of societies, including our own. Not open to freshmen. (4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 301

COURSE OFFERINGS

no recomm ended prerequisite to all 300 and 400

MINOR: 1 6 semester h ou rs, including ! O I or 220, o n e course at the 30(l Il'\'l'l, one co urst' at the 400 I(' w l , and one addi tional course chosen in consultation with the department.

221 PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY Human biology in evolutionary perspective; evolu tionary theory, fossil evidence of human develop ment, the living non-human p rimates, present-day human as a biological creature. Does not meet core re quirement in social sciences. (4) 222 ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE EVOLUTION OF CULTURE The development of culture, emphasizing the adap tive role of culture in a variety of environmental set tings. The rise of the state in Meso p otamia, Egypt, Asia, Middle and South America . The theory and methods of archaeology. (4) 321 CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF AFRICA A comparative s tudy of the Black African cultures south of the Sahara; the effects of the colonial era on traditional African culture and the position of these cultures in the modern world . (4) 322 CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF ASIA Survey of South, Southeast, and East Asia, with em phasis on the social institutions of the regions societal, economic, p olitical, and religious - in light of contem porary social science theory. (4)

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOL OGY

1 35

323

CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF TH E PACIFIC

Survey of the p e p ies and cultures of Melanesia, Micronesia, an d P )1ynesia i ncluding native Hawaii; comparison of social i nstitution through studies of ethnographies; an examination of theoretical issues whichl ,ave arisen from field studies in Ocea nia . (4)

324

CUL TURES AND PEOPLES OF SOUTH/ CENTRAL AMERICA

B gi nning with lhe ancien t M ya, Aztec, and I nca em

pires, this Ourse is a c mparative study of the tradi ti nal fol cultures of La ti n America and an exam ina ti n of the position of these cultures in the modem world. (4)

326

CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF NATIVE NORTH AM ERICA

A compara ti ve tudy of American Indian uitu r s at the time of Eu ropea contact; the effects of white con tact up n traditionaJ American Indian cultures; an examination of contempora ry Native American is sue , including tribal sovereignty, treaty-based fishing rights, and India n law. (4)

334

KINS HIP AND MARRIAGE

Cross-culturaJ stud y of the fan ily in its ma n y forms; the elabora tions of larger ki nsh ip u nits and th e func tions of ucl1 groups in SOciety; the role of in hip and ma rria ge a an u nderlying princi ple in tructuring so ci ty; tn e analysis of ki n hlp termmology. (4)

364

ETHNICITY IN PLURAL SOCIETI ES

An examination of the nature of ethnic groups ( racial, tribal, cultural, etc . ); the structure of et n nic g roups in plural societies, the ma nipulalion of symbols b y ethnic group , ethnic division f labor, ethnic politics, and the 'Hects of colonial and post-col onial international system on ethnic relations. (cross-referenced with SOC 364) (4)

415

440

POLITICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

470

ANTHROPOLOGICAL INQUIRY

491

INDEPENDENT STUDY: U DERGRADUATE READINGS

The study of politicaJ structures and p rocesses in tra di tional society; theories of the evo l ution of p olitical forms; traditional concepts of power, authonty, and law; political comp titi n among eth n ic groups in new states . (4) A systematic stu dy of the theoretical foundations of sociocultural anthropology; research methods; how theory and methods are used to establish an thropological knowledge . (4)

Reading in specific areas r issues of anthropology under supervision of a faculty member. Prere q uisite: departmental consent. (1-4)

492

INDEPENDENT STUDY: UNDERG RADUATE FIELDWO RK

Study of sp cific areas or issues in anthropology through in-field methods of a nalysis and researc h supported by ap propriate reading under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisites: 470 and de partmental con ent. (1-4)

493

SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY

Student or faculty initia ted seminar i n one of four fun damenta l areas in anthrop lo gy : (a) ontemporary Is ' sues and Problems; (b) Social P rocess and C ha nge; (c) Social Structur ; and (d) Theory and Method . Pre requisite: departmental consent. (1-4)

COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1982 INTERIM 313 317

Chinese Culture and Cuisine Community in the North: Cultures of Southeastern Alaska

THE DYNAMICS OF SOCIOCULTU RAL CHA GE

Anthropological ap p roaches to the study of social, economic, and cu Itural change, with particular em pha is on the impact of the western w rl on non western soci ti s. (4)

420

ECONOMIC ANTHROPO LOGY

430

PSYCHOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Theore tical approaches w i thin a nthropology to the study of economic systems in pr -literate and peasant oci ties, nd to the effect of c I nialism on those sys tems. (4) A review of the basic oncepts and contributi ns of this subfield of an thropology; the influence of cultlLr on the development o f personality; investigation of re cen t work in ognition, including tax nomic systems, compon ntial analysis, and the relationship between culture, c gnition, and b havior. (4)

136

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

Statistics Program Statistics, a branch o f applied mathema tics, has

b come, and is e xpected to continue as a n incre singly important area of inquiry. As society becomes more co m plex, the ability to gather, summarize, a nd eva l u a te d ta b come mor necessary for efficient and intelligent decision making.

ďż˝------ - - -

FACULTY Selected faculty from the Departments of Economics, Mathematics and Computer Science, and Psychology. STATISTICS M lNOR: A minimum of 16 semester hours , con s i s ti ng of Statistics 231, Math 341, either Computer Science 139- 1 40 or 144, plus electives selected from the remaining courses in statistics. Students interested i n statstics should contact the res p ective heads of the De partments of Economics, Mathematics and Computer Science, or Psychology.

COURSE OFFERINGS 139 BASIC I (CSCI 139) In troduction to i nteractive cumputing, branching, loo p ing, subscripts, a nd functions in the context of the BASIC la nguage . (Students wishing proficiencv in BASIC should also take CSC! 140) . Prerequisite: h igh school algebra. I II and Interim ( 1 )

140 BASIC II (CSCI 140) Continuation of 139 i ncluding input/ou tput, character va riables, subroutines and simple file techniques in BASIC. (Students may enroll in 139 and 1 40 during the same semester or di ffe rent semesters). Prerequisite: 139 or equivalent or consent of ins tructor. I I I and In terim (I ) 1 44 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSCI 144) /, n introduction to computer science including al gorithm design, stru ctured pro g ramming, numerical! non-numerical applications and use of data files . The PASCAL p rogramming language will be used . Pre requisites: MATH 133 or MATH 227 or MATH 128 or equivalent. I I I (4) 231 INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS Descriptive s ta tistics: measures of central tendency and dispe rsion . I n ferential statistics: generalizations about populations from samples by parametric and nonp arametric techniques. Methods covered will in cluae estimation, hypothesis-testing, simple correla tion analysis, linear regression and chi square analy : ;is (Not applicable to mathematics credit . ) I II (4) ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN (MATH 334) Ran dom sampling, factors which destroy experimen tal design, one-way a nalysis of va riance, two-way analysis of varia nce, factored design, block and latin square design . S tudents will also critique publ ished experiments and perform an experimental design p ro ject. Prerequ isite: STAT 231 or equivalent. II (2)

334

138

STATISTICS

341 MATHEMATICAL STATI STICS (MATH 341) Probability thory, discre te and continuous distribu tion functions, moment genera ting functions, sam pling distributions and hypothesis-testing; introd uc tion to regression, correlation, and analysis of var iance . Prerequisite: MATH 152. II a/y 1 982-83 (4) 343 OPERAnONS RESEARCH (ECON 343) Q uantitative methods for decision problems. Em phasis on linear programming and other deterministic models . Prerequisite: STAT 231 or equivalent. II (2) 344

APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS (ECON 344) Simple a nd multiple regression analysis a s investiga tive tools. Course stresses construction of elementary linear models and interpreta tion of regression results . Prerequisite: ST AT 231 or equivalent. 1 (2) 49 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1 -4) 500

APPLIED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS (ECON 500) (Will not count for Statistics Minor) A n intensive in troduction to statistical methods for graduate students who have not p reviously taken Introductory Statistics. Emphasis will be on the application of inferential statistics to concrete situations. Topics covered will in clude measures of location and variation, probability, estimation, hypothesis tests, and regression . (4)

DIVISION OF

Graduat Studies The Division o f Graduate Studies i s a n all-university divis i on w h ich coordinates graduate level \,vork. The u niver ity offers the follm'ving graduate level p rograms": MA TER O F ARTS ducation a) Educat"ional A d m i nistration: A program i n tended for teachers who desire to enter the field o f school a d m i n i stration. The studen t who wishes to q ua lify for the provisional or stan dard princip al's credential (elementary or secondary o r ge n e ra l) w i l l t a k e a major i n this field a n d complete courses i n iI supporting aca d e m ic a re a o f t h e u nive rs i ty. Students may major i n this field without Lju<l l i fying for a principal's credential. b) ounseling a n d Guidance : A program designed primarily for students whu wish to qualifv iI . cou nse lors i n p u blic s c h ools (elementary a n d secondary), colleges, agencies, or clinics. c) Elementa rv Classroom Teaching: A p r o gra m for elementary teachers who desire advanced work in elemen tary c.lassroom teaching or who wish to qualify as elcmentary school u pervisors or consultants, Along with the major field, the tudent is required to complete cours . i n a supporting academic area. d) Seco ndary Classroom Teaching: A program for j u n ior h igh and high school teaclwrs who wish to increase their p reparation for teach ing in a n academic arca taught in the secondarv schoo l . e) Rea d i ng : A program for elcm e n tary or sec.ondary teachers w h o wish to achieve a ccmce n tration in rea d i n g .

,/7

2 . Social Sciences

A degree program with five tracks: The crimillal ]lIslice t rac k is for students interested in the broad field of adult and juvenile corrections, probation, parole, and police work. Thc cOllllselillg psychology track provides op portunity to i n c rease competence in the counseling fiel d . A !iu mall rela l iolls track serves the interests of those who wish to develop h u ma n relations skills appropriate to working i n larger orga nizations i n personnel an d middle man a g ement functions. The marriage alld fam ily therapy track ena bfes students to develop skills that will help families strengthen their relationships. The illdividllalized study track serves students who want to increase their k nowledge ' base 111 several of the SOCIal sCiences a round s o me general theme.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This degree program is designed to p rovide, through education, a fou ndation for responsible l ea dersh ip in business. MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

This degree program is in tended to p rovide, through ed uc a tion, a foundation for responSible l ea d ership i n the m a nagement of p u b l ic agencies.

MASTER OF M USIC This degree program is i n tended for qualified students who desire a concen tration i n music education, composition, performance, or conducting, 'Oetails o f these progra m s, incl u d i n g ad m ission requirements, procedures, degree an d research require m e n ts , arc contained i n the Graduate Catalog which i s available from the office o f the dean of graduate studies.

\ <1

Mfiliate Resources CHOICE Since 1 969, CHOICE, Center for H u ma n Organization in Olanging Enviro n m e n ts, h a s functioned as a c o m m u nity service and achon-research arm o f Pacific Lu theran University. The acronym, CHOICE, conveys its function and style: to initiate. processes and p rog ra m s both un and off campus which assist people to participate i n making c h o ices which may lead to i m p roved

qua l i ty of life . CHOICE has assisted m a n y co m m u nities caught u p i n t h e tu rmOIl o f urban change b y providing l inkages w i t h com m u n i ty servICe a ge nC i e s a n d o t tertn � c h a n �els for social involvement by ta cu l ty and students. I ncreastn gly, C H O ICE has been lllstrumental i n catalyzing nee d e d p rocesses of c h a nge o n campus i n order to effect better use o f the u ni versitv's re sou rce s . Through a network of skilled professionals from the faculty a n d HOICE provides organizational deve l o p m e n t th e co m m u n i ty, services, com m u n ications and planning workshops, and training program s for those i n v o l v ed in social change, human rela tions, and conflict resol u tion as well as curricular and program deve lo p m e nt and evaluatIon.

WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL ON ECONOMIC EDUCATION TIll' Wa s h i n g t o n State C o u ncil on Economic Educa t i o n is a state wide o rganization d e s i g n ed to raise thIC level o f u n d e rstanding

con ce.rl1 lng economic r n n n p il's a n d procedures among teachers III t h �' [ , K l fIC Nl) rl h west. The program i n c l u des a Center tm Ecunollllc Educa tion, ilnd is recognized n " tionally by till' J O i n t Counctl on Economic Education. I ts functions ,l re: [) To o t ter special courses to non-ccon omics m a iors at P L U , cspeClally t o future teachers a n d t o cu rrent m e m bers o t t h " teaching profession. These Cll UrSl' � e m p h a size t h e role o f econom ics a mong the S()OJ I sC ie n ce s a nd Its I m pllrta ncC' i n all areas ot life. 2) To develop, in coopera tion with the schllol systcms of t h is sta te:, tC;lCh i ng plans a n d aids t h a t facilitate incorporation of

"!lei students

economics into existing curric u l a . 3) To providL' speaKing a n d consu l ting services f o r com m u n i ty organizations i n terested in promoting p u blic understa n d ing o f economic principles a n d issues.

The WSC E E is an educational organ.ization s u p po r te d by a coalrtron of c o m m u n r ty groups representtng educatIOn, business, labor, agncul ture, and gove r n m e n t . I t operates as a n indepe n d e n t non-profit non-partisan educational organization dedicated to t h e prinCiples t h a t e a c h citize n ' s a b i l i ty t o recognize and ohjectively analyze economic issues is essential to h.is or h e r welfare a n d the cou n t ry's progres s .

KPLU-FM, PUBLIC RADIO KPLU-FM. . Stereo 88.5 m Hz. . . is licensed b y the Federal : , ComnlLl n lcations C o m m ission to the University Board of Rege n ts . KPLU-FM p resents t o t h e a u d iences of Greater Puget S o u n d a n a lternatIve broadcast servIce deSIgned to e n ric h , entertain, educate, and ltlform the listener. KPLU-FM broadcasts a t 100,000 watts, seven days a week, 52 weeks a years, a n d operates W i t h both a f u l l - t i m e s t a f f a n d student operators. KPLU-FM is a m ember station o f National Public Radio and the Corporation for Public Broadcasti n !j . Its progra m m ing consists of cl a SSICa l musIC, Jazz, news, a n d public affairs.

CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF PUBLIC POLICY The Ce n te r for the Study of Public Policy i s devoted to a better u nd e rsta n d i n g by students and facul ty o f t h e public policy Issues t h a t confront con temporary socrety. T h e center is housed i n the DIVlSlon o f SOCIal SCIences a n d ope ra te s LInder the direction of the center com m i t tee. The center is open to a l l students who have an I n terest rn the "tudy and discussion of p u blic p olicy q u es t io ns . The center s p onsors activity d i rected at a WIde varrety of topics Within the field of p u b l r c poliCY. SpeCIfically, the center u nderwrites studen t/facu l ty research projects, student fellowship awards, workshops, p u b l rc forums, and symposia activity . [ n the past, these actiVIties have been dJ r(�cl'ed at tOpICS rangrng from the world food cnsls to the problem of aging; from issues associated w i t h urban deve lopment to the probl ems faced by women entering traditionally m a le-domltlated professions. [ n add ition to its own acti v i ty , the center has fostered the develop m en t o. f a n u mber o f study g roups. The study groups arc cross - disCl J? l r n a ry teams t h a t undertake activities d i rected il t specific fields w l t h l tl the area o f p ublic policy. Currently, study groups are addressln g t he public policy Issues rnvo[vcd I n the fields of forei g n . area st �ldles, fa mIfy policy s t u d ies, women's studies, experientIal educatIOn studIes, and h u m a n nghts.

Pre-Professional Pro ram HEALTH SCIENCES

A health sciences committee advises students aspiring to careers i n t h e health sCiences. D u n n g their first year of attendance a t PLU, stu dents should complete a Health SCience I n terest Form. (This form is available i n Ramstad I ia l l Room 1 02 . ) An appropriate adviser will then be appointed. This adviser wiJI provide the requirements and procedures for a p plication to the various p ro feSSional schools. I n addition t o the bnef reqUirements for t'ach area listed below, other i n formation is available i n the reserve section of Mortvedt LibrilfY (u nder " Heal th Sciences Resources"). Dentistry, Medicine, and Veterinary Medicine The overwhelming majority of students entering the professional schools of these careers have devoted four years of study to secure the broad educational background required. This background in cludes a thorough preparation in the sci.ences in addition to study 111 the social sciences and the humanities. There are no pre-profes SIOnal majors b u t �ather students should select the major which is of IIlterest and which best prepares them for an alternative career. In addition to the general u niversity requirements and the require �';:.nts � f the student's major, the followin g are required: Biology i:J;) , b6, 253: Chemis try 1 1 5- 1 1 6, 331- 332 plus labora tones; Mathematics: at least one semester, 1 33 or higher; Physics: one year course With labora tory, 1 25-1 26 or 1 53-154. In addi tion to these mini mum requ ired science courses, most professional schools have their own specific requ irements. (Check with your adviser. ) Optometry Although two y ea rs of p reo p tometric study is the minimum re qUired, most students accepted by a school or college of optometry have completed three years in an u ndergraduate college. A large percentage of students acce p ted by the schools a nd colleges of op tometry nave earned a bachelor's degree. The requirements for admission to the schooLs and colleges of op tometry vary. However, all optometry schools and colleges require at least two years of p reoptometric study which should include: Biol og y 1 55, 1 56, 253; Chemis try 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25-1 26 or 1 53; one haH to one year of English; a nd one year of college mathematics (in cluding calcu lus). I n addition, each op tometry school has i ts own set of require ments. (Check with your adviser.) Medical Technology The minimum academic requirements for en try into cli nical train in g as published by the nationa l Accred iting A gency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NA ACLS) are a minimum of16 semester u n i ts of chemistry to include organic chemistry or biological chemistry, 16 semester u nlts of bIOlogy to IIlclude microbiology and immunol o�y, and one course in mathematics. The content of chemistry and biolog y courses must be acceptable towards a major in those fields of study or the eqUivalent; the mathematics requirement is met by COUIses recognized as prerequlslte � for admiSSIOn to physics courses. [0 addition to fhese speCific requirements, the student must have ac quired a minimum of 90 semester un its of academic credi t before admission to the clinical p rogram . A l though the minimum requirements tor medical technology are as outll.ned above, many of the clinical m ternshlp p rograms require or strongly recommend a bachelor's de g ree in biology or chemistry before admission to clin ical training. Therefore, a student should consider first earning a bachelor's de g ree in either of these majors. The stude n t m u s t com p lete a twelve- month medical technology tramln g program m a clinical labora tory accredited by the American Medical Associatio n . Upon completion of this program, the student

is eligible to take the medical technology certification examination given by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists of the Amencan SOCiety ot ClIl1Ical Pathologists and to receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Tech nology. The minimum required courses for the B . 5 . M.T. at PLU are: Chemis try 1 15, 1 1 6, 321 , 331, 332, 333, 334; Biology 1 55, 1 56, 322, 385; Mathema tics 1 33 . Very strongly recommended: Physics 1 25 1 26, 1 47, 148. Also recom mended: Biology 253, 254, 33 1 , 346, 375, 44 1 ; Chemistry 404. The remainder of the requirements for a major in biology or chemistry must also be fulfilled. ,

Pharmacy Although the pre-p harmacy requirements for individual schools of pha rmacy vary (check with your adviser), the followin g courses are usually reqUired : general chemis try, 1 year; organic chemist ry With labora tory, 1 year; college level mathematics (may include cal culus); English composition and literature, 1 year. Often requi.red are microbiology, quantitative analysis, a nd i ntroductorYCOUfses in communication a rts, economics, a nd political science. For example, the University of Washington School of Pharmacy has approved the following courses as being equivalent to the first two years of Its 5-year program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in pharma cy : Biolo gy 1 55, 156, 253, 254, 322; Chemis try 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331, 332, 333, 334; Enghsh 1 0 1 ; Com mul1lcation Arts 1 23; Mathema tiCs 1 33, 1 5 1 ; eledives from the human ities or social sci ences. Ap p licants who have not completed one year of high school phySICS Will be re q Uired to complete one semester of physics. The total cred its should be not less than 60 semester hours. Physical Therapy Acceptance to schools of physical therapy has become increas ingly competitive i n recent years a nd students are s trongly encour as.ed to conta � t. their adviser as eady as p ossible and together deter mille the speCific p rereqUIsites tor the schools they may be planning to a ttend. The minimum rt'q uirement is t",: o yea�s of pre-professional work. ' tor the phySICal therapy pro An example: MlllImum prerequIsites g ram at the UllIverslty of Washmgton: BIOlogy 201 , 205, 206; Chemistry lO3, 1 04; M a thematics 1 33; Physics 1 25-1 26; Psychology 1 0 1, plus one additional course; English 1 0 1 , plus one additional course; electives i n the huma nities and social sciences. Students who have questions rega rding health science careers other tha n those listed above should contact their health sciences adviser or check in the library reserve materials on "Health Sciences Resources. "

PRE-LAW

Pre-law at PLU is an advising system, not a p rescribed ma j or or curriculum. A major reason for this a pproach is that law schools g enerally prefer individuals with a sound liberal education. There fore, regardless of their major, pre-law students are encoura ged to pursue a broad range of liberal arts courses. Students are advised to undertake work in economics, history, philosophy, political sci ence, psychology, natural sciences, sociology, speech, a n d account ing. It is a l so recommended tha t students take one or two courses, chosen in consultation with the p re-law advis!'r, that will help them speCIfically to develop perspectives on the nature of law and the legal profeSSion.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

141

Students interested in law should register at the Pre-Law Center in the Department of Political Science. Information on the Law School Acfmission Test (LSAT), a circulating library of law school bulletins, a news letter, and other resource materials are available. I n addition, students should discuss their program with the pre-law adviser in the Department of Political Science.

THEOLOGICAL STUDIES

Pre-theological students should complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Besides tfle general cfegree require ments, the Association of Theological schools recommends the fol lowin g : English - literature, composition, speech, and related studies. At least six semesters. History - ancient, modern European, and American. At least three semesters. Philosophy - orientation in history, content, and methods. At least three semesters. Natural Sciences - preferably physics, chemistry, and biology. At least two semesters. Social Sciences - psychology, SOCiology, economics, pol.itical sci ence, and education. At least six semesters, including at least one semester of psychology. Foreign Languages - one or m ore of the following: Latin, Greek, Hebrew, German, French . Students who an ticipate post-graduate studies arc urged to undertake these disciplines as early a s possible (at least four semesters). Religion - a thorough knowledge of Biblical content together with an introduction to major religious traditions and theological prob lems in the context of the p rinci pa .! aspects of human culture as out lined above. At least three semesters. Students may well seek coun sel from the seminary of their choice. Of the possible majors, English, philosophy, religion, and the so cial sciences are regarded as the most desirable. Other areas are, however, acce p ted. A faculty adviser will assist students in the selection of courses necessary to meet the requirements of the theological school of their choice. At the present time, increasing numbers of women are en rolling at selected Protestant seminaries i n pursuit of the Master of Divinity degree. Consult the Religion Department chair for further information.

AIR FORCE ROTC (AEROSPACE STUDIES)

Rapidly advancing technology is daily transforming the human environment. Innovations amplify humanity's abilities to com p rehend and cope with scientific and technologica.! developments. Revolutionary advancements rn weapon systems, rn space technol o gy, and in management techniques arc some of the most remarka brEi results. These advances are changing the officer requirements in today's Air Force. The Air Force protessional officer corps must have s p ecial abilities in a wide range of skills. But whatever the specialty of indi vidual officers, they must also be imaginative leaders and resource ful managers to succeed in their professions. The objectives of Air Force ROTC are to motivate, educate, and commission highly qualified students for active duty as officers in the United States AirForce. Air Force ROTC is o ffe red to PLU students throu �h an agreement with the University of Puget Sound. The lower diVIsion courses are open to al l students and do not re qu i re a military commitment for non-AFROTC scholarshi p cadets. The upper division courses are open to qualified upper division and graduate students on a com petitive basis. Financial assistance, in the form of scholarships and $100 pe r month subsistence, is available to q ua li fied applicants in the Air Force ROTC. Two and th ree-yeaI scholarships are available to qual ified students. The scholarships cover full tuition, books, and labo ratory fees. There are also scholarShip opportunities for students i n nursrng a n d pre-medicine. Students who successfully comp lete the Air Force ROTC program and receive an academic degree from the university will be offered commissions as second lieutenants in the U . S . Air Force Reserve. Additional information on the Air Force ROTC program may be obtained by writing the Professor of Aerospace Studjes, University of Puget Sound, Tacoma, WA 98416, or by calling (206) 756-3264. FaCIlity: Colonel Schaefer, Captain Love, Captain Myers, Captain Vincent.

142

The curriculum offered by this program is divided into three courses: a General Militarv cou rse and a Professional Officer course taught on the U niversity of Puget Sound campus, and a Field Train ing course conducted at selected Air Force ba se s . The General Military Course (GMC) consists of one hour of academic instruction and one hour of military training per week each term of the freshman and �ophomore years. Students are eligi ble to enroll in this course in their freshman year. There is no mili ta ry commitment for nonscholarship cadets in the GMC. the Professional Officers Course (POC) consists of three hours of academic instruction and one hour of military training per week each term of the junior and ' nior years. Graduate students are also eli g ible to compete for entry into the Professional Officers Course. The Field Training Course is either four or six weeks in duration, depending upon whether the student is participating in the tour or two-year p rogra m . Satisfactory completIOn of t�is course is a pre requIsIte for entry Into the ProfeSSIOnal OffIcers Course for students who have not completed the General Military Course. A 25-hour fli g ht instruction pro g ram is offered to senior cadets in the Professional Officers Course \vho are qualified for Air Force pilot training. All students who are AFROTC schOlarship cadets or are enrolled in the upper- division AFROTC courses must complete a course in English composition, a course in mathematical reasoning, and a co�rse in foreign lang uage before graduation and commissioning. All Air Force ROTC students are furnished Air Force uniforms and necessary textbooks for Aerospace Studies coun;('s . General Military Courses

1 10, 1 15 The Developmental Growth ofAirpower Development of airpower from the beginnings of Right into post

Vietnam era; a variety of events, clements in history of airpower

stressed, especially where these provide significant examples of the impact of airpower on strateg-ic though t. (2) 210, 215 The United States Air Force Today The mission, organization, weaponry of Air Force units. Strategic

offensive, s trateg iC defensive, some general purpose, a.erospace su p port forces . (2)

325

Field Training

Field training during the summer months at selected Air Force Bases for students selected for the Air Force ROTC Professional Officers Course. The areas of study include academics, junior officer train ing, aircraft and aircrew orientation, career orientation, survival training, base functions and environment, and physical training. (4)

Professional Officers Courses 330, 335

National Security Forces ill Contemporary American Society . Armed Forces as an inte gral element of society; broad range ot American civil-military rdations, environmental context in which defense policy is formulated. (4) 410,415

Concepts of Air Force Management

Management fundamentals, tlJ rough managerial strategy and tac tics and their application to decision-making, both in a civilian and military context. Leadership research, includin g styles ot great lead ers, application of leadership concepts to Air Force situations. Re view of military j ustice syste m . (4) 421 Flight lnstmctioll Program Flight instruction in light, single engine, land aircraft, requires 8 hours solo and 17 hours dual instruction plus a final check ride. Ap proval of instructor required. (4)

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

International Programs PLU's in terna tional programs encourage students to expand their understanding of humanity's global condition in a changing and increasingly interdependent world. Mul ti-focused international programs provide opportunities for on-ca mpus study of global issues and of the world's regions, cultures, and socie ties. Global issues include, for example, modernization and develop ment; global resou rces and trade; a n d peace, j ustice and human rights. Cultural foci are Africa, Asia, Europe, Lati n America, t h e Middle East, and Scan dinavia, among others. Off- campus study of these issues and regions is made possible by diverse opportunities for study abroa d and international student exchange. To pursue a program in international or intercu ltural studies, students may enroll in courses offered by departments sllch as Modern and Cla ssical Languages, Political Science, and History, or choose among the special multi-disciplinary programs listed below which offer majors and minors in international studies. General information about PLU's international programs is available from the Office of International Education . FOREIGN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM Students interested in diverse cultures and regions may undertake a cross-disciplinary minor program designed to reflect their geographic, thema tic, or disciplinary interests. --

Students are re quired tu complete five courses (20 semester hours), two o f which are an approved introductory course and a culminating research project (on campus) or an approved study abroad ex perience. The remaining three courses are to be selected either from one of four World Area Clusters (ASia, Third World, Europe, Scandinavia) or from one of the two Global Issues Clusters (Modernization and Development, Global Resources and Trade) listed below. Cou rses are to be selected in consultation with the duster coord inators to meet each cluster's s p ecific requirements. These three courses must all be from one cluster. A. World Area Clusters: 1. Asia Anthropology 322, 323 History 109, 1 1 0, 340, 496 Integrated Studies Program 222 (Option 2) Political Science 384 Religion 261, 361 , 362, 363

2. Third World Anthropology 220, 321 , 324, 326, 364, 4 1 5 , 430, 440, '170 History 335 Spanish 322 Political Science 282, 383, 386 Sociology 280, 343, 344, 441 , 493, 531 3. Europe Art 180, 386 French 321, 421 German 321, 421 , 422, 431, 432 History 107, 108, 323, 324, 325, 328, 329, 332, 333, 334, 341 , 342, 495 Integrated Studies Program I I I, 1 1 2, 222 (Option 1) Music 1 32, 231 Scandinavian 321, 322, 421 , 422 Spanish 321 , 421, 422, 431 4. Scandi navia History 323 Philoso hy 365 Politica Science 282 Religion 372 Scandinavian 321, 322, 421 , 422 Sociulogy 342 B. Global Issues Clusters 1 . Development and Mod erllization Anthropol ogy 364, 415, 440, 470 Economics 331 , 381 History 329, 333, 334, 335, 340, 496 Integrated Studies Pro g ram 222, 241 , 242 Political Science 282, 336, 383, 384, 386 Sociology 343, 344, 441, 465, 531 2. Global Resources and Trade Anthropolo g y 415 Business Administration 490 Economics 33 1 , 381 History 329, 333, 334, 335, 340, 356 Integrated Studies Pro g ram 24 1 , 242 Political Science 23 1 , 336, 386 Sociology 343, 441 , 493 Students interested in this p rogram should meet with the program director in the Office of I nternational Education for assistance and information. Courses credi ted toward a minor cannot be credited toward a major . Interim and new c Olďż˝ rses ap p roved by the Foreign Area Studies Commi ttee may be Included In the various clusters.

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS: Thematic Module within Foreign Area Studies Minor With the approval of the coordinator of this module, a student may select from among the fo ďż˝ lowing to .fo rm an I n ternational . thematic minor consisting of a minimum . of 20 and a Affaiis maximum of 24 semester hours chosen from at least three different disciplines. Required: Either Political Science 231 - Current International Affairs or Political Science 338 - American Foreign Policy

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS

143

Optional:

His tory 356 - A me r ic a n Di p l o ma ti c H i story Po�t:: cal SCience 384 - CO r;' m u nist Political Systems PolItical SCience 386 - A fncan Political Systems Either H i story 335 - Latin American H i story, or S pa m s h 322 - Latin American Civilization and Culture or Fre nch 321 - French Civili.zation and Culture or German 321 - Germa n Civilization a nd Cul ture or S a ndi n a v ia n 322 - Contemporary Sca nd i navia History 340 - Modern China ( nd Ja p a n Either Ec onom ics 3 3 1 - International Economics OT Economics 381 - Comparativ Economic Syst� ms I ndependen t Stu dies

INTE RNATIONAL TRADE: Thematic Module within Foreign Area Studies M i nor

With t h : a pprova l of the program d i rector, students i n terested . In mternatIon a l b u sIness may s e lect the following courses w i t h i n t h e Global Reso u rces . n d Trade C l u s t e r t o form a thematic modu le i n in ternational trade . Business Adm.inistration 490 - Seminar (Foru m in International

Business)

Econo m ics 331 - I n ternational Economics Political Scienc�' 336 - I n ternational Orga n ization i1 nd Law SocI Ology 493 - Seminar in Sociology ( Dev e l o p m e n t, Unde.rdevelop m en , a nd I n ternational I nequality) A course I n Global Per:' p ectives - History 210, A n th ropology 2 1 0, I n tegrated Studies P rogram 222, Option 2

INTENSIVE ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE

The In tef1!iive E n gli s h La nguage Institute (operated by the Amencan Cultura l Exch ange) IS a n afflltate of PLU offering IntensIve Enghsh classes, w h ich are designed to prepare m t�rnat l onal students for studies i n U . S . colleges and UniversItIes. The I n stItu te I S a u t h onzed to gra n t 1-20 form s t h rough PLU; however, a d mis s io n to the institute does not constittlte admission to the u ni versity, a nd no transferable credit " is g iv e n for in s ti t u te co u rses . Students e n teri ng the i n stitute are given an English placement . test and, o n the baSIS o f theIr scores, a p rogram o f studies is planned. Ordmanly students have five hours o f la ngu a ge ll1structlon each day, a l though l l1 some cases a less i n te nsive , h e d u l.e may be a rran �ed . A typical I Ell course load conslsts of dasses I n rCild ll1g, wntll1g, g ra m mar , a nd conv('fsa tion, plus a n hour ot language l a b each day. Ind ividual directed studies may also b arranged . When students have a ttained sufficient p roficiency i n E ng l is h .1 0 do umverslty-level work, they are e n co u raged t o a pply to PLU (or to other colleges or universi ties of their choice). The I E LI staff as:ists i n plaCing them i n a s u i table aca d e m ic program. lELI COUf. es, offered a t vanous p ro fICiency I veJs a nd to be selected in cons u l ta tio n with the institute sta ff, a re: Language Laboratory ( 1 hour) Gra m mar and Conversation (2 hou rs) Audit/Audit R view ( 2 hours) Wri ting (1 hour) Reading (1 hour) Directed Studies (time to be a rranged)

SCANDINA VIAN AREA STUDIES

T h e Sca nd i n a v i a n Are a S tudie s m a j or requires the completion o f t e n courses (40 semester hours), inc luding two years of either . Dal1lsh, N orwc: glan, or Swedish language cou rses, one course in Sc ndll1a � lan ltte.rature, a n d one cou rse in Scandinavian history. The rernall1ll1g fou r courses arc selected from the list below i n con slllt.l tion with the program coordinator. Economics 331 - S-ln ternational Economics E _ano mies 381 - S-Com p arative Economic Systems - ngltsh 231 - S-:Vlasterpleces o f European Literature English 351 - S-Mudern Dr<1ma History 323 - S-The Middle Ages His tory 35 1 - 5- R e forma tion H i stury 495 - S-Seminar: Eu ropean I l istory N o rwegian 1 0 1 n 02 - Elemen talY NorwegIan Norwegian 2� 1 /20� - l ntermediato orwegian NorwegIan 3:>I - Co nversatlOn a nd omposilion Nurwegl a n 352 - dVanced Conversation and Composition

144

Ph iloso p h y 3 65 - Kie r kega a rd a n d ' istentialism Pol i ti � a r Science 282 - S-Com para t iv e Government RcltglOn 372 - S-Modern C hurch History RelIgIon 375 - Ch u rch Historv Studies Scan d i navian 321 - V iki ngs a-nd Emigrants SGll1dll1aVlan 322 - ontemporary Sca n d i navia Sca ndi navia n 421 - l bsl' n , Stri ndtierg, and Their Contem p oraries Sca nd l l1av� a n 422 - Con temp or a ry Sca n d inilvian Literature Sca n d l l1avI,m 49 1 f 492 - I ndepend e n t Study ( 1 -4) SOCiology 342 - S-SoClol ogy of the Pamil\' I n terim cou r,'• a pp ro v e a' by the Scandinavian S tud i es C o m m i t . be ll1 cfude d as electives. Courses indicated by the t e �' :n a y a l p re fI x 5 ll1 the tItle are regu lar depa rtmental offerings i n w h ich read l l1gs a nd work assignments to a significant ex te n t are focused o n Sca n d l l1aVl3 for those students enrolled in the Scandinavian A rea Studies maJor. Students are enc o u raged to sp end one year i n Scandinavia, thoug'h thIS IS n o t re q u l r ,d to fu lfill major reqLllremc n t s .

STUDY ABROAD

To encourage students to expand their visions of th e world, PLU makes avatlable various opportunities to study a nd travel i n other countries. Students are enco u raged t o spend the s u m mer, semester, mtenm, or ful l academic year abroad, either In a purely academic setting or in an expe ri e n tia l setting. The Study Abroad OffIce has ll1fOrmatlOn o n study, work, a nd travel i n foreIgn cou n tnes t o assist s tud e n ts i n selecting appropriate progra m s . The ll1 terd e p enden e e of a l l nations of the world a nd the need to gam basIC kn owledge of peoples, their c u l t u res, and theIr mterrelatlOnshl p s can no t be overempha ized in the late 20th cen tury. With this focus in m ind, PLU sponsors fou r categoTies o f programs. 1. Semester and Year-Lon g Programs. a. PLU - spo n so r ed prog'rams: ( 1 ) England: Students may choose to s p en d a semester studymg I n London through PLU's London Progra m . This pro g ram IS hosted by the rndependen t Liberal Arts Colfeges Abroad (I LACA), a consort i u m of Pa ci fi c Northwest schools includ i ng P L U , Go nz ag a U n iversity, the Un IversIty o f Puget Sound, WhItman College, and Wdlamette Ul1lverslty. Offered i n both faU a n d sprin s semesters, the London Program p rovi d e s students WIth a study exp erience in one of the most exdting cities of t h e worl d . COll!ses ta ugh t both by Northwest professors w i t h e x p ene nce ll1 L o n d o n and by n a t i .... e Bri t i sh profes ors make extensIve use o f m useums, c u l tu ral activities ' a n d s i t e s )f L o n d o n . Students l i v e w i t h British families a n d m m m ute by subway to classes. Several excursions take students o u tside Lo'ndon for a look a t other parts of ngJa n d . ourse offeriJlgs fo r the L o n d o n Program in th e ' 1 980-81 semesters w e re as follows: �rt - England's La nd, S}<y, and Water (fall) Com m U l1lCatlOn Arts/English - British Theatre (both) Enghsh - London a nd th e Modern Novel (both) History - British H istory (both) Sociology/Political Science - Modern British Society (both) Art - A r t a nd Architecture i n London (sprin g ) . (2) Spam: Beglnl1lng m the spri n g of 1983 PLU, along w i th o ther school s m t he ILACA consortI u m , wil l sponsor a one sem ' 'ter program at the U niversity o f Sala manca. This arlcient city and historic cen ter of lea r n i n g w i l l provide a n (' xc ' l len t settm g tor a semester d e SIg ne d tOl' d va nc e d srudy m Spa m s h language and c u l ture. A m i n i m u m of two years .of Spa n i s h I ngu a g e study will be requ ired for partICi p atIOn. Students will live with Sp a n ish fa m il ie s , ta k e speCla [ classes at the u n iversity in the morni ng, and attend regular U l1lvers l ty of Salamanca cl a sses in the a f ternoon . he s em es ter m S pa m WllJ be o ffered during th e spring of odd-nu mbered y ears (1983, 1985, 1 987, eEc.) (3) Mexico: In the fal l ll f 1982, a one-semester program i n Queretaro, MexICO, wIll beglll. ThIS ILACA prog ra m i s deSIgned for students With a begInl1lng backgrou nd i n the Spa l1l sh la n g u a ge (one year of coll es e Spanish is required), and IS a n mtroductlon to MeXIcan h Istory a nd c u l ture, with Spa n Ish language classes included. Students will live with

INTE RNATIONAL PROG RAMS

Mexican filmilies and study at the University of Queretaro. This program will be offered i n the fall of even-numbered yea rs ( 1 982, 1984, 1986, etc . ) . (4) Sweden: A student exchange progra m between PLU and the University of Linkoping was be gun in the fa U of 19 1. Following the model of the I n ternational Student Exchilnge Program (ISEP), students pay tuition, room, and board to their home institution. Criteria u ed in the selection of participants inclulde profici ncy in the host country's language, a strong aca de mic re ord, motivation, and personal adaptability. PL U students live in dorm itorie and study in regular University of Linkoping clilsses. This is a full acad mic year progril m. (5) Germany: Be � i n nin g in the fall of 1982, a fu l l-year prog ram in MU nich wi ll be offered, jointly s p onsored with L wis and Clark College (administrators of the p rogram), Re d College, and Willa mette Uni versity. It is designed for advanced study in German la nguage and culture, and two years of college German (or the equivalent) will be required for participation. Students will live in the Iympic Dormitory or o n the campus of the U niversity of M unich. Special c1as. es for participa ting students will be o ffered in addition to regular U n iversity of Munich classes. b. In addition to the PLU-spo nsored programs, there are countless Dther o p p or nmiti es for study abroa d. Many U. S. coUeges and u niversities have progrilms throughout the world, and PlU students may study through fhese programs by special arrangement. Information and application forms for several programs are available in the Study Abroad Office. Cledits aWilrded by an accredited U.s. collj ge or u n iversity ilre transferable to PLU. However, PLU financial aid cannot be tra £erred to other colleges. c. PLU students who plan to study directly in a foreign school (not in a program pon 'or d by a college m the U.s.A.) must be sure to fi le a letter of i n tent with the study abroad coordinator and with the chair of their major department be fore leaving PLU. This letter must include what classes will be taken, where and for what length o f time they will st udy abroad, and how the foreign experience will relate to their academic progra m . On the basis of this information, plus a record of lectures a t tended and examinations completed, academic credit may be given by PLU. ['udents are ad vised to save illl papers and other materials relating to coursework taken abroad. These efforts Me necessary because foreign schools do not provide transcripts. All credits transferred to PLU will be pass/fail. PLU res rves the right to require examination covering the sub ' ects studied. 2 . Service Programs (Experientia Education) . Rath r than studying abroad in a traditional classroom setting, a student may pr fer to spend a semester i n a "clas. room without walls '" Through tics with several univcr ities an educa tiona l p ro g rams, as wel l as the Lutheran World Fedcration, P LU will help the student arrange an expe.rien e that combines academic pursuits with study, observation, and ucial service i n non-tmd itional settings. Examples of experiences include: working in il rural clinic IJ1 Mexico; doing field work in Aztec art and architecture under the supervision of a Mexican anthropologist; living a n d stud ing in a Buddhist monastery in Sia m ; :erving as a teaching assistil n t in India; working with UNESCO in TanzanIa; studyi ng fol art and pamting i n Yugoslavia; a n d studying t h care of orphaned children in remote areas of Kenya in c o peration with th National Chri tian Council of Kenya.

3. International Cooperative Educatjon (Work/Study).

A unique opportu ni ty to become acquainted with the work, longuage, and cu l ture of a foreign country is provided through the I n ternational Cooperative EducatIOn Progra m. At present, ten-week summer work stations are available in Switzerla nd, Belgium, France, Germany, and Norway, and on the Canary Islands. tudents u ndergo " careful screening process and must have completed at le"st one year of foreIgn lan gu age coursework. If accepted, participants arc provided a work contract for their Euwpean stay and depmt only after seclI ring both employment and housing. PaTti 'pants will take a 2- redit International Cooperative Educati n course in the spring as prepara tion for the summer. During the ten-week program, which normally extends from the end of June to earl y Se p te mber, partici p ants will complete a 4-cred it independent s tud y, to be superVIsed by PLU instructors. The student's monthly salary depends on the position and the cou ntry. The I n ternational Cooperative Education Program offers a variety of opportunities. Positions are frequen tly available in the following areas: supermarkets, department stores, resort restilurants and hotcis, hospitals and sanatoriums, theaters, agricultural firms, and automotive plants. Housing i s usuillly provided. Some work situations require that food be pu rchased by the participa nt. Participants must pay tor the air fare, carry health and accident insurance, and have su fficient financial reserves to live comfortably u n til their initial paycheck a rrives. For specitic information, sec the director of the Office of I n ternational Education. 4. Study Tours. a. Interim. PLU also emphasizes travel courses during the January i n terim. Prelimina ry notices abou t the tours are available in April or May of each year, and the final Sign-up is in Novembe.r. Students should contact the instructor ot each tour or the interim coordinator for more information. b. Slilllmer. PLU often offers travel courses d u ring the s u m mer. In addition, students arc encou raged to participate i n those offered through a consorti u m of �o rthwes t schools, the Pacific Northwest I n ternational/I nte rcu ltura l Education Consortium, of which PLU is a member. Credits are earned through PLU, although the instructors of the tours are from the o ther participatins Northwest schools. Also on file in the Study A b road Office I S i n formation o n summer study and travel programs around the world .

Foreign Languages It is recommended that, before embarking, students ac q u i re a solid foundation in the language of the cou n try where they v..-j ll be studying. Students milY, with the assistance o f the chair of the Department of Modern and lassical Lilnguages and the study abroad coordinator, prepare a written req uest fDr academic cre it in recognition of their adva nced facility in il for ign language. Financial Aid Financial aid is aVililable to qualified students who are studying through PLU-spon sored progmms. Government loans can apply toward affilia ted programs and other specially arranged pr grams. General Information In all cases, a student who i considering study i n another country should first d iscuss plan with th study abTDad co rdinator and, fore departing, complete a leave f abs nce form from the OffICe of the Registrar. This will facilitate return to PLU at the conclLlsion of a foreign study program . Attendance a t a foreign un iversity does not waive graduation requirements of PLU.

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ED UCATION

The Office of I n ternational Education assists students in pursuing international or inte rcultura l studies. General mformation and advisin g about �Il international programs is availabl through this office.

FOREIGN STUD ENT OFFICE (See Stud nt Life.)

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS

1 45

The Board of Regents OWNERSHIP, SU PPORT, GOVERNMENT The university i s o w n e d and o p e ra te d by Pacific Lut h e r a n U ni ve rsity , Inc. , a W a s hi n g ton cor p oratiun whose p u r p use is to ma i n ta in a C h ri s t ia n institu tion of hIgher lea rn i n g . Me m b e rsh i p of t h i s cor po r a ti o n coincides wi th m e mb e rs h i p of the North Pacific Di�trict uf The Am erican Lutheran Church and the membership o f t h a t portion of the ALe's Rocky Mou ntain District which is l ocat ed in Idaho and Montilna, west ot th e Continental Divide. The annual mee t i n g of t h e cor p oration i s h e ld in c o n j u n c t io n with the annual cnn"'�ntion of t h e North P,Kific D ist ri c t . Voting members include the members of t he Board of Rege n t s , and the pa s t o rs and lay de legMes of congregations in the consti tuent area. The u niversity receives reg u l a r fi nancial suppurt from The A m e r i ca n Luther'1 n C11 u rch, th e Pacific Northwest S y nod of the Lut hl'ran C h urch in A m e ri ca and from the Pacific L u t h e ra n Uni ve rsit y Alumni Associatio n . I n a d di t i on to churc h assistance, the university receives considerable support from individuals, org a n i ;:a ti on s , and businesses t h roughuut the n,1tion and wo rl d . The policy-making and g o ve r ni ng body of the u n ive r s i ty is t h e Board of Regents. On the b a s is o f recommendations made by th(� pr eSide n t , it cha rt s a course for the d e ve lo p me nt of the total pro gram o f the university a n d ,s t r iv e s t.o pro v id e essential ftu1ds. . corpuratlOn s constItutIon prOVI de s for not mure T h e u nIversIty than 30 regents elected for t h r ee -ye a r terms. Fifteen regents represen t the North Pacific and Rocky Mo u ntai n Districts of The Am ' ri ca n Lutheran Church, six are c ho se n b y the Pac i f i c No r t h we st S ynod of the Lutheran h urc h in America , t h re e represen t the PLU Alumni A ssoc i a ti on, and not more than six re g ents -at-Ia rge arc chosen by the Bo n rd o f R eg e n t s . The preSIdent of the unIversIty, the p res id e n t of t he North Pacifi c District (ALe), and the president of the Pacific Northwest S ynod (LCA), arc regents by virtue of their position. T h stude nt body and the faculty have n on - v o t i n g n:prcscntatives \. ho me e t with the board .

OFFICERS

MR. M E LVIN R. KN UDSO , Chairman REV. DAVID WOLD, Vice Ch ai r m an DR. CHRISTY U L EtAI 0 , S ec reta ry

EX-O FFICIO

flISHOP CLAREN E SOLliERC, 2007 Third Avenu ', Seattle, W A

98121 , ALC BISHOP A . C . FJELUvIAN, 5519 Phinney A v e n u e N . , Seattle, INA 98 1 03 , LCA DR. WILLIAM O. RIEKE, President, PLU, Tncoma, WA 98447, PLll

1979-1982 TERM

DR. THOMAS W. AND ERSON, 1 1 23 Port o f Tacoma Rd . , Tacoma, WA 9842 1 , Regcllt-at-L.arge M RS. H ELE BELGUM, Bux 1 5 2, Copa l is Beach, INA 98535, AL.C REV. CHARLES BOM G R E N , 3203 1 03rd Pl a ce N . E . , Bellevue, W A 98004, LCA M R . ALVIN FINK, Route 1 , Box 192, Odessa, WA 99 1 95 , A L C \I1R. PAUL HOGL U N D, P . O . Box 1 869, Se a t tle, WA 9811 I, L.CA DR. RICHARD KLEIN, 96 18 - 59th Ave . S. W . , Tacoma, WA 98499, AL.C

M R . M A RTIN P l l i L , 2720 7th A ve . , Ketchikan, A K 9990 1 , AL.C REV. DAVID STE E N , 271 7 Ra i n t ree ourt, O lym p ia , WA 9850 1 ,

AL.C

DR. GEOR

Hegellt-at-L.arge

WADE, 1910 Fairview Ave. E . , Seattle, WA 98102,

D R . R Y V I RA K , 1 31 9 Palm Dr., Tacoma, WA 98466, AlulIllli

1980-1983 TERM

R. R. G A RY BAUGHN, 1 0045 - 4 1 st N . E . , Seattle, WA 98125, AL.C M R . LEIF EIE, Area Manager, North A m e r i ca n Division uf SAS, 2727 Rainier Bank T o w er , Seattle, "VA 9810 I, Regcllt-at-l.arge i'vIR. 1 I0WARD HUBBARD, 4685 Malhuer Ave. N . W . , Portla nd, OR 97229, L.CA MR. ME LVIN KNUDSON, 6928 - 100th S t . S . W . , Tacoma, WA 98499 (C h a i r ma n ), ALC MR. V ICTOR F. KNUTZEN, 2649 Suo 304th, Federal Way, WA 98003, Ahmwi REV. JOHN M I LBRATH, 7312 N . E . Ala meda D r . , Portla nd, OR 97213, ALC M R . H A RRY MORGAN, J R . , Se n i or Vice President, \Ncyerhaeuser Company, Tacomn, WA 9840 [, Rfgellt-at -Large REV. ROBERT N E WCOMB, Box 4 1 1 , Hayden Lake, 1D 83835, AL.C DR. CASPER PAULSON, J R . , Teaching Research Division, Oregon SSHE, Mon mouth, OR 97361 ; LCA MRS. DOROnW SCHNAIBLE, 1 1 1 1 E as t First, Moscow, ID 83843, ALC

1981-1984 TERM

MR. EORGE L. DAVIS, J R . , 47 1 3 Peterson Drive N . W . , Gig Harbor, W A 98335, Regellt-at-Large M R . J A M ES GATES, Route 2, Box 2551-C, Kennewick, WA 99336,

ALe

MR. JORDON MOE, 1 29 N . W . 1715t St . , Seattie, WA 98177, LCA M R . CLAYTON B. PETERSON, 1 400 - 1 1 2th S . E . , Bellevue, WA 98004, ALC DR. JEFF PROBSTFl ELD, 3206 Loch Lomond, H o us to n , TX 77096, Alul1l11i M RS. DORIS ROLA NDER, 1 1 3 - ] 45th Ave . N . E . , Bellevue, WA 98007, L.CA D R . CHRISTY ULLELAND, 1 5424 - 9th Avenue S . W . , Seattle, WA 98166 (Secretary), ALC REV. DAVID WOLD, 3719 2 1 st S t ree t N . E . , P u ya l l u p , WA 983 71 (Vice Chairman), ALC

146

B OARD OF RE GENTS

ADVISORY

REV. GORDON BRAUN, 309 W. 39th St. , Vancouver, WA 98660 DR RONALD MA lTHIAS, 422 S. 5th S t . , Minneapolis, MN 55415 REV. LLANO THELI N , P.O. Box 248, Portland, OR 98207 DR. RICHARD SOLBERG, 231 Madison Ave., New York, NY 10016

ADVISORY - PLU

REV . LUTHER BEKEMEIER, Vice President for Development M RS. LUCILLE GIROUX, Preside.nt's Executive Associate MR. PERRY B. H EN DRICKS, JR. , Vice President, Finance & Ope.rations (Treasurer) REV. DON A LD JERKE, Vice President for Student Life. DR. RICHARD JUNGKUNTZ, Provost REV. H A RVEY NEUFEL D, Execu tive Director of The Collegium and Church Relations DR. ANGELIA ALEXANDER, Department of Biology, FaCIlity DR. DWIGHT OBERHOLTZER, Department of Sociology, Faculty DR. FRANKLIN OLSON, School of Education, Faculty MR. A LAN NAKAMURA, President ASPLU, Stude/It MR. BRENDAN M A NGAN, Vice President, ASPLU, Student MISS CHERYL SPERBER, Chair, Residence Hall Council, Student

CHURCH OFFICIALS AMERICAN LUTHERAN CHURCH General

DR. DAVID W. PREUS, President, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, M innesota 554 1 5 R E V . LLOYD SVENDSBYE, Vice President, 2375 Como Ave. W . , St. Paul, MN 55108 MR. ARNOLD M ICKELSON, General Secretary, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Min nesota 55415 N orth Pacific District DR. CLARENCE SOLBERG, President (Bishop), Avenue, Seattle, Washington, 981 2 1

2007 Third

D IVISION FOR COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY SERVICES

REV. ROBERT G . BORGWARDT, 3 1 2 Wisconsin A ve . , Madison, Wisconsin 53703 ( 1 982) MS. SYLVIA I . BOSSE, 8656 Bayberry Dr. N T , Warren, Ohio 44484, Sec reta ry ( 1 986) MS. FAJTH E. BURG ESS, 707 West Aliens Ln., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 1 91 19, Vice-Chairman (1 984) MRS. M A RGUERITE S. FOSTER, 2166 Van Cleave Dr. , Dallas, Texas 75216 (1982) MR. ERWTN H . GOLDENSTEfN, 2201 N. 61st St. , Lincoln, Nebraska 68505 (1 984) REV. DE NIS V. GRIFFIN, 327 S. Dakota Ave . , Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57102, Chairman ( 1984) MR. ED WIN W. GUN BERG, 1 84 River Dr. , Tequesta, Florida 33458 (1 982) MS. MARILYN HEMSTAD, 1 30 N. Sherman, Olympia, Washington 98502 (1986) REV. GUSTAV KOPKA, J R . , 1020 S. Harrison Rd ., East Lansing, Michigan 48823 (1 980)

LUTHERAN CHURCH IN AMERICA, PACIFIC NORTHWEST SYNOD

Dr. A . G . FJ ELLMAN, President, 5519 Phi nney Avenue North, Seattle, Washington, 98103

The Paci fic Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America has accepted Pacific Lutheran University as one of the institutions of higher education which it endorses and s u pports. The Synod has representa tion on the University's Board o f Regents, but does not share ownership of the institution .

BOARD OF REGENTS

147

Administrative Offices OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT William O. Rieke Lucille Giroux Harvey Neufeld John Adix Ronald Tellefson Ron Vignec

Presidellt President's ExeClltive Associate Executive Director of The Collegium/ Church Relations Director, Congregational Representative Program Ull iversity Pastor Associate Pastor

OFFICE OF THE PROVOST Richard J ungkun tz David C. Yagow Dennis M. Martin Duane D. Swank Robert K. Menzel Gundar J. King Mary Snow Laura Carvey Kenneth A. Johnston Nan Nokleberg Richard D. Moe Noel Abrahamson Doris G. Stucke Barbara Phillips David M . Olson John W . Heussman Susan J . McDonald Marilyn J. Martin Judith W. Carr James Van Beek Phillip Miner Donald A. Yoder Mark Duris Albert Perry Debra Brackman Charles T . Nelson Loleta G. Espeseth Mary T. A llen Jean Urban Richard Seeger Wanda Wentworth Judd C. Doughty David Christian Victor Nelson Robert K. Menzel

1 48

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES

Provost Executive Assistant Chair, Division ofHumanities Chair, Divisi011 of Natural Sciellces Acting Chair, Divisioll of Social Sciences Dean, School of Business Administration Administrative Assistant Associate Director, Graduate Programs Dean, School of Education Director, Teacher Placement and Fifth Year Coordinator Dean, Graduate and S u m mer Studies; Dean, School ofthe Arts Coordillator of Pu blic Events Director, ScllOOI of NII rsi ng Administrative Assista n t Director, School of Physical Edllcation Director ofthe Library Reference Librarian Assistmlt Reference Librarian Special Academic Progra ms Coordinator Dean ofAdmissions and Finmlcial Aid Director of School Relations, Associate Dem1 Director of New Student Services, Associate Dean Financial Aid and Admissions Counselor Director of Financial Aid Assistant Director of Financial A id Registrar Associate Registrar Administrative Assistant Transfer Coordinator Director, Academic Advising and Assistance Assistant Director Director, Office of Radio and Television Chief E ngineer, Radio and Televisioll Studio Supervisor, Television Studio Director, CHOICE

OFFICE OF FINANCE AND OPERATIONS Perry B . Hendricks, Jr. Ted A . Purs l ey Davis Strandemo Hil loah Creigh Dawn HiU Patricia Hills Judy Navey Howard L. Vedel l Larry A l len Kip Fillmore Ervin Marlow

OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT Luther W. Bekemeier Vice Preside/l t - Finance and Operations

Director, Fiscal Affairs Chief Accou n tant

David Bernsten John D. Aakre Edgar Larson Molly Edman

Manager, Payroll

Ronald C. Coltom

Manager, Cash Control

James L . Peterson

Director, General Serv ices

Mmzager, Central Services

Director, Campus Safety and hzfonnation

Manager, GolfCou rse

Bonnie Nelson Paul Porter Kenneth Dunmire Raymond V . Rhodes

James B. Phillip s

Director, Physical Plant

Louis Ternstrom Melvin Solheim

OFFICE OF STUDENT LIFE

Custodial Supervisor

Donald L . Jerke

Weldon Moore LeRoy Davis Nathan L. Walker Mary Pieper Robert M. Torrens Beverly Carlson Lynn Isaacson Darlene Campbell David M . Olson James Kittilsby Robert Denning Robert Martin

lv1.a intenance Supervisor Grounds Supervisor Chief Engineer

Director, Personnel

Assistant Director

Director, Food Services

Ethan R . A l l e n Lauralee Hagen

Assistant to the Director

Amadeo Tiam

Assistant to the Director

Cristina R. Cables

Director, Bookstore

Director of Athletics

Assistant Director

Administrative Computing Manager Academ ic Coll1 p uting Coordinator and System Manager

Associate Director of Developmellt

Director of Planlled Giving

Director of Corporate and Foundation Funding

Manager, Studellt Acco u n ts

Manager, Student Loan Col/ectiolls

Vice President for Development

Director of Developllle1!t

Gary Minetti Ada Van Doren Seiichi Adachi Alene Coglizer John Fong Ann Miller

Director of Alumni Relations

Director of Comm u n ity Relatiolls

Directo r of Ull iversity Relations

Directorof Graph ics and Publications University Photographer

Director ofCapital Campaigns

Vice Presiden t and Dean fo r Student Life

Directorfor Residential Life, Associate Deall

Assistant Director for Residential Life

Assistant Dean, Coordinator for Minority Affairs

Foreign Student Adviser

Director, Cou nseling and Health Services

Psych iatrist COl/nselor

Counselor

Medex, Health Cen ter Slipervisor Nu rse Practitioner

Richard French

Nurse Director, Career Plamzing alld

Pam Raymer

Assistant Director, Student

Claudia Finseth

Marvin Swenson Rick Eastman

Placelllent

Employment Coordinator

Director, Un iversity Center and Campus Activities

Assista nt Director

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES

1 49

The Faculty WILLIAM O. RIEKE,

1 975-,

Pres ident ; B . A . P�cific Lutheran

Uni ve rsity, 1 953; M . D . , M e d i c i n e , 1958.

U n iversity

SEIICHI ADACHI,

1 967-, A ssociate Pro fes sor of Psychology,

Cli/illsc/or,

oll nscfiJlg IlJld

of Washington School of

t ing Services;

B . A . , Jamestown College, 1 946; B . D . , McCormick Seminary, 1 95 1 ; M . A . , ColumbIa U lUver sity-Union Theologi al Seminary , I ew York, 1 957; Ed . D . , Teachers ollegc, Columbia University, 1960. HARRY S. ADAMS, 1 947-5 1 , 1 962-, Professor of Physics ; B . S . , M . S . , Kansas State University, 1945, 1947; Ph.D., U nivexsi t y o f M i n ncsota, 1 962. VIRGINlA DALE ADAMS, 1 98 1 - , Assistant Professor of 8 io l ogy; B . A . , :vi S , U n ivcrsity o f Tennessee, 1974, 1975; P h . D . , Univer si ty of Washing ton , 1 980.

SHIRLEY E. AIKEN, B.S. N " B . A . ,

1 974 -, Assistal1t

M . A . , l \lCific Lutheran

Professor

of NurSing;

U n iv e rs it y , 1 971 , 1971, 1978.

ANGELIA G. ALEXAN DER,

1 97 1 - , A ssocia t e Professor of

B . S . , J uniata College, 1962; M . A . , University of California, Davis, 1966; Ph . D . , U nlvc . ity ol Washtngton, 1 979. Biology;

CHARLES D. ANDERSON,

gen ey Professo r, 1 974-75;

1 959-, Professor ofClzemistry, [{e

B . A . , St. Olaf College, 1952; Harvard Univ r. ity, 1 954, 1959.

EDWARD W. ANDERSON,

Physical Edllmtion;

A.M.,

Ph,D.,

1975-, Assistant Professor of

B . A . , University of Montana, 1954; M . s . , Univer

sity of Utah, 1964.

ERNEST M. ANKRIM,

1 97b-, Assista'lt Professor of Econo",ics;

B.S" Willamette Un i vers i ty, 1972; M . S " P h . D . , University of Ore gon, 1975, 1 976, ItGEORGE E. ARBAUGH, 1 959-, Professor of Philosophy , Re gency Professor, 7 97g-S(); B . A . , Augustana College, Ruck Island, 1955; M . A . , P h . D . , University ol lowa, 1 958, 1959.

MICHAEL J. ARNDT,

1 98 1 - , Assistant Professor of Contl1lunica

tiol1 Arts; B . A . , Augsburg College, 1968; M . F . A . , University of Min nesota, 1 ':179.

DAVID M. ATKINSON,

1 976-, Assoc ia t e Professor of Political

B . A . , University of Puget Sound, 1 965; P h . D . , University of Maryland, 1972.

ScienCe;

D. STUART BANCROFT,

of BlisillCSS Adminis tratiol1;

1 967-68, 1 97 1 - , Associa te Professor

B.S., M . B . A . , Arizona State U nive rs i t y, 1963, 1965; M . A " Ph . D., UniverSity of Pennsylvama, 197 1 , 1 973.

STEPHEN E. BARNDT,

Administrat ioll;

1 9 78-, Associate Professor of Business

B , S . , Washington State Un iv crsity , 1957; M . B . A . , P h . D . , Ohio State U nivc r si ty, 1967, 197 1 .

J . THADDEUS BARNOWE, 1977-, Assoc ia te Professor of Busi

B . A . , Univcrsity of San Francisco, 1966; M . A. , Ph , D . , University o f Michigan, 1971, 1973. MICHAEL D. BART ANEN, 1 9 79-, Assista"t Professor ofCom m u n ication Arts; B . A . , M . A . , Western Washington University, 1974, 1976; Ph. D . , University of Southern California, 1980.

"ess Admillistratio,,;

ItKENNETH E. BATKER,

1 966-, Professor of Mathematics;

B , A . , Wartburg College, 1957; M . A . , Ph , D., University of Colorado, 1961 , 1971 .

MYRA J. BAUGHMAN,

timl;

1 970 - , Associate Pl'Ofessor of

Educa

B.A., Pa c ifi c Lu theran U n ive rsi t y , 1 962; M , Ed . , We st er n Washington Un i ve r sity, 1969; Ed . D . , University of Nebraska, lin coin, 1975.

150

THE FACULTY

tWILLIAM BECVAR,

1 973-, Associate Professor of Communica

tioH A r t s;

B . A . , U niversity of Northern Iowa, 1 96 1 ; M . A . , State Uni versity of South Dakota, 1 964; P h . D. , Kansas University, 1 975.

LUTHER W. BEKEMEIER,

ment;

1 976-, Vice President for Develop

B . A . , M. Div., Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, 1949, 1973.

PAUL F. BENTON,

1969-, Associate Professor of E nglish; B . A . ,

Whi t wo r th College, 1965; P h . D . , Pr inc e ton University, 1970.

CHARLES A. BERGMAN,

1 977-, Assistant Professor of Ellg

lish;

B . A , (Economics), B . A . (English), University of Washington, 1969, 1970; M . A . , Ph . D . , Uni v er s ity of Minnesota, 1973, 1977.

ARTURO BIBLARZ,

1 977-, Associate Professor of Sociology;

B. A . , M . A . , Ph . D. , University of California, Los Angeles, 1955, 1960, 1968. SUSAN L. B OOTS, 1 979-, Instructor of Nursing; B . S . N . , Uni versi ty of Northern Colorado, 1 978; M , S . N . , University of Washington, 1 979.

JAMES E. BRINK, Co mpu t e r Science;

A.B., University, 1 967, 1970.

1 970-, Associate Professor of Mathematics and

Hope

College, 1 965; M . S . , P h . D . , Iowa State

WILLIAM A. BROCHTRUP, Education; B , A . ,

1 9 75-, Associate Professor of

University o f California, Los Angeles, 1962; M . A . , California State University, 1 970; P h . D . , University o f Washington, 1 ':174, ROBERTA S. BROWN, 1 9 79- , Assistant Professor of Modern and Classical ulI1gtlllges (Frellch); B . A . , Stanford University, 1967; M . A . , University of Oregon, 1 969; Ph. D. , University of California, Los A nge les, 1 979.

CHRISTOPHER BROWNING,

History;

1 974-, Associa te Professor of

A . B . , Oberlin College, 1967; M . A. , Ph. D . , University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 968, 1 975.

ST ANLEY L. BRUE,

1 971-, Associate Professor of Economics;

B . A . , Augustana ColLege, Sioux Falls, 1967; Ph . D . , U niversity of Nebraska, 1 971 .

RICHARD D. BUCKHAM, clIOlogy; B . A . ,

1 9 8 1 - , Adjul1ct Professor of Psy

Greenville College, 1968.

JOHN T. CARLSON,

7 975-, Associate P rofessor of Biology; B . A . , Carleton College, 1966; P h . D . , University of M innesota, Min neapoliS, 1976.

ROY E. CARLSON, tion;

1962", A ssocia te Professor of Physical Educa

B.S., U niversity of Washington, 1948; M . s . , Washington State University, 1962.

MARYIVA CARPENTER, ing; B . S . ,

1 9 74-, Assistant Professor of Nurs

Whitworth College, 1 956; M . S. , Syracuse U niversity, 1 960.

tCLARA L. CARPER,

1 972-, Assistal1t Professor of Nursil1g;

B.S. N . , Washington State University, 1957; M . N . , U niversity of Washington, 1959.

DAVIS W. CARVEY, 1 9 71 -, Professor of Business Admil1stratioll;

B . B . A . , M . B . A . , Pacific Lutheran U niversity, 1965, 1 968; D . B . A . , exas Tech U ni verSity, 1972.

GARY A. CHASE, t ion; B.S.,

1 970-, Associa te Professor of Physical Educa

M . S . , Washington State University, 1962, 1 964.

KENNETH E . CHRISTOPHERSON,

1 958-, Professor of

Relig ion; B . A . , Augustana College, Sioux Falls, 1946; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1 950; Ph. D., University of M innesota, 1 972.

MARIE CHURNEY,

1 974-, Ass is t a l1 t Professor of Educa t ioll;

B . A . , B.S., Western WaShington University, 1 961, 1 ':164; M . Ed . , Ed.D . , U niversity of Florida, 1966, 1970. ROY W. CLARK, 1 978- , Assistant Professor of Enghleering; B.S., 5 1 . Lawrence U niversity, 1 973; M.s., Eng.Sc. D . , Columbia Univer sity, 1975, 1978.

DOROTHY M . CONE,

1961-, Associate Professo r of Nursing;

MIRA J. FROHNMAYER,

EVELYN I. COOM BE,

1 98 1 - , Associate Professor of Nursing;

tory o f Music,

B . s . N . , M . Ed . , U niversity o f Minnesota, 1956, 1959.

1955; M . S . , U n i v e rs i ty of Was h i n gto n ,

B . S . , U n iv e rsity of Co l or ad o,

1 950.

DENNIS L. COX,

1 972-, Assistallt Professor of Art; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n i v e rsi ty, 1967; M . F . A . , Wa sh i n gt on State U n i v e rsi ty , 1972.

B . A . , U n iv er sity o f Or ego n,

1963.

1980-, Assistant Professor of Music;

1960; M . M . , New England Conserva

*ROGER GARD,

1 974-, Assistant Professor of Music; B . A . , Luther College, 1962; M . M . , University o f Wisconsin, tvlilwaukee,

1972.

ARTHUR GEE,

"/968-, Professor of Biology; B.S., M . S . , P h . D . ,

Purdue University, 1962, 1 964, 1 970.

MICHELE A. CRAYTON, 1977-, Associatc Profcssor of Biology;

*RALPH D. GEHRKE, 1 975-, P rofessor of Religion; B . A . , Northwestern Co l le ge , 1941; B . D . , Wisconsin Lutheran Se m i na ry, 1944; Ph . D . , Uni ve rsi ty of Chicago, 1959 .

KENNETH W. CUBBAGE,

KENT P . GERLACH,

M . S . , U n iv ers i ty of Missouri, Kansas City, 1 967, 1 969; P h . D . , O rego n State Un iversity, 1 974. B . S. ,

1 980-, Associate Professor of Busi

1957; D . B . A, Washington.

B . S . , University of Nebraska, 1967; M . A . , U n iv er si ty of South Dakota, 1972; Ed . D. , U niversity of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1980.

1 969-, Associate Professor of M usic; B . A . ,

WILLIAM P. GIDDINGS, 1962-, Professor of Chemistry; B . A . , DePauw U niv er si ty , 1954; A . M . , P h . D . , H a rvard University, 1956,

U n ive rsi ty of C ol or ado,

DA VID P . DAHL,

U n i ver s i ty , 1 960; Associateship, American Guild of Orga n i s t s , 1 96 1 ; M . A . , U n iversity of Washington, 1962.

Pacific Lutheran

KENNETH E. DAVIS,

1981-, Visiting Professor of Enginwillg;

1937; M . A . S y ra c u se University, 1942; Ph . D. , U n i v ersit y o f Rochester, 1948. B . A . , Kalamazoo College,

*CARROL E. DE BOWER,

1 964-68, 1 9 70-, Professor of Educa

tiol1; B . S . , M idland Col l e ge , 1952; M . Ed . , Ed. D . , U n i ve r si ty of Neb ras k a , Lincoln, 1959, 1964.

MICHAEL B. DOLLINGER,

1981-, Assistant P rofessor of

IVlathematics; B . A . , University of Roch es te r ,

v ers i ty of Illinois, 1 965, 1968.

BRYAN C. DORNER,

1 963; M . S . , P h . D . , Uni

1980-, Assistant ProfessoT of Matilcmllt ics

B . s . ( Phys ic s ) , B . S . (Mathematics), Oregon State U n i ve rs i ty, 1966, 1969; M . S . , P h . D . , U n i ve rsi ty of Oregon, 1 971 , 1 977.

lind Compu ter Science;

JUDD C. DOUG HTY, 1962-, Associate Professor of Communica tiol1 Arts, Director of thc Office of Radio and Television ; B . A . , M . A . ,

Pacifk Lutheran U n iversity,

1955, 1 964.

E RNEST K. DUMOR,

1 9 79-, Associate Professor of Sociology;

B . A . , M . A . , U ni ve r s i ty of Ghana Legon, 1 %7, 1969; P h . D . , Michj gan State U n iv e rs i t y, 1 979.

EMMET E. EKLUND,

1964-, Professor of Religion, Regcncy Pro

fessor, 1978-79; B . A . Bet h a ny Co l le ge ,

nary, 1945; M . A . , ve r s i ty, 1964.

1 9 4 1 ; B . D . , A u gu sta n a Semi 1958; Ph . D . , Boston Uni

U ni ve rs i ty of Chicago,

GEORGE R. ELWELL,

Y ou ng s t o w n U nive rs i ty ,

1 959-, Associate Professor of Art; B . S . ,

1949; M.A., New York U n i v e rsi ty, 1955.

LOLETA G. ESPESETH,

1 965-, Associate Registrar; B . A . , Con

c or d ia Co l l e ge , Moorhead, 1 942.

AUDREY S. EYLER,

1 981-, Associate Professor of English; B . A . ,

1964; M . A . , Alfred U niversity, 1968; Ph . D . , Uni versitv o f M i n nesota, 1 978. Houghton C o l lege ,

DO N ALD R. FARMER,

1955-, Professor of Political Science, Re

gellcy Professor, 1971-72; B . S . Ed . ,

1 944, 1 95'1.

P h . D., Un iv ers i ty

KATHLEEN A. VAUGHT FARNER, 1 978-,

Minnesota,

Assistallt Pro

B . M . , Te m p l e U n ive rsi ty , 1968; M . M . , New En g la nd Co ns e rv a tOTY of Mu si c, 1971 .

fessor of Music;

RICHARD A. FARNER,

B . M . , Oberlin

1976-, Assistant Professor of Music;

C o lle ge , 1 968; M . M . ,

LOUISE SAND FAYE,

U n i ve r si ty of M ic h i gan,

1974.

1969-, Associate Professor of Modem alld

L.mzgzwges (Spanish); B . A . , M . A . , Fl o ri da State U ni ve r sity , 1949, 1951; P h . D . , Univ e rs i t y of North Carolina, 1958. Classica l

PHYLLIS E. FIEDLER,

1976-, Assistallt Professor of Psychology;

B . A . , Knox College, 1970; P h . D . , U n i ve rs ity of Washington, 1976.

M. JOSEPHINE FLETCHER,

1 963-, Professor of Education;

No rth P a r k C oll eg e , 1960; M . S . , D e Pa u l U n i v e rsi t y , 1963; M . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n ive rs i ty , 1969; P h . D . , U n ive rsi ty of Was hi ngto n, 1 971 .

B.S. N . ,

1 980-, Associate Professor of Education;

1 952, 1968; C.P. A . , State of

ness AdlllinstratiLlIl; B . B. A , M . B . A . , University o f Wash i n g to n ,

1959.

GORDON O. GILBERTSON,

1 954-, Professor of Music;

Concordia College, Moorhead, 1937; M . M . , Northwestern U n i ve rs ity , 1942. B. A . ,

WILLIAM H. GILBERTSON,

U n iv ers i ty of sity of Wash i n g ton, 1956.

cial Work; B . A . ,

P u g et

1 968-, Associate Professor of So

Sound, 1 954; M . S . W . , Univer

FERN A. GOUGH, 1 971-, Assista11t Professor of Nursing; B . S . N . , W he aton Coll eg e , 1956; M . N . , U n i ve rs i ty o f W a s h in g to n , 1 961 .

*STEWART D . GOVIG,

1958-60, 196 1 - , Professor of Religion;

B . A . , St.Olaf

Co ll e ge , 1 948; M . Div . , Luthe.r Theological Se m i na ry , 1952; M . T h. , Princeton Theological Seminary, 1 954; Ph . D. , Ne w York U n i ve rS i ty , 1966.

WILLIAM G. GREENWOOD,

Physics; B . S . , U n iver s i ty of Wa S h i ng to n,

State U n iv e rsi ty , 1 974, 1978.

1981-, Assistant Professor of

1 972; M . S . , P h . D., Oregon

GREGORY E. G ULDIN,

1 9 79-, Assistant Professor of An

COLLEEN M. HACKER,

19 79-, lnstmctor of Physical Edllca

thropology; B . A . , B rookly n College, C i ty Un i vers i ty

o f New York, 1971; M . A . , Ph . D . , University o f W i s con s i n , 1 973, 1977.

tion; B . S . , Lock Haven Sta te C ol l e ge,

Arizona, 1 979.

R. JALANE HAG EROTT,

1 980-, Assistant Professor of Nurs

ing; B . S . N . , M . A . Ed . , Pacific Luth e ra n

J. RAY HANNA,

1978; M . S . , U n i v e rs ity of

University, 1972, 1979.

1981- , Adjllnct Professor of Mathematics; B . S . ,

M . S . , Kansas State U niversity, 1 939, 1940; Ph . D . , University of Col orado, 1956.

CONSTANCE H. HANSEN, B . S . N . , Seattle Unive rs i ty , 1978.

*DAVID H. HANSEN,

1 980-, illstmetor of N u rsing;

1 974-, Assoc iat e Professor of Biology;

B . S . , O reg on State U n i ve r si ty, 1 %8; M . S. , U n ive rsi ty of Utah, 1 970; Ph . D . , U ni ver s i ty of California, Irvine, 1 974.

MARLIS M. HANSON, 1 971-, Assistallt Professor ofEducatioll;

B . S . , Un ive rsi ty of Minnesota,

s i ty, 1 975.

1953; M . A . , Pacific Lu t h e ra n U n i ve r

*VERNON R. HANSON,

1 970-, Associate Professor of Social

Pacific Lutheran University, 1 955; B . D . , Luther Theological Se m i n a ry, 1962; A . M . , U ni vers i ty of Chicago, 1970. Work;

B.A . ,

CHRISTINE L. HANSVICK,

1979-, Assistal l t Professor of

State U n j versi ty , 1971; M . A . , Ph . D . , Un i ve r s i ty of Windsor, 1 975, 1977. Psychology; B . A . , So u t h w e s t

EDWARD R. HARMIC, B . A. ,

Pacific Lutheran Arizona, 1969.

PETER K. HARRIS, U nivers i ty o f California,

1 971-, Assistant Professor of Music;

U niv e rs i ty ,

1962; M . M . , U n iversity o f

1 980-, Assistant Professor ofSociology; B . A . ,

Irvine, 1 972; P h . D . , Yal e U n i ve r s i ty , 1 980.

DONALD C. HAUEISEN, ics ; B . A . , Co l leg e of Wo os te r ,

1 9 77-, Associate Professor of Phys

1 967; P h . D . , Cornell U nive rsi ty , 1 972.

THE FACULTY

151

"ROBERT G . HEEREN,

1 973-, Associate Professor of Engineer

ing; B . S . E . E . , Purdue University, 1 960; M . 5 . , P h . D . , University of

I l linois, Urbana, 1962, 1968.

"'LUELLA V. HEFTY,

Assistant Professor of Nursing;

1 97.3-,

Pacific Lu theran U niversity, 1969; M . A . , University of Washington, 1973. B.S. N . ,

LARRY p , HEGSTAD, 1 979-, Assistant Professor of Business Administratioll; B . A . , The College of Idaho, 1 963; M . B . A . , Washington State Washington, 1978.

University,

1 965;

Ph.D.,

University

KA THARINE A. HEMION, 1 979-, lllstructor of Physical Edu cation; B. A . , M . E d . , Western Washi ngton University, 1 974, 1 979. PERRY B. HENDRICKS, JR.,

1 973-, Vice President - Finance

& Operations; B . S . , Iowa State University, 1945; M . B. A . , University of Denver, 1 966; Certified Administrative Ma nager, 1 973.

"'JOHN O. HERZOG,

1967-, Profess or

of Mathematics;

B. A . ,

RICHARD P. JONES,

1969-,

Assistant Professor of English;

B . A . , Harvard U n iversity, 1 964; M . A . , M . F . A . , U n iversity of Mas sachusetts, 1969.

RICHARD P. JUNGKUNTZ,

1 970-,

Professor of

Religion,

College, 1939; B . D . , Wisconsin Lutheran Seminary, 1942; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1955, 1 96 1 . TIM A. KELLY, 1 98 1 -, Assistant Professor of Chemist ry; B . A . , Whitman College, 1 976; M . s . , Ph. D . , University o f Washington, 1 979, 1 981 .

Provost; B . A . ,

Northwestern

DA VID T. KEYES, 1 969-, Associate Professor of Art; B . F . A . , Uni versity o f Arizona, 1964; M . A. , Ohio State University, 1966. GUNDAR J. KING, Dearl

1960-, Professor of BlIsi/less Administration, of the School of Bllsiness Admi/listration; B . B . A . , U n iversity of

Oregon, 1956; M . B . A . , P h . D. , Stanford Un iversity, 1958, 1964.

CONSTANCE S. KIRKPATRICK,

1 9S0-, Instructor of 1972; M . S. , U n iversity of

Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 957; M . A . , P h . D . , University o f Nebraska, 1959, 1963.

Nursing; B . A . , Lewis and Clark College,

MARGARET HERZOG,

LARS E. KITTLESON, 1956-, Associate Professor of Art; B . S . , University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1 950; M . A . , U niversity o E Wis consin, Madison, 1 9 5 1 ; M . F . A . , University o f Southern Caltforma, 1955.

1 980-,

Instructor of Mathematics;

B . A . , William Je w ell C ol l e ge, 1957; M . A . , U n iversity of Nebraska, 1959.

JOHN W, HEUSSMAN,

1 9 76-, Director of the Library; B . S . in Teachers College, Seward, 1 950; l'v1". A . L . S . , UnIver sity of Denver, 1 953; Ph. D . , Un iversity of Illinois, Urbana, 1 970.

Ed . , Concordia

DAVID L . HOFFMAN,

1 975-, Assis t a nt Professo r of Music; B . M . , Northwestern University, 1 967; M . M . A . , Yale University School of M u sic, 1 97 1 .

PAUL E . HOSETH,

1968-,

Associate Professo r of Health and Phys

ical Education; B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1966; M . S. , South Dakota State University, 1967; Ed. D . , University o f Oregon,

1977.

CURTIS E. HUBER, 1 964-, Professor of Philosophy; B . A . , M . Div . , Concordia Seminary, S t . Louis, 1950, 1 953; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Wisconsin, Mad ison, 1958, 1 962. ""LAURENCE D. HUESTIS,

1 961-,

Professor of Ch e m istry;

of Ca lifornia, Berkeley, 1 956; Ph . D . , University of California, Davis, 1960. B . 5 . , University

"'PAUL O. INGRAM,

1 9 75-, Associate Professor of Religion;

B . A . , Chapman College, 1 961 ; Th . M . , School of Theology a t Claremont, 1 964; P h . D . , Claremont Graduate School, 1 968.

WILLIAM B. IRVINE, 1 98 1 - ,

Visiting Assistant

Professor of Phi

losol'hy; B . A . , University of Michigan, 1 973; M . A . , P h . D . , U niverSity

of California, Los Angeles, 1976, 1 980.

SHARON L. JANSEN-JAECH,

1 980-,

Assistant Professor of

E ng l ish , B . A . , California Lutheran College, 1 972; M . A. , P h . D . , Uni versity of Washington, 1973, �980

JO ANN S. JENSEN,

1 967-, Professor of Biology; A . B . , M . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 954, 1 977; M . A . , University o f South ern California, 1957; Ph . D. , Iowa State University, 1 961 .

ROBERT J. JENSEN, 1 968-, Associate Professor of Economics; B . A . , Dana College, 1 964; M . A . , University of Nebraska, 1 967.

DONALD L. JERKE, 1 9 75-, Vice Pres idellt alld Dean for Student Life; B . A . , Concordia Senior ColI.ege, Fort Wayne, 1963; M . Di v . ,

Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, 1967; M . A . , Umverslty o f Oregon, 1972.

RICHARD J. JOB ST,

1 967-,

Ass oc iate Professor of Sociology;

B . A . , UniverSity of San Francisco, 1 964; M . A . , University of CalifoT nia, Davis, 1967.

""LUCILLE M. JOHNSON, 1953-, Professor of English; B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1940; M . A . , Washington State Uni versity, 1 943; E d . D . , University of Montana, 1 967_,

KENNETH A. JOHNSTON, 1 964-, P rofessor of Educatioll, Dean of the School of Education; B . A . , Western Washington Univer sity, 1 94.7; M . A . , Stanford University, 1 953; Ed. D . , Washtngton State University, 1964.

1 52

THE FACULTY

Rochester, 1979.

COLLEEN A. KLEIN,

1 978-, Instructor of Nursillg; B . A . , Uni versity o f San Francisco, 1971; B . S . N . , Loretto Heights College, 1 974; M . N . , University o f Washington, 1978.

LAURA F. KLEIN,

1 979-,

Assistant Professor of Anthropology;

B . A . , M . A . , Ph.D., New York Unive r s i ty , 1 968, 1970, 1975.

RA YMOND A. KLOPSCH,

1 953-, Professor of English; B . S . , Illinois Institute o f Technology, 1949; M . A . , Ph . D . , University of Illinois, Urbana, 1 950, 1962.

CALVIN H. KNAPP, 1 959-, Associate Professor of Music; B . S . , M . S . ,. J ui JL ia rd School of Music, 1949, 1950; Ed . D . , Teachers CoJ[ege, Columbia Un iversity, 1973.

JENS W. KNUDSEN, sor,

1 957-, Profes sor of Bio logy , RegenClJ Profes 1 9 73-74; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran Un iverSity, 1 952; M . 5 . , P h . D . ,

University o f Southern California, 1 954, 1 957.

DA VID R. KNUTSON,

1969-, Assistant Professor of Re l ig io n ; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 958; B . D . , Luther Theological Seminary, 1 962; M . A . , University of Chicago Divinity School, 1 966.

JERRY KRACHT,

1 967-68, 1 969-,

Associate Professor of Mllsic;

. B . M . , M . A . , M . F . A . , D . M . A . , U n iverSIty of Iowa, Iowa CIty, 1963, 1965, 1967, 1974.

ANTHONY J. LAUER,

1 969-, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; J . D . , Loyola University, Los Angeles, 1955; M . B . A . ,

Paci fic Lutheran University, 1969.

ALLYN E. LAWRENCE,

1 98 1 - ,

Adjunct Professor of Education;

B . A . , M . S . , University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1 974, 1 977; P h . D . , University of Arizona, Tucson, 1 980.

JEROME P. LE JEUNE, 1972-, Associate Professor of Psy�hology; B . A . , Gonzaga U niversity, 1 964; M . A . , Ph . D, UnIversIty o f Vlctona, 1 970, 1974.

JERROLD LERUM,

1 973-, Associate Professor of Biology; B . A . , Luther College, 1 963; M . s . , University o f WlscOnStn, MadIson, 1965; Ph.D, Northwestern U n iverSity, 1 9 73 .

PAUL B . LIEBELT,

1 9 70-,

Associate Professor of Matizelllatics alld

Computer Science; B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 955; M . A . , University o f Nebraska, 1 957.

BRIAN E. LOWES,

1 968-, Associate Professor of Earth S c iences; B . S . , University o f London, 1 957; M . S . , Queens University, 1 963; Ph. D . , University of Washington, 1 972.

GENE C. LUNDGAARD, 1 958-, Associate Professor of Physical Education; B . Ed . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 95 1 ; M . S . , Univer

sity of Washington, 1 964.

JOHN L. MAIN,

1 9 7 1 - , Associate Professor of Biology; B . S . Ed . , Col l e ge, 1 965, 1 966; P h . D . , U n iv e rs ity of

N. CHRISTIAN MEYER, JR.,

1 9 70-, Associate Professor of

M . 5 . E d . , Chadron State

Mathemat ics;

ROLAND M. MALAN, JR.,

MARLEN F. MILLER, 1 970- , Professor of Ecollomics; B. S . , M . S . , Ph . D . , U n i vers i t y of Minnesota, 1962, 1965, 1967.

� a s h i n g to n , 1 970.

1980-, Assistant Professor of B'lsi B . A . , Ph.D., University of W a s h i n g to n , 1 960, 1975; M. B . A , Pacific L u theran U ni versi t y, 1 969. ness Adminstration;

CAR OL YN WATKINS MARSH,

1980-, Assista/lt Professnr of Legal S t udio:; B . A . , B M b er- S co t ia College, 1 969; M . A . , We l l es l ey

College, 1970; j. D . , George Wa s h i ngto n U n i ve rsity, 1 978.

DE NIS J. MARTIN,

1 9 75-, A s soc lI l te Professor of Biolo8Y; B . S . , 1 969; M . S . , U n i v e r s i ty o f Ne,v Mexico, 1971; P h . D . , Utah Stote U n i v e rs i ty , 1 975.

I ll inoi s

tate U n iversity,

DENN1S M. MARTIN,

1 976-, Assistant Professor of El1glLsh;

B . A . , Reed College, 1 966; M . A . , P h . D . , U n ivers i ty of O rego n , 1 967, 1 970.

GARY L. MINETTI,

1 970-, Associate Professo r of Educatioll, Di B . S . , Washington State U n i versity, 1 960; M . A . , Pacific Lu theran University, . 1967; P h . D . , UniversitY of Washington, 1 976. rector of Coullselin8 mId Health Services;

"RICHARD D. MOE,

1 965-. Professor of Educatioll, Deall of B . A . , C o n cordia Co lle ge , Moorhead, 1 95 1 ; M . Ed . , Ed . D . , U n ivers i ty of Col Graduate and S l i mmer S t udies, Dean of the School of the A rts;

orado, 1 953, 1 962.

BRADFO 0 L. MOORE,

B . S . , Edinboro State C ol l e g , 1964; M . A . , Purdue U n iversi ty, 1966; Ph . D . , U n ive rs ity of a lifornia, Los Angeles, 1973.

1 980-, Assistallt P mfessor of Physical B . S . , Po r tla n d S ta te U n ive rSity, 1 974; M .s . , U n iversity of Oregon, 1 978.

MARI LYN J. MARTIN, 1 979-, A ssistan t Reference Libraria n ; B . A . , M . L . , U n iversity o f Washington, 1 975, 1 976.

gy;

Chai r , Division of Humanities;

ARTHUR D. MARTINSON,

1 966-, Professo r of l listory; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n iversity, 1 957; M . A . , P h . D . , Washington State U n i v e rs i t y, 1 96 1 , 1966.

CELESTINE B. MASON, 1 9 7.3-, Associate Professor of Nllrsing; . . N . , Cl thoiic University o f America, 1 958; M . A . , Pacific L u t h

eran U n iversity,

1976.

MARJO IE I. MATHERS, 1 964-66, 1968-, Associate Professor of Educa t ion; B . A . , M . A . , Central Wa s h ing ton U n ive rs i ty , 1953, 1 96 1 ; M . A . , Pacific L u th era n U n iv e rs i ty, 1 974; Ed . D. , Se at t le U n i versity,

1 980.

DIXIE MATTIDAS,

1 975 - , Adj u nct Profes sor of B iology; B . 5 . , Pac ific Lutheran U n i v e.rsi ty , 1 962; M . S . , Un iversity o f W ashi n g to n,

1965

DENNIS C. MCBRIDE,

1 980-, Assistant Professor of Sociology;

B . A . , Adums State College, 1 969; M . A . , U n iversity of New Mexico, 1 972; Ph . D . , W a s h i n g to n State U n iversi ty, 1 79.

SUSAN J. MCDO NALD,

1 975-, 1'�f�rrl1ce

M . L . S . , U n iveniity of Washi ngton, 1 969, 1970.

MAUREEN E. MCG ILL,

Lib raria ll ; B . A . ,

1 977-, Assistallt Professor of Physical 1 974; M . A . , Western

U n i ver s i ty Washington U n iversity, 1 977.

of U ta h ,

RICHARD MCG INNIS,

1 9 72-, Associate Professor of B iology;

Education;

B.F.A.

B . . , Paci fi Lutheran Univcr ' i ty, 1 963; Ph. D . , U n i ve rs i ty of So u t h ern Cal i forn ia , 1974.

JER Y L. MCKAIN,

1 9 79-, Associate Professo r of Soc ial Work; B . A . , S a ttic University, 1953; M . S . W . , St. Louis U n i ve r s i ty , 1 955; 0 . 5 . W . , The Catholic U niversity uf Am e ri ca , 1 969.

o VI D E. MCNABB,

1 9 79-, Assista n t Profes sor of BlIsilless Ad B . A . Ca l i forn i a State U n ivers i ty, Fullerton, 1 965; M . A . , U n i versity of Washington, 1 968; Ph . D . , Oregon State U n i versi ty, 1 ';IS ! .

millistratioll;

CINDY K . MCTEE,

1 9 8 1 - , Assistallt Professor of lvlusic; B . M . ,

Pac ifi Lutheran U n ive rs i ty,

1976; M . M, Yale Univer s i t y , 1 978.

ELIZABETH M . MEEHAN, illg; B . S . ,

1 980-, Adjullct Professor of N u rs

M . S . , H u n te r C o ll e ge , 1 970, 1 974.

Edu m tio ll;

JOHN N. MORITSUGU,

1 9 75-, Assistant Professor of Psyc/rolo

B . A . , U n iverS ity of Hawaii, 1971; M . A . , Ph . D. , University of Rochester, 1 974, 1 977.

GUNNULF MYRBO,

1 9 70-, Assistant Professor of I'hilosphy;

B . A . , U n i ve rsi ty of B ritish Col u m bia, 1962; Ph . D . , Unive rsity of Cambridge, E ng l a n d , 1 972.

CHARLES T. NELSON,

1967-, Registrar; B . S . , Dakota State

Coll e ge, 1 963; M . A . , Adams S l a te Cullege, 1964.

BURTON L. NESSET, B . A . , St. Olaf 1 962.

o lle ge ,

1967-, Associat e P rofesso r of Chemist ry ; 1 957; M . S . , Ph . D . , Purdue U n iversity , 1 960,

H RVEY J. NEUFELD,

1 965-, Executive Director of The Col B . A . , Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, 1 954; M . Div., Luther Semi na ry, Saskatoon, 1 957; Certifica te of Graduate Studies, Van wuverSchool of Thcology, 1 974. leg i ll m;

ROGER NIBLER,

1 980-, Assistant Professor of Business Adminis

B . S . , M . B . A, Oregon State U n iv e rs ity , 1 963, 1 968; D . B . A . , U n i ve rsi ty o f Okl a h oma , 1 974.

tration;

JESSE D. NOLPH,

1 968-, Associa te Professo r of Psychology; B . A . , 1 964; P h . D . , Cornell UniverSity,

George W a sh i ngton U n i ve r S i t y ,

1971 .

tJOHN J . NORDBY,

1 9 77-, Assistant P rofessor of Philosophy;

B . A . , St. Olaf Co lle ge , 1 970; M . A . , Ph . D . , U nivers ity of Mas sach usct t s, 1 975, 1 977.

ERIC NORDHOLM, tio/I Arts;

1 955 - , Associate Professor of Communica B. F . A . , Art Institute of Chicago, 1 95 1 .

PHILIP A. NORDQUIST, 1963-, Professor of His to n); B . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 956; M . A . , P h . D . , University of W ash i n g to n , 1 960, 1 964. "SHERMAN B. NORNES,

1 959-6 1 , 1 9 65-, Assoc iate Professor B . A . , Concordia C o llege , Moorhead, 1 95 1 ; M . A . , Un iver si t y of North Dakota, 1 956; P h . D . , W a sh i n g ton State University, 1 965 .

of Physics;

SYL VIA D. NOVAK,

1 979-, A ssistallt Professor of Nursing;

B . s . , M . S . , Ca l i fornia State Col lege, Los A n geles , 1 967, 1 972.

W. DWIGHT OBERHOLTZER,

1 969-, Associate Professor of

Admillstmtioll;

A . B. , Wittenberg U n ive rsity , 1 96 1 ; M . Di v . , Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1 965; Ph. D., Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley, 1969.

PAUL

1971 -, A ssocia te Professo r of Philosophy; B.A., ,11 ge of Wooster, 1 964; B . D . , Yale U n iverSi ty , 1 967; P h . D . , Vanderb i l t U niversity, 1 971 .

ogy; B . A . , Stanford U n ivers i ty, 1 968; M . A . , P h . D . , Washington Uni

ROBERT K. MENZEL,

tion;

Theologica I Sem i n ary, 1963; P h . D . , The Fielding I n s t i tute, 1978.

millstratioll;

JOHN J. MEEHAN, JR .

1 980-, Assista n t Professor of BII trless

B . A . , St. Michael's College, 1 964; M . B. A . , St . Joh n ' S Univers it y, 1 966; P h . . , ew York University, 1 980. T.

MENZEL,

19 9-, Director of the Cellter for Human rgmlizativll in ChanXing [nvirol/ments (Cl-IOICE); B . A . , M . Di v . , oncordia S e m i n a .ry, S t . Louis, 1 94 1 , 1 944; M . S . T. , Pacific Lutheran

LAWRENCE J. MEYER,

1 969-, Professo r of Music; B . A . , Ed . D . , Un ive rs i ty of Northern Colorado, 1954, 1 964; M . M . , U n iver si ty o f O re go n , 1 955.

Soc iology;

KATHLEEN O'CONNOR,

1 9 77-, A ssistml! Professor of Sociol

versity, St. Louis, 1971 , 1 974.

SARA A. OFFICER,

1 967-, Associate Professor of Physical Educa B . S . , O re go n State University, 1 958; M . S. , Indiana University, 1 965; Ph . D . , U n i v e rs ity of New Mexico, 1981 .

CAROL J. OLSON, B . A . , M . B.

1 980-, Assistant Professor of Busilless Ad

, Pacific Lutheran U nivers i ty, 1 973, 1 979;

. P. A . , State of Washington.

THE FACULTY

1 53

""DAVID M. OLSON,

1 968-, Professor of Physical EducatiOIl, Di A thletic Director; B . A . , Con cordia Coli gc, v r !oorhead, 1 956; 1vl . A . , University of Minnesota, 1 957; P h . D . , Univcrsity o f l o w J , 1 966. rector uf the Schoo!

of PIli/simI Edllmtioll,

FRANKLIN C. OLSON,

1971-, Profess or of Edllcation;

B.S.,

University of Sou t h Dakota, 1 958; M . S . , Oregon State University, 1 ':164; E d . D . , University of N ebra ska , Lincoln, 1 971 .

LINDA N. OLSON, B.S.

1 967-, Associate Professor of Nllrsing;

. , M . N . , U n ive r s ity of Washington, 1 959, 1 964.

1 976-, Assistant Professo r of Nursing;

PHYLLIS A. PAGE,

B . S . N . , U niversity of Maryland, Washington, 1 977.

1 971 ; M . N . ,

University of

1 970-, Associa te Professo r of Col 1l r/l w li

WILLIAM E. PARKER,

cation A rt s ; B . s . , Memphis State U n i ve rS ity, 1 966; M . S . , Ph. D . ,

Southern ! Ilinois University, Carbondale, 1 968, 1 974.

THELMA L. PAYNE,

1 978-, Assistallt ProfessO l' of Social Work;

M . S . W . , U n iversity of Wash ingto n , 1 978.

KARL R. RICKABAUGH,

1 9 75-, Assistant Professor of Ed ll ca B . S . , Montana State University, 1 963; M . S . , P h . D . , University of U ta h , 1 970, 1 975. tion;

DAVID P. ROBBINS, 1 969-, Associate Professor of Music; B . M . , M . M . , University o f Michigan, 1 968, 1 969. GEORGE ROSKOS, 1 950-, Associate Professor of Art; B . S . Art Ed . , Youngstown U niversity, 1949; M . A . , University of Iowa, 1 950. CLIFFORD G. ROWE,

1 980-, Associate Professor ofCommunica tion Arts; B . A . , Pacific U niversity, 1 958; M . S . J . , Northwestern Uni

versity, 1963.

MORDECHAI ROZANSKI,

1 976-, Assistant Professor of His

B . A . , McGill Un iversity, 1 968; P h . D . , University of Pennsyl vania, 1 974. tory;

RICHARD A. RUIDL,

1 9 8 1 - , Assistant Pmfessor ofCommu nica

B . S . , M . A . , Washington State University, 1 969, 1 973; P h . D . , University of Washington, 1 981 . timl Arts;

""ELDON L. SCHAFER, 1 9 74-,

Projessor of Bllsiness Administra

ARNE K. PEDERSON,

1956-, Associate Professo r of Educatioll;

B . A . , B . Ed . , M . A . , Pacific L u t heran University, 1 949, 1 953, 1 956.

B . S . , M . A . , P h . D . , University of Nebraska, 1 953, 1957, 1 963; c . P . A . , State of Nebraska.

JOHN E . PETERSEN,

1 9 6 7 - . Associate P rofes so r of Religion;

JOHN A. SCHILLER,

B . A . , St. Olaf College, 1 958; B . D . , Lu ther Theological Seminary, 1 963; M . A . , Ph. D., New York Un i v e r si ty , 1 965, 1970.

GARY D. PETERSON, 1 967-, Professor of Mathema t ics ; B . S . , Iowa State University, 1 960; M . S . , Western Washington U n iversity, 1 967; P h . D . , U niversi ty of Kansas, 1973. NORRIS A. PETERSON,

Assistant

1 98 1 - ,

Professor of

ECOIlOmics; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran Universitv, 1 975; Ph . D . , University o f Minnesota, 1 98 1 . J

WALTER E. PILGRIM,

1 97 1 -, Associate Pro e< 0 " of Religion,

Director of Lu theran Institllte of Theological Edl/cation; B. A . , Wartburg College, 1 956; B . D . , Wartburg Theological Seminary, 1 960; T h . M . ,

P h . D . , Princeton Theological Seminary, 1966, 1971.

BARBARA POULSHOCK,

tion;

1 958-, Professor of Sociology and Social

B . A . , Capital University, 1 945; Ca ndo Theo! . , Evangelical Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1 947; M . A . , University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1 959; P h. D. , University of Washington, 1 967. Work, Regency Professor, 1 976-77;

ERNST C. SCHWIDDER,

1 967-, Professor of Art; B . A . , M . F . A . , University o f Washington, 1953, 1 955.

DAVID O. SEAL, 1 977-, Assistant Professor of English; B . A . , St. Olaf C ol leg e , 1 968; A . M . , P h . D . , University of Ch icago, 1969, 1977. RICHARD A. SEEGER, 1 973- , Director, Academic Advis illgalld

Assistance;

B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . , University of Washington, 1966,

1 968, 1 974.

F. THOMAS SEPIC,

1 979-, Associate Professor of Business Ad

B.M.,

B . S . B . A . , Denver University, 1 964; M . B . A . , Seattle Uni versity, 1 973, P h . D . , University of Washington, 1 979.

1 977-, Assistant Pwfes s or of Modem B . A . , Swarthmore COllege, 1 967; M . A . , Middlebu ry College, 1969; Ph . D . , University of Washington, 1977.

*S. ERVING SEVE RTSO N, 1 966-, Professor of Psychology; B . A . , Pacific Lu theran University, 1 955; B . D . , Luther Theological Seminary, 1 959; M . A . , U niversity of Wyoming, 1 960; P h . D . , Uni versity of Utah, 1 966; Diplomate in Clinical Psychology, American Board of Professional Psychology, 1 977.

1 976-, hlstructor of Music;

Pacific Lutheran U n iversity, 1 977.

JAMES R. PREDMORE,

and Classical Languages (Spal l ish);

RAYMOND W. PREISS,

1 98 1 - , Assistant Professor of Com

B . S . , Southwest Missouri State University, 1 975; M . A . , West Virgtnia University, 1 976. m lmication Arts;

CHARLES R. PURDY,

1 98 1 -, V isiting Professor of Business Ad

m inistration; B . S . , University of Nebraska, 1 948; M . A. , Ph . D . , Uni

versity of Minnesota, 1960, 1 963.

SUZANNE RAHN,

1 98 1 -, Assistant Professor of English;

B.A.,

Scripps Call 'ge, 1 966; P h . D . can d . , University of Washington.

SUSAN L. RANDALL,

1 979-, Assistant Professor of History;

B . A . , College of Idaho, 1972; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Utah, 1975, 1979.

millstratiun;

SUSAN E. SHUMAKER,

1 9 79-, Adj unc t Professor of Nursing;

B . S . N . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 973.

tMAURICE H . SKONES,

1 964 -, Professor of Music, Director B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 948; M . M. Ed . , Montana State UniverSity, 1 957; D . M . A . , University of Arizona, Tucson, 1976.

of Choral

Music;

ROCHELLE E. SNEE,

1 9 8 1 - , Assistallt Professor of Modem alld (Classics); B . A . , University of Maryland, 1 %9; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Washington, 1 972, 1 98 1 .

Classical Lmlgllages

CARL D . SPANGLER,

JANET E. RASMUSSEN,

1 961 -62, 1 963-, Associate Professor of A . B . , Grove C ity College, 1 958; M . A. , Pennsylvania State University, 1 96 1 ; P h . D . , University of Minnesota, 1 979.

PAUL M. REIG STAD,

WALLACE H. SPENCER, 1 974-, Assistant Professor ofPolitical Science; B . A . , M . A . , University of Arizona, 1 963, 1968; P h . D . , Uni

1 977-, Assistant Professor of Modem mld CIassica l l..a ngu ages (Norwegian); B . A . , University of lllinois, Ur bana, 1 970; A . M . , P h . D . , Harvard University, 1 972, 1 975. 1 947-48, 1 958-, Professor of English, Re

P rofess or, 1 977-78; B . A . , St. Olaf CoUege, 1 943; M . A . , P h . D . , University o f New Mexico, 1 956, 1 958.

gency

LEON E. REISBERG, 1 981-, AssistUllt Professor of Education; B . S. Ed . , University of Texas, 1 971 ; M . E d . , University of Arkansas, 1 971 ; M . Ed . , University of Arkansas, 1 972; Ed . D. , University of Kansas, 1 98 1 . LOIS F. RHOADES,

1980-, In st ruc to r of

P . N . P . , U niversity of Washington, 1 954, 1 974.

NlI rs i ng; B . S . N . ,

Modem and Classical Lallguages ( French j ;

versity of Washington, 1 977.

CHRISTOPHER H. SPICER,

1 978-, Assistant Professor of

Communication Arts; B . A, University of Virginia, 1970; M . A . , P h . D . ,

University of Texas, 1 975, 1 978.

RICHARD J. SPILLMAN,

1 98 1 - , Assistant Professor of Com B . A . , Western Washington University, 1971; M . A . , University o f Utah, 1 973; P h . D . , Utah State University, 1 978.

puter Science;

MAREN C. STAVIG,

1 979-, Illstruetor of Nllrsing;

B . A . , Au

gustana College, Sioux Falls, 1971 .

ESTHER R. STEEGE,

1 972-74, 1 9 78-, Assistant Professor of

Nlirsing; B . S . N . , M . N . , University of Washington, 1 969, 1 971 .

154

THE FACULTY

THERESA M . STEPHANY, J OAN D. STIGGELBOUT, B . . N . , Wa gn e r ton, 1 972.

illg;

Co l l ege ,

shin

ROBERT 1. STIVERS,

1 9 8 7 - , Adjllllcl Profl'SSOr O l Ilrs

. :--1 , Pacifi - utheran U ni v ers i ty,

ill,\;; B .

1 978.

7 973-, Assislallt Pro ' 1 954;

5sor oj N l l r> U n i w rsity of

M. N . ,

1 973-, Associilfl' Profes;or of l�digi(JlI ; Theologica l Semin a ry,

. , Y a l e University, 1 962; M . Div . , U n i o n York, 1969; P h . b . ,

Coill mbia Univcrsit

DORIS G. STUCKE, Sclrool uf ' 1 I rsing; sity

of M i n ne so t a ,

' i ty, 1967.

B . 5 . , A m r i ea n U n iversity, 1 949; rvI . Ed . , Univer 1956; Ed . D . , Teachers _ ullcgc, olumbia U n i ve r

"'DAVID P. SUDERMANN, em rllld

, M. ,

, 1 973.

1 96 7-, Pro ("" 0 1' Of ) Itrsing, DI rector of tire

1 973-, Associate Pro/mor of Mod I ndiana University, 1965;

lassical Lnngllilges (Gmlltlll); A . B . ,

Ph . D. , Univers i ty of Chicago,

DA VlD W. SUTE R, iOll; l I A.,

hi ago,

1967, 1 973.

1 98 1 - , Visit illg Assislallt Profe550r of Relig

Davidson C l ie ge, 1 964; B . D . , M . A . . Ph. D . , University of

1967, 1970, 1977.

DUANE D. SWANK,

1 970- , Professor of Chemistry; C1l1l ir, Divi

siol1 of Nil tllral Sciences; B . S . ,

Wa S hi n g to n State U n i ve rs i ty , Ph . D . , Montana tatc University, 1969 .

MARVIN SWENSON,

1 969-. Director

of the

1 964;

Un iversity Center

B . S .. Montana State U n iv e r s i t y 1 950; M . S . , Un i ve rsi ty o f Minnesota, 1 954; Ed . D . , Wash i n g t o n S ta te U n i v ers ity,

alld Campus ActlV1lies;

1 972

RODNEY N. SWENSON,

1 968 - , I'rofessor of Modern aHd Clas

sical Lnllguagcs (Gmllnn);

B . A " Bemidji State P h . D . , Un iv ers it y of M i nne sor a, 1956, 1 967.

KWONG-TIN TANG, 19

,rand Valley State

M.A.,

1 967-, Professor of Physics; B . S . , M . A . ,

U n i versity o f Was h i n g ton, 1 958, 1 959;

BETI THOMPSON,

o l l ege , 1952;

1 98 1 - .

P h . D . , C ol um b ia

U n iversity,

As istant Professor of Sociology ; B . A . ,

ollegcs, 1 974; M . A . ,

Ph.D., W

k rn M ichigan

Uni�'ersity, 1 978, 1 98 1 .

STEVEN D. THRASHER, 1 964; Ph .

. , N orthwestern

1970-, Associate Professor of Ecollolllics; B . S . ,

North Dakota State U n ivQrsity, 1 962; M . S . ,

consin, 1 964, 1 970.

P h . D . , Un i v e rs it y

CAROL J. VOISIN, 1 98 1 - , Assistant Professor of Religion; B . S . , Colorado S ta te U n iv e rs i t y, 1 968; M . Div . , Iliff School of Theology, 1 972; Th . D . , G ra d ua t e Theological Union, Be rke l ey, 1 98 1 . PAUL M . WEBSTER, 1 9 69-, Assistant Professor of Modern alld Classical Lnngllages (German); B . A . , M . A . , University of California, Los A n ge l e s, 1 964, 1967. DONALD R. WENTWORTH, nesot", 1 965

1970, 1 972;

1 972 - , Associate Professor of

B.S" M . A . , P h D . , University of Min M.A., University of I llinois, 1 9 7 1 .

[col1OlI1ics and Eduention;

FORREST WESTERING,

7 972-, Professor of Physical Educa

lioll;

B . S . , University of Nebraska, Omaha, versity of Northern Colorado, 1 960, 1 966.

KRIST] A. WILLlAMS, B.5. N . ,

1 952; A . M . ,

Ed . D. , Uni

7 9 80- , Adjullct Professor of Nllrsillg;

Pacific Lu t h e ra n U niv e rs i ty , 1 968 .

JANE WILLIAMSON, U n iversity o f

1 964-, Professor of Educatioll; B . S . Ed . ,

Marylan d , 1 943; M . A . , New York Ed . D ." Northwestern Co l orad o U n i v ers i ty , 1 959.

U n iversity, 1 947;

"'GARY B. WILSON,

1 975- , Professor of C0l11111 1lllica tioll Arls;

CHARLES D. YORK,

1 981-, Assistant Professor of Social Work;

B . S . , Ce n t ral Michigan U niversity, 1960; M . A . , Cal i fornia State Uni versity, Lo ng Beach, 1 966; Ph. D. , Michiga n State U niversity, 1 97 1 . "CHANG-LI YIU, 1 973 - , Associate Professor of Mathema tics; B . S . , Tunghai U n ive rsi t y , 1 962; M . S . , Tsinghua Universi ty, 1965; P h . D . , Columbia Unive r si ty , 1 972. B.A.,

Washington State University, 1 966; M . S . W . , California State U n iv e r s i ty , Fres n o, 1 968; Ph . D . , Purdue University, 1 980 . YUKIE YUMIBE, 7 980-, Associale Professor of Nursing; B . S . , Uni v ers i ty of M innes o ta, 1946; M . S . N " Wayne State University, 1 971 .

DWIGHT J . ZULAUF,

1 949-53, 1 959-, Projcssor of Bllsiness Ad

1 972 -73 ; B . S . , University of Oregon, M . S . , Columbia University, 1949; P h . D . , University of Min neso ta, 1 965; C. P . A . , State of Washington.

minstratioll, Regency Professor, 1 948;

1 980-, Associate Professor of Bllsi-

11�SS Adlllini�lratiol1; B . B. A . , M . B . A . , U n iversity of M ichigan , 1 963, -

DA VID L. VINJE,

Un ive r s ity ,

FREDERICK 1 . TOBIASON,

1 974. 1 966-, Professor of Chemistry,

1 975-76; B . .'\., Pa ci fi c Lutheran University, 1958; State University, 1 963. WALTER l . TOMSIC, 1 9 70-, Associate Professor of A rt ; B.S. E . , rkansas S ta te Univer. ity, 1 965 ; M . F . A , University of Colorado, 19 7

'Sab batical Leave, 1981-82. tLeave of Absence, 1981-82.

Regwc!l Professor, Ph. D . , M i c higa n

S HERI J . TONN,

1 979-, A,sistallt Professor of Chclllistry: B . S . ,

rcgon State University,

Ph . D . ,

1 97 1 ;

1 976

THOMAS N . TORRENS, diana Slate Univer ' i ty, Louis, 1974.

orthwestern U n ive rs ity,

1 974- , Artist ;'1 ResidCll ce; B . 5 . , In

1 971 ; M . F . A , Washington U n iversity, St.

AUDUN T. TOVEN,

1967-, Associate Professor of Modern and B . A . , U niv e rs i ty o f 510, 1 964;

lassical Languages (Nonoeglnll);

M . A . , Univer-ity f Wa hington,

1 967.

ANN K. TREMAINE, 1 972-, Assistal1t Professor 0 U n iv ersi t y o f Ore gon ,

ANDREW

Music;

M . M , U n i ve rs i t y o f W as hi ngton,

TURNER,

Adlllilristrnti n; B . B .

U nive rs i

1951;

1 976-, Assislmlf Professor of Busilless

. , P cific Lutheran U n ive r s i ty , 1 973;

of Pennsylvania, 1 98 1 .

PAUL W . ULBRI CHT,

M . A . , Ph . D "

B.M.,

1 974.

Ph.D.,

1 967-, Professor of Political Science;

U n i ver si t y 0 1 W a shi n g to n, 1 959, 1 960, 1 965.

B.A.,

M. JAMES V AN BEEK, 1 963-, Dean of Admissions alld Final1cial Aid; B . A . E . , M . A . , Pacific Lutheran U nive rs ity, 1960, 1 969.

GLEN A. V AN WYHE,

Adlllinistmtioll; B . A ,

7 9 79-, Assi'tnnt Professor of Busilless

U n ive rs i t y of South Dakota, 1968; M. Div. , Westminster Theological Seminary, 1 974; M . A . , University of Iowa, 1 977.

THE FACULTY

1 55

FACULTY ASSOCIATES THAN R. ALLEN,

tor Stlldellt Ufe;

Dim tor of [�esidentill[ Life/Associate Deall

1 975-,

B . A . , Eastern Washington U n iversity, 1 '169; M . A . ,

Ohio U n ivers ity, 1 973 .

J U O ITH W. CARR, 1 979-, Special Academic Programs Coordillator; n . s . , Pacific L u t heran U n iversity, 1 970; P h . D . , U n iver s i t y of

Kelmer Nelson Roe, 1 947; 1 967, Religion and Greek Josef Emil Running, 1 948; 1 9 6 1 , Mathematics Lynn S. Stein, 1 96 1 , 1. 98 1 , Education Paul G . Vigness, 1 956; 1 965, r<eligiol1 and History Margaret Wic kstrom, 1 95 1 ; 1 9 78 , Religion, Director, Foreign Studellts

alld Specul1 Programs

Rhoda Hokenstad Young,

1 939; 1 968,

Physical Educatioll

Associate Director of Graduate Programs, School of BIISllles:; AdmIllistratioll; B . B . A . , M . B . A . , Pacific Lu theran

FACULTY STANDING COMMITTEES AND OTHER UNIVERSITY COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS

U n iversity, 1 974, 1979.

The I'resident is <111 advisory member of all committees.

Washington, 1 974.

LAURA J. CARVEY,

1 9 75 - ,

W I LLIAM M . CROOKS,

1 976-,

Director, Center fot Execut ive De

B . A . , U n iv er s i ty of W a s h i n g to n , 1949 ; M . A . , George Wa s h i ng to n U n iversity, 1 967.

ve[opment;

RICHARO C. FRENCH,

lIIellt,

1 974-,

Directol' of Career P[anlling and P[ace

[l . A . , Washington State U n i versity, 1 954; D i p . Theol . , U n iver

sitv o f Oxford, 1 957; M. Oiv . , Ch urc h Oivinitv School o f t h e � 1 9 5 9; M . Ed . , Conzaga U n iversity, 1 969.

LUCI LLE GIROUX,

1 960-,

Pa c i fi c ,

Presidellt's Executive Associate;

ja mestow n C o l l egc, 1947.

B.A.,

KATHY OLSON MANNELL Y, -, 981 - , Co-Director of Cooperative Edu

Artist Series: 3 facul ty, 3 advisory members. Athletic: 3 faculty, 3 advisory members. Campus Ministry: 3 faculty, 2 advisory, 1 student advisory mem ber.

Committee on Admission and Rentention of Students: 4 faculty, 5 advisory members.

Committee on Committees: 3 faculty members. Committee on Student Standards: 3 faculty, 1 advisory members. Computer Comm ittee: 4 faculty, 3 advisory, 2 student a dvisory members.

Educational Policies: 8 faculty, 1 advisory, 2 student ad visory mem

catioll; B . S . , Gra n d Val ley State Colleges, A l l e n d a l e , M i ch igan, 1 973. NAN NOKLEBE RG, .1 969-, Director of Teacher P[acelllelit a l1d Fifth Year Stlldies; [l . A . , M . A . , Pacific Lutheran 'U n i versitv, 1953, 1 977; F i fth Year Program - S t an d a r d Cert ific a ti o n , U n iv " r s i ty of

Faculty Affairs: 6 faculty, 4 advisory, 3 faculty representatives to

Assistallt DirecLor of Career Planning IlIId I'Incemellt alld Stlldellt £1II1'[oYl1'l ellt Administrator; B , A . , Occiden

Judiciary: 3 faculty members. Lecture and Convocation: 3 faculty, 3 students, 3 a d vi sory mem

Coordinator for Minority Affairs/Assistant

Public.ations: 3 faculty, 3 advisory members. Rank and Tenure: 7 faculty (4 tenured, 3 non-tenured), 1 advisory, 2 student advisory members. Student Activities and Welfare: 3 faculty, 3 students, 3 ex-officio

Washin�to n , 1957.

PAMELA G . RAYMER,

1 980-,

ta l College, 1 976; M . S . Ed . , I n d i a na U n ive.rsity, Bloomington, 1 979.

A MADEO T. TIAM,

7 978-,

Dflln for Student Life; B . A . ,

P h . t. , U n.i ve r s i t y of Santo Thomas, Man

i l a , 1 968; M . A . , l'aci fi c Lutheran University, 1 979 .

WANDA M. W E NTWORTH,

oising and Assistallce;

1 980-,

Assistallt Director, Acadelllic Ad

B . A . , U n iversity of Minnesota, 1 973; M . A . ,

Pacific Lutheran U n iversi ty, 1 979.

DAVID C. YAGOW,

1 9 76 - ,

Executive Assistal/l to the Provost;

B.A.,

Concordia Senior ' o I l E'ge, Fort Wayne, 1 965; M . D i v . , Concordia Sem i n a ry, St. LQuis, 1 969.

PROFESSORS EMERITI

Elvin Martin Akre, 1 93 7; I 970, Histon/ Miriam Ruth Beckman, 1 964; 1 9 73 , [,ieferellce Librariall W. Harold Bexton, 1 965; 1 976, Psychology race Blomquist, 1 93 9 , 1 976, Eng[ish Irene O. Creso, 1 955; 1 971 , Bio[ogy J . E . Danielson, 1 960; 7 969, Dim·tor of Admissions Arnold Jasper Hagen, 1 955; 1 97 1 , Education Frank Hamilton Haley, 1 95 1 ; 1 9 76, Librarian Philip Enoch Hauge, 1 92(); 1 968, Education .dith E. Johnson, 1 974; 1 98 1 Nursing Olaf Melvin Jorciahl, 7 940; 1 969, Physics Theodore O . H . Karl , 1 940-42, 1 948; 1 9 78, COl1lmunicatioll A rts Erich Carl Knorr, 1 949; 1 969, SOCiology Anne Elise Knudson, 1 946; 1 97(J, Ellg[isit Harold J . Leraa s , 1 947 ; 1 9 74 , Bio[ogy Ottilie Elise Little, 1 946; 7 96 6 , German Gunnar Johannes Malmin, 1 9.37; 1 969, Music, Latin alld Nonocgiall Katharine Monroe, 1 967·; 7 975, French Robert A. L. Mortvedt, 1 962; 1 969, President Alice J . Napj us, 1 963; 1 975, Education Milton L. Nesvig, I 947; 1 98(), Vice President Frederick lawrence Newnham, 1 95U; 1 969, lvIusic Robert C. Olsen, 1 947; 1 9 7.), Chemistry Clifford 0 , Olsen, 1 92 9 ; 1. 948, Physim'l Edl/cation Bu rton T, Ostenson, 1 947; 1 977, Earth Sciences

156

THE FACULTY

bers.

Board of Regen t s .

Interim: 6 faculty, 2 students, Interim Coordinator (non-voting) members.

bers.

members.

University Committee on A d mission and Retention of Students: 4 facultv, 3 students, 5 advisorv members. Council: 3 faculty, 6 students, 2 ad minis trators.

Universi ty Campus Ministry

University Student Pub lications: 3 faculty, 4 students, 6 advisory members.

University Center Board: U niversity Center Director, 4 students, 2 faculty, 1 adVisory members.

PART-TIME LECTURERS 1980-1981 DIVISION OF H U M A N ITIES English Rach e l Ba r d Grace Blomquist T. Leslie E l l iott Mary Jane Lind

Gloria Martin Katharine Monroe Kim Sta fford Rhoda Van Tassel

Modern & Classical Languages J a n e t DeSherlia Susan Predmore David Ya.gow

Philosophy

Eugene Schlossberger

Jeffrey Silver

Religion Richard finch

DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES Chemistry Nancy Barker

Earth Sciences Burrell Layne Nordgren

Kennith

Mathematics & Computer Science Kennith Bu r re l l Ingrid Gintz Terrence L i n kletter

Physics and Engineering Je ffrev To n n

DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Economics Norris Peterson

History Cecilia Dumor William Krieger

Political Science j. Arnold Bricker Psychology David Ha rgraves Gregor Konzelman J . William Louy H e rbert Marra Michael Quirk Allen Ratcliffe Kristen Sol berg

Social Work Douglas Anderson Kit Bail Thomas gnew Richard Fitzgerald Nancv Gorshe Rona ld Lewis Larry Martin Arthur Peskind Larry Sanderlin

Sociology & Anthropology

Faye And rson Anthony la rke Cecilia Dumor Richard French William Hagens William Hershey Theodore Johnstone, J r. Joseph Le h man Barbara Hawkins McBride

SCHOO L O F THE ARTS Art Carolyn Adams Laurie Da hl

Communication Arts Alex Crewdson

Kirk b a k so n

Robert Marsden Elea n o r Walker Scott Williams

Music Wayne Bloomingdale Richard Bvrnes ' Motter Fo rman Dean William Eddv Bruce Grain g er Jane Harty Kare n joh nson Karen Kel ly Sandra Knapp Jean Kopta Jorgen Kruse Karen Ku n'(i David Leavens Ha rrie,t Mever Lindeman Ra nda l l M �Carty Patrick Michel Jane Moore Richard Nace Normand Poulshock Elizabeth Wright Ritchie Boyd Schlafe r Yi � hak Scholten Andrew Schulman Bernard Shapiro Mary Helen Thompson Wayne Timmerman Doris Ziegenfelder

SCHOOL OF B USINESS ADMINISTRA nON Dick Olufs Ann Poundstone E d rice Reynolds Ma ry Scheyer Lorraine S te p ha n

SCHOOL OF EDUCA TlON Warren Beecroft Betty Bostrom Lester Elijah Susan Griffin Myrna Hines Victor Holmes Donald Kvamme Arthur Larson Karen Mu nson Darrell Smith James Vos pe r Fred Warner Barbara White

SCHOOL O F NURSING Phyllis Yeargan

SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mike Benson Brian Brumbaugh Mark Clinton Delina Coller Alison Dahl Stev\!n Johnson Jim Kittilsby

Liv Anne Kittilsby Don Melena Ga ry Nicholson J er ry Olstad Carolyn Phillips Je rry Poppen Donald Ryan Michael Sandago

THE FACULTY

157

The Collegi m COLLEAGUE ADVISORY COUNCIL S

THE COLLEGIUM 1 974 the Boar d o f Rege n ts established The Col l eg i u m, consbt ing (If eight advi sory councils re l ate d to the univertiity's major In

academic u n i ts. Included a m o n g the colleague a rc c m m u n ity a n d

national leadl'rs, a l u m n i , faculty, p a r e n t s , a n d other d is t i n g u i s h e d persons.

Col lea gues participat . in the developm e n t of the u n iversity in

several ways. Princi pal l y through meeti n g s and contacts with

fand

ty members, they acq uire an un dersta n d i ng of the philosophy, p l a n s , and objectiv

�

vf the u n iversity and particularly o f the

academic u n i t w i th w h ich they are associated. They, in turn, share

t h i s u ndl'r�tal1 d i ng with others, . erving as repr ' e n tatiws of the

u n iversity in cities w h e re they reside a n d i n their re ·pective busi

ness and profess i o n a l com m u n i t ies.

In add i t i o n , the colleagues h e l p

t o ide n t i fy i n s t i t u t i o n a l problems a n d a p p r )priate

olu tions a n d to

chart the u n iversity's growt h . They a lso assist in g nerating

cia l resourc '5 for future deve l o p m e n t .

finan

Humanities D iv isi o n MR . . FL R · CE . HUCK. Tacoma - Ill terior d<,wra/or DR W A LT � APPS, Sa n ta Barbara, California - Director of : . ReligIOUS Studlc, UlllverSlty at Califorllla, Sa l lta Barbara; Ass(lciate, The Cellter or the SilIdy of De1l10cratic In-titu tioll; M R . T. LESLIE ELLIOT, Tacom, - I�e imwl E d ito r, Harper IIlId Row Pllblishing Co. R ELSOI , Seattle - Clergymall . LaVERNE f-! . LSO , T" u m a , - Re t irea Trea5'llrer, Weyerhaeuser 1 R . H A ROLD . (I IIlpa Ily D R . RAY PETRY, Tacol11u - fa lilt'S B . Duke Professor [lIleritlls ofCI1Lirch 1 1I�tory", Dllke Ul l ivcr, ity RI:':UMA N, P hi l ad e l ph i a - Professor of Ncw TcstalJ1cllt. DR. JOH The Lll tllcrall TlIeulosical ell lillilry Natural Scie nces Division

MR. J ROLl) L. A RMSTRONG, J o l ie t , I l l i n o i - Prc:;ide l1 t , Ut opia 117s t r I l l11e l / / Co . D R . RI H A R D BAERG, Tacom a , - Pllysiciall ricl l t is t , Bllttelie D R . CARL BEN, ETr, Seattle - Sellior Reseal· h Hlll llllll Affairs Research Cellter D R . RILI -I A R D ]. BLAI A U , Seattle - Profes sor , Depa r t mm t of BiologIcal t rueture, UIlI('crsilt/ of Wlls hil lg t O l l School of Medicille DR. DI PT I M A N C I IAKRA VAfrn , Sea ttle - Presidellt , I 11110 va Corp. , Corva l lis, Oregon - EmeritllS Dean of the D R . H E N RY r H NS Graduate SdwoI, regoH tate Ullivcrsit y D R . D A V I D H E LLYER, Eiltonvilfc - Fol l lllicr o Mtlrwest Trek, Phljsic iGl l Drt GEORCE P. K E N N Y, Sea t t l e - Pro ('ssor, DeFa r t lllCl1t of Pa th ob iol OS!!, Li l livers ity of Wash ill g t ( l / 1 A D M I RAL ] A M ES S. R . ELL, U SN ( Re t . ) , Taco ma - Co/lsu!t(lIlt fi"· Hoem ' , Overseer oftlw U . S . laval Academy

Social Sciences Division DR. JOR EN O A H U E , Vancouver, H . . - Professor, Edl(catioll De part/Il ent , U/liversitl/ o British Columbia , Tacoma - Mallasel11cllt COllsllitall t , [xecutivc RYD" M R . EARL

SUItt'

Tac,)m<1 - <' p Litl/ Adlllilistrat(lr, S ea t tlc TO" MR. GORDON JO , all'Develop/llelll Reg ioll , Federal Depa rtmellt of HOl/iillg alld Urb :vIRS . PE GY LA ERQUIST, Ta c om a - Act ive in the arca of re t u m il lg adult s t udellts R . M RTIN . M A RTY, Chicago - Professor, Divi l l it y Sclwol, Ulli lers lli/ of ClI ill1go M R . 'FRED C. SHANA M A N , J R . , TaCOn1d - Busilless Co nSUl ta n t , I{a inier Mllnllgillg alld MarketillS

School of Bus in ess A d m inistration MR. R O B E RT GERTH, Tacoma - Pres idcnt , U.S. Compu ters, hIe. MR. R l H AR D H ILDAHL, San Francisco - Par/ner, E m s t & WiIin IICII, CPA ' r-.fR . AR H I E E. KOVA N £N , acuma - Presiden t , Cuslom Craft Fix tl/res, lllc. M R . KURT R. MAYER, Taco ma -Presidcll t , Mayer Bu ilt Homes, Ille. . 1ELBY, Seattle - Vice CiWInnall, Raillier Na tiollal R V I LL M R. Balik MR. ROBERT A . NISTAD, SCuttle- SeattIe Agel/Clj MallaRcr, Lutheran MII/uai Life Illsurallce Compa ll y DR. G E O R G E A . W A D E , Sea t tl e - P,·csidc/lt, Bradl/. Intemat iol1al LUlllber, Ine . , Sccurity Sa v i llgs a lld Lvan A,;socia tivll. M R . D AN T EL B. WARD, Bellevue - M al 1 age Ill Cll / COIl,;ulta/11

158

THE COLLEGIUM

School of Education

DR. ARTHUR R. A N DERSON, Tacoma - Senior Vice Presiden t , Con crete Technology Corpo ration; Chairmml of the Board, A BA M Ellgincers, Illc. MR. HARRY BERRY, Tacoma - A rchitect with The Berry and Bary As sociates, A rchitecture, Plallnillg-fllgincerillg DR. LOUIS BRUNO, Olympia - Retired Superintendell t of Schools, Stat e of Washingtoll DR . GERALD M. TORKELSON, Seattle - Professor, College of Educa tiOIl, Ulliversityof Washingtol1

School of the Arts

MR. ALFRED AUS, Santa Barbara, California - Presidellt, Oregoll . Tlfpewriters MRS. ESTHER AUS, Santa Barbara, California - Former Regent and AlwI111i Board Member MRS. NATHALIE BROWN, Tacoma - Active in promoting the arts ill tile conllmm ilil MR. LOREN DEN BROOK, Tacoma -Retired ExeCll t ive Vice President, Ullited Mutual Savillgs Bank MR. BILL GILL, Tacoma - Presidmt, Bill Gill Lincolll-MerCllry M R . GARY GONTER, Tacoma - Bllsiness and m usicia 11 MRS. MICKI HEMSTAD, Olympia - Active ill promoting the arts ill the commllllitli M R . GEORGE A. LAGERQUIST, Tacoma - Presiden t , GALCO Wood Products, Inc. DR. HANS LEHMANN, Seattle - Phlfsician MR. HOWARD O . SCOTT, Tacoma' - Vice Chairman, Ullited Mutual Savings Bilnk

School of Nursing

MS. NANCY C H ERRY, Tacoma - Director of Nurses, Tacoma-P ierce Co unly Health Department MRS . DOROTHY G R E N L EY, Tacoma Volull teer, Community Re sources and Develop ment MRS. J U LI A MUELLER, Tacoma Public School Nurse DR. ROY H . VIRAK, TacQma - Physician -

School of Physical Education

DR. EDITH BETTS, Moscow, Idaho - Professor, Depa rtment of Phys ical Educatlon for Womell, University of Idaho MR TOM ROSS, Tacoma - Director, Pierce COlll1 try Parks alld Recre ation MR MARV HARSHMAN, Seattle - Basketball coach, University of Washington D R . RALPH MARX, Tacoma - Physician MR. JOHN MORGA N, Tacoma - Director of Health Promotion, De partment of Social and Health Services, State of Washin gton DR. PAuL TEMPLIN, Tacoma - Director ofHealth Promotion , Depart ment of Social and Health Services, State of Washill gton DR. ROGER WILEY, Pullman - Chairman, Depart ment of Physical Education fo r Men, Wash illgton State University

Honorary

MR. OLE ALGAARD, N e w York City - Norwegian Ambassador to the Ull ited Nations MR. DOUG GONYEA, Tacoma Member, Puget SOllnd National Bank Board of Directors MR. KRYZYSZTOF PENDERECKI, Krakow, Pola n d Interna tioll ally kllown composer, conductor, and teacher -

THE COLLEGIUM

159

Campus Guide

B U I LDIN GS rERFORMING ARTS AND ATHLETICS II

8 21

iv1 emorial Gymnasium

Olson Auditurium

Swimming Poot RAL FAC ILITIES

AND OFFICE 17

Columbia C"nter

Hauge Administration Building

Mortvedt Library

1.2

Nesvig Alumni Center

Uniwrsity Centcr

ACADEMIC B U I L D I N G S 8 27

E""tvold Auditorium Haavik Ho u,. I-laug

Administralfon Building

Ingram Hall

I v y Hall

K n o rr House

Mw;ic Annex

'v l loth Building

Olson Auditorium

10 26 7

Ca scaclc - Tin gclst"d Ddta Hall

Evergreen-T m gelstad

Family

Foss Hall

Hind�rlie Hall Hong Hall

Kreidler Hall

Ord. 1

4 16

34 15

1 0, 20

Hall

Pflueg

Hall

Development Officel G o l f P ro S h o p

atural Sciences

DiV'i$ion of Graduate S t u d ies

9 29

KPLU-FM LITE Offices

Mortvedt Ga llery

School of N u rsing

Sch o u l 0 1 Physi .1 Education

A D M I N ISTRATIVE OFFICESI U N I V ERSITY SERVICES Adm issi o n s / Finane",1 Aid t, lumni Office

Associated Students of PLU

Bookstore Btc;iness and Finance Oflie

11 II

17.

Campu5 Ministry

Car

'r Planning and f'lacement

Central S rvices / rrint Shop

Church Rel a t i o M ,

C"ffee S hops

rsonne! Offi

President·, Office Purchasing

Collegium Computer Center

T m ge btad Hall

CAMPUS GUIDE

1.2

E F

O rflce

51.

Sports Facilities

U n i " e,>it)' Relations University Scholars A, cciation Vetera ns' Affair. Office

29 Wekell

Gallcry

OFF-CAMPUS

OFFICES

Executive Developm�nt

12144 "C"

S t reet

Intensive English Language Institu tE' 403 Garfield

Family Student Housing Tingelstad Lot

K L

East

Iv)' Lot

West Ivy Lot Swimming Pool Lot

Olson Lot

Olson Annex Lot

Lot

Co lumbia Center Lot

tuden t Life

University Center Lot

ResidentiJI Lil S hipping and Receiving

Library Lot H a r<tad Lot

Delta Lot

Re:'g is t rar

East Administra t i o n Lot Health Center Lot

RadioiTelevision Offic.e

So. 1 2 4 t h 1

of E uCil t i o n

School of The A r t

Ingram Auditorium

A d m i ni$tratiun 29

Club

Informatio n / Safety Office

Pro vost's Office

School

I n fo rmat ion Desk

School 01 Business

Stuen Hall

160

U N I TS

Divbion

Development Office

Division of Humanities

PA RKING LOTS

Counseling and Testing 1

Summn Session

Ivy-Tingelstad

Park Av�nut' Hou':ie

CoopC'rative Education

Maintenance

DiVision of Social Sciences

Conference Office

us<'

7 1 . 26

Harstad Hall

1, 27

vVare hou�e

ACADEMI

tudent Housing

Health Cent"r

D E PART M ENTS A N D SERVICE LOCAT ION S

Xavier Hall

Faculty

Ramsey House

Alp in e-Tingelstad

Ra m < taJ Hall

RESIDENCE HALLS 15

OTHER BUI LDINGS

Wheeler Lot Northwest Administration Lot West A d m i n istration Lot

ndex

Academic Assistance Center 1 7 Academic Organization 1 8 Academic Probalion 22 Academic Procedures 20 Academic Structure 18 Accident lnsurance 16 Accreditation 7 Activities 1 5 Administrative Offices 148 Admissions lnformation 9 Advanced Placement Opportunities 10 Application Procedure 9 Early Admission Policy 10 Early Decision Policy 10 Poreign Students 1 0 Honors a t Entrance 1 0 Re-admission of Former Students Transfer Students 1 0 Advance Payments 1 0 , 1 4 Advising 1 7 Affiliate Resources 140 Afternoon Classes 7 Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps Program (Aerospace Studies) 142 Anthropology 132, 135 Application Form 163 Arete Sodety 8 Art 26 Arts, School of 25 Arts and Sciences, College of, Degree Requirements 24 Associated Students 1 6 Attendance, Class 2 1 Auditing Courses 22 Bachelor's Degrees Offered 1 8 Bachel or's Degree, Second 23 Biology 30 Board and Room Infol'llliL t ion 14 Board of Regents 1 46 Bookstore 16 Broadcast/Journalism 44 Business Administration, School Of 34 Calendar 4, 5 Campus Guide 1 60 Campus Ministry 1 5 Career Planning and Placement 1 6 Center .fOT t h e Study of Public Policy 140 Chemistry 40 CHOICE - Center for Human Organization in Changing linvironments 1 40 Church Officials 1 4 7 Classifica tion of Students 22 Dassics Program 86 Coaching Minor 1 07 ColJege B oard Tests 1 0 College of Arts a n d Sciences 2 4

Collegium 158 Communication Arts 43 Commuting Students, Program Computer Science 80, 83 Cooperative Education 47 Core Requirements 23 Core II 23, 76 Costs: Tuition, Special Fees, Room and Board 14 Counseling and Testing Center Credit by Examination Programs 22 Dance 107 Directory 1 Dropping Classes 10

Earth Sciences 4 9 Economics 5 1 Education, School of 54 Educational Psychology 65 Eligibility for Activities 22 Emeriti Professors 156 Employment, Student 1 6 Engineering 1 1 0, 1 1 2 English 67 Entrance Requirements (see Admissions) 9 Environmental Studies Program 71 Environs 1 6 Evening Classes 7 Examinations, Departmental 1 0 Expenses (see Costs) 14 Faculty 150 Faculty Associates 156 Professors Emeriti 156 Faculty Committees 156 Part-time Lecturers 156 Family Student Housing 14 Fifth-year Certification 59 Financial Aid 1 1 Application Procedure 1 1 Gift Assistance 1 2 Grants 1 2 , 13 Loans 13 Scholarships 1 2 Veterans Affairs 13 Vocational Rehabilitation 13 Food Service 1 6 Foreign Language! Alternative Requirements 24 Foreign Stud ents 1 6 Foreign Study Opportunities 144 French 86 Freshmen Course Selections and Registration 20

General University Requirements 23 Geography (Earth Sciences) 49 Geology (Earth Sciences) 49 German 87 Grades 21 Graduate Studies, Division of 139 Graduation Requirements 22 Greek 87 Grievance Procedures 16 Academic 16 Administrative 16 Guests of the University 22 liealth Center 16 Health Education 107 Health Insurance 16 Health Sciences 141 Dentistry 141 Medical Technology 141 Medicine 141 Optometry 1 4 1 Pharmacy 1 4 1 Physical Therapy 1 4 1 Veterinary Medicine 141 Hebrew 87 History 73 H istory o f the University 7 Honors Programs 22 Housing 14, 15 Humanities, Division of 75 Incomplete Grades 21 Informal Study 22 Information, Current 7 Information Directory 1 Institutional Memberships 7 Integrated Studies Program 76 Interim 7 International Affairs 1 1 7, 1 43 International Programs 143 Foreign Area Studies Program 1 43 Intensive English Language Institute 144 Scandinavian Area Studies 144 Study Abroad 144 Office of International Education 145 International Trade 144

INDEX

161

Journalism

KPLU-FM, Public Radio

14()

Late Afternoon and Evening Classes 7 Latin 87 Law Enforcement Education Program 13 Lay Church Staff Worker Program 1 24 Learning Resource Specialist Minor 56 Legal Studies 79 Library Services 7 Limitations on Baccalaureate Degrees 23 Linguistics 86 London Program 144 Majors Available 1 8 Map 1 60 Master's Degrees Offered 1 8 Mathematics 80 Middle College 8 Minority Affairs Office 1 6 Minors Available 1 9 Modern and Classical Languages Music 89 Natural Scien ces, Division of Norwegian 88 Numbering of Courses 20 Nursing, School of 98

Parish Work 1 24 Pass/Fail Courses and Option 2 1 Payments 1 4 Philosophy 102 Physical Education, School of 1 06 Physics and Engineering 1 1 0 Placement, Career Planning 1 6 Political Science 1 1 6 Pre-Professional Programs 141 Health Sciences 141 Pre-Law 1 4 1 Theological Studies 142 AFROTC 142 Principal's Credentials 60 Probation, Academic 22 Project Advance 8 Psychology 1 2 0 Public Affairs 1 1 7 Public Policy, Center for the Study of

University Pastors

INDEX

Veterans Affairs 13 Visiting Gasses 22 Vocational Rehabilitation

Washington State Council on Economic Education 14() Withdrawal from the Term 21 Work-Study 13 Writing Minor 67

1 40

1 62

Scandinavian Area Studies 88, 144 Scheduling Services 1 6 School Counselors/Nurses 60 Social Sciences, Division of 1 2 7 Social Work 1 29 Sociology 132 Spanish 88 Special Education 59 Statistics 137 Student Government 16 Student Life Office 15 Student Services 16 Study Abroad 144 Summer Session 8 Symbols for Cou rses 20 Teacher Education/Certification 55 Testing Service 1 6 Theater 44 Theological Studies Program 1 42 Therapeutics 1 0 7 Transfer Students 10 Tuition 14

Objectives of the University 6 Ownership and Support 1 46

Publishing and Printing Arts Minor

Radio Station (KPLU-FM) 1 4 () Reading Minor 56 Recreation 107 Refunds 1 4 Regents, Board o f 1 46 Registration 20 Religion 1 23 Requirements for Degrees 23 Requirements for Entrance 9 Residence Halls 1 5 Residential Life 15 Retention of Freshmen 8

SECTION I

Beginning Freshman 0 Transfer 0

(Ple,lse remit $25.00 non-rpfundable <' pplicdlinn

1 0 1 5S0

PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT

fee w i t h ilpplicd tin n . )

l b . Fnr adl1lission to (c h e c k o n e t!!. rm)

l a . Application to (Name o f Co lleg .. O r Uni versity)

Pacific Lutheran University Tacoma, Washington 98447 2 . Nam�

o o

F i rs t

Last

M" le

Number and Street

7b.

7a. Birthdate

Washin gton

re. siden t ?

9b.

v('teran? Yes O

II.

Oty

A c ti ve

State

month

o American Indian o A si an American o Black A m" ri can

z o

133. !-la,'" you ever applied (or <1dmission to the

4 . Social 5<...l Clirity N u _m ber

Zip

Sb. Phone (include area ende)

Zip

6b. Phone ( i nc lud e orea code)

Sb.

i f no l U . S . A .

A r e y o u the child uf a dect'olsed veteran?

Typeof vis"

Yes U

No D U yes,

10. ReJigious prt>ference ( optional)

[\0 0

o Ch icano, Mexican Americln, D White Amer ica n o Other

Do you have a physical h a ndica p >

1 2 . PhYSical handicap (optio nal)

la nuary I nt eri m

8.1. Cou ntry o i Citizenship

Yes 0

No D

CJ)

SumI11l'r-F.:.l 1I

yr.

9d.

9c . Separation Date

Duty>

Eth nic origi n (option a l)

to yr.

month

Months

State

Otl'

F ro m

9a. Are you a m i l j tary

Spring Summer only

7c. Length of latest r.. sidence in Washington

Yes 0 D

Bi rthplace

academic records under ano t her name)

N u mber and Street

6a. Permanent Address if dilieren t

3. Fornwr Ndme (if previo u s

Middle

Female

Sa. M a i l i n g Address (until)

Fall Winter

or oth�r Spanish surname

w h a t is t h e t:'xtent of your handicap?

This i n formation is being requested on a volu ntary basis and will remtlin confidenti{l l , Refusal to provide this information will no t affect a n " dm issiuns decision,

institution to wh i ch you aJ'e now applying'

13b.

I ::r u

No D

Year___

1 4 b . Location of high school City

ou previously att e nded this institution>

Term ___

1 4c.

Date of graduation

[xtension O Correspondence D

I f you do not intend to graduate from high school, i n d icate highes t grade completed and last y-ear attended

C ity

Dates attended

Stute mo.

yr.

mo.

From

now enrolled in high school, list

all

When

I f st ill enrolled i n a college , indicate leaving date: (mo. ) (yr. )

Hi . If

G . E.D. test s taken'

Year

Grade

State

1 5 . L i s t a l l colleges/uni versitie, i n order o f atten da nce (no exceptions). I n s titution

14a. High �chool uUt!nding or last a t tended

No D

Days O EVt'nings O

Yes 0

Have Yes

Degrees o r diplomas

yr.

senior cOu rses for which grad es are not sho w n On the current

tra nscript or W P C T report. I f e n rolled i n coliege, l i s t courses <lOd credits y � to b e comp l e ted bef.ore

1 7. I n d icJte you r educatillnal objectiw a t

transfer. PLEASE COMPLETE.

the school to which

o o

YllU are applying.

First IJachelor' s d egree Second

Bache",,'s degree

o COllI'SCS for personal enrichment o Other (specify)

�I I I I I I I ----

18n.

I nte nded major area of study

19a.

Name of father or legal guardian

19b. Address

( N u m ber and Street)

19c. Colleges attended by father

18b. If undecided,

Living?

D Yes

( C i ty ) Degrees

20<1. Name of mother or legal guardian

(State)

\·v hat subject area or career interests you?

(Zip)

Living>

D Yes

O No

20b. Address if d ifferent from father's

20c. Colleges at tended by mother

Degrees

APPLICATION FORM

1 63

2 l . List your" significJ nt school and cnm m u n i ty (1 ctivities a n d <Hvards.

22.

Describe {"'I ny speci.J I circumstances wh ich !'ou bel ie ve should b e consi dered

in connection w i t h this application (attach addi tiolli\1 pagt-' if needed).

24. Do you pl"n to apply for iioancial aid from this i n s t i tution?

2.1 . 0,) you plan to app ly for college res itipnce hall accommodations?

Yes

No C!

Ye� 0

If yes, you should coo tact the O ffi c e of Financial Aid of the speci fied college or university . A financia l aid i nforma tiun request card can be o btai ned from Washington high school cou nselors.

If yes, you should con tact the Huusing Office of the speci fied coll ege or u n lve.rs(ty.

2 S , I understand fail me to s u b m i t com or my subsequent d ism issal from t

and true

;'\0 0

l e t e official tr"n;;<:riRts from all schools, colleges, or u niversi t ies attended may resu lt in the denial of t his application rtJiy that to the best of my knowledge, all sta tements I have made in this a ppl i ca tion are co m p lete

R is institution. l c

'-1AivlE OF AP PLIC ANT (pri n t )

SIGNATURE O F A rl'L1CANT

�

Da te

BEGII\; N I N G FRESHMEN l11ust rnm plete section one and lea"" this application with their hi s c hoo l co u nse lor or rinripa l , who will complete section two and forwa rd i t to the Office of Admissions of the institution named herein. TR A N S F E R A I'LlCANTS NEED N T com plete section two, but should forward t h " a plic,' tion to the appropriate Office of Adm is s ions and h a ve the registrar of each coll ege or u niversity previo u s l a ttended send an officiaJ transcript to t e Office of A d m issions. Some Wash i ngton colleges and u n i versities req u ire t ransfer a p plican ts to submit a hig school transcript. Check the a dmiss i ons i n formcltion section of u ndergradunte ca talogs for this requirement.

�

SECTION II

(8esil1nillg frcshmell only)

To be com pl e ted by high school offici,' \ '

rlease complete t h e following, enclose a n ofii c ial transcript a n d forward to the i n s t i t ution to which t h e candidate is a p lying. Was hington hig h schools mal' substitute the Washington Pre-Co l l ege Test Data Sheet if the studpnt has not completed the first term of grad e 'I . Tn case the applicant will need special considerati,lIl, a tra nscript should be included with the wrCT Data Sheet.

This will certify that the stl;dent named " bove

D 0

\\las

f; rad u a te d

will be

0 w()s not Helshe has a gra d e point ,werage of

year

mon th

-! I

class average

i n a dass of

ilnd ra n k s

_ lass ra nk and grade average are based on grades 9__ _ 10____ l l ____ 12(Fall) ____ 1 2(WinterJ ____ 1 2 (S p ri ng)____

t h i s school is accredited

lowest passing grade

Grad ing sy�tern

not accredited

College A p t i t u te Te sting D,1 ta (Raw scores only, nO percentiJes) 1 . W rCT taken ?

Yes

Date taken

2 . PSAT- NMSQT

---

ivI ---

Selection Score

Date taken

3 SAT

---

Selection Score

Date taken

Eng\.

4 . ACT

Com men ts

M ath

Soc. S t .

Ca m p.

at. Sc.

D a t e taken

,=,.

Name of high school

Signature of high school official

Address of high schoo l

T itle (

Code nu mber of high school

Da te

)

High school phone if n u t of state

"Washington four-year col l eges and un iversities s u bsc ri be to the pri n cip les ,md laws o f the sta te of Washington and the federal governmen t, includ i ng ,' pplicable executive orders pertaininf; to civil rights. These institutions are committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access to p rograms and facilities withou t re.gard to age, color, creed, marital status, na tio nal or ethnic origin, physical handica p, race, religi o n, or sex . "

1 64

APPLICATION FORM

I I I I I